The URL can be used to link to this page

2024-04-16 CC Agenda PacketAGENDA EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING TUESDAY, APRIL 16, 2024 4:00 PM CLOSED SESSION 6:00 PM OPEN SESSION CITY COUNCIL CHAMBER 350 MAIN STREET, EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 Drew Boyles, Mayor Chris Pimentel, Mayor Pro Tern Carol Pirsztuk, Council Member Lance Giroux, Council Member Ryan W. Baldino, Council Member Tracy Weaver, City Clerk Matthew Robinson, City Treasurer Executive Team Darrell George, City Manager Mark Hensley, City Attorney Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager Paul Chung, Chief Financial Officer Jaime Bermudez, Police Chief George Avery, Fire Chief Michael Allen, Community Development Dir. Rebecca Redyk, HR Director Jose Calderon, IT Director Elias Sassoon, Public Works Dir. Aly Mancini, Recreation, Parks & Library Dir. MISSION STATEMENT: "Provide a great place to live, work, and visit." VISION STATEMENT: "Be a global innovation leader where big ideas take off while maintaining our unique small-town character." 1 Pagel of 441 The City Council, with certain statutory exceptions, can only act upon properly posted and listed agenda items. Any writings or documents given to a majority of City Council regarding any matter on this agenda that the City received after issuing the agenda packet are available for public inspection in the City Clerk's Office during normal business hours. Such documents may also be posted on the City's website at www.elsegundo.org and additional copies will be available at the City Council meeting. Unless otherwise noted in the agenda, the public can only comment on City -related business that is within the jurisdiction of the City Council and/or items listed on the agenda during the Public Communications portions of the Meeting. Additionally, members of the public can comment on any Public Hearing item on the agenda during the Public Hearing portion of such item. The time limit for comments is five (5) minutes per person. Those wishing to address the City Council are requested to complete and submit to the City Clerk a "Speaker Card" located at the Council Chamber entrance. You are not required to provide personal information in order to speak, except to the extent necessary for the City Clerk to call upon you, properly record your name in meeting minutes and to provide contact information for later staff follow-up, if appropriate. When a Council Member duly requires AB 2449 teleconferencing to attend the City Council meeting the public will also be able to access the meeting and provide public comment via Zoom. To access Zoom from a PC, Mac, iPad, iPhone, or Android device, use URL https://zoom.us/m/ 81951332052 and enter PIN: 903629 or visit www.zoom.us on device of choice, click on "Join a Meeting" and enter meeting ID: 81951332052 and PIN: 903629. If joining by phone, dial 1-669-900-9128 and enter meeting ID and PIN. To reiterate, attending a City Council meeting by Zoom will only be used when AB 2449 is used. NOTE: Your phone number is captured by the Zoom software and is subject to the Public Records Act, dial *67 BEFORE dialing in to remain anonymous. Members of the public will be placed in a "listen only" mode and your video feed will not be shared with City Council or members of the public. REASONABLE ACCOMMODATIONS: In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and Government Code Section 54953(g), the City Council has adopted a reasonable accommodation policy to swiftly resolve accommodation requests. The policy can also be found on the City's website at https.11www.else_qundo.or_g4governmentldepartmentslcitV-clerk. Please contact the City Clerk's Office at (310) 524-2308 to make an accommodation request or to obtain a copy of the policy. 2 Page 2 of 441 4:00 PM CLOSED SESSION — CALL TO ORDER / ROLL CALL PUBLIC COMMUNICATION — (RELATED TO CITY BUSINESS ONLY — 5-MINUTE LIMIT PER PERSON, 30-MINUTE LIMIT TOTAL) Individuals who have received value of $50 or more to communicate to the City Council on behalf of another, and employees speaking on behalf of their employer, must so identify themselves prior to addressing City Council. Failure to do so shall be a misdemeanor and punishable by a fine of $250. While all comments are welcome, the Brown Act does not allow City Council to take action on any item not on the agenda. City Council and/or City Manager will respond to comments after Public Communications is closed. SPECIAL ORDERS OF BUSINESS RECESS INTO CLOSED SESSION: City Council may move into a closed session pursuant to applicable law, including the Brown Act (Government Code Section §54960, et seq.) for purposes of conferring with City's Real Property Negotiator; and/or conferring with City Attorney on potential and/or existing litigation; and/or discussing matters covered under Government Code Section §54957 (Personnel); and/or conferring with City's Labor Negotiators. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — EXISTING LITIGATION (GOV'T CODE §54956.9(D)(1): -1- MATTER(S) 1. Orr-Ryals v. City of El Segundo, Los Angeles Superior Court Case. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — ANTICIPATED LITIGATION CONFERENCE WITH CITY'S LABOR NEGOTIATOR (GOV'T CODE §54957.6): -2- MATTER(S) 1. Employee Organizations: Fire Fighters' Association (FFA) and City Employee Association (CEA). Representative: City Manager, Darrell George, Human Resources Director, Rebecca Redyk, Laura Drottz Kalty and Alex Volberding 6:00 PM — CONVENE OPEN SESSION — CALL TO ORDER / ROLL CALL INVOCATION — Rabbi Dovid Lisbon, Community Jewish Center PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE — Council Member Giroux SPECIAL PRESENTATIONS 1. El Segundo Big 5 PTA Run 4 Education Day Proclamation 2. 2024 Los Angeles Marathoner Alexandria Taylor 3. El Segundo Youth Cheer, Quest National Championship PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (RELATED TO CITY BUSINESS ONLY — 5 MINUTE 3 Page 3 of 441 LIMIT PER PERSON, 30 MINUTE LIMIT TOTAL) Individuals who have received value of $50 or more to communicate to the City Council on behalf of another, and employees speaking on behalf of their employer, must so identify themselves prior to addressing the City Council. Failure to do so shall be a misdemeanor and punishable by a fine of $250. While all comments are welcome, the Brown Act does not allow Council to take action on any item not on the agenda. The Council will respond to comments after Public Communications is closed. CITY MANAGER FOLLOW-UP COMMENTS — (Related to Public Communications) A. PROCEDURAL MOTIONS Read All Ordinances and Resolutions on the Agenda by Title Only Recommendation - Approval B. CONSENT 4. City Council Meetina Minutes Recommendation - 1. Approve regular City Council minutes of March 19, 2024. 2. Alternatively, take other action related to this item. 5. Warrant Demand Register for March 4, 2024 through March 31, 2024 Recommendation - Ratify payroll and employee benefit checks; checks released early due to contracts or agreements; emergency disbursements and/or adjustments; and, wire transfers. 2. Approve Warrant Demand Register numbers 1713, 18A, 18B and 19A: warrant numbers 3049628 through 3050024, and 9003111 through 9003130. 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. 6. Waive Bidding Requirements and Authorize the Purchase of Two Portable Emergency Generators by Cooperative Agreement Recommendation - Approve the waiver of competitive bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code § 1-7-9(C) and authorize the City Manager to execute the purchase of two new portable emergency generators by cooperative purchase agreement. 0 Page 4 of 441 2. Appropriate $179,000 from Sewer Enterprise Fund to account #502- 400-4301-6206. 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. 7. Amendment to Contract with DownStream Services, Inc. for On -Call Pump Station Repair Services Recommendation - Authorize the City Manager to execute a third amendment to the contract with DownStream Services, Inc. for an additional $200,000 for on -call pump station repair services. 2. Alternately, discuss and take other action related to this item. 8. Construction Contract with Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company for the Center Street Storm Drain Imarovements Proiect Recommendation - Authorize the City Manager to execute a standard public works construction contract with Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company for $172,959 for the award of the Center Street Storm Drain Improvements Project and authorize an additional $17,296 contingency for potential unforeseen conditions and waive its bid irregularity as immaterial pursuant to Section 14.2 of the bid specifications. 2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. 9. Professional Services Agreement With Clifton LarsonAllen to Audit the City's Financial Statements and Perform Other Financial Audits for the Three Fiscal Years Ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the Option of Two Subseauent Fiscal Years Recommendation - Receive and file information regarding selecting Clifton LarsonAllen to audit the City's financial statements and to perform other financial audits for the three fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the option of two subsequent fiscal years, pursuant to a Request for Proposals for professional audit services for the City of El Segundo. 2. Authorize the City Manager to sign the professional services agreement for auditing services with Clifton LarsonAllen. The agreement is for three years for a total of $213,915 with an option to renew the agreement for another two years for a total of $155,104. 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. 5 Page 5 of 441 10. Resolution to Adopt the FY 2024-25 Pavement Rehabilitation Project (PW 24-08) Funded by Senate Bill 1 Recommendation - 1. Adopt the attached resolution identifying the street rehabilitation project to be funded utilizing Senate Bill 1, "Road Repair and Accountability Act" funds for FY 2024-25. 2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. 11. Notice of Completion for Pavement Rehabilitation Project along El Segundo Boulevard from Whiting Street to Illinois Street Project No. PW 22-01 Recommendation - 1. Accept the Pavement Rehabilitation Project No. PW 22-01 by DASH Construction Company, Inc. 2. Authorize and direct the City Clerk to file the attached Notice of Completion with the County Recorder's Office. 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. 12. Notice of Completion for the George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Proiect (PW 23-10) Recommendation - 1. Accept the George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project No. PW 23-10 by GEM Construction, Inc. 2. Authorize and direct the City Clerk to file the attached Notice of Completion with the County Recorder's Office. 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. 13. Waive Bidding Requirements and Authorize the Purchase of a New Ford Transit Cargo Van Recommendation - 1. Waive bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code § 1- 7- 9(A) and authorize the City Manager to enter into an agreement, in a form approved by the City Attorney, directly with an auto dealership for the purchase of one new Ford Transit cargo van for the Media Division within the City Manager's Office. 2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. 0 Page 6 of 441 14. Agreement with Sharp Business Systems to Provide Copier Equipment, Supplies, Maintenance, and Support Recommendation - 1. Authorize the City Manager to execute a four-year agreement with Sharp Business Systems to provide copier equipment, supplies, maintenance, and support for $6,665.06 a month, totaling $319,922.88 over the four- year term. 2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. 15. Waive Bidding Requirements to Purchase Fire Command Vehicle Recommendation - Waive formal bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code § 1-7- 9(A) to purchase a Fire Command Vehicle and authorize the City Manager to sign agreements, in a form approved by the City Attorney, with National Fleet and 911 Vehicle. 2. Authorize the release of $204,030.54 from account 001-252-0000-1252 (Developer Impact Fee) and authorize budget appropriation of $204,030.54 to account number 001-400-3202-8105 (Automotive). 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. C. PUBLIC HEARINGS 16. Resolution for Addendum to Previously Certified General Plan Environmental Impact Report and Ordinance for General Plan Amendment, Zone Change, and Zone Text Amendment for the Implementation of Housing Element Program No. 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) and Program No. 9 (El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments), to Increase the Allowable Density and Adopt New Objective Development Standards in the R3 Zone and Housing Element Sites Inventory Sites Recommendation - Adopt a resolution adopting an addendum (Environmental Assessment No. EA 1344) to the Certified Environmental Impact Report for the previously certified General Plan for General Plan Amendment No. GPA 23-01, Zone Change No. ZC 23-01, and Zone Text Amendment No. 2301 pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15162 as the proposed modifications would not trigger the conditions therein that would result in any new significant impacts or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant impacts. 2. Waive the first reading and introduce an ordinance adopting Zone Change No. ZC 23-01 and Zone Text Amendment No. 23-01. 7 Page 7 of 441 3. Schedule a second reading of the ordinance for the May 7, 2024 regular City Council meeting or as thereafter feasible. 4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. 17. Amendment to the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan for Vesting Tentative Tract MaD No. 83236 Recommendation - 1. Open the public hearing and solicit public testimony. 2. Waive first reading and introduce an Ordinance amending El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan for permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking requirements; and find that the proposed amendments are exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15162 because the previously environmental impact report for the Specific Plan, certified on December 15, 2015, contemplated development of the project site and none of the proposed minor amendments would trigger conditions set forth in § 15162 necessitating the preparation of a subsequent or supplemental environmental impact have occurred. 3. Schedule second reading of the Ordinance for the May 7, 2024 regular City Council meeting or as soon thereafter feasible. 4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. 18. Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in Ell Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15-15 Recommendation - 1. Open the public hearing and solicit public testimony. 2. Waive first reading and introduce an Ordinance amending the minimum required distance between driveway curb cuts on the same property in El Segundo Municipal Code Section 15-15-5(N) and find that the proposed amendments are exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA Guidelines §15061(b)(3) because they do not approve any particular development project, they consist only of minor revisions to existing zoning regulations and related procedures, and they do not have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. 3. Schedule the Ordinance's second reading for the May 7, 2024 regular City Council meeting or as soon thereafter feasible. 4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. Page 8 of 441 D. STAFF PRESENTATIONS 19. Results of 2024 Resident and Business Survey Regarding Satisfaction with City Services Recommendation - 1. Receive and file the results of the 2024 resident and business survey. 2. Alternatively, discuss other action related to this item. 20. Ordinance Adopting the 2022 Edition of California Fire Code with Certain Appendices and Amendments and Resolution Making Supporting Findings Recommendation - 1. Read by title only, waive further reading, and introduce the proposed Ordinance. 2. Set a public hearing and second reading of the Ordinance for May 7, 2024 or as soon thereafter feasible. 3. Adopt a resolution making certain findings to support local amendments to the 2022 Edition of California Fire Code. 4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. E. COMMITTEES, COMMISSIONS AND BOARDS PRESENTATIONS 21. Aquatics Subcommittee Update Recommendation - 1. Receive and file the Aquatics Subcommittee update. 2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. F. REPORTS - CITY CLERK G. REPORTS - CITY TREASURER H. REPORTS - COUNCIL MEMBERS COUNCIL MEMBER BALDINO COUNCIL MEMBER GIROUX COUNCIL MEMBER PIRSZTUK MAYOR PRO TEM PIMENTEL 0 Page 9 of 441 MAYOR BOYLES I. REPORTS - CITY ATTORNEY J. REPORTS/FOLLOW-UP - CITY MANAGER CLOSED SESSION The City Council may move into a closed session pursuant to applicable law, including the Brown Act (Government Code Section §54960, et seq.) for the purposes of conferring with the City's Real Property Negotiator; and/or conferring with the City Attorney on potential and/or existing litigation; and/or discussing matters covered under Government Code Section §54957 (Personnel), and/or conferring with the City's Labor Negotiators. REPORT OF ACTION TAKEN IN CLOSED SESSION (if required) MEMORIALS ADJOURNMENT POSTED: DATE: April 11, 2024 TIME: 12:00 PM BY: Tracy Weaver, City Clerk 10 Page 10 of 441 rortamatt"On Citp of (fY *egunbo, (California WHEREAS, The El Segundo Big 5 PTA Run 4 Education was established 32 years ago to create a healthy and fun day for the community to come together to support public education; and WHEREAS, The Big 5 PTA Run 4 Education, is hosted by the El Segundo Council of PTA's, benefitting students attending all public schools in the district. The Run 4 Education has developed into the Council of PTA's largest fundraiser, welcoming over 1,500 participants from the community and surrounding areas to the streets of El Segundo to run, jog or walk the USA Track and Field certified 5k or 10k course, or Kids Fun Runs through our town; and WHEREAS, The funds raised from this event are used to support a wide range of student's needs including technology requests, physical education equipment, departmental supplies, and college and career preparation programs, providing for unique student experiences, as well as supporting district parent education programs; and WHEREAS, Community support is of the utmost importance with this event, relying on the El Segundo Police Department, City of El Segundo, parents from all our schools, high school student volunteers, local businesses, and community members; and WHEREAS, Community partners play a critical role in the success of this event. We are fortunate to have Big 5 Sporting Goods as the Title Sponsor of the Run, along with presenting sponsors, Chevron and LAWA (Los Angeles World Airports), as well as the support of many local businesses who sponsor or participate in the event's Run Expo and "Show your Shirt and Save" promotion; and WHEREAS, The goal of the El Segundo Council PTA is to positively impact the lives of children and families, serving its members and its community by providing opportunities and experiences to make El Segundo School District the best it can be. NOW, THEREFORE, the Mayor and Members of the City Council of the City of El Segundo, California, here- by proclaim April 27, 2024 as "El Segundo Big 5 PTA Run 4 Education Day" in El Segundo and encourage all citizens to take part in the 32nd Run. Chris Pimentel Mayor Pro Tem Lance Giroux Councilmember Drew Boyles Mayor Carol Pirsztuk Councilmember Ryan Baldino Councilmember Page 11 of 441 MEETING MINUTES OF THE EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL TUESDAY, MARCH 19, 2024 CLOSED SESSION — Mayor Boyles called to order at 4:00 PM. ROLL CALL Mayor Boyles - Present Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel - Present Council Member Pirsztuk - Present (4:05 PM) Council Member Giroux - Present Council Member Baldino - Present PUBLIC COMMUNICATION — (Related to City Business Only — 5-minute limit per person, 30-minute limit total) SPECIAL ORDER OF BUSINESS: Mayor Boyles announced that Council would be meeting in closed session pursuant to the items listed on the agenda. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL — Existing Litigation (Gov't Code §54956.9(d)(1): -8- Matter(s) 1. Hendrix v. City of El Segundo, Los Angeles Superior Court Case No. 22TRCVO1161. 2. Tony De la Rambelje (Retired Police Officer) v. City of El Segundo, Workers Compensation Appeals Board, Claim No. 23-172175. 3. Scott Martinez (Retired City Fire Fighter) v. City of El Segundo, Los Angeles Superior Court Case No. 21 ST CV10637. 4. James Tulette (Retired City Fire Fighter) v. City of El Segundo, Los Angeles Superior Court, Case No. 205T, CV44025. 5. Shawn Bonfield Retired (City Fire Department Battalion Chief) v. City of El Segundo, Los Angeles Superior Court Case no. 20ST CV48677. 6. Rebecca Smith (Former Non -Sworn Police Department Employee) v. City of El Segundo - Binding Arbitration Personnel Case. 7. Amy McDaniels (Non -Sworn Police Department Employee) v. City of El Segundo - Binding Arbitration Personnel Case. EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES MARCH 19, 2024 PAGE 1 Page 12 of 441 8. Brent Beardmore (City Police Officer) v. City of El Segundo, Los Angeles Superior Court Case No. 22STCV25047. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL —ANTICIPATED LITIGATION Threats to Significant exposure/- to litigation pursuant to (Government Code §54956.9(d)(2) or (d)(3)): -1- matter(s). 1. Government Tort Claim by Keith Puckett INITIATION OF LITIGATION PURSUANT TO (Government Code (Government Code §54956.9(d)(4)): -1- matter(s) PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT (Gov't Code § 54957) -2- Matter(s) 1. City Manager and City Attorney Performance Review CONFERENCE WITH CITY'S LABOR NEGOTIATOR (GOV'T CODE §54957.6): -3- MATTER(S) 1. Employee Organizations: Fire Fighters' Association (FFA), Classified Employee Association (CEA) and Management Confidential (unrepresented). Representatives: City Manager, Darrell George, Human Resources Director, Rebecca Redyk, and Laura Drottz Kalty Adjourned at 5:55 PM OPEN SESSION — Mayor Boyles called to order at 6.02 PM ROLL CALL Mayor Boyles - Present Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel - Present Council Member Pirsztuk - Present Council Member Giroux - Present Council Member Baldino - Present INVOCATION — Pastor Rob McKenna, The Bridge Church PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE — Council Member Pirsztuk SPECIAL PRESENTATIONS: EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES MARCH 19, 2024 PAGE 2 Page 13 of 441 1. Tracey Miller-Zarneke, Environmental Committee Chair and Council presented commendations to the City's 31 Certified Green Businesses. 2. Proclamation read by Council Member Pirsztuk, proclaiming April 2024 as "Sexual Assault Awareness Month" and April 24, 2024 as "Denim Day." 3. Darrell George, City Manager and Council recognized Jaime Bermudez, Police Chief on his retirement. PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS — (Related to City Business Only — 5-minute limit per person, 30-minute limit total) None CITY MANAGER FOLLOW-UP COMMENTS: • Darrell George gave an update on the Hyperion Water Reclamation Plant A. Read all Ordinances and Resolutions on the Agenda by Title Only. MOTION by Council Member Giroux, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk to read all ordinances and resolutions on the agenda by title only. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 B. CONSENT: 4. Approve Regular City Council meeting minutes of March 5, 2024. (Fiscal Impact: None) 5. Approve warrants demand register for February 12, 2024 through March 3, 2024 and approve warrant demand register numbers 16A, 16B and 17A: warrant numbers 3049123 through 3049395 through 3049627, and 9003105 through 9003110. Ratify Payroll and employee benefit Checks; Checks released early due to contracts or agreement; Emergency disbursements and/or adjustments; and, Wire transfers. (Fiscal Impact: $4,635,152.83 ($1,989,625.49 in check warrants and $2,645,527.34 in wire warrants)) 6. Receive and file the General Plan Implementation and Housing Element annual progress reports. (Fiscal Impact: None) 7. Authorize the City Manager to execute standard Public Works Construction Contract No. 6889 with Cornerstone Construction Group, Inc. in the amount of $129,752 for the Library Wall Repairs and Waterproofing Project and authorize an additional $15,248 as contingency funds for potential unforeseen conditions. (Fiscal Impact: $145,000 included in the FY 2023-24 budget) EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES MARCH 19, 2024 PAGE 3 Page 14 of 441 8. Waive formal bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code § 1- 7- 9(A) to purchase Self -Contained Breathing Apparatuses and authorize the City Manager to sign required documentation and Agreement No. 6895 with All Star Fire Equipment, Inc. to facilitate the purchase and authorize the release $91,390 from account 001-252-0000-1252 (Developer Impact Fee) and authorize budget appropriation of $91,390 to account 001-400-3202-6259 (Breathing Apparatus). (Fiscal Impact: $374,000 ($282,610 included in the FY 2023-24 budget and $91,390 in additional appropriation)). 9. Adopt Resolution No. 5469 terminating the local emergency proclaimed due to severe weather events in February 2024 pursuant to Government Code § 8630. (Fiscal Impact: None) MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk, approving Consent items 4 (as amended), 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 PULLED ITEMS: C. PUBLIC HEARING: (Items 10 and 11 switched order) 11. Resolution to Amend Preferential Parking Zone 3 to Add Washington Street from Mariposa Avenue to Holly Avenue (Fiscal Impact: None) Mayor Boyles stated this was the time and place conduct a public hearing regarding amending preferential Parking Zone 3 to add Washington Street from Mariposa Avenue to Holly Avenue. Clerk Weaver stated that proper notice had been given in a timely manner and that written communication had been received. Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director gave a presentation. Public Input: Cheryl Smith, Jason Taback, Jim DeCordova, Pat Curry, Ken Wogomon, John Anderson, Cathy Mai, Jim Woods, Mike Mai, Christian Bravo, Joyce Harris, Christine Collette, Chris King, Danny Firestone, Voula Dixon, Kim Harris, Bill McCaverty, Leslie Kehrer, Heather Putnam, Steve Voboril, and Brett Ryan all in favor of parking permits for Zone 3, including Kansas Street. MOTION by Council Member Pirsztuk, SECONDED by Council Member Baldino to close the public hearing. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 Council discussion EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES MARCH 19, 2024 PAGE 4 Page 15 of 441 Mark Hensley, City Attorney read by title only: RESOLUTION NO. 5471 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA DESIGNATING PREFERENTIAL PARKING ZONE NO. 3 MOTION by Council Member Pirsztuk, SECONDED by Council Member Girox adopting Resolution No. 5471. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 MOTION by Council Member Pirsztuk, SECONDED by Council Member Giroux directing staff to provide 4 hour parking on the corners of Holly/Kansas Park and 24 hour parking on Both east and west curb lines along Kansas Street, from Holly Avenue to Mariposa Avenue, and both east and west curb lines along Washington Street, from Mariposa Avenue to Holly Avenue. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 10. Public Hearing to Consider Amending the City's CDBG Program for Fiscal Year 2023-24, Reject All Bids Received for CDBG Project No. PW 23-07, and Instead Fund the ADA-Compliant Curb Ramp Installation Project (Fiscal Impact: $399,998) Mayor Boyles stated this was the time and place conduct a public hearing regarding amending the City's CDBG Program for Fiscal Year 2023-24, Reject All Bids Received for CDBG Project No. PW 23-07, and Instead Fund the ADA-Compliant Curb Ramp Installation Project. Clerk Weaver stated that proper notice had been given in a timely manner and that no written communication had been received. Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director reported on the item. Public Input: None MOTION by Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk to close the public hearing. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 Council discussion MOTION by Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk rejecting all bids for construction of the CDBG Library Park ADA-Compliant Pathway Improvements Project No. PW 23-07/CDBG Project No. 602603-2. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 Mark Hensley, City Attorney read by title only: EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES MARCH 19, 2024 PAGE 5 Page 16 of 441 RESOLUTION NO. 5470 A RESOLUTION AMENDING THE EL SEGUNDO COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT FY 2023-24 PROGRAM TO CANCEL PROJECT NUMBER 602603-23 AND REAPROPRIATE $199,998 IN PROGRAM FUNDS FOR AN ALTERNATIVE PROGRAM TO INSTALL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT -COMPLIANT CURB IV11J199 MOTION by Council Member Giroux, SECONDED by Mayor Pro Tem Pimentel adopting Resolution No. 5470. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel authorizing the City Manager to execute all contracts, in a form approved by the City Attorney, with the Los Angeles County Development Authority to effectuate the FY 2023-24 CDBG Program, the ADA compliant curb ramp installation project. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 E. COMMITTEES, COMMISSIONS AND BOARDS: (Moved forward on agenda) 15. Environmental Committee Work Plan (Fiscal Impact: There will be direct and indirect fiscal impact on the City's General Fund, including staff time and possibly funds for additional community engagement activities. These costs were included in the FY 2023-24 operating budget. If there are greater financial needs, staff will return to City Council for separate budget appropriation requests) Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director introduced the item. Tracey Miller-Zarneke, Environmental Committee Chair gave a presentation. Council Discussion MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk approving the Environmental Work Plan. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel directing staff to work with the Environmental Committee to implement the approved work plan and related activities. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 D. STAFF PRESENTATIONS: 12. Presentation of the Long -Range Financial Forecast Model Update (Fiscal Impact: None) EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES MARCH 19, 2024 PAGE 6 Page 17 of 441 Paul Chung, Chief Operating Officer and Jim Morris of Urban Futures, Inc. (UFI) gave a presentation. Council discussion Council consensus to receive and file the update. Recessed at 8.16 PM Reconvened at 8:24 PM 13. Proposition A Local Return Funds Exchange with City of Commerce (Fiscal Impact: The following budget appropriations are required to account for the funding exchange: appropriate $740,992 to account 112-400-5297-5204 (Prop A Operating Supplies), for payment to City of Commerce, set revenue budget for $555,744 to account 001-300-0000-3909 (Misc. Revenues), for the collection of revenue from City of Commerce, set transfer out budget for $555,744 to account 001-400-0000-9601 (Transfer Out), to account for monies being transferred out of General Fund, and set transfer in budget for $555,744 to account 601-300-0000- 0001 (Transfer In), to account for monies being transferred into Equipment Replacement Fund) Paul Chung, Chief Operating Officer gave a presentation. Council discussion Mark Hensley, City Attorney read by title only: RESOLUTION NO. 5472 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA, APPROVING A FUND TRADE AGREEMENT FOR THE EXCHANGE OF PROPOSITION A LOCAL RETURN FUNDS WITH THE CITY OF COMMERCE PURSUANT TO SECTION II(B)(2) OF THE LOS ANGELES METROPOLITAN TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY LOCAL RETURN PROGRAM FUNDS GUIDELINE. MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk adopting Resolution No. 5472. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 MOTION by Council Member Baldino, SECONDED by Council Member Giroux approving and authorizing the City Manager to execute the Fund Trade Agreement No. 6890 between the City of El Segundo and the City of Commerce to assign $740,992 of its Fiscal Year 2023-2024 Prop A Local Return funding authority to Commerce, in exchange for $555,744 from the City of Commerce's general fund, appropriate $740,992 to account 112-400-5297-5204 (Prop A Operating Supplies), set revenue budget for $555,744 to account 001-300-0000-3909 (Misc. Revenues), set Transfer Out EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES MARCH 19, 2024 PAGE 7 Page 18 of 441 budget for $555,744 to account 001-400-0000-9601 (Transfer Out -General Fund), and set Transfer In budget for $555,744 to account 601-300-0000-0001 (Transfer In - Equipment Replacement Fund). MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 Mayor Boyles and Council Member Pirsztuk left the dais due to conflict of interest. 14. Discussion of Draft Downtown Outdoor Dining Program Guidelines (Fiscal Impact: None) Michael Allen, Community Development Director gave a presentation Council discussion Under Eligibility Council requested to strike "signed petition by 100% of adjacent property owners/business owners located within 100' on the same side of the street" and requested staff to explore other options. MOTION by Council Member Pirsztuk, SECONDED by Council Member Giroux directing staff related to the draft Downtown Outdoor Dining Program Guidelines. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 Mayor Boyles and Council Member Pirsztuk returned to the dais. E. COMMITTEES, COMMISSIONS AND BOARDS: (Item moved forward) F. REPORTS — CITY CLERK — Asked for a vote on Consent. G. REPORTS — CITY TREASURER — Not present H. REPORTS — COUNCIL MEMBERS Council Member Baldino — Attended Richmond Street School's "Civic Responsibility" presentations, spoke to the Boy Scouts regarding civic involvement, invited residents to attend Assemblymember Al Muratsuchi's Town Hall meeting at the Joslyn Center on Saturday at 10:00 AM and congratulated Alexandra Tayor on her LA Marathon finish, Ms. Taylor finished 1st in her age group, 2nd overall in the Women's Division and finished under 3 hours. Council Member Giroux — Continuing in the spirit of Champions, mentioned the El Segundo Youth Cheer group won the National Championship in Orlando and the ESHS Color Guard won a National Championship as well. Council Member Pirsztuk — Mentioned the Kelly's School of Dance will have a dancer competing in Glasgow, Ireland, mentioned it's large item pick up week with EDCO and invited everyone to the Egg Hunt at the Rec Park on March 30t" EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES MARCH 19, 2024 PAGE 8 Page 19 of 441 Mayor Pro Tern Pimentel — Attended the Transportation Committee meeting and will have more to report at the next meeting regarding the 710 Project and Sanitation will be meeting next week. Mayor Boyles — Invited everyone to the Good Friday Breakfast on Friday, March 29t" at the Zimmerman Automobile Driving Museum. 16. Discussion of Incentives to Support Start -Up Businesses in El Segund0 Mayor Boyles reported on the item. Council Discussion MOTION by Council Member Boyles, SECONDED by Council Member Pirsztuk directing staff to direct staff to develop an incentive program to support start-up businesses in El Segundo. MOTION PASSED BY A UNANIMOUS VOTE. 5/0 REPORTS — CITY ATTORNEY — No report J. REPORTS/FOLLOW-UP —CITY MANAGER — No report MEMORIAL — None Adjourned at 9.11 PM Tracy Weaver, City Clerk EL SEGUNDO CITY COUNCIL MEETING MINUTES MARCH 19, 2024 PAGE 9 Page 20 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement F I, F �' t 1\ 1) 0Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Consent Item Number: B.5 TITLE: Warrant Demand Register for March 4, 2024 through March 31, 2024 RECOMMENDATION: Ratify payroll and employee benefit checks; checks released early due to contracts or agreements; emergency disbursements and/or adjustments; and, wire transfers. 2. Approve Warrant Demand Register numbers 17B, 18A, 18B and 19A: warrant numbers 3049628 through 3050024, and 9003111 through 9003130. 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: The warrants presented were drawn in payment of demands included within the FY 2023-2024 Adopted Budget. The total of $7,415,528.56 ($3,291,304.36 in check warrants and $4,124,224.20 in wire warrants) are for demands drawn on the FY 2023- 2024 Budget. :1_T61201:tell] Z 113 California Government Code Section 37208 provides General Law cities flexibility in how budgeted warrants, demands, and payroll are audited and ratified by their legislative body. Pursuant to Section 37208 of the California Government Code, warrants drawn in payments of demands are certified by the City's Chief Financial Officer and City Manager as conforming to the authorized expenditures set forth in the City Council adopted budget need not be audited by the City Council prior to payment, but may be presented to the City Council at the first meeting after delivery. In government finance, a warrant is a written order to pay that instructs a federal, state, county, or city government treasurer to pay the warrant holder on demand or after a specific date. Such warrants look like checks and clear through the banking system like Page 21 of 441 Warrant Demand Register April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 2 checks. Warrants are issued for payroll to individual employees, accounts payable to vendors, to local governments, and to companies or individual taxpayers receiving a refund. DISCUSSION: The attached Warrants Listing delineates the warrants that have been paid for the period identified above. The Chief Financial Officer certifies that the listed warrants were drawn in payment of demands conforming to the adopted budget and that these demands are being presented to the City Council at its first meeting after the delivery of the warrants. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability Objective 5B: El Segundo approaches its work in a financially strategic and responsible way. PREPARED BY: Liz Lydic, Management Analyst REVIEWED BY: Wei Cao, CPA, CPFO, Finance Manager APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 1. Register 17b - summary 2. Register 18a - summary 3. Register 18b - summary 4. Register 19a - summary Page 22 of 441 3D4962B - 3049730 9003111 - 9003115 001 GENERALFUND 38D,171.67 D03 EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND -OTHER - 104 TRAFFIC SAFETY FUND - 106 STATE GAS TAX FUND - 103 ASSOCIATED RECREATION ACTIVITIES FUND - 7W ASSETFORFEITUREFUND 6.924.41 110 MFASURE'R' - 111 COW. DEVEL. BLOCK GRANT - 112 PROP'A'TRANSPORTATION 4.888.55 114 PROP'C-TRANSPORTATION - 115 AIR QUALITY INVESTMENT PROGRAM - I la HOME SOUND INSTALLATION FUND - 117 HYPERION MITIGATION FUND - Ila TDA ARTICLE 3- SS 921 BIKEWAY FUND - 119 MIA GRANT - 121 FEMA 120 C.O.P.S. FUND 900.00 122 L A W.A. FUND - 123 PSAF PROPERTY TAX PUBLIC SAFETY 2,097.65 124 FE DERALGRANTS - 125 STATE GRANT 1.795.90 126 AIP CUPA PROGRAM OVERSIGHT SURCHARGE 373.44 127 MEAURE"M' - 126 SB-1 129 CERTIFIEDACCESS SPECIALIST PROGRAM 348.00 130 AFFORDABLE HOUSING - 131 COUNTY STORM WATER PROGRAM - 132 MEASURE"B" - 301 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT FUND 23,971.77 302 INFRASTRUCTURE REPLACEMENT FUND - 311 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- GENERAL GOVERNME - 312 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - LAW ENFORCEMENT 98600 313 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - FIRE PROTECTION 431.00 314 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - STORM DRAINAGE - 315 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- WATER DISTRIBUTI - 316 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- WASTEWATER COLLE - 317 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES,LIBRARY1.233,00 318 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PUBLIC MEETING - 319 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -AQUATICS CENTER 320 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - PARKLAND 1,662.00 405 FACILITIES MAINTENANCE - 501 WA TER UTILITYFUND 1856.93 502 WASTEWATER FUND 159.095.93 503 GOLF COURSE FUND - 504 SENIOR HOUSING CITY ATTORNEY 78,00 505 SOLID WASTE FUND - 601 EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT 596,853.82 W2 LMBILITYINSURANCE - W3 WORKERS COMP. RESERVE/INSURANCE 51.72 701 RETIRED EMP. INSURANCE - 702 EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND -DEVELOPER FEES 4,848.99 704 EXPENDABLETRUST FUND -OTHER 1644.58 7. OUTSIDE SERVICES TRUST 346.50 TOTAL WARRANTS 1,190,560.06 STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES Information an actual expendllures is available in the Chief Financial Officer's ofce in the City of El Segundo. I certdv as to the accuracy of the Demands and the availability of fund for payment thereof For Approval: Regular checks held for CM council authorization to release. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO WARRANTS TOTALS BY FUND DATE OF APPROVAL: AS OF 31IS124 REGISTER 617b CODES: NOTES: R = Computer generated checks for all nomemergency/urgency payments for matefials, supplies and services in support of CiN Operations For Ratification: A = Payroll and EmploVee Benefit checks B - F = Computer generated Early Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City Manager. Such as'. payments for utility services, petty cash and employee travel expense rembursements, various refunds, contract employee services consistent with current contractual agreements, instances where prompt payment discounts can be obtained or late paymentpenalties /`/��J1]//1yy1/ can be avoided Early when a situation arises that the dju Manager approves. H = Handwritten Eary Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City Manager CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CITY MANAGER DATE: � DATE: Page 23 of 441 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO WARRANTS TOTALS BYDEPARTMENT A8DF3/19/24 REG|STER#17b OEPT# NAME TOTAL GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENTAL EXPENDITURES GENERAL GOVERNMENT 1101 City Council 1.104.35 1201 City Treasurer 11.801.35 1300 City Clerk 1.274.05 2101 City Manager 15.54325 2102 Communications 5.998.09 3103 BSegundo Media 840.23 2201 City Attorney 68.358.50 2401 Economic Development 2.836.45 2402 Planning 808.00 2406 Human and Health Services 1.152.55 2500 Administrative Services 38.790.37 2601 Government Buildings 27.502,32 2900 Nondopadmenbo| 48.839.04 6100 Library 2,323.77 228,201.92 PUBLIC SAFETY 3100 Police 43,981.57 3200 Fire 35.980.27 2403 Building Safety 2404 Ping/Bldg SMyAdministration 385.23 80,347.07 PUBLIC WORKS 4101 Engineering 4200 Streets 4,189.6 4300 VVoobmwoter 108.00 4601 Equipment Maintenance 11.832.17 4801 Administration 176.92 16,106.75 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 5100.5200 Recreation &Parks 22.19671 5400 Centennial 22,196.71 EXPENDITURES CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT ALL OTHER ACCOUNTS 843.07.61 Page 24 of 441 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PAYMENTS BY WIRE TRANSFER 03/04/24 THROUGH 03/10/24 Date Payee Description 3/4/2024 IRS 284,345.46 Federal 941 Deposit 3/4/2024 Employment Development 5,044.57 State SDI payment 3/4/2024 Employment Development 67,274.95 State PIT Withholding 3/5/2024 Cal Pers 2,250.00 GASB 68 Reporting Sevices Fee 3/6/2024 Cal Pers 52,742.62 EFT Retirement Safety Police Classic - 1st Tier 28 3/6/2024 Cal Pers 62,555.32 EFT Retirement Misc - PEPRA New 26013 3/6/2024 Cal Pers 54,367.51 EFT Retirement Safety Fire- Classic 30168 3/6/2024 Cal Pers 38,769.57 EFT Retirement Safety-Police-PEPRA New 25021 3/6/2024 Cal Pers 35,558.91 EFT Retirement Misc - Classic 27 3/6/2024 Cal Pers 20,092.03 EFT Retirement Safety-Fire-PEPRA New 25020 3/6/2024 Cal Pers 13,228.57 EFT Retirement Sfty Police Classic-2nd Tier 30169 3/8/2024 Cal Pers 674,951.37 EFT Health Insurance Payment 02/26/24-03/03/24 Workers Comp Activity 50,964.79 SCRMA checks issued/(voided) 02/26/24-03/03/24 Liability Trust - Claims - Claim checks issued/(voided) 02/26/24-03/03/24 Retiree Health Insurance - Health Reimbursment checks issued 1,362,145.67 DATE OF RATIFICATION: 03/11/24 TOTAL PAYMENTS BY WIRE: 1,362,145.67 Certified as to the accuracy of the wire transfers by: Treasury & Customer Services Manager Date /��rit / 3 /1 I / Z- Chief Financial Officer Date ., 3- a -2 V City Manager Date Information on actual expenditures is available in the City Treasurer's Office of the City of El Segundo. PACity Treasurer\Wire Transfers\Wire Transfers 07-01-23 to 6-30-24 3/11/2024 1/1 Page 25 of 441 3049731 - 3049841 g003116 - 9003120 001 GENERALFUND 091,666.10 003 EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND -OTHER 16,000.DO 104 TRAFFIC SAFETY FUND - 106 STATE GAS TAX FUND 10,400,DO 100 ASSOCIATED RECRFATION ACTIVITIES FUND - 109 ASSETFORFEITUREFUND 1,583.12 110 MEASURER" 27, 197.62 111 COMM. REVEL. BLOCK GRANT - 112 PROP'A"TRANSPORTATION - 114 PROP "C" TRANSPORTATION Its AIR QUALITY INVESTMENT PROGRAM - 116 HOME SOUND INSTALUTION FUND - 117 HYPERION MITIGATION FUND 126.00 118 TDA ARTICLE 3- SB 821 BIKEWAY FUND - 119 MTA GRANT - 121 FEMA 120 C.O.P.S. FUND - IM L.A.W.A. FUND - 123 PSAF PROPERTY TAX PUBLIC SAFETY 10,176.32 124 FEDERAL GRANTS - 125 STATE GRANT - 126 A/P CUPA PROGRAM OVERSIGHT SURCHARGE 1,161.93 127 MEAURE"W 10.600.00 128 SB-1 In CERTIFIED ACCESS SPECIALIST PROGRAM 1,364.80 1m AFFORDABLE HOUSING - 131 COUNTY STORM WATER PROGRAM 1,190.50 1> MEASURE'B" - W1 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT FUND 138.431.12 302 INFRASTRUCTURE REPLACEMENT FUND - 311 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- GENERAL GOVERNME - 312 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - LAW ENFORCEMENT - 313 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - FIRE PROTECTION - 314 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - STORM DRAINAGE - 315 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- WATER DISTRIBUTI - 316 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - WASTEWATER COLLE - 317 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - LIBRARY - 318 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PUSUC MEETING - 319 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES-AOUATICS CENTER - 320 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PARKLAND - 405 FACILITIES WINTENANCE - 501 WATER UTILITY FUND 4,235AII 502 WASTE WATER FUND 1,65446 503 GOLF COURSE FUND - 504 SENIOR HOUSING CITY ATTORNEY - 505 SOLID WASTE FUND - 601 EDUIPMENT REPLACEMENT 43,969.28 602 UABILITY INSURANCE - 603 WORKERS COMP. RESERVE/INSURANCE - 701 RETIRED EMP. INSURANCE - 702 E%PENDABLE TRUST FUND -DEVELOPER FEES 335.47 704 EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND - OTHER - 706 OUTSIDE SERVICES TRUST 24.795.75 TOTAL WARRANTS 1, 184,1387. B5 STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES Information on actual expenditures is available in the Chief Financial Officer's office in the City of El Segundo. I tartly as to the accuracy of the Demands and the availability of fund for payment thereof For Approval: Regular checks held for CM council authorization to release. CODES: NOTES CITY OF EL SEGUNDO WARRANTS TOTALS BY FUND DATE OF APPROVAL AS OF 412124 REGISTER p18a R = Computer generated checks for all non-emergency/urpency payments for materials, supplies and services in support of City Operations For Ratification. A = Payroll and Employee Benefit checks B - F = Computer generated Early Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City Manager. Such as: payments for utility services, petty cash and employee Uwe] expense reimbursements. various refunds, contract employee services consistent with current contractual agreements, instances where prompt payment discountsM can be obtained or tale payment penalties can be avoided or when a situation arises That theCity Manager approves H = Handwritten Early Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City Manager. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER V CITY MANAGER DATE: / DATE: 3 7� / ! ,( Page 26 of 441 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO WARRANTS TOTALS BY DEPARTMENT AS OF 4/2/24 REGISTER #18a DEPT# NAME TOTAL GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENTAL EXPENDITURES GENERAL GOVERNMENT 1101 City Council 1201 City Treasurer 1300 City Clerk 500.00 2101 City Manager 2102 Communications 2103 El Segundo Media 232.71 2201 City Attorney 99,731.80 2401 Economic Development 5,000.00 2402 Planning 200.00 2405 Human and Health Services 2500 Administrative Services 22,602.15 2601 Government Buildings 63,405.62 2900 Nondepartmental 9,655.25 6100 Library 3,697.26 205,024.79 PUBLIC SAFETY 3100 Police 543,552.07 3200 Fire 6,651.29 2403 Building Safety 2404 Ping/Bldg Sfty Administration 550.00 550, 753.36 PUBLIC WORKS 4101 Engineering 21,500.00 4200 Streets 35,322.62 4300 Wastewater 20,028.92 4601 Equipment Maintenance 49,022.52 4801 Administration 125, 874.06 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 5100,5200 Recreation & Parks 5,238.00 5400 Centennial 5,23&00 EXPENDITURES CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT ALL OTHER ACCOUNTS 297,997.64 TOTAL WARRANTS 1,184,887.85 Page 27 of 441 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PAYMENTS BY WIRE TRANSFER 03/11/24 THROUGH 03/17/24 03/04/2 03/04/2 03/04/2 Date Payee 3/11/2024 West Basin 3/15/2024 Mission Square 3/15/2024 3/15/2024 DATE OF RATIFICATION: 03/18/24 TOTAL PAYMENTS BY WIRE: Description 1,982,220.45 H2O payment 63,876.04 457 payment Vantagepoint 1,080.00 401(a) payment Vantagepoint 3,048.85 401(a) payment Vantagepoint 100.00 IRA payment Vantagepoint 2,365.29 EFT Child support payment 23,111.35 SCRMA checks issued/(voided) - Claim checks issued/(voided) - Health Reimbursment checks issued 2,075,801.98 Certified as to the accuracy of the wire transfers by: Treasury & Custo r Services Manager Date Chief Financial Officer Date 3-0-2y City Manager Date Information on actual expenditures is available in the City Treasurer's Office of the City of El Segundo. 2,075,801.98 PACity Treasurer\Wire Transfers\Wire Transfers 07-01-23 to 6-30-24 3/18/2024 1/1 Page 28 of 441 3049842 - 3049935 9003121 - 9003129 001 GENERALFUND 320,781.14 W3 EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND - OTHER 10,50000 IN TRAFFIC SAFETY FUND IN STATE GAS TAX FUND - 109 ASSOCIATED RECREATION ACTIVITIES FUND - 109 ASSET FORFEITURE FUND 1.620.00 110 MEASURE "IT' - I II COMM. DEVEL BLOCK GRANT - 112 PROP"A"TRANSPORTATION - 114 PROP"C"TRANSPORTATION 1,470.00 115 AIR QUALITY INVESTMENT PROGRAM - lie HOME SOUND INSTALLATION FUND - 117 HYPERION MITIGATION FUND - ite TDA ARTICLE 3- SO 821 BIKEWAY FUND - 119 MTA GRANT - 121 FEMA 120 C.O.P.S. FUND in LA WA. FUND - 123 PSAF PROPERTY TAX PUBLIC SAFETY - 124 FEDERAL GRANTS - 125 STATE GRANT - 126 AP CUPA PROGRAM OVERSIGHT SURCHARGE B0.00 127 MEAURE'M' - 128 S81 129 CERTIFIED ACCESS SPECIALIST PROGRAM - 130 AFFORDABLE HOUSING - 131 COUNTY STORM WATER PROGRAM - 132 MEASURE"8' - 202 ASSESSMENT DISTRICT►73 41.95 301 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT FUND 10.083.24 302 INFRASTRUCTURE REPLACEMENT FUND - 311 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- GENERAL GOVERNME - 312 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES LAW ENFORCEMENT - 313 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEESFIREPROTECTION - 314 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES STORM DRAINAGE - 315 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- WATER DISTRIBUTI - 318 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- WASTEWATER COLLIE - 317 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES LIBRARY - 318 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PUBLIC MEETING - 319 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -AQUATICS CENTER - 320 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PARKLAND - ADS FACILITIES MAINTENANCE - 501 WATER UTILITY FUND 1.780.13 502 WASTEWATER FUND 3.926.65 503 GOLF COURSE FUND - 504 SENIOR HOUSING CITY ATTORNEY - 505 SOLID WASTE FUND - 601 EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT - W2 LIABILITY INSURANCE - 603 WORKERS COMP. RESERVE/INSURANCE - 701 RETIRED EMP. INSURANCE - 7W EXPENDABLE TRUST FUNDDEVELOPERFEES 357.05 704 EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND OTHER - 708 OUTSIDE SERVICES TRUST 80,118.76 TOTAL WARRANTS 430.758.92 STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES Information on actual expenditures is available in the Chief Financial Officer's office in the City of El Segundo. I certify as to the accuracy of the Demands and the availability of fund for payment thereo For Approval: Regular checks held for City counal authorization to release. CODES R = Computer generated checks for all non-emergency/utgency payments for materials, supplies and services in support of City Operations For Ratification: A = Payroll and Emoloyee Benefit checks CITY OF EL SEGUNDO WARRANTS TOTALS BY FUND NOTES: Replacement Checks: 3049936-3049937 B - F = Computer generated Early Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City Manager. Such as: payments for utility services, petty cash and employee travel expense reimbursements, varous refunds, contract employee services consistent With current contractual agreements, instances where prompt payment discounts can be obtained or late payment penattes can be avoided or when a s strun arises that the CM Manager approves H = Handwritten Early Release tlrsbunsementsand/or adjustments approved by the City Manager CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CITY MANAGER DATE: DATE: 3 -'"'u DATE OF APPROVAL: AS OF 412124 REGISTERII Bb Page 29 of 441 CITY DFELSBGUN03 WARRANTS TOTALS BY DEPARTMENT AGOF4%D24 REG|STER#18b DEPT# NAME TOTAL GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENTAL EXPENDITURES GENERAL GOVERNMENT 1101 City Council 380.31 1201 City Treasurer 3.158.38 1300 City Clerk 501.46 2101 City Manager 5.732.52 2102 Communications 181.90 2103 BSegundo Media 2201 City Attorney 2401 Economic Development 91.14 2402 Planning 39.019.50 3406 Human and Health Services 2.881.50 2500 Administrative Services 56.746.31 2601 Government Buildings 19.679.57 2900 Nondepartmentai 15.121.41 8100 Library 4,205.29 147,679.29 PUBLIC SAFETY 3100 Police 9,714.28 3200 Fire 7.750.52 2408 Building Safety 2404 Ping/Bldg SftyAdministration 349.92 17.814.72 PUBLIC WORKS 4101 Engineering 6.652.93 4200 Streets 27.023.09 4800 Wastewater 4601 Equipment Maintenance 5.753.80 4801 Administration 282.18 39,712.76 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 5100.5200 Recreation &Parks 00.83973 5400 Centennial 90,839,73 EXPENDITURES CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT ALL OTHER ACCOUNTS TOTAL WARRANTS 134,71142 Page 30 of 441 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PAYMENTS BY WIRE TRANSFER 03/18/24 THROUGH 03/24/24 Date Payee 3/18/2024 IRS 3/18/2024 Employment Development 3/18/2024 Employment Development 3/20/2024 Cal Pers 3/20/2024 Cal Pers 3/20/2024 Cal Pers 3/20/2024 Cal Pers 3/20/2024 Cal Pers 3/20/2024 Cal Pers 3/20/2024 Cal Pers 03/11/24-03/17/24 Workers Comp Activity 03/11/24-03/17/24 Liability Trust - Claims 03/11/24-03/17/24 Retiree Health Insurance DATE OF RATIFICATION: 03/25/24 TOTAL PAYMENTS BY WIRE: Description 258,438.11 Federal 941 Deposit 4,946.12 State SDI payment 59,301.11 State PIT Withholding 52,228.01 EFT Retirement Safety Police Classic - 1 st Tier 28 62,415.22 EFT Retirement Misc - PEPRA New 26013 53,516.55 EFT Retirement Safety Fire- Classic 30168 38,998.15 EFT Retirement Safety-Police-PEPRA New 25021 34,916.84 EFT Retirement Misc - Classic 27 20,445.52 EFT Retirement Safety-Fire-PEPRA New 25020 11,787.30 EFT Retirement Sfty Police Classic-2nd Tier 30169 19,821.17 SCRMA checks issued/(voided) 18,369.75 Claim checks issued/(voided) - Health Reimbursment checks issued 635,183.85 Certified as to the accuracy of the wire transfers by: Treasury 8,Custo er Services Manager Date Chief Financial Officer City Manager 3l-7-y /z Y Date 3-z s-2y Date Information on actual expenditures is available in the City Treasurer's Office of the City of El Segundo. 635,183.85 PACity Treasurer\Wire Transfers\Wire Transfers 07-01-23 to 6-30-24 3/25/2024 1/1 Page 31 of 441 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO WARRANTS TOTALS BY FUND 3049938 - 3050024 9003130 - 9OG313D Out GENERALFUND 380270.26 003 EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND -OTHER IN TRAFFIC SAFETY FUND - IDS STATE GAS TAX FUND (2.87) 108 ASSOCUTED RECREATION ACTIVITIES FUND - IDS ASSET FORFEITURE FUND - 110 MEASURER" - III COMM. DEVEL. BLOCK GRANT - 112 PROP'A'TRANSPORTATION - 114 PROP'C-TRANSPORTATION 82,301.13 115 AIR QUALITY INVESTMENT PROGRAM - Ila HOME SOUND INSTALLATION FUND - 117 HYPERION MITIGATION FUND 64.2E Ila TDA ARTICLE 3- SB 821 BIKEWAY FUND - Ila MTA GRANT - 121 FEMA - 120 C.OR S. FUND 1.977.55 In L.A.WA. FUND - 123 PSAF PROPERTY TAX PUBLIC SAFETY 431, 52 124 FEDERAL GRANTS - 125 STATE GRANT - 126 A& CUPA PROGRAM OVERSIGHT SURCHARGE 411.34 127 MEAURE'M" - 128 SB-1 In CERTIFIED ACCESS SPECIALIST PROGRAM - 130 AFFORDABLE HOUSING - 131 COUNTY STORM WATER PROGRAM in MEASURE'B" - 202 ASSESSMENTDISTRICT973 - Sot CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT FUND - 302 INFRASTRUCTURE REPLACEMENT FUND - 311 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES- GENERAL GOVERNME - 312 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - LAW ENFORCEMENT - 313 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - FIRE PROTECTION - 314 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - STORM DRAINAGE - 315 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -WATER DISTRIBUTI - 316 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - WASTEWATER COLLIE - 317 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES - LIBRARY - 318 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -PUBLIC MEETING - 319 DEVELOPER IMPACT FEES -AQUATICS CENTER - 320 DEVEL OPEN IMPACT FEES - PARKLAND - a0S FACILITIES MAINTENANCE 501 WATER UTILITY FUND 6.178,43 502 WASTEWATER FUND 13,452.31 S03 GOLF COURSE FUND - 504 SENIOR HOUSING CM ATTORNEY - So5 SOLID WASTE FUND - .1 EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT - 602 LIABILITY INSURANCE 10.26 B03 WORKERS COMP. RESERVE/INSURANCE (6,001 701 RETIRED EMP. INSURANCE - 7W EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND - DEVELOPER FEES 9.34 701 EXPENDABLE TRUST FUND -OTHER - 703 OUTSIDE SERVICES TRUST TOTAL WARRANTS 485.097.53 STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES Information on actual expenditures Is available in the Chief Financial Officer's office in the City of El Segundo. I ceNty as to the accuracy of the Demands and the availability of fund for payment thereof, For Approval: Regular checks held for City council authorization to release. CODES NOTES: R = Computer generated checks for all non-emergencv/urgency payments for materials, supplies and services in support of CrY Operations For RatiAcadpn. A = Paymlt and Employee Benefit checks B - F = Computer generated Eady Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City Manager. Such as: payments for utility services, petty cash and employee travel expanse reimbursements , various refunds, contract employee services consistent with current contractual agreements, instances where prompt payment discounts can be obtained or late payment penalties can be avoided or when a situation arises that me City Manager approves /�\ H = Handwrfllen Early Release disbursements and/or adjustments approved by the City Manager \ \r,ltI"' CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CITY MANAGER DATE: DATE: Y/L(L� `� 2- "z`/ DATE OF APPROVAL: AS OF 4116/24 REGISTER 019a Page 32 of 441 1101 1201 1300 2101 2102 2103 2201 2401 2402 2405 2500 2601 2900 6100 3100 3200 2403 2404 4101 4200 4300 4601 4801 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO WARRANTS TOTALS BY DEPARTMENT AS OF 4/16/24 REGISTER #19a NAME TOTAL GENERAL FUND DEPARTMENTAL EXPENDITURES GENERAL GOVERNMENT City Council 15.69 City Treasurer 29.35 City Clerk 47.22 City Manager 4,008.64 Communications 94.76 El Segundo Media City Attorney 26,963.60 Economic Development 1,200.00 Planning 560.00 Human and Health Services Administrative Services 49,759.79 Government Buildings 31,905.75 Nondepartmental 36,699.61 Library 9,604.44 PUBLIC SAFETY Police Fire Building Safety Ping/Bldg Sfty Administration PUBLIC WORKS Engineering Streets Wastewater Equipment Maintenance Administration COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 5100,5200 Recreation & Parks 5400 Centennial EXPENDITURES CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT ALL OTHER ACCOUNTS TOTAL WARRANTS 160, 888.85 58,967.60 69,176,58 8.63 849.30 129,002.11 13, 627.26 2,416.59 1,236.26 9,116.04 64.26 26,460.41 1,786.34 1,786.34 166, 959.82 485,097.53 Page 33 of 441 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PAYMENTS BY WIRE TRANSFER 03/25/24 THROUGH 03/31/24 Date 3/29/2024 3/29/2024 3/29/2024 03/18/24-03/24/24 03/18/24-03/24/24 03/18/24-03/24/24 Payee Mission Square Mission Square ExpertPay Workers Comp Activity Liability Trust - Claims Retiree Health Insurance DATE OF RATIFICATION: 04/01/24 TOTAL PAYMENTS BY WIRE: Certified as to the accuracy of the wire transfers by: Treasury & Custom Services Manager Date Chief Financial Officer Date city Manager Date Description 3,973.98 457 payment Vantagepoint 1,080.00 401(a) payment Vantagepoint 2,365.29 EFT Child support payment 16,095.58 SCRMA checks issued/(voided) 27,577.85 Claim checks issued/(voided) - Health Reimbursment checks issued 51, 092.70 Information on actual expenditures is available in the City Treasurer's Office of the City of El Segundo. 51,092.70 PACity Treasurer\Wire Transfers\Wire Transfers 07-01-23 to 6-30-24 4/1 /2024 1 /1 Page 34 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement F I, F �' t I) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Consent Item Number: B.6 TITLE: Waive Bidding Requirements and Authorize the Purchase of Two Portable Emergency Generators by Cooperative Agreement RECOMMENDATION: 1. Approve the waiver of competitive bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code § 1-7-9(C) and authorize the City Manager to execute the purchase of two new portable emergency generators by cooperative purchase agreement. 2. Appropriate $179,000 from Sewer Enterprise Fund to account #502-400-4301- 6206. 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: The adopted FY 2023-24 budget did not include the budget for the purchase of the two new portable emergency generators. At this time, additional appropriation is needed from the Sewer Enterprise Fund. Amount Budgeted: $0.00 Additional Appropriation: $179,000 from the Sewer Enterprise Fund Account Number: 502-400-4301-6206 (Contractual Services) BACKGROUND: The City currently owns two portable, trailer mounted back up generators for the utilization of maintaining electrical power to any of the nine City sewer lift stations and any other City facility during a power outage. These two units are critical to the City's ability to move sewage through the sewer conveyance system, and provide coverage for other City facilities during a power outage. Due to California Air Resources Board ("CARB") regulations, these units have been phased out of use due to their tier rating, Page 35 of 441 Purchase of Two Emergency Generators April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 2 emission limits and operational restrictions, as of December 31, 2019. DISCUSSION: Since the phase out of the prior generators, staff has rented a portable generator when generally needed. However, they require the ability to quickly address power contingencies for unscheduled power outages that cannot be quickly addressed through equipment rentals. Unfortunately, during an unscheduled/emergency power outage, the City runs the risk of not obtaining a generator in a timely manner, which can pose greater health and safety concerns. Staff recommends that these portable generators be procured through Sourcewell cooperative agreement #092222-CMM, pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") § 1-7-9(C), which allows bidding procedures to be bypassed when procurement is facilitated through a cooperative agreement with a public agency fulfilling the requirements of ESMC § 1-7-9(C). The purchase of these generators will enable staff to operate any of the 9 sewer lift stations and any city facility located throughout the City during a scheduled or emergency power outage. It is to be noted that the new generators will comply with the existing emission standards. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 2: Support Community Safety and Preparedness Objective: El Segundo is a safe and prepared city. Goal 4: Develop Quality Infrastructure and Technology Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an appealing, safe, and effective City. PREPARED BY: Erica Miramontes, Senior Management Analyst REVIEWED BY: Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Quote Page 36 of 441 Sales and Service Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222- CMM Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 January 30, 2024 Prepared by Ryan M Cavitt (916) 936-5039 ryan.cavitt@cummins.com We are pleased to provide you this quotation based on your inquiry. Item Description Qty GENERATOR - Via Sourcewell Contract #092222-CMM 1 C100D2RE, Diesel Genset, 50/60Hz, 100kW, Standby -Rental 2 U.S. EPA, Nonroad (Portable) Application C100D2RE, Diesel Genset, 50/60 Hz, 100kW, Standby -Rental Duty Rating - Prime Power (PRP) Emissions - Compliance EPA Tier 4 Final Certified Voltage 208 - 480 Variable Alternator - 60Hz, 208/416 - 240/480 Volt, 125/80C Standby/Prime Electric Brake Trailer Pintle Hitch - 3 inch UN31A Certified Fuel Tank Generator Set Control - PowerCommand 3.3, Paralleling with MILD Distribution Panel - Rental Barrel Lug Connection Coolant Heater Packaging - Cummins Power Generation Genset Warranty - Industrial Mobile Base, Prime 3 Years/3000 hours Engine Coolant - 60% Antifreeze, 40% Water Mixture Cam Lock Distribution Panel - U.S. Rental Engine Oil Heater Auxiliary DEF Connections Paralleling Harness 2 Generator Delivery 2 TOTAL: $ 178,667.02 OPTIONS: ADDER: Start up & Testing per generator $ 1.924 Quote value does not include any tax. EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS: This quote was based on verbal requests and this package may or may not fit the owner's application. However, if unforeseen design changes are required, please notify us right away. Offloading, installation, permits, fuel, and fuel for testing, start-up service is to be provided by others. Lead times subject to change. Any third party testing by others. LEAD TIME: Please note the following: The current lead time on the Generator is 28-30 weeks after approved submittals. Please feel free to contact me if you require any additional information; or if you have any further questions or concerns that I may be of assistance with. Thank you for choosing Cummins. Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 41 P81ge 1 of 7 Sales and Service Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222- CMM Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 Submitted by: Paul van Niekerk, Territory Manager paul.vanniekerk(a�cummins.com +1 9493009835 SUBMITTALS. An order for the equipment covered by this quotation will be accepted on a hold for release basis. Your order will not be released and scheduled for production until written approval to proceed is received in our office. Such submittal approval shall constitute acceptance of the terms and conditions of this quotation unless the parties otherwise agree in writing. THERE ARE ADDITIONAL CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS ATTACHED TO THIS QUOTATION, INCLUDING LIMITATIONS OF WARRANTIES AND LIABILITIES, WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY INCORPORATED HEREIN. BY ACCEPTING THIS QUOTATION, CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN READ, FULLY UNDERSTOOD AND ACCEPTED. Authorized Signature Company Name Printed Name & Title Purchase Order No <Rest of the page is intentionally left blank> Date Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 41 P81ge Sales and Service Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222- CMM Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR SALE OF POWER GENERATION EQUIPMENT These Terms and Conditions for Sale of Power Generation Equipment, together with the quote ("Quote"), sales order ("Sales Order"), and/or credit application ("Credit Application") on the front side or attached hereto, are hereinafter collectively referred to as this "Agreement" and shall constitute the entire agreement between the customer identified in the Quote ("Customer") and Cummins Inc. ("Cummins") and supersede any previous representation, statements, agreements or understanding (oral or written) between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. Customer shall be deemed to have made an unqualified acceptance of these Terms and Conditions and it shall become a binding agreement between the parties on the earliest of the following to occur: (i) Cummins' receipt of Customer's purchase order or purchase order number; (ii) Customer's signing or acknowledgment of this Agreement; (iii) Cummins' release of equipment to production pursuant to Customer's oral or written instruction or direction; (iv) Customer's payment of any amounts due to Cummins; or (v) any other event constituting acceptance under applicable law. No prior inconsistent course of dealing, course of performance, or usage of trade, if any, constitutes a waiver of, or serves to explain or interpret, the Terms and Conditions set forth in this Agreement. Electronic transactions between Customer and Cummins will be solely governed by the Terms and Conditions of this Agreement, and any terms and conditions on Customer's website or other internet site will be null and void and of no legal effect on Cummins. In the event Customer delivers, references, incorporates by reference, or produces any purchase order or document, specifications, agreement (whether upstream or otherwise), or any other terms and conditions related thereto, then such specifications, terms, document, or other agreement: (i) shall be null and void and of no legal effect on Cummins, and (ii) this Agreement shall remain the governing terms of the transaction. 1. SCOPE. Cummins shall supply power generation equipment and any related parts, materials and/or services expressly identified in this Agreement (collectively, "Equipment"). No additional services, parts or materials are included in this Agreement unless mutually agreed upon by the parties in writing. A Sales Order for Equipment is accepted on a hold for release basis. The Sales Order will not be released and scheduled for production until written approval to proceed is received from Customer. A Quote is limited to the plans and specifications section specifically referenced in the Quote. No other sections shall apply. Additional requirements for administrative items may require additional costs. The Quote does not include off unit wiring, off unit plumbing, offloading, rigging, installation, exhaust insulation or fuel, unless otherwise stated and mutually agreed to in writing by the parties. Unless otherwise agreed by Cummins in writing, this Quote is valid for a maximum period of thirty (30) days from the date appearing on the first page of this Quote ("Quote Validation Period"). At the end of the Quote Validation Period, this Quote will automatically expire unless accepted by Customer prior to the end of the Quote Validation Period. The foregoing notwithstanding, in no event shall this Quote Validation Period be deemed or otherwise considered to be a firm offer period nor to establish an option contract, and Cummins hereby reserves its right to revoke or amend this Quote at any time prior to Customer's acceptance. 2. SHIPPING; DELIVERY; DELAYS. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, Equipment shall be delivered FOB origin, freight prepaid to first destination. For consumer and mobile products, freight will be charged to Customer. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties, packaging method, shipping documents and manner, route and carrier and delivery shall be as Cummins deems appropriate. Cummins may deliver in installments. A reasonable storage fee, as determined in Cummins' sole discretion, may be assessed if delivery of the Equipment is delayed, deferred, or refused by Customer. In the event Customer fails to take any or all shipments of Equipment ordered hereunder within thirty (30) days of the agreed upon delivery date, Cummins shall have the right, in its sole discretion to either (i) charge a minimum storage fee in the amount of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month of the total quoted amount; or (ii) consider the Equipment abandoned and, subject to local laws, may (a) make the Equipment available for auction or sale to other customers or the public, or (b) otherwise use, destroy, or recycle the Equipment at Customer's sole cost and expense. The foregoing remedies shall be without prejudice to Cummins' right to pursue other remedies available under the law, including without limitation, recovery of costs and/or losses incurred due to the storage, auction, sale, destruction, recycling, or otherwise of the Equipment. Offloading, handling, and placement of Equipment and crane services are the responsibility of Customer and not included unless otherwise stated. All shipments are made within normal business hours, Monday through Friday. Any delivery, shipping, installation, or performance dates indicated in this Agreement are estimated and not guaranteed. Further, delivery time is subject to confirmation at time of order and will be in effect after engineering drawings have been approved for production. Cummins shall use commercially reasonable efforts to meet estimated dates, but shall not be liable to customer or any third party for any delay in delivery, shipping, installation, or performance, however occasioned, including any delays in performance that result directly or indirectly from acts of Customer or any unforeseen event, circumstance, or condition beyond Cummins' reasonable control including, but not limited to, acts of God, actions by any government authority, civil strife, fires, floods, windstorms, explosions, riots, natural disasters, embargos, wars, strikes or other labor disturbances, civil commotion, terrorism, sabotage, late delivery by Cummins' suppliers, fuel or other energy shortages, or an inability to obtain necessary labor, materials, supplies, equipment or manufacturing facilities. AS A RESULT OF COVID-19 RELATED EFFECTS OR INDUSTRY SUPPLY CHAIN DISRUPTIONS, TEMPORARY DELAYS IN DELIVERY, LABOR OR SERVICES FROM CUMMINS AND ITS SUB -SUPPLIERS OR SUBCONTRACTORS MAY OCCUR. AMONG OTHER FACTORS, CUMMINS' DELIVERY OBLIGATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CORRECT AND PUNCTUAL SUPPLY FROM OUR SUB -SUPPLIERS OR SUBCONTRACTORS, AND CUMMINS RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE PARTIAL DELIVERIES OR MODIFY ITS LABOR OR SERVICE. WHILE CUMMINS SHALL MAKE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE EFFORTS TO MEET THE DELIVERY, SERVICE OR COMPLETION OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH HEREIN, SUCH DATES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. IN THE EVENT DELIVERY, SHIPPING, INSTALLATION, OR PERFORMANCE IS DELAYED, HOWEVER OCCASSIONED, DUE TO EVENTS BEYOND CUMMINS' REASONABLE CONTROL, THEN THE DATE OF DELIVERY, SHIPPING, INSTALLATION, OR PERFORMANCE FOR THE EQUIPMENT OR SERVICES SHALL BE EQUITABLY EXTENDED FOR A PERIOD EQUAL TO THE TIME LOST, PLUS REASONABLE RAMP -UP. 3. PAYMENT TERMS; CREDIT; RETAINAGE. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing and subject to credit approval by Cummins, payments are due thirty (30) days from the date of the invoice. If Customer does not have approved credit with Cummins, Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 Poge39o� 7441 Sales and Service Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222- CMM Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 as solely determined by Cummins, payments are due in advance or at the time of supply of the Equipment. If payment is not received when due, in addition to any rights Cummins may have at law, Cummins may charge Customer eighteen percent (18%) interest annually on late payments, or the maximum amount allowed by law. Customer agrees to pay Cummins' costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) related to Cummins' enforcement and collection of unpaid invoices, or any other enforcement of this Agreement by Cummins. Retainage is not acceptable nor binding, unless required by statute or accepted and confirmed in writing by Cummins prior to shipment. If Customer fails to make any payments to Cummins when due and payable, and such failure continues for more than sixty (60) days from the date of the invoice, or less if required by applicable law, then Cummins may, at Cummins' sole discretion and without prejudice to any other rights or remedies, either (i) terminate this Agreement; or (ii) postpone delivery of any undelivered Equipment in Cummins' possession and/or suspend its services until payment for unpaid invoices is received. 4. TAXES; EXEMPTIONS. Unless otherwise stated, the Quote excludes all applicable local, state and federal sales and/or use taxes, permits and licensing. Customer must provide a valid resale or exemption certificate prior to shipment of Equipment or applicable taxes will be added to the invoice. 5. TITLE; RISK OF LOSS. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, title and risk of loss for the Equipment shall pass to Customer upon delivery of the Equipment by Cummins to freight carrier or to Customer at pickup at Cummins' facility. 6. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE. Customer shall inspect the Equipment upon delivery, before offloading, for damage, defects, and shortage. Any and all claims which could have been discovered by such inspection shall be deemed absolutely and unconditionally waived unless noted by Customer on the bill of lading. Where Equipment is alleged to be non -conforming or defective, written notice of defect must be given to Cummins within three (3) days from date of delivery after which time Equipment shall be deemed accepted. Cummins shall have a commercially reasonable period of time in which to correct such non -conformity or defect. If non- conformity or defect is not eliminated to Customer's reasonable satisfaction, Customer may reject the Equipment (but shall protect the Equipment until returned to Cummins) or allow Cummins another opportunity to undertake corrective action. In the event startup of the Equipment is included in the services, acceptance shall be deemed to have occurred upon successful startup. 7. LIEN; SECURITY AGREEMENT. Customer agrees that Cummins retains all statutory lien rights. To secure payment, Customer grants Cummins a Purchase Money Security Interest in the Equipment. If any portion of the balance is due to be paid following delivery, Customer agrees to execute and deliver such security agreement, financing statements, deed of trust and such other documents as Cummins may request from time to time in order to permit Cummins to obtain and maintain a perfected security interest in the Equipment; or in the alternative, Customer grants Cummins a power of attorney to execute and file all financing statements and other documents needed to perfect this security interest. Cummins may record this Agreement, bearing Customer's signature, or copy of this Agreement in lieu of a UCC-1, provided that it shall not constitute an admission by Cummins of the applicability or non -applicability of the UCC nor shall the failure to file this form or a UCC-1 in any way affect, alter, or invalidate any term, provision, obligation or liability under this Agreement. The security interest shall be superseded if Customer and Cummins enter into a separate security agreement for the Equipment. Prior to full payment of the balance due, Equipment will be kept at Customer's location noted in this Agreement, will not be moved without prior notice to Cummins, and is subject to inspection by Cummins at all reasonable times. 05.01.2023 8. CANCELLATION; CHARGES. Orders placed with and accepted by Cummins may not be cancelled except with Cummins' prior written consent. If Customer seeks to cancel all or a portion of an order placed pursuant to this Agreement, and Cummins accepts such cancellation in whole or in part, Customer shall be assessed cancellation charges as follows: (i) 10% of total order price if cancellation is received in Cummins' office after Cummins has provided submittals and prior to releasing equipment to be manufactured; (ii) 25% of total order price if cancellation is received in Cummins' office after receipt of submittal release to order, receipt of a purchase order for a generator already on order with the factory, or is asked to make any hardware changes to the equipment already on order with the factory; (iii) 50% of total order price if cancellation is received in Cummins' office sixty (60) or fewer days before the scheduled shipping date on the order; or (iv) 100% of total order price if cancellation is received in Cummins' office after the equipment has shipped from the manufacturing plant. 9. TERMINATION. Cummins may, at any time, terminate this Agreement for convenience upon sixty (60) days' written notice to Customer. If the Customer defaults by (i) breaching any term of this Agreement, (ii) becoming insolvent or declared bankrupt, or (iii) making an assignment for the benefit of creditors, Cummins may, upon written notice to Customer, immediately terminate this Agreement. Upon such termination for default, Cummins shall immediately cease any further performance under this Agreement, without further obligation or liability to Customer, and Customer shall pay Cummins for any Equipment or services supplied under this Agreement, in accordance with the payment terms detailed in Section 3. If a notice of termination for default has been issued and is later determined, for any reason, that the Customer was not in default, the rights and obligations of the parties shall treat the termination as a termination for convenience. 10. MANUALS. Unless otherwise stated, electronic submittals and electronic operation and maintenance manuals will be provided, and print copies may be available upon Customer's request at an additional cost. 11. TRAINING; START UP SERVICES; INSTALLATION. Startup services, load bank testing, and owner training are not provided unless otherwise stated. Site startup will be subject to the account being current and will be performed during regular Cummins business hours, Monday to Friday. Additional charges may be added for work requested to be done outside standard business hours, on weekends, or holidays. One visit is allowed unless specified otherwise in the Quote. A minimum of two -week prior notice is required to schedule site startups and will be subject to prior commitments and equipment and travel availability. A signed site check sheet confirming readiness will be required, and Cummins personnel may perform an installation audit prior to the startup being completed. Any issues identified by the installation audit shall be corrected at the Customer's expense prior to the start-up. Portable load banks Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 Ppge 40ot 7441 Sales and Service Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222- CMM Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 for site test (if offered in the Quote) are equipped with only 100 feet of cable. Additional lengths may be arranged at an extra cost. Cummins is not responsible for any labor or materials charged by others associated with start-up and installation of Equipment, unless previously agreed upon in writing. Supply of fuel for start-up and/or testing, fill -up of tank after start up, or change of oil is not included unless specified in the Quote. All installation/execution work at the site including, but not limited to: civil, mechanical, electrical, supply of wall thimbles, exhaust extension pipe, elbows, hangers, expansion joints, insulation and cladding materials, fuel/ oil/cooling system piping, air ducts, and louvers/dampers is not included unless specified in the Quote. When an enclosure or sub- base fuel tank (or both) are supplied, the openings provided for power cable and fuel piping entries, commonly referred to as "stub - ups", must be sealed at the site by others before commissioning. All applications, inspections and/or approvals by authorities are to be arranged by Customer. 12. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY. Equipment purchased hereunder is accompanied by an express written manufacturer's warranty ("Warranty") and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, is the only warranty offered on the Equipment. A copy of the Warranty is available upon request. While this Agreement and the Warranty are intended to be read and applied in conjunction, where this Agreement and the Warranty conflict, the terms of the Warranty shall prevail. 13. WARRANTY PROCEDURE. Prior to the expiration of the Warranty, Customer must give notice of a warrantable failure to Cummins and deliver the defective Equipment to a Cummins location or other location authorized and designated by Cummins to make the repairs during regular business hours. Cummins shall not be liable for towing charges, maintenance items such as oil filters, belts, hoses, etc., communication expenses, meals, lodging, and incidental expenses incurred by Customer or employees of Customer, "downtime" expenses, overtime expenses, cargo damages and any business costs and losses of revenue resulting from a warrantable failure. 14. LIMITATIONS ON WARRANTIES. THE REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE WARRANTY AND THIS AGREEMENT ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES PROVIDED BY CUMMINS TO THE CUSTOMER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS SET OUT IN THE WARRANTY AND THIS AGREEMENT, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CUMMINS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, ENDORSEMENTS, AND CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY STATUTORY OR COMMON LAW IMPLIED REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS OF FITNESS FOR A PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY. The limited warranty does not cover Equipment failures resulting from: (a) inappropriate use relative to designated power rating; (b) inappropriate use relative to application guidelines; (c) inappropriate use of an EPA -SE application generator set relative to EPNs standards; (d) normal wear and tear; (e) improper and/or unauthorized installation; (f) negligence, accidents, or misuse; (g) lack of maintenance or unauthorized or improper repair; (h) noncompliance with any Cummins published guideline or policy; (i) use of improper or contaminated fuels, coolants, or lubricants; (j) improper storage before and after commissioning; (k) owner's delay in making Equipment available after notification of potential Equipment problem; (1) replacement parts and accessories not authorized by Cummins; (m) use of battle short mode; (n) owner or operator abuse or neglect such as: operation without adequate coolant, fuel, or lubricants; over fueling; over speeding; lack of maintenance to lubricating, fueling, cooling, or air intake systems; late servicing and maintenance; improper storage, starting, warm-up, running, or shutdown practices, or for progressive damage resulting from a defective shutdown or warning device; or (o) damage to parts, fixtures, housings, attachments and accessory items that are not part of the generating set. 15. INDEMNITY. Customer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Cummins from and against any and all claims, actions, costs, expenses, damages and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys' fees, brought against or incurred by Cummins related to or arising out of this Agreement or the Equipment supplied under this Agreement (collectively, the "Claims"), where such Claims were caused or contributed to by, in whole or in part, the acts, omissions, fault or negligence of the Customer. Customer shall present any Claims covered by this indemnity to its insurance carrier unless Cummins directs that the defense will be handled by Cummins' legal counsel at Customer's expense. 16. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL CUMMINS, ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, OR AGENTS BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER OR ANY THIRD PARTY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR IN TORT OR UNDER ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, STRICT LIABILITY OR NEGLIGENCE), FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, LIQUIDATED, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DOWNTIME, LOSS OF PROFIT OR REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITY, DAMAGE TO GOODWILL, ENHANCED DAMAGES, MONETARY REQUESTS RELATING TO RECALL EXPENSES AND REPAIRS TO PROPERTY, AND/OR DAMAGES CAUSED BY DELAY), OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO OR ARISING FROM CUMMINS' SUPPLY OF EQUIPMENT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL CUMMINS' LIABILITY TO CUSTOMER OR ANY THIRD PARTY CLAIMING DIRECTLY THROUGH CUSTOMER OR ON CUSTOMER'S BEHALF UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE TOTAL COST OF EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY CUMMINS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM. BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT, CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES CUSTOMER'S SOLE REMEDY AGAINST CUMMINS FOR ANY LOSS SHALL BE THE REMEDY PROVIDED HEREIN. 17. DEFAULT; REMEDIES. Customer shall be in breach and default if: (a) any of the payments or amounts due under this Agreement are not paid; (b) Customer fails to comply, perform, or makes any misrepresentation relating to any of the Customer's obligations or covenants under this Agreement; or (c) prior to full payment of the balance due, Customer ceases to do business, becomes insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, appoints a receiver, commences an action for dissolution or liquidation, or Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 PpRe 510� 7441 Sales and Service Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222- CMM Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 becomes subject to bankruptcy proceedings, or the Equipment is attached, levied upon, seized under legal process, is subjected to a lien or encumbrance, or transferred by operation of law or otherwise to anyone other than Cummins. Upon the occurrence of any event of Customer's default, Cummins, at its sole option and without notice, shall have the right to exercise concurrently or separately any one or all of the following remedies, which shall be cumulative and not alternative: (a) to declare all sums due, and to become due, under this Agreement immediately due and payable; (b) to commence legal proceedings, including collection actions and specific performance proceedings, to enforce performance by Customer of any and all provisions of this Agreement, and to be awarded damages or injunctive relief for the Customer's breach; (c) to require the Customer to deliver the Equipment to Cummins' branch specified on the face of this Agreement; (d) to exercise one or more of the rights and remedies available to a secured party under applicable law; and (e) to enter, without notice or liability or legal process, onto any premises where the Equipment may be located, using force permitted by law, and there to disconnect, remove and repossess the Equipment, the Customer having waived further right to possession after default. A waiver of any event of default by Cummins shall not be a waiver as to any other or subsequent default. 18. CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIONS; RELIANCE. Customer is responsible for obtaining, at its cost, permits, import licenses, and other consents in relation to the Equipment, and if requested by Cummins, Customer shall make these permits, licenses, and consents available to Cummins prior to shipment. Customer represents that it is familiar with the Equipment and understands operating instructions and agrees to perform routine maintenance services. Until the balance is paid in full, Customer shall care for the Equipment properly, maintain it in good operating condition, repair and appearance; and Customer shall use it safely and within its rated capacity and only for purpose it was designed. Even if Customer's purchase of Equipment from Cummins under this Agreement is based, in whole or in part, on specifications, technical information, drawings, or written or verbal advice of any type from third parties, Customer has sole responsibility for the accuracy, correctness and completeness of such specifications, technical information, drawings, or advice. Cummins make no warranties or representations respecting the accuracy, correctness and completeness of any specifications, technical information, drawings, advice or other information provided by Cummins. Cummins makes no warranties or representations respecting the suitability, fitness for intended use, compatibility, integration or installation of any Equipment supplied under this Agreement. Customer has sole responsibility for intended use, for installation and design and performance where it is part of a power, propulsion, or other system. Limitation of warranties and remedies and all disclaimers apply to all such technical information, drawings, or advice. Customer acknowledges and agrees by accepting delivery of the Equipment that the Equipment purchased is of the size, design, capacity and manufacture selected by the Customer, and that Customer has relied solely on its own judgment in selecting the Equipment. 19. CONFIDENTIALITY. Each party shall keep confidential any information received from the other that is not generally known to the public and at the time of disclosure, would reasonably be understood by the receiving party to be proprietary or confidential, whether disclosed in oral, written, visual, electronic, or other form, and which the receiving party (or agents) learns in connection with this Agreement including, but not limited to: (a) business plans, strategies, sales, projects and analyses; (b) financial information, pricing, and fee structures; (c) business processes, methods, and models; (d) employee and supplier information; (e) specifications; and (f) the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each party shall take necessary steps to ensure compliance with this provision by its employees and agents. 20. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION. This Agreement and all matters arising hereunder shall be governed by, interpreted, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision. The parties agree that the federal and state courts of the State of Indiana shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim arising in connection with this Agreement or any related matter, and hereby waive any right to claim such forum would be inappropriate, including concepts of forum non conveniens. 21. INSURANCE. Upon Customer's request, Cummins will provide to Customer a Certificate of Insurance evidencing Cummins' relevant insurance coverage. 22. ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties and their successors and assigns. Customer shall not assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of Cummins. 23. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Any intellectual property rights created by either party, whether independently or jointly, in the course of the performance of this Agreement or otherwise related to Cummins pre-existing intellectual property or subject matter related thereto, shall be Cummins' property. Customer agrees to assign, and does hereby assign, all right, title, and interest to such intellectual property to Cummins. Any Cummins pre-existing intellectual property shall remain Cummins' property. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to have given Customer a license or any other rights to use any of the intellectual property rights of Cummins. 24. PRICING. To the extent allowed by law, actual prices invoiced to Customer may vary from the price quoted at the time of order placement, as the same will be adjusted for prices prevailing on the date of shipment due to economic and market conditions at the time of shipment. Subject to local laws, Cummins reserves the right to adjust pricing on goods and services due to input and labor cost changes and/or other unforeseen circumstances beyond Cummins' control. 25. MISCELLANEOUS. Cummins shall be an independent contractor under this Agreement. All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and be delivered personally, mailed via first class certified or registered mail, or sent by a nationally recognized express courier service to the addresses set forth in this Agreement. No amendment of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is writing and signed by an authorized representative of the parties hereto. Failure of either party to require performance by the other party of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the right to require such performance at any time thereafter, nor shall the waiver by a party of a breach of any of the provisions hereof constitute a waiver of any succeeding breach. Any provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms hereof. These terms are exclusive and constitute the entire agreement. Customer acknowledges that the provisions were freely negotiated and bargained for, and Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 Pon 46 0Q 7441 Sales and Service Project: City of El Segundo - Sourcewell 092222- CMM Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 Customer has agreed to purchase of the Equipment pursuant to these Terms and Conditions. Acceptance of this Agreement is expressly conditioned on Customer's assent to all such Terms and Conditions. Neither party has relied on any statement, representation, agreement, understanding, or promise made by the other except as expressly set out in this Agreement. In the event Cummins incurs additional charges hereunder due to the acts or omissions of Customer, the additional charges will be passed on to the Customer, as applicable. Headings or other subdivisions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference and shall not limit or affect the legal construction of any provision hereof. The Parties' rights, remedies, and obligations under this Agreement which by their nature are intended to continue beyond the termination or cancellation of this Agreement, including but not limited to the Section 16. Limitation of Liability provision contained herein, shall survive the expiration, termination, or cancellation of this Agreement. 26. COMPLIANCE. Customer shall comply with all laws applicable to its activities under this Agreement, including, without limitation, any and all applicable federal, state, and local anti -bribery, environmental, health, and safety laws and regulations then in effect. Customer acknowledges that the Equipment, and any related technology that are sold or otherwise provided hereunder may be subject to export and other trade controls restricting the sale, export, re-export and/or transfer, directly or indirectly, of such Equipment or technology to certain countries or parties, including, but not limited to, licensing requirements under applicable laws and regulations of the United States, the United Kingdom and other jurisdictions. It is the intention of Cummins to comply with these laws, rules, and regulations. Any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Customer shall comply with all such applicable all laws relating to the cross -border movement of goods or technology, and all related orders in effect from time to time, and equivalent measures. Customer shall act as the importer of record with respect to the Equipment and shall not resell, export, re-export, distribute, transfer, or dispose of the Equipment or related technology, directly or indirectly, without first obtaining all necessary written permits, consents, and authorizations and completing such formalities as may be required under such laws, rules, and regulations. In addition, Cummins has in place policies not to distribute its products for use in certain countries based on applicable laws and regulations including but not limited to UN, U.S., UK, and European Union regulations. Customer undertakes to perform its obligations under this Agreement with due regard to these policies. Strict compliance with this provision and all laws of the territory pertaining to the importation, distribution, sales, promotion and marketing of the Equipment is a material consideration for Cummins entering into this Agreement with Customer and continuing this Agreement for its term. Customer represents and warrants that it has not and shall not, directly or through any intermediary, pay, give, promise to give or offer to give anything of value to a government official or representative, a political party official, a candidate for political office, an officer or employee of a public international organization or any other person, individual or entity at the suggestion, request or direction or for the benefit of any of the above -described persons and entities for the purposes of inducing such person to use his influence to assist Cummins in obtaining or retaining business or to benefit Cummins or any other person in any way, and will not otherwise breach any applicable laws relating to anti -bribery. Any failure by Customer to comply with these provisions will constitute a default giving Cummins the right to immediate termination of this Agreement and/or the right to elect not to recognize the warranties associated with the Equipment. Customer shall accept full responsibility for any and all civil or criminal liabilities and costs arising from any breaches of those laws and regulations and will defend, indemnify, and hold Cummins harmless from and against any and all fines, penalties, claim, damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, fees, and expenses incurred by Cummins or its affiliates as a result of Customer's breach. 27. To the extent applicable, this contractor and subcontractor shall abide by the requirements of 41 CFR H 60-1.4(a), 60-300.5(a) and 60-741.5(a). These regulations prohibit discrimination against qualified individuals based on their status as protected veterans or individuals with disabilities and prohibit discrimination against all individuals based on their race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity or national origin. Moreover, these regulations require that covered prime contractors and subcontractors take affirmative action to employ and advance in employment individuals without regard to race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, protected veteran status or disability. The employee notice requirements set forth in 29 CFR Part 471, Appendix A to Subpart A, are hereby incorporated by reference into this contract. Quotation: Q-214722-20240130-1330 PogeIOT 7441 City Council Agenda Statement F I, F �' t I) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Consent Item Number: B.7 TITLE: Amendment to Contract with DownStream Services, Inc. for On -Call Pump Station Repair Services RECOMMENDATION: 1. Authorize the City Manager to execute a third amendment to the contract with DownStream Services, Inc. for an additional $200,000 for on -call pump station repair services. 2. Alternately, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: Included in the adopted FY 2023-24 Budget. Amount Budgeted: $200,000 Additional Appropriation: None. Account Number: 502-400-4301-6206 BACKGROUND: The City has one water pump station, three storm -water pump stations, and nine sanitary sewer pump stations. These pump stations require routine maintenance to ensure safe, efficient, and effective operation. A five-year "Maintenance and On -call Repairs" contract was awarded to DownStream Services on December 17, 2019, and its current contract amount is $867,988.23. The contract was last amended on January 16, 2024, to address necessary repairs to pump stations 4 & 5. This contract is in its final year. The DownStream Services, Inc. firm has been performing satisfactorily and within the budget, keeping these pump stations operational and in good working condition. Page 44 of 441 On -Call Pump Station Repair Services Contract Amendment 3 April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 3 DISCUSSION: Last February, the storm -water pump station 16, which is next to Stevenson Field in the Recreation Park, became inoperable due to pump and engine failures caused by heavy rainfall and storm events. The pump station 16 houses two pumps and two engines. Consequently, staff had to rent and set up an auxiliary pump to drain the collected storm -water from the pump station. The estimated cost to repair the pumps is $200,000. These necessary repairs are within the scope of the contract with DownStream Services, Inc. However, the estimated cost of repairs exceeds the current budgeted amount. It is to be noted that the equipment in this pump station is very old. Consequently, these repairs are considered to be the short term solution for this pump station. The long term solution is total refurbishment of the pump station, which will include upgrade of equipment at an estimated cost of $2.5M. It is to be noted that staff will submit all the costs associated with the repairs of this pump station to Federal Emergency Management Agency ("FEMA") for reimbursement. Also, staff has already requested funding from FEMA for the upgrade of the equipment for this pump station at an estimated cost of $2.5M. Moreover, staff is working with the Office of Congressman Ted W. Lieu to pursue grant opportunities for the costs associated with upgrading of this pump station. Further, staff plan to initiate a new project for Stevenson Field. The scope of work for this project would include new turf, an irrigation system, an infiltration basin or dry wells and minor drainage improvements in the dug -out areas. In order to pursue Measure W Regional funding for this project, a feasibility study along with an application must be submitted to the Safe, Clean Water Program, administered by the Los Angeles County Flood Control District. The Watershed Area Steering Committee, a body created by the District's Board, will review the project and score the project based on a set criterion. If the project obtains a high score, then the project may receive funding from the Measure W Regional Program. To pursue the short-term solution, these repairs must be done, and consequently, staff respectfully recommends that the City Council approve the recommended actions as noted. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 1: Enhance Customer Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communication Objective 1A: El Segundo provides unparalleled service to all customers. Goal 2: Support Community Safety and Preparedness Objective 2A: El Segundo is a safe and prepared community. Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology Page 45 of 441 On -Call Pump Station Repair Services Contract Amendment 3 April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 3 Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe community. PREPARED BY: Arianne Bola, Sr. Engineer Associate REVIEWED BY: Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: None Page 46 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement F I, F �' t I) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Consent Item Number: B.8 TITLE: Construction Contract with Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company for the Center Street Storm Drain Improvements Project RECOMMENDATION: 1. Authorize the City Manager to execute a standard public works construction contract with Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company for $172,959 for the award of the Center Street Storm Drain Improvements Project and authorize an additional $17,296 contingency for potential unforeseen conditions and waive its bid irregularity as immaterial pursuant to Section 14.2 of the bid specifications. 2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: The construction cost, including contingency, is $190,255. Amount Budgeted in FY 2023-24: $190,255 Additional Appropriation: None. Account Number: 301-400-8205-8221 (Center Street Storm Drain Improvements). BACKGROUND: On January 16, 2024, the City Council adopted the plans and specifications for the Center Street Storm Drain Improvements Project, Project No. PW 24-04. The project will increase the conveyance capacity of storm water runoff at Center Street and E. Oak Avenue. DISCUSSION: On February 6, 2024, the City Clerk received and opened five bids as follows: 1. Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company $172,959.00 2. CEM Construction Corporation $211,820.00 Page 47 of 441 Center Street Storm Drain Improvements April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 3 3. Kordich Construction $222,785.60 4. GRBCON $223,442.00 5. Wright Construction $263,000.00 On February 6, 2024, staff noted that the apparent lowest bidder, Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company (Palp, Inc.), has not submitted Addendum 1. On February 7, the apparent second -lowest bidder, CEM Construction Corporation, also informed staff that Palp, Inc. had not submitted the Addendum 1. It is to be noted that Addendum 1 contained only information already provided at the mandatory pre -bid meeting for all bidders.This information included responses to questions posed by interested bidders and did not chagne the nature of the project or specifications.The apparent lowest bidder's failure to include the Addendum acknowledgment was immaterial because it did not affect the bid amount, the ability for the City to make bid comparisons, or trigger other materiality hallmarks established by relevant court cases. Ghilotti Construction Company v. City of Richmond (1996) 45 Cal.AppAth 897. Therefore, the City can waive this irregularity under Section 14.2 of the Bidding Instructions: 14.2 The City will have the right to waive non -material irregularities in a Bid and to accept the lowest responsive Bid as determined by the City. The staff examined Palp, Inc. DBA Excel Paving Company's bid and has found it to be the lowest responsive bidder. Their state license and DIR registration are in good standing, and they have satisfactorily completed similar projects for the cities of Santa Monica, Torrance, La Puente, Santa Ana, and Huntington Beach. The staff respectfully requests City Council approve the recommended actions as noted. The staff has closely coordinated this situation with the City Attorney, and the City Attorney is on board with this recommendation. With the City Council's authorization, the anticipated project schedule is: May 2024 - Award Contract June - Complete Contract Documents July - Begin Construction October - Complete Project CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe community. Page 48 of 441 Center Street Storm Drain Improvements April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 3 PREPARED BY: Floriza Rivera, Principal Civil Engineer REVIEWED BY: Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 1. Vicinity Map PW 24-04 2. Location Map PW 24-04 3. Bid Log Sheet PW 24-04 Page 49 of 441 E'LSEGUNDO Vicinity Map PW 24-04: Center Street Storm Drain Improvements Project E Ma Ell Segundo Vf High _o y SS iv --+I ' c c Fi a _..� > HKI'ldgn j El Segundo Pall, Z TO U n 7 A O to E Gland Ave c 1W Grand Ave C x 0 E Franklin Ave Y = t — •— --• N E EI Segundo Blvd -h.• m O R Q Lenno W 111th St Mddk Sc hoo I ry AtW OO i Vf l � •1 Ratw— e Vail, _ w S�sbms R Awboine U i ts� PIP a NUocs '\ Plaza t I ••\ •�••^ t SilqurKk� \• A,%'O ADZ a Gga 0 \�--.•................ftr.c.aa as:.....,._.._.. _.. _.._.. _.. _.., A V' A O 35th St Q L C Q • � 1 � C 1� a> Z F N `f N LosAngelel •'� Alf Force Nate I. rt•• E El Sequ+ntt Ot7d r CI W M 6,018.7 1 1 0 3,009.33 6,018.7 Feet DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The City of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting WGS_1984_Web _Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map. Page 50 of 441 Location Map ELEGUVDO PW 24-04: Center Street Storm Drain Improvements Project o V J F Manlr Ave ,n n w E to F—Palm Ave - VY'alnUt Av- t Walnut Ave 1 L',: Ai geiG, tn!rr •Inriilflu V I. -;-Rksegundo r`r� Manhattan Legend — City Boundary � I d c Sycamore AvF Storm Drain Project Area c Sycamore Park R e F Manle Ave O R U 0I 7 F Marino,;, A— Ce me r 5tree t Elementary _E E_I_m_ Ave No Scale DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The Ci, of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting GS_1984_Web—Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map. F I I Notes aqe of 44"l CITY OF EL SEGUNDO BID LOG BID NO. PW 24-04 City of El Segundo — Public Works Department Center Street Storm Drain Improvement Project Date of BID Opening: Tuesday, February 06, 2024 Time of BID Opening: 11 AM Place of BID Opening: Council Chamber Lobbv COMPANY NAMEIADDRESS 1. GRBCON 5114 Elton St. Baldwin Park, CA 91706 Received: 0210612024 @ 10:00 AM 2. CEM Construction 1412 Espanol Ave. Montebello, CA 90640 Received: 0210612024 @ 10:45 AM 3. Palp dba Excel Paving 2230 Lemon Ave. Long Beach, CA 90806 Received: M06/2024 a@ 10:45 AM 4. Wright Construction Received: 0210612024 @ 10:45 AM 5. Kordich Construction 6044 Lawrence St. Cypress, CA 90630 Received:02/06/2024 (aD 10:47 AM 6. Recei d. 7. Received: 8. Received 9. Received: 10 Total BID Amount A�"�''t � 2l 1, 020 • 00 ✓ 4 2Lo-3,000 Received: Staff Present: City Clerk's Office City Clerk's Office PW Representative FORMSOVOPENLOGI Page 52 of 441 .11101 City Council Agenda Statement E L S E G U N D O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Consent Item Number: B.9 TITLE: Professional Services Agreement With CliftonLarsonAllen to Audit the City's Financial Statements and Perform Other Financial Audits for the Three Fiscal Years Ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the Option of Two Subsequent Fiscal Years RECOMMENDATION: Receive and file information regarding selecting CliftonLarsonAllen to audit the City's financial statements and to perform other financial audits for the three fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the option of two subsequent fiscal years, pursuant to a Request for Proposals for professional audit services for the City of El Segundo. 2. Authorize the City Manager to sign the professional services agreement for auditing services with CliftonLarsonAllen. The agreement is for three years for a total of $213,915 with an option to renew the agreement for another two years for a total of $155,104. 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: Amount Budgeted: Budgeted annually in the Finance Department's budget: • $68,885 for fiscal year 2024 • $71,270 for fiscal year 2025 • $73,760 for fiscal year 2026 • $76,230 for fiscal year 2027 • $78,874 for fiscal year 2028 Account Number: 001-400-2502-6214 Professional & Technical Page 53 of 441 Agreement With Clifton LarsonAllen to Audit the City's Financial Statements April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 4 BACKGROUND: The City of El Segundo ("City") selected the audit services of Southern California -based White Nelson Diehl Evans LLP ("WND"E) for its fiscal year 2019 through a Request for Proposal ("RFP"). In November 2020, Clifton LarsonAllen ("CLA"), one of the nation's leading professional services firms, acquired White Nelson Diehl Evans LLP (WNDE). Since then, the same WNDE audit team has been performing the annual financial audit for the City. The fiscal year 2023 audit was performed on time successfully, and it was the fifth year audit the City got from CLA based on professional contact. Conducting an RFP process every five years for professional audit services is a common best practice recommended for municipalities to ensure transparency, accountability, and the quality of audit services. This practice aligns with principles of good governance and helps prevent complacency or conflicts of interest that may arise from long-term relationships with audit firms. DISCUSSION: Staff issued an RFP for professional audit services sent out to 12 professional audit firms on January 18, 2024. Staff also posted the RFP on the City's website and the official website of The California Society of Municipal Finance Officers ("CSMFO"). The City received and accepted six proposals from qualified certified public accountant firms for comprehensive financial audit services of the City's financial statements in compliance with Government Accounting Standards Board ("GASB") pronouncements for the fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026 with the option for two subsequent fiscal years. All the respondents are qualified certified public accountant firms licensed by the State of California. The City required the respondents to the RFP to address the following services: An independent auditor's opinion for the Annual Comprehensive Financial Report ("ACFR") on the City's financial position and fair presentation of the financial position in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"). Audit the governmental activities, business -type activities and remaining fund information and respective changes in financial position and cash flows in conformity with GAAP. A report on the City's internal control over financial reporting and tests of compliance with laws, regulations, contracts and grant agreement and any other matters deemed necessary and material. Page 54 of 441 Agreement With Clifton LarsonAllen to Audit the City's Financial Statements April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 4 • A report on compliance and internal control over financial reporting based on an audit of financial statements performed in accordance with Government Auditing Standards. • A report on compliance with requirements applicable to each major program and internal control over compliance with OMB Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards (Uniform Guidance). • A report on compliance with general requirements for both major and non -major federal financial assistance programs. • An agreed upon procedures report on the annual calculation of the City's GANN Limit (Appropriations Limit). Staff used a point formula during the review process to score proposals based on three sets of evaluation criteria. Only firms meeting the mandatory criteria had their proposals evaluated and scored for both technical qualifications and price. The firms with the top three scores are The PUN Group, CLA and Badawi & Associates. They were invited to oral presentations through Zoom meetings on March 5th and March 6th 2024. Such oral presentations provide firms with an opportunity to answer any questions the City of El Segundo may have about the proposals. Staff's selected CLA as the audit firm for the City's financial statements and other financial audits for the three fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the option of two subsequent fiscal years. The CLA team in charge of the City's audits in these future years will have members different from the previous audit team. Based on staff's evaluation, it is recommended that a professional service agreement be awarded to CLA for a three-year period with the option to renew for an additional two years. CLA proposed to complete the three-year engagement for $213,915 ($68,885 for fiscal year 2024, $71,270 for fiscal year 2025 and $73,760 for fiscal year 2026). The prices submitted by the firms for the three-year engagement ranged from $213,915 to $260,700. Funding for the audit services is budgeted each year in the Finance Department budget. Based on CLA's audit proposal and the professional service agreement, below is the timeline for the City's financial statements audit for the fiscal years ending June 30, 2024: Start Interim Field Work - Mid -May / Early June 2024 Start Final Field Work - Mid -October 2024 Issue ACFR and final audit reports - By December 31, 2024 Page 55 of 441 Agreement With Clifton LarsonAllen to Audit the City's Financial Statements April 16, 2024 Page 4 of 4 Present ACFR and audit results to City Council - January 2025 CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and the community. Objective 5B: El Segundo approaches its work in a financially strategic and responsible way. PREPARED BY: Wei Cao, CPA, CPFO, Finance Manager REVIEWED BY: Paul Chung, Chief Financial Officer APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 1. Professional Auditing Services RFP 2. Professional Auditing Services RFP - Addendum Page 56 of 441 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO FINANCE DEPARTMENT 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL PROPOSAL NUMBER: 24-01 PROPOSAL TITLE: Professional Auditing Services REQUESTING DEPARTMENT: Finance RELEASE DATE: January 18, 2024 DUE DATE: February 22, 2024, no later than 2:OOPM Notice is hereby given that sealed proposals will be received in the office of the City Clerk, City Hall, 350 Main Street Room 5, El Segundo, CA 90245-3813 until 2:OOPM (PST), February 22, 2024. Late proposals will not be accepted. Interested parties may obtain a copy of this RFP by accessing the City of El Segundo website: https://www.elsegundo.org/government/departments/city-clerk/bid-rfp Any and all updates, addenda, questions and answers and changes to this RFP will be distributed through the Bid/RFP webpage. The city will not be held responsible or liable if interested bidders or proposals miss any information relevant to this RFP Page 57 of 441 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO REQUESTS FOR PROPOSALS PROFESSIONAL AUDITING SERVICES # 24-01 January 2024 TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction.......................................................................................................... 4 A. General Information B. Term of Engagement II. Nature of Services Required.............................................................................5 A. General B. Scope of Work to be Performed C. Auditing Standards to be Followed D. Reports to be Issued E. Special Considerations F. Working Papers Retention and Access to Working Papers G. Irregularities and Illegal Acts III. Description of the Government........................................................................7 A. Name and Email Address of Contact Person/Organizational Chart B. Background Information C. Fund Structure D. Budgetary Basis of Accounting E. Component Units F. Finance Operations G. Computer System H. Availability of Prior Reports and Work Papers IV. Time Requirements.......................................................................................9 A. Proposal Calendar B. Notification and Contract Dates C. Audit Schedule for fiscal year ending June 30, 2024 D. Report Completion Dates V. Assistance to be Provided to the Auditors and Report Preparation ............................10 A. Finance Department B. Schedules and Working Papers C. Work Area, Telephones and Photocopying D. Report Preparation Page 58 of 441 TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued) VI. Proposal Requirements..................................................................................11 A. General Requirements 1. Inquiries 2. Submission of Proposals B. Technical Qualifications 1. General Requirements 2. Independence 3. License to Practice in California 4. Firm's Qualifications and Experience 5. Partner, Supervisory and Staff Qualifications and Experience 6. Similar Engagements with Other Government Entities 7. Specific Audit Approach 8. Identification of Anticipated Potential Audit Problems C. Price 1. Itemize of Total All-inclusive Maximum Price 2. Anticipated Rates Times the Hours for Each Partner, Specialist, Supervisory and Staff Level to be Assigned to the Engagement 3. Out-of-pocket Expenses Included in the Total All-inclusive Maximum Price 4. Rates for additional Professional Services 5. Manner of Payment VII. Evaluation Procedures..................................................................................16 A. Review of Proposals B. Evaluation Criteria 1. Mandatory Elements 2. Technical Qualifications 3. Price C. Oral Presentations D. Final Selection E. Right to Reject Proposals VIII. Exhibits.....................................................................................................18 A. Organization Chart B. Schedule of Professional Fees and expenses for the audit of financial statements C. Insurance Requirements D. Professional Services Agreement Page 59 of 441 1. Introduction A. General Information The City El Segundo is requesting proposals from qualified firms of certified public accountants to audit its financial statements for the three fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the option of auditing its financial statements for each of the two (2) subsequent fiscal years, in addition to performing other financial audits and reviews as specified below. These audits are to be performed in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, the standards set forth for financial audits contained in Government Auditing Standards (1994) issued by the Comptroller General of the United States, and the U.S. Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-133 Audits of State and Local Governments and Non -Profit Organizations. There is no expressed or implied obligation for the City of El Segundo to reimburse responding firms for any expenses incurred in preparing proposals in response to this request. Materials submitted by respondents are subject to public inspection under the California Public Records Act (Government Code Sec. 6250 et seq.), unless exempt. To be considered, six (6) copies of a proposal clearly marked "RFP 24-01 Professional Auditing Services" and contained in a sealed envelope shall be received no later than 2:00 p.m. (PDT), February 22, 2024 at the following address: City of El Segundo Office of the City Clerk 350 Main Street, Room 5 El Segundo, California 90245 Proposals received after the schedule submittal deadline will not be accepted and may be returned at the proposer's expense. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to reject any or all proposals submitted, to waive any non -material irregularities or information in any proposal, and to accept or reject any items or combination of items. The successful finalists may be required to submit additional copies of the proposal. During the evaluation process, the City of El Segundo reserves the right, where it may serve the City of El Segundo's best interest, to request additional information or clarifications from proposers, or to allow corrections of errors or omissions. At the discretion of the City of El Segundo, firms submitting proposals may be requested to make oral presentations as part of the evaluation process. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to retain all proposals submitted and to use any ideas in a proposal regardless of whether that proposal is selected is not. Submission of a proposal indicates acceptance by the firm of the conditions contained in this request for proposals, unless clearly and specifically noted in the proposal submitted and confirmed in the contract between the City of El Segundo and the firm selected. It is anticipated the selection of a firm will be completed by March 14, 2024. Following the notification of the selected firm, a recommendation and proposed contract will be prepared for review and approval by the City Council in the second regular meeting in March 2024. Page 60 of 441 B. Term of Engagement It is the intent of the City to contract for the services presented herein for a term of three (3) years. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to extend the term of this contract for two (2) additional one-year terms subject to the satisfactory negotiation of terms, including a price acceptable to both the City and the selected firm. The proposal package shall present all-inclusive audit fees for each year of the contract term. II. Nature of Services Required A. General The City of El Segundo is soliciting the services of qualified firms of certified public accountants to audit its financial statements for the three fiscal years ending June 30, 2024, 2025, and 2026, with the option of auditing its financial statements for each of the two (2) subsequent fiscal years (2027 and 2028). These audits are to be performed in accordance with the provisions contained in this request for proposals. B. Scope of Work to be Performed The City of El Segundo desires the auditors to express an opinion on the fair presentation of the City's general purpose financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The City of El Segundo also desires the auditors to express an opinion on the fair presentation of the City's combining and individual fund and individual account group financial statements and supplemental schedules in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The auditors are not required to audit the supporting schedules contained in the annual comprehensive financial report. However, the auditors must provide an "in -relation -to" report on the supporting schedules based on the auditing procedures applied during the audit of the general purpose financial statements and schedules. The auditors are not required to audit the statistical section of the report. The auditor is also required to audit the schedule of expenditures of federal financial assistance. This information should be subject to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the basic financial statements and in accordance with Governmental Auditing Standards, the federal Single Audit Act and (OMB) Circular A-133. The auditor is to provide an opinion of the fair presentation of this schedule in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole. C. Auditing Standards to be Followed To meet the requirements of this request for proposals, the audit shall be performed in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards as set forth by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants; the standards for financial audits set forth in the U.S. General Accounting Office's Government Auditing Standards;. the provisions of the federal Single Audit Act of 1984 as amended; and the provisions of the U.S. Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-133, Audits of States, Local Governments, and Non -Profit Organizations. Page 61 of 441 D. Reports to be Issued Following the completion of the audit of the fiscal year's financial statements, the audit firm shall issue the following reports: 1. The City of El Segundo desires the preparation of the City Annual Comprehensive Financial Report (ACFR) in full compliance with GASB 34 and all other GASB pronouncements. The audit firm will render their auditor's report on the basic financial statements which will include the Government -Wide Financial Statements and the Fund Financial Statements. The City can print the final ACFR for distribution. 2. The City of El Segundo will continue to send its ACFR to the Government Finance Officers Association of the United States and Canada for review in its Certificate of Achievement for Excellence in Financial Reporting program, and to the California Society of Municipal Finance Officers for review in its Award for Outstanding Financial Reporting program. The auditors will be required to provide special assistance to the City of El Segundo to meet the requirements of those programs. 3. A separate Single Audit Report on grant activities, internal controls over financial reporting and compliance performed in accordance with the U.S. Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular A-133, Audits of States, Local Governments, and Non -Profit Organizations. The report will include the appropriate schedule of expenditures of federal awards, footnotes, findings and questioned costs, including reportable conditions and material weaknesses, and follow up on prior audit findings where required. 4. A separate management letter (SAS 114) that include disclosures of material and non- material weaknesses in internal controls, disclosures of violations of finance -related legal and contractual provisions, and auditors recommendations for financial and program management improvements. City staff comments addressing any issues disclosed, such as a material weakness, will be incorporated in the report. 5. A separate management letter (SAS 115) that includes an overview on the scope of the audit and the firms' responsibility under U.S. GAAS; any misstatements, audit adjustments or significant audit findings; and any difficulties encountered during the audit including disagreements with management. 6. A separate report on the City's calculation of the Gann Limit. 7. The Annual State Controller's Report for the City of El Segundo. E. Special Considerations 1. The City of El Segundo desires an additional 50 hours of executive time for research and assistance concerning accounting and other technical matters each year. These hours are above and beyond the professional time associated with the audit. F. Working Papers Retention and Access to Working Papers All working papers and reports must be retained, at the auditors' expense, for a minimum of five (5) years, unless the firm is notified in writing by the City of El Segundo of the need to extend the retention period. The auditors will be required to make available all original working papers for examination, upon request, to the City of El Segundo or any federal and state agencies designated by the City. Page 62 of 441 In addition, the firm shall respond to the reasonable inquiries of successor auditors and allow successor auditors to review working papers relating to matters of continuing accounting significance. G. Irregularities and Illegal Acts Auditors shall be required to make an immediate, written report of all irregularities and illegal acts or indications of illegal acts of which they become aware to the following parties: Chief Financial Officer; City Manager; and the City Attorney. III. Description of the Government A. Name and Email Address of Contact Person/Organizational Chart The auditors' principal contact with the City of El Segundo will be the Finance Manager, Vicky (Wei) Cao, who will coordinate the assistance to be provided by the City of El Segundo to the auditors. The City El Segundo Finance Department is located at 350 Main Street, El Segundo, California. Ms. Cao can be reached via email at wcao(c-r�,elsegundo.org B. Background Information The City of El Segundo is located 14 miles southwest of Downtown Los Angeles, adjacent to the Los Angeles International Airport. The City was incorporated January 18, 1917, as a general law city, with the Standard Oil Company of California refinery as the major industrial taxpayer and employer. The substantial petroleum base of the local economy remains evident, although the defense industry emerged as a major segment during World War II. Aerospace experienced rapid growth during the early 1980's and accounted for a significant share of El Segundo's industrial growth during those years. The available commercial/industrial space is now attracting new business -to -business retail and services segments and is providing new opportunities to diversify and enhance the revenue sources of the City. With a daytime population estimated at 67,000 persons, El Segundo is an employment center of regional and statewide significance. Many geographic and regional aspects contribute to the City's appeal to the business community. The City borders the Century Freeway (105) on the north and the San Diego Freeway (405) on the east, both of which provide linkages to the other major freeways traveling north, south and east. Additionally, the city is adjacent to the Los Angeles International Airport and is within 15 miles of the Port of Los Angeles. The City operates many community facilities including one Police Station, and two Fire Stations. In addition, the City provides the following facilities: one main library; the Joslyn Senior Center; the Teen Center; the Lakes at El Segundo golf course (operated by Topgolf); and fourteen parks, including Recreation Park, the largest in the City, which houses the George E. Gordon Clubhouse, Teen Center, and Joslyn Center where the majority of recreation classes and activities are held. The City has a Council -Manager form of government, with five Council members and a City Manager. Members of the City Council are elected to alternating four-year terms. Other elected positions include the City Clerk and City Treasurer, both of whom also serve four-year terms. The City government is operated on a Civil Service system of merit appointments and promotions. The positions of City Manager and City Attorney are appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the City Council. Department Heads are appointed by and serve at the will of the City Manager. All other positions are filled by appointment, based on structured, Page 63 of 441 competitive examinations. Currently, the City has 418 authorized full-time and full-time equivalent positions, which provide all municipal services including Administrative Support Services, Planning and Building Safety, Police, Fire, Recreation and Parks, Library, and Public Works. For Fiscal Year 2023-2024 El Segundo has an operating budget of $162 million across all funds. The General Fund, which includes public safety, library, recreation and parks, planning and other functions, makes up $88.4 million of the total. While City operations generate revenue from various public services such as permitting and recreational activities, the core revenues for the General Fund are from taxes: sales tax ($14.8 million); business tax ($14.3 million); transient occupancy tax ($12.8 million); property tax ($12.5 million); and utility user's tax ($10.6 million);. The balance of the budget is attributed to funds for miscellaneous services and grants. An organizational chart (Exhibit A) is attached. C. Fund Structure The City of El Segundo uses the following fund types and account groups in its financial reporting: Number of Fund Type/Account Group Individual Funds General Fund 1 Special Revenue Funds 25 Debt Service Funds 2 Capital Projects Funds 11 Enterprise Funds 2 Internal Service Funds 3 Component Unit 1 General Fixed Assets Account Group 1 General Long -Term Debt Account Group 1 D. Budgetary Basis of Accounting The City of El Segundo prepares its budgets on a basis consistent with generally accepted accounting principles. E. Component Units The City of El Segundo is defined, for financial reporting purposes, in conformity with the Governmental Accounting Standards Board's Codification of Governmental Accounting and Financial Reporting Standards. Section 2100. Using these criteria, component units are included in the City of El Segundo's financial statements. The management of the City of El Segundo has identified the Park Vista Housing Authority as component units for inclusion in the City of El Segundo's financial statements. F. Finance Operations The Finance Department, headed by the Chief Financial Officer, Paul Chung, consists of 19 positions and includes three divisions: Administration, Accounting Services and Business Page 64 of 441 IV. Services. The principal functions performed and the number of employees assigned to each is as follows: Function # of Employ Administrative 3 Business Services 8 Accounting Services 8 Under the City's general law form of government, the City Manager is responsible for all financial matters and reports directly to the City Council. Reporting directly to the City Manager, the Chief Financial Officer manages the day-to-day operations of financial administration. G. Computer System The City of El Segundo's data infrastructure resides at an offsite colocation facility using Nutanix (hardware) on a hyper -converged virtual environment. VMWare virtual desktops in a customized configuration. Server operating systems are standardized on Windows Server 2019, Desktops use Windows 10 Professional. The environment is secured by clustered Palo Alto firewalls, all endpoints are running Crowdstrike Falcon at the OS level. Office 365 is used for productivity across the city and Tyler Technologies EDEN system is used for financial, purchasing and accounting services. Various other services are used for utility billing, point of sale and the issuance of permits and licenses. H. Availability of Prior Reports and Work Papers The CLA (CliftonLarsonAllen LLP) in Irvine, California conducted the City's most recent audit. The City will use its best efforts to make prior audit reports and supporting working papers available to proposers to aid their response to this request for proposals. Time Requirements The City reserves the right to make changes to the below schedule, but plans to adhere to the implementation of this bid process as follows: A. Proposal Calendar Request for Proposals Issued Due Date for Proposals Questions Deadline Answers to Questions Proposal Evaluation Interview and Selection of Firm January 18, 2024 February 22, 2024 (2:00 PM) February 1, 2024 (5:00 PM) February 6, 2024 (5:00 PM) February 26 — 29, 2024 March 4 — 7, 2024 Page 65 of 441 B. Notification of Contract Dates Notice of Intent to Award Contract Awarded by City Council C. Audit Schedule for fiscal year ending June 30, 2024 Written work plan and schedule Interim Fieldwork Final Audit Fieldwork D. Report Completion Dates Management Letter Comments Report on the Gann Limit Calculation Single Audit Report ACFR State Controller's Report March 2024 March 19, 2024 June/July each year Mid May/ Early June each year Mid October each year No later than end of December, each year No later than end of December, each year No later than end of December, each year No later than end of December, each year No later than end of December, each year V. Assistance to be Provided to the Auditors and Report Preparation A. Finance Department The Finance Department staff and other responsible City personnel will be available during the audit to assist the firm by providing information, documentation and explanation. A finance staff member will be assigned as the `point of contact' to co-ordinate the auditing process. The Finance Department staff will be able to provide electronic copies of ledgers and trial balances. We will also be able to provide certain reports in Excel format to assist with certain testing required during the audit. The preparation of confirmation letters will be the responsibility of City of El Segundo staff. B. Schedules and Working Papers The City's Finance Department staff will prepare most of the Prepared by Client (PBC's) working papers and lead scheduled normally required for the annual audit. The list of PBC's required by the auditors shall be provided in writing to the City during the interim audit. The City encourages questions from the audit staff. Audit staff should also be sensitive to City staff s working schedules and timelines in obtaining required information. C. Work Area, Telephones and Photocopying The City of El Segundo will provide the auditors with reasonable workspace, desks and chairs. The auditors will also be provided access to telephones and photocopying. D. Report Preparation Page 66 of 441 Report preparation, editing and typing of reports listed above shall be the responsibility of the auditors. The auditors shall print 10 copies of the ACFR and the single audit report. VI. Proposal Requirements A. General Requirements 1. All questions with regards to the request for proposals must be submitted by 5:00 PM on February 1, 2024, via email to: Vicky (Wei) Cao, Finance Manager E-mail wcao(kelsegundo.org The email subject line item needs to be title "RFP 24-01 Professional Auditing Serviecs" Responses to all questions will be posted on our website by end of day on February 6, 2024. Contact with personnel of the City other than Ms. Cao regarding this proposal may be grounds for elimination from the selection process. Ms. Cao will use her discretion if they wish the proposer to consult with any other staff members. 2. Submission of Proposals To be considered, proposer must submit six (6) hard copies of their proposal in a sealed envelope with the name and address of the company submitting the proposal and it should be clearly marked with the words "Request for Poposal #24-01" and the title "Professional Auditing Services" no later than 2:00 P.M. PST on February 22, 2024 at the following address: City of El Segundo City Clerk's Office 350 Main Street, Room 5 City of El Segundo, CA 90245-3813 a. Title Page Title page showing the request for proposal's subject; the firm's name; the name, address and telephone number of a contact person; and the date of the proposal. b. Table of Contents Include clear identification of the material by section and page number. c. Transmittal Letter A signed letter of transmittal briefly stating the proposer's understanding of the work to be done; the commitment to perform the work within the time period; a statement why the firm believes itself to be best qualified to perform the engagement; and a statement that the proposal is a firm and irrevocable offer. d. Detailed Proposal Page 67 of 441 The detailed proposal should follow the order set forth in Section VI-B of this request for proposals. e. Bid Amount — Proposed Fees The bid amount for the proposed fees should follow the order set forth in Section VI-C of this request for proposal. Proposers are requested to provide a total all-inclusive maximum audit fee for the three years plus the two one-year options, for performing the audit engagement as described in this request for proposal. B. Technical Qualifications 1. General Requirements The purpose of the technical aspect of the proposal is to demonstrate the qualifications, competence and capacity of the firms seeking to undertake an independent audit of the City of El Segundo in conformity with the requirements of this request for proposals. As such, the substance of the proposals will carry more weight than the form or manner of presentation. The technical aspect of the proposal should demonstrate the qualifications of the firm and of the particular staff to be assigned to the engagement. It should also specify an audit approach that will meet the requirements outlined in the request for proposals. The technical portion of the proposal should address all the points outlined in the request for proposals. The proposal should be prepared simply and economically, providing a straightforward, concise description of the proposer's capabilities to satisfy the requirements of the request for proposals. While additional data may be presented, the following subjects must be included. They represent the criteria against which the proposal will be evaluated. 2. Independence The firm should provide an affirmative statement that it is independent of the City of El Segundo as defined by the U.S. General Accounting Office's Standards for Audit of Governmental Organizations, Programs, Activities and Functions (1988), as amended. The firm should provide an affirmative statement that it is independent of all of the component units of the City of El Segundo as defined by those same standards. The firm should also list and describe the firm's professional relationships involving the City of El Segundo or any of its component units for the past five (5) years, together with a statement explaining why such relationships do not constitute a conflict of interest relative to performing the proposed audit. In addition, the firm shall give the City of El Segundo written notice of any professional relationships entered into during the period of this agreement. 3. License to Practice in California An affirmative statement should be included indicating that the firm and all key professional staff are properly licensed to practice in California. 4. Firm's Qualifications and Experience Page 68 of 441 The proposal should state the size of the firm, the size of the firm's governmental audit staff, the location of the office from which the work on this engagement is to be performed and the number and nature of the professional staff to be employed in this engagement on a full-time basis and the number and nature of the staff to be so employed on a part-time basis. The firm is also required to submit a copy of the report on its most recent external quality control review, with a statement whether that quality control review included a review of specific government engagements. The firm shall also provide information on the results of any federal or state desk reviews or field reviews of its audits during the past three (3) years. In addition, the firm shall provide information on the circumstances and status of any disciplinary action taken or pending against the firm during the past three (3) years with state regulatory bodies or professional organizations. 5. Partner, Supervisory and Staff Qualifications and Experience The firm should identify the principal supervisory and management staff, including engagement partners, managers, other supervisors and specialists, who would be assigned to the engagement and indicate whether each such person is licensed to practice as a certified public accountant in California. The firm also should provide information on the government auditing experience of each person, including information on relevant continuing professional education for the past three (3) years and membership in professional organizations relevant to the performance of this audit. The firm should provide as much information as possible regarding the number, qualifications, experience and training, including relevant continuing professional education, of the specific staff assigned to the engagement. The firm also should indicate how the quality of staff over the term of the agreement will be assured. Engagement partners, managers, other supervisory staff and specialists may be changed if those personnel leave the firm, are promoted or are assigned to another office. These personnel may also be changed for other reasons with the express prior written permission of the City of El Segundo. However, in either case, the City of El Segundo retains the right to approve or reject replacements. Other audit personnel may be changed at the discretion of the proposer provided that replacements have substantially the same or better qualifications or experience. It is the City's desire to retain, as much as possible, a consistent audit manager or senior in - charge of the engagement. Page 69 of 441 6. Similar Engagements with Other Government Entities For the firm's office that will be assigned responsibility for the audit, list the most significant engagements (maximum of 5) performed in the last five years that are similar to the engagement described in this request for proposals. These engagements should be ranked on the basis of total staff hours. Indicate the scope of work, date, engagement, partners, total hours, and the name and telephone number of the principal client contact. Also indicate whether the audit was a part of the Annual comprehensive financial report prepared in conformance with GASB 34 requirements and if the client prepared their own financial statements (PBC) or if the firm prepared the financial statements (PBA). Information should be provided regarding these client references that have received the GFOA and CSMFO awards. 7. Specific Audit Approach The proposal should set forth a work plan, including an explanation of the audit methodology to be followed, to perform the services required in Section II of this request for proposals. In developing the work plan, reference should be made to such sources of information as the City's budget and related materials, council minutes, organizational charts, manuals, programs, and financial and other management information systems. Proposers will be required to provide the following information on their audit approach: a. Proposed segmentation of the engagement. b. Level of staff and number of hours to be assigned to each proposed segment of the engagement. c. Sample sizes and the extent to which statistical sampling is to be used in the engagement. d. Extent of use of software in the engagement. e. Type and extent of analytical procedures to be used in the engagement. f. Approach to be taken to gain and document an understanding of the City of El Segundo's internal controls structure. g. Approach to be taken in determining laws and regulations that will be subject to audit test work. h. Approach to be taken in drawing audit samples for purposes of tests of compliance. i. Approach to be taken to ensure timely communication with the City regarding corrections to be made. j. Approach to be taken to ensure that agreed upon deadlines for submission of reports to the City will be met. Page 70 of 441 8. Identification of Anticipated Potential Audit Problems The proposal should identify and describe any anticipated potential audit problems, the firm's approach to resolving these problems and any special assistance that will be requested from the City of El Segundo. C. Price 1. Itemized of Total All-inclusive Maximum Price The price should contain all information relative to performing the audit engagement as described in this request for proposals. The itemized of total all-inclusive maximum price to be bid is to contain all direct and indirect costs including all out-of-pocket expenses and additional services. The City of El Segundo will not be responsible for expenses incurred in preparing and submitting the proposal. Such costs should not be included in the proposal. 2. Anticipated Rates Times the Hours for Each Partner, Specialist, Supervisory and Staff Level to be assigned to the Engagement The price should include a schedule of professional fees and expenses for each of the three (3) years, plus the two one-year options, presented in the format provided in the attachment (Exhibit B), that supports the total all-inclusive maximum price. The cost of special services described in Section II E of this request for proposals should be disclosed as separate components of the total all-inclusive maximum price. 3. Out -of -Pocket Expenses Included in the Total All-inclusive Maximum Price Out-of-pocket expenses for firm personnel should be presented in the format provided in the attachment (Exhibit B). All expense reimbursements will be charged against the total all-inclusive maximum price submitted by the firm. 4. Rates for Additional Professional Services If it becomes necessary for the City of El Segundo to request the auditors to render any additional services, then such additional work shall be performed only if set forth in an addendum to the contract between the City of El Segundo and the firm. Any such additional work agreed to between the City of El Segundo and the firm shall be performed at the same rates set forth in the schedule of fees and expenses included in the bid amount. 5. Manner of Payment Progress payments will be made on the basis of hours of work completed during the course of the engagement and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in accordance with the firm's bid amount. Interim billings shall cover a period of not less than a calendar month. Five percent (5%) will be withheld from each billing pending delivery of the firm's final reports. Payments will be made within 30 days of the submission of invoices to the City. Page 71 of 441 VII. Evaluation Procedures A. Review of Proposals The City of El Segundo will use a point formula during the review process to score proposals. The firms with an unacceptably low technical score will be eliminated from further consideration. The price will then be considered and additional points will be added to the technical score. The maximum score for price will be assigned to the firm offering the lowest total all- inclusive maximum price. Appropriate fractional scores will be assigned to other proposers. B. Evaluation Criteria Proposals will be evaluated using three (3) sets of criteria. Firms meeting the mandatory criteria will have their proposals evaluated and scored for both technical qualifications and price. The following represent the principal selection criteria which will be considered during the evaluation process. 1. Mandatory Elements a. The audit firm is independent and licensed to practice in California b. The audit firm's professional personnel have received adequate continuing professional education within the preceding two (2) years. c. The firm has no conflict of interest with regard to any other work performed by the firm for the City of El Segundo. d. The firm submits a copy of its most recent external quality control review report and the firm has a record of quality audit work. e. The firm adheres to the instructions in this request for proposals on preparing and submitting the proposal. 2. Technical Qualifications: (Maximum Points — 60) a. Team Knowledge and Experience (Maximum Points — 20) i. The firm's past experience and performance on comparable government engagements. (Maximum Points — 10) ii. The quality of the firm's professional personnel to be assigned to the engagement and the quality of the firm's management support personnel to be available for technical consultation. (Maximum Points — 10) b. Approach to Audit Quality (Maximum Points — 40) i. Qualifications of proposed staffing plan for various segments of the engagement. (Maximum Points — 10) ii. Thoroughness of approach to conducting the audit of the City and demonstration of the understanding of the objectives and scope of the audit through proposal presentation. (Maximum Points — 10) iii. Adequacy of sampling techniques. (Maximum Points — 10) iv. Adequacy of analytical procedures. (Maximum Points — 10) 3. Price: (Maximum Points — 10) Page 72 of 441 Cost will not be the primary factor in the selection of an audit firm. C. Oral Presentations During the evaluation process, the City of El Segundo may, at its discretion, request any one or all firms to make oral presentations. Such presentations will provide firms with an opportunity to answer any questions the City of El Segundo may have on a firm's proposal. Not all firms may be asked to make such oral presentations. D. Final Selection It is anticipated that a firm will be selected in March 2024. Following notification of the firm selected, it is expected that a contract will be awarded by City Council at the second regularly scheduled meeting held in March 2024. E. Right to Reject Proposals Submission of a proposal indicates acceptance by the firm of the conditions contained in this request for proposals unless clearly and specifically noted in the proposal submitted and confirmed in the contract between the City of El Segundo and the firm selected. The successful bidder is selected by the City Council acting within its sole discretion. The City Council is under no obligation to contract with any bidder. If the City Council determines bids are unacceptably high, or specifications were misleading, it may reject any or all bids presented, and the item may be rebid Page 73 of 441 EXHIBIT A City Of El Segundo ORGANIZATION CHART CITIZENS OF ELSEGUNDO CITY CITY CITY TREASURER I I COUNCIL I I CLERK CITY CITY MANAGER ATTORNEY INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SERVICES HUMAN RESOURCES FINANCE POLICE FIRE COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT PUBLIC WORKS RECREATION, PARKS, AND LIBRARY Page 74 of 441 EXHIBIT B SCHEDULE OF PROFESSIONAL FEES AND EXPENSES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE (YEAR) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Standard Quoted Hourly Hourly Hours Rates Rates Total Partners Managers Supervisory Staff Staff Other (specify): Subtotal Total for services described in Section II E of the request for proposals. $ Out-of-pocket expenses: Meals and lodging $ Transportation Other (specify): Total all-inclusive maximum price (YEAR) audit $ *Please attach itemize schedule for all services described in Section II. Note: The rate quoted should not be presented as a general percentage of the standard hourly rate or as a gross deduction from the total all-inclusive maximum price. Page 75 of 441 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Page 76 of 441 EXHIBIT C INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS [MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL] To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: Tyne of Insurance Commercial general liability: Professional liability Business automobile liability Workers compensation Limits $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Statutory requirement. Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of the most recent ISO-CGL Form Number. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such insurance must be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City. Professional liability coverage must be on an "occurrence basis" if such coverage is available, or on a "claims made" basis if not available. When coverage is provided on a "claims made basis," the Consultant must continue to maintain the insurance in effect for a period of three (3) years after this Agreement expires or is terminated ("extended insurance"). Such extended insurance must have the same coverage and limits as the policy that was in effect during the term of this Agreement, and cover the Consultant for all claims made by the City arising out of any errors or omissions of the Consultant, or its officers, employees or agents during the time this Agreement was in effect. Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 00 01 06 92, including symbol 1 (Any Auto). The Consultant must furnish to the City duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "A:VII." Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any cancellation of coverage. The Consultant will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word "endeavor" with regard to any notice provisions. By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance requirements if it is selected as the City's consultant. Failure to provide this form may render the bidder's proposal "nonresponsive." Date Bidder Page 77 of 441 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Page 78 of 441 EXHIBIT D PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO AND This AGREEMENT is entered into this day of , 20_, by and between the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, a municipal corporation and general law city ("CITY") and [ENTITY NAME], a [LOCATION AND TYPE OF ENTITY, E.G., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION] ("CONSULTANT"). 1. CONSIDERATION. A. As partial consideration, CONSULTANT agrees to perform the work listed in the SCOPE OF SERVICES, below; B. As additional consideration, CONSULTANT and CITY agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement; C. As additional consideration, CITY agrees to pay CONSULTANT a sum not to exceed $ for CONSULTANT's services. CITY may modify this amount as set forth below. Unless otherwise specified by written amendment to this Agreement, CITY will pay this sum as specified in the attached Exhibit "A," which is incorporated by reference. 2. SCOPE OF SERVICES. A. CONSULTANT will perform services listed in the attached Exhibit "A," which is incorporated by reference. B. CONSULTANT will, in a professional manner, furnish all of the labor, technical, administrative, professional and other personnel, all supplies and materials, equipment, printing, vehicles, transportation, office space and facilities, and all tests, testing and analyses, calculation, and all other means whatsoever, except as herein otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by CITY, necessary or proper to perform and complete the work and provide the professional services required of CONSULTANT by this Agreement. 3. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS. While performing this Agreement, CONSULTANT will use the appropriate generally accepted professional standards of practice existing at the time of performance utilized by persons engaged in providing similar services. CITY will continuously monitor CONSULTANT's services. CITY will notify CONSULTANT of any deficiencies and CONSULTANT will have fifteen (15) days after such notification to cure any shortcomings to CITY's satisfaction. Costs associated with curing the deficiencies will be borne by CONSULTANT. Page 79 of 441 4. PAYMENTS. For CITY to pay CONSULTANT as specified by this Agreement, CONSULTANT must submit a detailed invoice to CITY which lists the hours worked and hourly rates for each personnel category and reimbursable costs (all as set forth in Exhibit "A") the tasks performed, the percentage of the task completed during the billing period, the cumulative percentage completed for each task, the total cost of that work during the preceding billing month and a cumulative cash flow curve showing projected and actual expenditures versus time to date. 5. NON -APPROPRIATION OF FUNDS. Payments due and payable to CONSULTANT for current services are within the current budget and within an available, unexhausted and unencumbered appropriation of the CITY. In the event the CITY has not appropriated sufficient funds for payment of CONSULTANT services beyond the current fiscal year, this Agreement will cover only those costs incurred up to the conclusion of the current fiscal year. 6. FAMILIARITY WITH WORK. A. By executing this Agreement, CONSULTANT agrees that it has: Carefully investigated and considered the scope of services to be performed; ii. Carefully considered how the services should be performed; and iii. Understands the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions attending performance of the services under this Agreement. B. If services involve work upon any site, CONSULTANT agrees that CONSULTANT has or will investigate the site and is or will be fully acquainted with the conditions there existing, before commencing the services hereunder. Should CONSULTANT discover any latent or unknown conditions that may materially affect the performance of the services, CONSULTANT will immediately inform CITY of such fact and will not proceed except at CONSULTANT's own risk until written instructions are received from CITY. 7. TERM. The term of this Agreement will be from , to Unless otherwise determined by written amendment between the parties, this Agreement will terminate in the following instances: A. Completion of the work specified in Exhibit "A"; B. Termination as stated in Section 15. 8. TIME FOR PERFORMANCE. A. CONSULTANT will not perform any work under this Agreement until: CONSULTANT furnishes proof of insurance as required under Section 23 of this Agreement; and Page 80 of 441 ii. CITY gives CONSULTANT a written notice to proceed. B. Should CONSULTANT begin work on any phase in advance of receiving written authorization to proceed, any such professional services are at CONSULTANT's own risk. 9. TIME EXTENSIONS. Should CONSULTANT be delayed by causes beyond CONSULTANT's control, CITY may grant a time extension for the completion of the contracted services. If delay occurs, CONSULTANT must notify the Manager within forty-eight hours (48 hours), in writing, of the cause and the extent of the delay and how such delay interferes with the Agreement's schedule. The Manager will extend the completion time, when appropriate, for the completion of the contracted services. 10. CONSISTENCY. In interpreting this Agreement and resolving any ambiguities, the main body of this Agreement takes precedence over the attached Exhibits; this Agreement supersedes any conflicting provisions. Any inconsistency between the Exhibits will be resolved in the order in which the Exhibits appear below: A. Exhibit A: ; and B. Exhibit B: . [LIST AND DESCRIBE EXHIBITS, AS APPLICABLE. FOR EXAMPLE, THERE MAY ONLY BE EXHIBIT "A" AND NOT AN EXHIBIT "B"] 11. CHANGES. CITY may order changes in the services within the general scope of this Agreement, consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, and the contract sum and the contract time will be adjusted accordingly. All such changes must be authorized in writing, executed by CONSULTANT and CITY. The cost or credit to CITY resulting from changes in the services will be determined in accordance with written agreement between the parties. 12.TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. CONSULTANT will provide CITY with a Taxpayer Identification Number. 13. PERMITS AND LICENSES. CONSULTANT, at its sole expense, will obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement, all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the performance of services under this Agreement. 14. WAIVER. CITY's review or acceptance of, or payment for, work product prepared by CONSULTANT under this Agreement will not be construed to operate as a waiver of any rights CITY may have under this Agreement or of any cause of action arising from CONSULTANT's performance. A waiver by CITY of any breach of any term, covenant, or condition contained in this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition contained in this Agreement, whether of the same or different character. 15.TERMINATION. A. Except as otherwise provided, CITY may terminate this Agreement at any Page 81 of 441 time with or without cause. B. CONSULTANT may terminate this Agreement at any time with CITY's mutual consent. Notice will be in writing at least thirty (30) days before the effective termination date. C. Upon receiving a termination notice, CONSULTANT will immediately cease performance under this Agreement unless otherwise provided in the termination notice. Except as otherwise provided in the termination notice, any additional work performed by CONSULTANT after receiving a termination notice will be performed at CONSULTANT" own cost; CITY will not be obligated to compensate CONSULTANT for such work. D. Should termination occur, all finished or unfinished documents, data, studies, surveys, drawings, maps, reports and other materials prepared by CONSULTANT will, at CITY's option, become CITY's property, and CONSULTANT will receive just and equitable compensation for any work satisfactorily completed up to the effective date of notice of termination, not to exceed the total costs under Section 1(C). E. Should the Agreement be terminated pursuant to this Section, CITY may procure on its own terms services similar to those terminated. F. By executing this document, CONSULTANT waives any and all claims for damages that might otherwise arise from CITY's termination under this Section. 16.OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by CONSULTANT under this Agreement are CITY's property. CONSULTANT may retain copies of said documents and materials as desired, but will deliver all original materials to CITY upon CITY's written notice. CITY agrees that use of CONSULTANT's completed work product, for purposes other than identified in this Agreement, or use of incomplete work product, is at CITY's own risk. 17. PUBLICATION OF DOCUMENTS. Except as necessary for performance of service under this Agreement, no copies, sketches, or graphs of materials, including graphic art work, prepared pursuant to this Agreement, will be released by CONSULTANT to any other person or public CITY without CITY's prior written approval. All press releases, including graphic display information to be published in newspapers or magazines, will be approved and distributed solely by CITY, unless otherwise provided by written agreement between the parties. 18.INDEMNIFICATION. A. CONSULTANT agrees to the following: Indemnification for Professional Services. CONSULTANT will save harmless and indemnify and at CITY's request reimburse defense costs for CITY and all its officers, volunteers, employees and representatives from and against any and all suits, actions, Page 82 of 441 or claims, of any character whatever, brought for, or on account of, any injuries or damages sustained by any person or property resulting or arising from any negligent or wrongful act, error or omission by CONSULTANT or any of CONSULTANT's officers, agents, employees, or representatives, in the performance of this Agreement. ii. Indemnification for other Damages. CONSULTANT indemnifies and holds CITY harmless from and against any claim, action, damages, costs (including, without limitation, attorney's fees), injuries, or liability, arising out of this Agreement, or its performance. Should CITY be named in any suit, or should any claim be brought against it by suit or otherwise, whether the same be groundless or not, arising out of this Agreement, or its performance, CONSULTANT will defend CITY (at CITY's request and with counsel satisfactory to CITY) and will indemnify CITY for any judgment rendered against it or any sums paid out in settlement or otherwise. B. For purposes of this section "CITY" includes CITY's officers, officials, employees, agents, representatives, and certified volunteers. C. It is expressly understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions will survive termination of this Agreement. D. The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by CONSULTANT as required by Section Error! Reference s ource not found.2, and any approval of said insurance by CITY, are not intended to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by CONSULTANT pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification. 19.ASSIGNABILITY. This Agreement is for CONSULTANT's professional services. CONSULTANT's attempts to assign the benefits or burdens of this Agreement without CITY's written approval are prohibited and will be null and void. 20. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. CITY and CONSULTANT agree that CONSULTANT will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which is it performed. CONSULTANT will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with CITY. CONSULTANT is not an agent or employee of CITY and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits CITY provides for its employees. Any provision in this Agreement that may appear to give CITY the right to direct CONSULTANT as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that CONSULTANT will follow the direction of the CITY as to end results of the work only. 21.AUDIT OF RECORDS. CONSULTANT will maintain full and accurate records with respect to all services and matters covered under this Agreement. CITY will have free access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the Page 83 of 441 same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings and activities. CONSULTANT will retain such financial and program service records for at least three (3) years after termination or final payment under this Agreement. 22.INSURANCE. A. Before commencing performance under this Agreement, and at all other times this Agreement is effective, CONSULTANT will procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: Type of Insurance Commercial general liability Professional Liability Business automobile liability Workers compensation Limits $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 Statutory requirement B. Commercial general liability insurance will meet or exceed the requirements of ISO-CGL Form No. CG 00 01 11 85 or 88. The amount of insurance set forth above will be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies will be endorsed to name CITY, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by CITY will be excess thereto. Such endorsement must be reflected on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85 or 88, or equivalent. Such insurance will be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to CITY. C. Professional liability coverage will be on an "occurrence basis" if such coverage is available, or on a "claims made" basis if not available. When coverage is provided on a "claims made basis," CONSULTANT will continue to renew the insurance for a period of three (3) years after this Agreement expires or is terminated. Such insurance will have the same coverage and limits as the policy that was in effect during the term of this Agreement, and will cover CONSULTANT for all claims made by CITY arising out of any errors or omissions of CONSULTANT, or its officers, employees or agents during the time this Agreement was in effect. D. Automobile coverage will be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 00 01 06 92, including symbol 1 (Any Auto). E. CONSULTANT will furnish to CITY duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as Page 84 of 441 may be reasonably required by CITY from time to time. Insurance must be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "A:VII." F. Should CONSULTANT, for any reason, fail to obtain and maintain the insurance required by this Agreement, CITY may obtain such coverage at CONSULTANT's expense and deduct the cost of such insurance from payments due to CONSULTANT under this Agreement or terminate pursuant to Section Error! Reference source not found.. 23. USE OF SUBCONTRACTORS. CONSULTANT must obtain CITY's prior written approval to use any consultants while performing any portion of this Agreement. Such approval must approve of the proposed consultant and the terms of compensation. 24.INCIDENTAL TASKS. CONSULTANT will meet with CITY monthly to provide the status on the project, which will include a schedule update and a short narrative description of progress during the past month for each major task, a description of the work remaining and a description of the work to be done before the next schedule update. 25. NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows: If to CONSULTANT: If to CITY: Attention: Click here to enter text. Attention: Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. City of El Segundo Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. Click here to enter text. phone phone email email Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee upon deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. 26. CONFLICT OF INTEREST. CONSULTANT will comply with all conflict of interest laws and regulations including, without limitation, CITY's conflict of interest regulations. 27. SOLICITATION. CONSULTANT maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any company or person, other than CONSULTANT's bona fide employee, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, CONSULTANT warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than CONSULTANT's bona fide employee, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. Should CONSULTANT breach or violate this warranty, CITY may rescind this Agreement without liability. Page 85 of 441 28.THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement and every provision herein is generally for the exclusive benefit of CONSULTANT and CITY and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of CONSULTANT's or CITY's obligations under this Agreement. 29.INTERPRETATION. This Agreement was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this agreement will be in Los Angeles County. 30. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. CONSULTANT agrees to comply with all federal, state, and local laws applicable to this Agreement. 31. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, and its Attachments, sets forth the entire understanding of the parties. There are no other understandings, terms or other agreements expressed or implied, oral or written. This Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and any subsequent successors and assigns. 32. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. Each Party had the opportunity to independently review this Agreement with legal counsel. Accordingly, this Agreement will be construed simply, as a whole, and in accordance with its fair meaning; it will not be interpreted strictly for or against either Party. 33. SEVERABILITY. If any portion of this Agreement is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect. 34. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Agreement and to engage in the actions described herein. This Agreement may be modified by written amendment. CITY's executive manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on behalf of CITY. 35. ELECTRONIC SIGNATURES. This Agreement may be executed by the Parties on any number of separate counterparts, and all such counterparts so executed constitute one Agreement binding on all the Parties notwithstanding that all the Parties are not signatories to the same counterpart. In accordance with Government Code § 16.5, the Parties agree that this Agreement, Agreements ancillary to this Agreement, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Agreement will be considered signed when the signature of a party is delivered by electronic transmission. Such electronic signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. 36. CAPTIONS. The captions of the paragraphs of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Agreement. 37.TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of this Agreement. Page 86 of 441 38. FORCE MAJEURE. Should performance of this Agreement be prevented due to fire, flood, explosion, acts of terrorism, war, embargo, government action, civil or military authority, the natural elements, or other similar causes beyond the Parties' reasonable control, then the Agreement will immediately terminate without obligation of either party to the other. 39. STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE. By executing this Agreement, CONSULTANT represents that it has demonstrated trustworthiness and possesses the quality, fitness and capacity to perform the Agreement in a manner satisfactory to CITY. CONSULTANT represents that its financial resources, surety and insurance experience, service experience, completion ability, personnel, current workload, experience in dealing with private consultants, and experience in dealing with public agencies all suggest that CONSULTANT is capable of performing the proposed contract and has a demonstrated capacity to deal fairly and effectively with and to satisfy a public CITY. [Signatures on next page] Page 87 of 441 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day and year first hereinabove written. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO [CONSULTANT NAME] [REVIEW VENDOR SIGNATURE GUIDE] [SIGNATORY DEPENDS ON $ AMOUNT] By: Title: ATTEST: Taxpayer ID No. Tracy Weaver, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: MARK D. HENSLEY, City Attorney Joaquin Vazquez, Assistant City Attorney Page 88 of 441 GAT Y �A ADDENDUM W14wr, Pe � ;# Z �=0410F 10 to PROFESSIONAL AUDITING SERVICES REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL # 24-01 Date: February 6, 2024 To: All Prospective Bidders The following questions have been raised regarding this Request for Proposal. The response to each question is provided here and made available to all prospective bidders. The information and clarification provided in this Addendum shall be considered as incorporated into the specifications for the above -referenced Proposal. 1. The bid due date and time remains Thursday, February 22, 2024, at 2:00 pm. 2. Please see the attached Supplement and Addendum 1 for bidder questions and the City's responses to them. As evidence that the BIDDER has read this Addendum, the BIDDER must acknowledge same in the space provided below and submit this Addendum with the Bid Proposal. Failure to provide such acknowledgement may render the bid as non -responsive and may be subject to rejection. Signature: Print Company Name: Date: Page 1 of 4 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2300 Page 89 of 441 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PROFESSIONAL AUDITING SERVICES REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL # 24-01 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SUPPLEMENT • Question: Has there been any turnover in management during the past year? Answer: New CFO came on board in January 2024. • Question: Has there been any turnover in accounting staff during the past year? Answer: One Accountant left the city in November 2023. The recruitment of the Accountant position is open to public now. • Question: How many journal entries were proposed by the auditor in the prior year? Answer: About nine entries. • Question: Are any management letter comments outstanding from the prior year? Answer: No. • Question: May we receive a copy of last year's management letter? Answer: Please see attached. • Question: How many major programs are subject to a Single Audit? Answer: Five. • Question: Any known or suspected fraud? Answer: No. • Question: When will the books be ready for the audit? Answer: Interim audit is planned to be in mid May 2024 and final fieldwork is planned to be in mid -October 2024. • Question: Are financial records available electronically? Answer: Yes. Please visit the City's website Financial Reports I El Segundo • Question: Is remote auditing acceptable to the City? Answer: Yes. • Question: Were there any significant transactions (e.g., bond issuance, leases) during the year? Answer: There could be some leases. Page 2 of 4 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2300 Page 90 of 441 • Question: Who prepares the financials? Answer: The City will prepare the Management's Discussion and Analysis and the Statistical Section; the audit firm will prepare the full Financial Statements (including Government -wide Financial Statements, Fund Financial Statements, Proprietary Fund Financial Statements, Notes to Financial Statements, Required Supplementary Information, and Supplementary Information), and bind and print the final ACFR. • Question: Significant changes to operations or funding sources? Answer: No. • Question: Significant construction or capital projects? Answer: No. • Question: Any audits or inspections by regulatory agencies? Answer: No. • Question: Is there anything specific you are looking for in the successor auditors? Answer: Please See RFP 24-01. • Question: How many staff did the audit team consist of for both interim and year-end, and how many weeks did the auditor spend in the field? Answer: Because last audit was done remotely. We don't know how many staff members were led by the Manager. We mainly contacted the audit manager during the audit. There were approximately two weeks for the interim and two weeks for the final fieldwork. • Question: How many audit hours did your current auditors propose under your existing contract? Answer: 463 • Question: What were the prior year's total audit fees, and can you provide the breakdown by components? Answer: $63,000 (excluding Single Audit and State Controller's Report) • Question: Are there any significant changes in operations expected for FY 2023-24? Answer: No. • Question: Were there any significant events in 2022-23? Will there be any significant events in FY 2023-24? Answer: No. • Question: Have there been any changes in your accounting system since last year or any planned changes in the future? Answer: No. Page 3 of 4 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2300 Page 91 of 441 • Question: Were there any new bond issues in the current year or any planned bond issuances in the coming years? Answer: No. • Question: How many leases and subscription arrangements does the City have? Answer: There were five lessee leases, six lessor leases, and five SBITAs in FY22-23. • Question: Does the City have any arrangements that qualify as PPP under GASB 94? Answer: Yes. One golf course managed by private parry. • Question: If so, please describe the type of arrangement Answer: In February 2021, together with the ground lease agreement with ES CenterCal, the City entered into a public -private partnership (PPP) arrangement with Topgolf, under which Topgolf will make certain improvements to, operate, maintain and retain the net profits from the City's Golf Course Facility during the term of the PPP arrangement, which commenced upon Topgolf s completion of the Golf Course Facility in April 2022 and is conterminous with the term of the ES CenterCal ground lease of potentially 50 years, unless earlier terminated. At the end of the arrangement, operation of the Golf Course Facility will be transferred to the City. • Question: How many post -closing journal entries did you have for FY 2023? How many were proposed by the auditor? Answer: about 15 entries. Nine entries were proposed by the auditors. • Question: Is there any litigation not included in the 2023 Financial Statements? Answer: No. • Question: Did the City have any layoffs, retirements, or replacements of key employees in the finance department? Answer: New CFO came on board in January 2024. • Question: Do you currently have vacant or frozen positions within finance? Answer: One vacant Accountant position. The recruitment of the Accountant position is open to public now. • Question: Was FY 2023 audit performed remotely? If so, is the City open to continuing remote audits in the future? Answer: Yes for both questions. • Question: Will digital proposals be accepted in lieu of hard copies for submission? Answer: No. The City's FY23-24 budget for audit services is in line with previous years expenditures. Page 4 of 4 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245 (310) 524-2300 Page 92 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement F I, F, G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Consent Item Number: B.10 TITLE: Resolution to Adopt the FY 2024-25 Pavement Rehabilitation Project (PW 24-08) Funded by Senate Bill 1 RECOMMENDATION: Adopt the attached resolution identifying the street rehabilitation project to be funded utilizing Senate Bill 1, "Road Repair and Accountability Act" funds for FY 2024-25. 2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: To be included in the proposed FY 2024-25 Budget. Amount Budgeted: $2,800,000 Additional Appropriation: None. Account Numbers: 128-400-000-8300 (SB 1 Expenditure), 127-400-0000-8382 (Measure M Expenditure), and Prop C and Measure R funds, as needed :1_T61201:tell] Z 113 The Public Works Department administers a five-year (2021-2025) Pavement Management Program ("PMP") to ensure public health and safety, and to effectively manage the integrity of the City's roadway system. Based on existing records, conditions, and field verification, the PMP assigns a Pavement Condition Index ("PCI") to all city roadway segments on a scale of 0-100, with 100 representing a surface condition similar to new pavement. Roadway segments with scores below 75 require some type of preventive maintenance. This maintenance action can range from a slurry seal to an overlay, and to complete reconstruction, depending on the roadway condition. The goal is to increase the citywide average PCI score from 73 at the beginning of FY 2021-22 to 75 at the end of Page 93 of 441 Pavement Rehabilitation Project (PW 24-08) April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 3 FY 2025-26, given the limitations of available funding. Senate Bill 1 ("SB 1 "), the "Road Repair and Accountability Act" signed into law on April 28, 2017, provides funding to repair roads, freeways and bridges in California communities, with the funding split equally between the state and local governments. The SB 1 "Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account" ("RMRA") funds are provided by voter -approved increases in gasoline and diesel excise taxes, the diesel sales tax, and vehicle fees, which went into effect on November 1, 2017. Prior to receiving the City's portion of RMRA funds from the State Controller in FY 2024- 25 in the estimated amount of $442,697, the City must submit to the California Transportation Commission ("CTC") a list of projects which would utilize RMRA funds pursuant to an adopted City resolution by July 1, 2024. This list must include a description and the location of each proposed project, a proposed schedule for each project's completion, and the estimated useful life of the improvement. The RMRA funds shall be used to subsequently pay invoices for the adopted project(s). An expenditure report must also be submitted to the CTC for their records and auditing purposes. DISCUSSION: FY 2024-25 Pavement Rehabilitation Project: Staff has identified the following areas where the roadways can be rehabilitated with FY 2024-25 RMRA funds as part of the Annual Pavement Rehabilitation Program: 1. Roadways within the northeast residential quadrant of the City, bordered by Mariposa Avenue to the south, Sheldon Street to the west, and Pacific Coast Highway to the east. Rehabilitation of roadways within this quadrant will consist of a 2-inch grind and overlay for some streets, while other roadway segments within the area will be slurry sealed. The slurry sealing process consists of the application of a thin asphalt slurry layer on existing asphalt pavement to prevent water intrusion. 2. Full -depth reconstruction, where 4 inches of asphalt over 6 inches of sub -grade will be removed and replaced in the following 3 alleys within the Smoky Hollow area: a. Alley 1, which is bordered by E. El Segundo Boulevard to the south, Sheldon Street to the west, E. Franklin Avenue to the north, and Penn Street to the east. This alley will also undergo drainage improvements at its south end prior to the pavement reconstruction. b. Alley 2, which is bordered by E. El Segundo Boulevard to the south, Penn Street to the west, E. Franklin Avenue to the north, and Sierra Street to the east. Page 94 of 441 Pavement Rehabilitation Project (PW 24-08) April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 3 c. Alley 3, which is bordered by E. El Segundo Boulevard to the south, Sierra Street to the west, E. Franklin Avenue to the north, and Lomita Street to the east. 3. The Loma Vista Street & W. Palm Avenue intersection, where a portion of the intersection will undergo full -depth reconstruction, while the entire intersection will be slurry sealed. Staff estimates the following timeline for the project: June 2024 - Advertise and Bid Project July - Award Contract August - Complete Contract Documents September - Begin Construction November — Complete Construction Staff requests that City Council approve the proposed Resolution which will be transmitted to the CTC to facilitate its receipt of RMRA funds. I:NIA'&IIZ7_A1Xr]Los aw_1zKee] iyilall /_10[N4 Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe community. PREPARED BY: Floriza Rivera, Principal Civil Engineer REVIEWED BY: Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 1. FY 2024-25 S131 Funds Adoption Resolution PW 24-08 2. Vicinity Map PW 24-08 3. Location Map PW 24-08 Page 95 of 441 RESOLUTION NO. _ RESOLUTION TO ADOPT PROJECT PW 24-08, NORTHEAST RESIDENTIAL QUADRANT BORDERED BY SHELDON STREET, MARIPOSA AVENUE, AND PACIFIC COAST HIGHWAY PAVEMENT REHABILITATION TO BE FUNDED BY SB 1: THE ROAD REPAIR AND ACCOUNTABILITY ACT OF 2017 The City Council of the City of El Segundo does resolve as follows: SECTION 1: The City Council finds and declares as follows: A. Senate Bill 1 (SB 1), the Road Repair and Accountability Act of 2017 (Chapter 5, Statutes of 2017) was passed by the Legislature and Signed into law by the Governor in April 2017 to address the significant multi -modal transportation funding shortfalls statewide; and B. SB 1 includes accountability and transparency provisions that will ensure the residents of City of El Segundo are aware of the projects proposed for funding in our community and which projects have been completed each fiscal year; and C. The City of El Segundo must adopt a list of all projects proposed to receive funding from the Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account (RMRA), created by SB 1 by resolution, which must include a description and the location of each proposed project, a proposed schedule for the project's completion, and the estimated useful life of the improvement; and D. The City of El Segundo will receive an estimated $442,697 in RMRA funding in Fiscal Year 2024-25 from SB 1; and E. Receiving SB 1 funding will enable the City of El Segundo to continue essential road maintenance and rehabilitation projects, safety improvements, repairing and replacing aging bridges, and increasing access and mobility options for the traveling public that would not have otherwise been possible without SB 1; and F. The City of El Segundo has undergone a robust public process to ensure public input into our community's transportation priorities/the project list; and G. The City of El Segundo used a Pavement Management Program to develop the SB 1 project list to ensure revenues are being used on the most high -priority and cost-effective projects that also meet the community's priorities for transportation investment; and H. The funding from SB 1 will help the City of El Segundo maintain and rehabilitate roadways in the northeast residential quadrant of the City bordered by Sheldon Street, Mariposa Avenue, and Pacific Coast Highway; three alleys bordered by Page 1 of 4 Page 96 of 441 Sheldon Street, El Segundo Boulevard, Lomita Street, and Franklin Avenue; the Loma Vista Street/Palm Avenue intersection and many similar projects into the future; and I. The 2018 California Statewide Local Streets and Roads Needs Assessment found that the City of El Segundo streets and roads are in a fair condition and this revenue will help us increase the overall quality of our road system and over the next decade will bring our streets and roads into a good condition; and J. The SIB 1 project list and overall investment in our local streets and roads infrastructure with a focus on basic maintenance and safety, investing in complete streets infrastructure, and using cutting -edge technology, materials and practices, will have significant positive co -benefits statewide. SECTION 2: The City Council finds that the foregoing recitals and true and correct and adopts the following list of newly proposed projects will be funded in -part or solely with Fiscal Year 2024-25 Road Maintenance and Rehabilitation Account revenues: The northeast residential Quadrant Bordered by Sheldon St., Mariposa Ave., and Pacific Coast Highway Pavement Rehabilitation Project consists of 2-inch grind and overlay as well as slurry sealing treatment of the asphalt concrete for specific streets. The resurfacing improvements to three alleys bordered by Sheldon Street, Ell Segundo Boulevard, Lomita Street, and Franklin Avenue consist of full -depth pavement reconstruction. The Loma Vista Street/Palm Avenue intersection improvement consists of full depth pavement reconstruction in part of the intersection followed by slurry seal treatment of the entire intersection. The project is anticipated to start in September 2024 and complete in November 2024 and expected to extend pavement life for at least six years. SECTION 3: Construction. This Resolution must be broadly construed in order to achieve the purposes stated in this Resolution. It is the City Council's intent that the provisions of this Ordinance be interpreted or implemented by the City and others in a manner that facilitates the purposes set forth in this Resolution. SECTION 4: Severability. If any part of this Resolution or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions of this Ordinance are severable. Page 2 of 4 Page 97 of 441 SECTION 5: The City Clerk is directed to certify the adoption of this Resolution, record this Resolution in the book of the City's original resolutions, and make a minute of this adoption of the Resolution in the City Council's records and the minutes of this meeting. SECTION 6: This Resolution will become effective immediately and will remain effective unless repealed or superseded. PASSED AND ADOPTED this 16th day of April, 2024. Drew Boyles, Mayor ATTEST: STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ) I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing Resolution No. was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the day of , 2024, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: Tracy Weaver, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney Page 3 of 4 Page 98 of 441 k:LSEGUNUO Vicinity Map PW 24-08: FY 24/25 Pavement Rehabilitation Project �p b}alsms U 1 h• a S�1 t Plaza E I Seog u roc, 35th St 7 O � U Q� u _n E ��C, %\11age m ^ 27th St C ` LL G� PVC Marino AVP ,e Mar wl ,,Hnug r"t. a w 111th St r,t�id► r .Le�tury FwY 1 ti I 1 O I Q I 0 � a � I sc�t�trl]cr�ta°d V W Rcs1 > lne A 6,018.7 1 1 0 3,009.33 6,018.7 Feet DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The City of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting WGS_1984_Web _Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map. Page 99 of 441 ELFSEGUNDO Location MapPW 24-08: FY 24/25 Pavement Rehabilitation Project Quadrant east of Sheldon St., north of E. Mariposa Ave., and west of Pacific Coast Highway E Imperial Ave i Alley B-47 to B-48 Alley A-24 Alley A-2�Paites' V E Acacia Ave E Acacia Ave E Acacia Ave E Walnut Ave E Sycamore Ave McCarthy Ct E Maple Ave Irene Ct E Oak Ave ep� All�� E Palm Ave c = w E Mariposa Ave Alleys east of Sheldon St., north of E. El Segundo Blvd., south of E. Franklin Ave., and west of Lomita St. E Walnut Ave E Sycamore Ave � s>camo Park w (j E Maple Ave E Imperial Ave r� T 6 I i. fib Segundo r�r� Manhattan Legend --- City boundary Proposed overlay street Proposed slurry seal street Street to be overlayed on a different project Drainage improvement construction Full -depth alley pavement overlay Part full -depth intersection overlay followed by entire intersection slurry seal *1 Notes No Scale DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The City of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting VGS_1984_Web-Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map. anP n N - - E '- Franklin Ave m ro 4 m 3 a E El Segundo Blvd Loma Vista St./ w Palm Ave W. Palm Ave. intersection i City Council Agenda Statement F I, F, G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Consent Item Number: B.11 TITLE: Notice of Completion for Pavement Rehabilitation Project along El Segundo Boulevard from Whiting Street to Illinois Street Project No. PW 22-01 RECOMMENDATION: 1. Accept the Pavement Rehabilitation Project No. PW 22-01 by DASH Construction Company, Inc. 2. Authorize and direct the City Clerk to file the attached Notice of Completion with the County Recorder's Office. 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: Included in the adopted FY 2023-24 Budget. Amount Budgeted: $1,200,000 Additional Appropriation: None Account Number(s): $333,550 from 128-400-0000-8383 (SB 1 Expenditure) $200,000 from 110-400-8203-8943 (Measure R Local Streets) $666,450 from 127-400-0000-8382 (Measure M Expenditure) BACKGROUND: On September 20, 2022, City Council awarded a construction contract to DASH Construction Company, Inc. in the amount of $997,777 and approved a construction contingency amount of $117,523 to perform street rehabilitation work along El Segundo Boulevard from Whiting Street to Illinois Street. The completion of this project has increased the life of the rehabilitated street. Page 101 of 441 Notice of Completion for Pavement Rehabilitation Project along El Segundo Boulevard from Whiting Street to Illinois Street April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 2 DISCUSSION: Construction of this project began in April 2023, and was completed in September 2023. The project was completed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications to the full satisfaction of city staff. The final construction cost for this project is $1,084,361. Staff recommends that the City Council approve the recommended actions for project PW 22-01 as noted. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe community. PREPARED BY: James Rice, Associate Engineer REVIEWED BY: Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 1. Vicinity Map 2. Location Map 3. Before and After Pictures 4. Notice of Completion Page 102 of 441 k:LSEGUNDO Vicinity Map PW 22-01 Pavement Rehabilitation Project I�—' �mpenal live �••-- I E W al nut Av, I E Sycamare A., dWay AN+°° E Maple Ave I _ El Srqundo I N Mph of i o N Sc hoot c E Manposa Av, v a A Q 0 H — > 0 RocreAlon in r'� N j El Segundo Put' ' 3 -- O rn E Grand Ave a It Z �W Grand Ave c R i 0 E Franklin Ave Y = a rnCE150gundo v n Raytheon Space S�fbms M A O V ih _U 1. V 7 a M%) g es Piaza E I . Spurxk, ................ �iA.�wi.1i:. r.......-..-.. �..-.. M 9 35th St c O Q Lenno W tttth St ldddk Sc hoo Vf ! � J � C Z 1 M 1{ N L o s A ngek• 1 An Force Paso 11.1Au E El Sequndo•9hd J _ I rn i N 41 I 0 N i I I I I ...................... u Q Z 6. 6,018.7 1 1 0 3,009.33 6,018.7 Feet DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The City of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting WGS_1984_Web _Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map. Page 103 of 441 k:LSEGUNUO Location Map PW 22-01 Pavement Rehabilitation Project Sc tr-rc'+ c IE El Segundo •i W Grand Ave I Roc m ul to n Paf$' .. 0 E E Grand Ave E Franklin Ave r Mariposa Ave Z � Y 0 E EI Segundo 61vd C twv ran E �pio�rM nIF� � x 6,018.7 1 , 0 3,009.33 6,018.7 Feet DISCLAIMER: The information shown on this map was compiled from different GIS sources. The land base and facility information on this map is for display purposes only and should not be relied upon without independent verification as to its accuracy. The City of El Segundo will not be held responsible for any claims, losses or damages resulting WGS_1984_Web _Mercator _Auxiliary_Sphere from the use of this map. Page 104 of 441 � E�TTfy T t ter-=-- -'-- >- Before: El Segundo Blvd at Main Street, looking east After: 1 C - Page 107 of 441 -4 'RG wv-J AP Before: El Segundo Blvd between Oregon Street and Kansas Street, looking east After: Page 109 of 441 j 1� • . . J. •JF (. Jl _ _ ��` 1.�IN 40 6 Mom" �q. 1 }'ryrt .fa , t `-� Recording Requested by and When Recorded Mail To: City Clerk, City Hall 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION PROJECT Project Name: Pavement Rehabilitation Project along El Segundo Boulevard from Whiting Street to Illinois Street Project No.: PW 22-01 Contract No. 6493 Notice is hereby given pursuant to State of California Civil Code Section 3093 et seq that: 1. The undersigned is an officer of the owner of the interest stated below in the property hereinafter described. 2. The full name of the owner is: City of El Segundo 3. The full address of the owner is: City Hall, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA, 90245 4. The nature of the interest of the owner is: Public Facilities 5. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was field reviewed by the City Engineer on March 11, 2024. The work done was: Pavement Rehabilitation Project 6. On April 16, 2024, City Council of the City of El Segundo accepted the work of this contract as being complete and directed the recording of this Notice of Completion in the Office of the County Recorder. 7. The name of the Contractor for such work of improvement was: DASH Construction Company, Inc. 8. The property on which said work of improvement was completed is in the City of El Segundo, County of Los Angeles, State of California, and is described as follows: • El Segundo Boulevard from Whiting Street to Illinois Street 9. The street address of said property is: None Dated: City of El Segundo Elias Sassoon Public Works Director VERIFICATION I, the undersigned, say: I am the Director of Public Works/City Engineer of the City El Segundo, the declarant of the foregoing Notice of Completion; I have read said Notice of Completion and know the contents thereof; the same is true of my own knowledge. I declare under penalty of perjury the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on , 2024 at El Segundo, California, 90245 City of El Segundo Elias Sassoon Public Works Director Page 111 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement F I, F, G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Consent Item Number: B.12 TITLE: Notice of Completion for the George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project (PW 23-10) RECOMMENDATION: Accept the George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project No. PW 23-10 by GEM Construction, Inc. 2. Authorize and direct the City Clerk to file the attached Notice of Completion with the County Recorder's Office. 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: Included in the adopted FY 2023-24 Budget. Amount Budgeted: $266,002.42 Additional Appropriation: None Account Number(s): 301-400-8202-8216 (Brett Field Restrooms) BACKGROUND: The George Brett Field Restrooms and Snack Bar are old facilities and were in need of some improvements. In order to better serve the public, the restroom improvements and the facilities' Americans with Disability Act ("ADA") accessibility improvements for the Snack Bar and the restrooms were identified by staff. Subsequently, engineering plans and construction documents were prepared to make these necessary improvements. On September 19, 2023, the City Council awarded a construction contract to GEM Construction, Inc for an amount of $183,000 and approved a construction contingency amount of $40,000 for the construction of this project. The construction of these improvements began in December 2023 and has recently Page 112 of 441 Notice of Completion for the George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 2 been completed. The restrooms were converted to two single -occupancy gender -neutral restrooms which are ADA-compatible. Further, the snack bar was also renovated to have an approved ADA-compatible transaction window and counter. DISCUSSION: During the construction, it was determined that the internal plumbing and the sanitary sewer discharge outlet had to be completely reconstructed. Consequently, a change order was processed for $43,203 to pay for this additional work. The George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project No. PW 23-10 was completed in February 2024 and was subsequently inspected by City staff. The project was completed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications to the full satisfaction of city staff. The final project construction cost is $266,003. Staff recommends that the City Council approve the recommended actions for project PW 23-10 as noted. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe community. PREPARED BY: James Rice, Associate Engineer REVIEWED BY: Elias Sassoon, Public Works Director APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 1. Vicinity Map 2. Location Map 3. Before and After Pictures 4. Notice of Completion Page 113 of 441 Vicinity Map - PW 23-10 George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project m WImperiaIAve 0 g•—■—■—■—■—■—■—■—■MEaw■pe■iwl■F#wy—■7Q- 'W Acacia Ave E Acacia Ave ■ Century Fwy v> E Walnut Ave • N T! 1 v N N E Sycamore Ave 1 3 ■ u > o in E Maple Ave 1 Q 1 _ • � C ■ S s ) z =1 1 . in Z o • ■ 7 W Mariposa Ave E Mariposa Ave a)C tN � S d > ■■� E Pine Ave K N ■ N .t 1 Q N 'N • El Segundo ■ 1 ■—■ N @ lD N ■— i 124th St 1 E Grand Ave @ E Grand Ave • ,,arid Ave m Y Ln G � ILn Nd L■—• 1 t ■ rt ■ — ■ — ■ — E El Segundo Blvd E El Segundo Blvt — ■ — ■ J ♦ The Lakes Golf N 1 • Course 0 ■ ♦ � 1 ♦ E 1N � 1 N. a . ` I • W 138th St ♦ •A Plaza El Segundo ! !000 ; 139th St ♦ 1 ♦ m • 1 Q El PAW 36th PI 35th PI 2/23/2023 1:27, 046 0 0.17 0.35 0.7 mi 0.3 0.6 1.2 km City of El Segundo, County of Los Angeles, California State Parks, Esri, HERE, Garmin, SafeGraph, GeoTechnologies, Inc, METI/NASA, USGS, Page 114 of 441 Location Map - PW 23-10 George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project ❑❑ = ❑� a El ❑ ❑ ❑C❑❑ ❑ in E::] Q�ED E Holly Ave 6/9/2023 Picnic F--� g and Table I P, BBQ � Area Tot Area Fire Circle Guaymas Way George Brett Field Stevenson Field Q � 0000 C • rt Sn ck Bar Lawn Bow,7] RolleRink ckey Comm. Garden R uetball. Softball Field Volley Ball Park ❑ iorse Shoes Maintenance S n c ,, Te n C ntteerrj Public Parking S ate Park u E Grand Ave E=:�:] d ❑ o 0 11 Q N1M EJaodan E Pine Ave ❑� d E--1 o ❑❑Cn Q El E Holly Ave ICJ ❑❑ ❑ CD ❑❑ 0❑ o o E--1 LJ ❑❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ E:3 ❑ ❑ ❑ �f❑ ❑❑ == ❑ ❑ ❑ Co ur t ❑❑j �� h cl ov h's Wi fl� L) Wi ne es ❑ ❑0�� E Grand Ave St AnTfTony tholic Chur h 1:3,381 0.02 0.04 0.09 m i 0.04 0.07 0.15 km Esri Community Maps Contributors, City of El Segundo, County of Los Angeles, California State Parks, © OpenStreetMap, Microsoft, Esri, HERE, Page 115 of 441 PW 23-10 George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project Before and After Pictures Before: After: Page 116 of 441 Before: Water fountain i 1 'ib J Ma ♦ M e After: Page 117 of 441 f r I After: East Restroom West Restroom Page 119 of 441 Before: Snack bar transaction windows After Page 122 of 441 Before: Snack bar counter m Page 123 of 441 After: Snack bar counter %N� Page 124 of 441 Recording Requested by and When Recorded Mail To: City Clerk, City Hall 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 NOTICE OF COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION PROJECT Project Name: George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project Project No.: PW 23-10 Contract No. 6754 Notice is hereby given pursuant to State of California Civil Code Section 3093 et seq that: 1. The undersigned is an officer of the owner of the interest stated below in the property hereinafter described. 2. The full name of the owner is: City of El Segundo 3. The full address of the owner is: City Hall, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA, 90245 4. The nature of the interest of the owner is: Public Facilities 5. A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was field reviewed by the City Engineer on February 20, 2024. The work done was: restroom and snack bar remodel to meet latest accessibility standards. 6. On April 16, 2024, City Council of the City of El Segundo accepted the work of this contract as being complete and directed the recording of this Notice of Completion in the Office of the County Recorder. 7. The name of the Contractor for such work of improvement was: GEM Construction Inc. 8. The property on which said work of improvement was completed is in the City of El Segundo, County of Los Angeles, State of California, and is described as follows: • George Brett Field Restroom Improvements Project 9. The street address of said property is: 401 Guaymas Way, El Segundo, CA 90245 Dated: City of El Segundo Elias Sassoon Public Works Director VFRIFICATI(7N I, the undersigned, say: I am the Director of Public Works/City Engineer of the City El Segundo, the declarant of the foregoing Notice of Completion; I have read said Notice of Completion and know the contents thereof; the same is true of my own knowledge. I declare under penalty of perjury the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on , 2024 at El Segundo, California, 90245 City of El Segundo Elias Sassoon Public Works Director Page 125 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement F I, F G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Consent Item Number: B.13 TITLE: Waive Bidding Requirements and Authorize the Purchase of a New Ford Transit Cargo Van RECOMMENDATION: 1. Waive bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code § 1- 7- 9(A) and authorize the City Manager to enter into an agreement, in a form approved by the City Attorney, directly with an auto dealership for the purchase of one new Ford Transit cargo van for the Media Division within the City Manager's Office. 2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: Staff is anticipating the total cost to replace the current cargo van will not exceed $65,000. The budget breakdown is as follows: Amount Budgeted: $55,000 Additional Appropriation: No additional appropriation is necessary at this time. The remaining $10,000 is available in the FY2023-24 City Manager's Office adopted budget. Account Numbers: 001-400-2103-6207 (El Segundo Media - Equipment Replacement - $25,000) and 001-400-2103-8105 (El Segundo Media - Automotive - $30,000) BACKGROUND: The Media Division within the City Manager's Office has been using a small 1987 Chevrolet G-Series Bonaventure cargo van as its vehicle for remote media productions. The unit was originally purchased for another department in 1987 and transferred to the Media division after a fleet equipment replacement upgrade. The unit has remained in service within the Media Division for more than 25 years and has experienced numerous breakdowns due to a failed alternator, faulty braking system, electrical issues, and multiple drained batteries. Page 126 of 441 Media Division Van Purchase April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 3 DISCUSSION: The 1987 Chevrolet G-Series Bonaventure van has been a reliable workhorse for the Media Division for over two decades. However, its age and extensive use have rendered it increasingly unreliable, costly to maintain, and potentially unsafe for operation. The van is no longer capable of effectively meeting the demands of the division's operations for the following reasons: 1. Reliability and Safety Concerns: The 1987 Chevrolet G-Series Bonaventure van is prone to frequent breakdowns and mechanical failures, posing a significant risk to the safety of City staff and the integrity of City operations. A newer vehicle with updated safety features and reliability standards is essential to mitigate these risks and ensure smooth operations. 2. Operational Efficiency: Modern vehicles offer advanced features such as improved fuel efficiency, enhanced cargo capacity, and integrated safety systems, all of which contribute to increased operational efficiency. Upgrading to a new vehicle will streamline Media Division operations and reduce downtime caused by maintenance issues. 3. Cost Savings: While the initial investment in a new vehicle may seem significant, the long-term cost savings associated with reduced maintenance expenses, improved fuel economy, and lower risk of breakdowns justify the purchase. Additionally, newer vehicles often come with warranties and maintenance plans that further reduce operating costs. 4. Environmental Impact: Older vehicles tend to have higher emissions and lower fuel efficiency, contributing to environmental pollution and carbon footprint. Transitioning to a newer, more environmentally friendly vehicle aligns with the City's commitment to sustainability and civic responsibility. Replacement of the aging 1987 Chevrolet G-Series Bonaventure van with a new Ford Transit cargo van is a strategic investment that will yield numerous benefits for the Media Division. By prioritizing safety, efficiency, and environmental responsibility, we can ensure the continued long-term success of the division's operations and maintain the City's commitment to excellence. Accordingly, staff finds that the City's best interests are served by a direct award of a contract to purchase the new Ford Transit cargo van and recommend that the City Council waive competitive bidding and authorize the City Manager to enter into an agreement to purchase the vehicle, as proposed. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 1: Enhance Customer Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communication Page 127 of 441 Media Division Van Purchase April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 3 Objective 1 B: El Segundo's engagement with the community ensures excellence. Goal 3: Promote a Quality Workforce Through Teamwork and Organizational Efficiencies Objective 3A: El Segundo is an employer of choice and consistently hires for the future, with a workforce that is inspired, world -class, engaged and innovative. Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability Objective 5B: El Segundo approaches its work in a financially strategic and responsible way. PREPARED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager REVIEWED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: None Page 128 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement F 1 F �' t 1) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Consent Item Number: B.14 TITLE: Agreement with Sharp Business Systems to Provide Copier Equipment, Supplies, Maintenance, and Support RECOMMENDATION: 1. Authorize the City Manager to execute a four-year agreement with Sharp Business Systems to provide copier equipment, supplies, maintenance, and support for $6,665.06 a month, totaling $319,922.88 over the four-year term. 2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: The annual lease and maintenance costs will be $79,980.72 per year, totaling $319,922.88 over the four-year lease agreement. The new lease cost with Sharp is in line with our current expiring lease with Kyocera Document Solutions, staff is not anticipating an overall cost increase. The lease agreement will begin in July 2024, and the costs will be included in the FY 2024-25 proposed budget account 001-400-2505- 6203 (copier machine charges) and 001-400-2901-6216 (GASB 87 Lease Account). The costs for the subsequent years will be requested in future budgets. BACKGROUND: On February 14, 2019, the City Council authorized the City Manager to enter into a five- year lease agreement with Kyocera Document Solutions for a fleet of 23 multi -function printers ("MFPs") for $516,454. The term of this contract was from April 1, 2019 through April 1, 2024. Despite the expiration of the initial term, the City continues to use the MFPs on a month -to -month contract until replacement hardware is procured.The useful life of an MFP is estimated to be between three to five years. As the City's fleet of MFPs has aged, the amount of maintenance required to keep them running reliably has increased. This increased maintenance has introduced a disruption to business operations in the City, forcing staff to spend additional time clearing paper Page 129 of 441 Copier Machine Services Agreement April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 4 jams and resolving error messages. To identify replacement hardware that would properly serve all city departments, the Information Technology Services Department ("ITSD") issued a request for proposals ("RFP") and identified a representative from each department to create a review panel ("Panel"). DISCUSSION: On February 12, 2024, ITSD issued an RFP for a fleet of 27 MFPs, including supplies, maintenance, and support, for a lease term of four years. The City published the RFP on its website and sent the RFP to 10 registered MFP vendors with the City. The following vendors were notified: ADV Copy/Print Co, AIS, Allied Network Solutions, Canon Solutions America, Inc., CBE Office Solutions, Complete Document Solutions, Inc., Kyocera Document Solutions, Image Source, Ricoh USA Inc., and Zones LLC. The RFP review process consisted of two steps. The first step was a scoring method which narrowed vendor responses down to two finalists. The second step consisted of a site visit, where the Panel would be able to view a demo and test the equipment in person. The scheduled timeline that was included in the RFP is below: • RFP Published on February 12, 2024 • Questions from Proposers Due by 5:00 P.M. on February 20, 2024 • Response to Question Posted by February 26, 2024 • Proposals Due No Later Than 11:00 A.M. on March 4, 2024 • Review of Proposals by Panel: March 12, 2024 • Announcement of Two Finalists: March 13, 2024 • Site Visit(s) of Finalists Completed by March 29, 2024 • Proposed Council Award Date: April 16, 2024 A total of three proposals were received by the March 4, 2024 11.00 a.m. deadline. The Panel reviewed each proposal and scored them according to the following criteria and weighted percentages: • Qualifications and Experience (20%): Qualifications and experience of the Vendor related to the services described in this RFP. Include a history of successfully completing contracts similar to this scope and size, meeting and maintaining expected deadlines, as well as experience providing related services to comparable municipalities. • Completeness & Comprehensiveness (20%): Completeness of all required submittal information contained in the RFP package and any supplemental information provided by the vendor to demonstrate the quality of services and the ability to meet all requirements of the RFP. • Technical Approach (25%): The vendor's ability to meet the minimum technical Page 130 of 441 Copier Machine Services Agreement April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 4 specifications outlined in the RFP. Documentation of the specific copiers to be provided and their functionality demonstrating specifications set out in the RFP. Management & Approach (20%): The Vendor's management and approach that demonstrates the understanding of the Scope of Services and the potential to implement effectively as stated in the RFP. A proposed project scheduling detailing deployment schedule and resources onsite to deploy. Total Cost (15%): Proposed project cost for all four (4) years. Based on the scoring method, the two finalists with the highest scores were Sharp Business Systems ("Sharp") and Canon Solutions America ("Canon"). ITSD notified Sharp and Canon by e-mail on March 12, 2024, and requested their response to clarifying questions in preparation for a site visit. Both Sharp and Canon provided their response by the deadline. A site visit was scheduled with Sharp on March 27, 2024, and with Canon on March 28, 2024. Both vendors provided a presentation as well as a demo of their recommended MFPs. The Panel took the opportunity to test the MFPs in -person and to ask questions. On April 1, 2024, the Panel met to discuss the site visits for Sharp and Canon. After extensive discussion, and by majority vote, the Panel selected Sharp to be awarded the RFP. While Sharp and Canon had comparable technical qualifications, experience, and levels of support, the Panel majority selected Sharp for the following considerations: Sharp's proposal cost less and would save the City approximately $34,600 over the four-year contract. Sharp meets the City's technical requirement for MFPs to have a specific paper tray capacity and a configuration to have letter, legal, and ledger -size paper always on standby for printing. This reduces staff time to re -configure the MFP when printing different -sized documents. Canon was able to meet either the paper tray capacity or the paper tray configuration, but not both. Sharp and Canon would provide replacements in the event an MFP malfunctions and cannot be repaired. The Panel preferred Sharp's proposal to replace after three service calls in a 30-day period. Canon's proposal was to troubleshoot the issue, escalate the issue through the appropriate chain, and after determining a replacement is appropriate, provide a replacement. The four-year contract with Sharp will include the following equipment, each of which will be configured with accessories to match specific department needs, services, and Sharp's environmental commitment: 15 full-size color MFPs with a 45 page per minute (PPM) printing speed Three full-size color MFP with a 65ppm printing speed Three full-size color MFP with a 80ppm printing speed Page 131 of 441 Copier Machine Services Agreement April 16, 2024 Page 4 of 4 Three B&W desktop MFP with a 57ppm printing speed Three color desktop MFP with a 42ppm printing speed Supplies, services, and maintenance support for the MFP fleet based on a 70,000 B&W and a 70,000 color print volume. This includes, but is not limited to, toner and printer supplies (excluding paper and staples), PaperCut software, MFP fleet management software, user training, routine maintenance, service calls, on -site technician support to troubleshoot issues, and loaner/replacement units. As part of Sharp's environmental commitment, printer consumables are recyclable and Sharp offers zero waste toner recycling with free shipping. Sharp MFPs have environmentally friendly features such as staple -less stapling, supporting recycled paper, and energy -saving modes to reduce power consumption. Sharp offers detailed reporting on MFP usage and printing to help the City track print usage. See the attached pricing summary and Sharp's proposal for more details. Staff recommends authorizing the City Manager to execute a four-year agreement with Sharp in the total contract amount of $319,922.88 to replace, support, and maintain the City's MFP fleet. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology Objective 413: El Segundo's technology supports effective, efficient, and proactive operations. PREPARED BY: Jose Calderon, Information Technology Services Director REVIEWED BY: Jose Calderon, Information Technology Services Director APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 1. Sharp - City of El Segundo Cost Summary Sheet 2. City of El Segundo - Sharp Model Details 3. RFP 24-05 Copier and Printers - Sharp Proposal Page 132 of 441 SHARP Description Total Cost Per Month To Lease Entire Fleet for 48 Months (including badge/card readers) Total cost per month to provide maintenance for entire fleet (based on 70,000 B/W and 70,000 color images per month) Overage charge for each page over the 70,000 monthly limit for B/W Overage charge for each page over the 70,000 monthly limit for color Cost per month to retain PaperCut software for 48 Months with Maintenance & Support Cost $3,783.49 $2,695.00 $0.0037 $0.035 $186.57 Page 133 of 441 City of El Segundo Pricing Proposal RFP #24-05 Copiers Printers Tandem Paper Tray BP-DE15 $13.17 15.00 $197.55 Hole Punch 4,000 Sheet Booklet Stapling Finisher 1,000 Sheet Stapling Finisher Card Reader PaperCut w/ 4 years of Maintenance/Support Total Payment with all requested features MXPN15B $5.50 15.00 $82.50 BP-FN16 $44.36 2.00 $88.72 BP-FN13 $18.56 13.00 $241.28 T4DT-FB2BAC-PI $3.74 15.00 $56.10 AMS-4 $6.91 15.00 $103.65 $2,307.00 Page 134 of 441 Tandem Paper Tray Hole Punch 4,000 Sheet Booklet Stapling Finisher 1,000 Sheet Stapling Finisher Card Reader PaperCut w/ 4 years of Maintenance/Support Total Payment with all requested features City of El Segundo Pricing Proposal RFP #24-05 Copiers Printers BP-DE15 $13.17 3.00 $39.51 MXPN15B $5.50 3.00 $16.50 BP-FN16 $44.36 $0.00 BP-FN13 $18.56 3.00 $55.68 T4DT-FB2BAC-PI $3.74 3.00 $11.22 AMS-4 $6.91 3.00 $20.73 $538.10 Page 135 of 441 City of El Segundo Pricing Proposal RFP #24-05 Copiers Printers :%I 1 L W W 3,500 Sheet Side Deck Large Capacity Tray MX-LC12 $8.85 3.00 $26.55 Hole Punch MXPN16B $5.50 3.00 $16.50 4,000 Sheet Booklet Stapling Finisher MX-FN22 $67.08 1.00 $67.08 3,000 Sheet Stapling Finisher MX-FN34 $21.76 2.00 $43.52 Card Reader T4DT-FB2BAC-PI $3.74 3.00 $11.22 PaperCut w/ 4 years of Maintenance/Support AMS-4 $6.91 3.00 $20.73 Total Payment with all requested features $743.93 Page 136 of 441 City of El Segundo Pricing Proposal RFP #24-05 Copiers Printers 1 — r. Additional 600 Sheet Tray BP-CS12 $2.00 4.00 $8.00 Card Reader T4DT-FB2BAC-PI $3.74 3.00 $11.22 PaperCut w/ 4 years of Maintenance/Support Total Payment with all requested features AMS-4 $6.91 3.00 $20.73 $165.38 Page 137 of 441 City of El Segundo Pricing Proposal RFP #24-05 Copiers Printers Additional 600 Sheet Tray BP-CS12 $2.00 4.00 $8.00 Card Reader T4DT-FB2BAC-PI $3.74 3.00 $11.22 PaperCut w/ 4 years of Maintenance/Support AMS-4 $6.91 3.00 $20.73 Total Payment with all requested features $215.66 Total 48 Month Cost for All Equipment $3,970.07 Page 138 of 441 SHARP SHARP BUSINESS SYSTEMS March 4, 2024 Request for Proposal Response for: City of El Segundo Proposal # 24-05 Copiers and Printers INFORMATIONAL TECHNOLOGY SERVICES DEPARTMENT ("ITSD") 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 Prepared by: Sarah Razi, Branch Sales Manager — sarah.razi@sharpusa.com Zach Froisland, Major Account Executive— zach.froisland@sharpusa.com Kevin McElheny, Account Executive — kevin.mcelheny@sharpusa.com Stephen Ortiz, Branch Sales Manager — stephen.ortiz@sharpusa.com Sharp Business Systems 12985 Los Nietos Blvd. Santa Fe Springs, CA 90670 Phone: 888-258-2802/Fax: 619-258-1406 www.sharpusa.com Page 139 of 441 TABLE OF CONTENTS COVERLETTER.........................................................................................................3 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY.............................................................................................4 SCOPE OF WORK/METHODOLOGY.........................................................................15 PRICINGPROPOSAL...............................................................................................18 QUALITY CONTROL & ACCOUNT REPORTING PROCESS..........................................19 ABOUT THE EQUIPMENT........................................................................................24 REFERENCES..........................................................................................................48 REQUIRED STATEMENTS & EXCEPTIONS................................................................50 ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS & ADDENDUMS...........................................................53 Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 12 Page 140 of 441 COVER LETTER Jose Calderon, ITSD Director City of El Segundo — ITSD Department 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 Dear Jose, It is with great pleasure to submit this proposal to the City of El Segundo. Sharp Business Systems (SBS) is the direct arm of Sharp Electronics in North America. Sharp has offices nationwide, including four in Southern California, ready to provide superior service and deliver award -winning technology. We service a wide range of institutions, as you can see from our list of references. Sharp has an entire team of dedicated specialists with extensive knowledge and experience upgrading, installing, and swapping fleets for higher education organizations. Our team will work hand in hand with the City of El Segundo to assess each site and make recommendations to optimize technology that makes financial sense. Our team will seamlessly replace your fleet of existing MFPs with new Sharp devices with minimal impact on your staff and end users. Our own fleet of Sharp trucks and a dedicated Sharp delivery team is ready to deliver. Key items to note in our response: • Sharp is confident our team will meet your delivery timeline. We will deliver your entire fleet, set up, network, and train your staff with minimum disruption to the end users. • This proposal will remain valid for a period of not less than 120 calendar days from the date of submittal, meets the terms and conditions outlined I the RFP, and is compliant with all labor laws. • We have currently serviced many accounts in Southern CA and have several very experienced technicians ready to service the City of El Segundo should we be lucky enough to win this RFP. • Sharp is an official Papercut partner and the required licenses and maintenance have been included. We have many Papercut installations at like size clients throughout Southern California. We also have our own team of Software Engineers in Southern California. These engineers will be onsite at the City of Redondo Beach during deployment and address any issues that may arise throughout the term of the contract. • Sharp's MICAS software will monitor your entire fleet 24/7 and provide Just in Time Automated Toner Replenishment as a complementary service. • Sharp agrees that the materials, equipment, and services offered will be new and meet all the requirements of the specifications/scope of services in this RFP. We have the expertise, staff, and facilities to provide the City of El Segundo with state-of-the-art equipment and exceptional service. Our dedication will ensure a successful partnership. Sincerely, Sarah Razi, Branch Sales Manager SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION, established 1962 12985 Los Nietos Blvd. Santa Fe Springs, CA 90670 949-326-3946 Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 13 Page 141 of 441 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Sharp has an Enterprise Business Group that specifically works on bids and RFPs for City and State municipality clients such as the City of El Segundo. This team knows how to design custom solutions for every major account based on their specific needs. Our market approach is to offer a tailored solution at the best possible price. We believe t Sharp offers best -in -class products. You have a winning combination when you combine Sharp products and pricing with unparalleled flexibility. Above all, our level of commitment and follow- through is what we believe impacts our incredible success at winning bids and maintaining long-term relationships with satisfied customers. Every company has a market approach for RFPs, but not every company is committed to the client for the life of the contract. We are committed to giving you the same attention and level of service in month 1, month 13, or month 60 of the agreement. We know what it takes to put together an informative RFP and what it takes to manage an account properly throughout the partnership. Our Competitive Advantage We believe our competitive advantage is our people. Sharp has account managers, service technicians, and management who have been with the company for 10, 15, 20 years, and in some cases even longer. This type of experience and product line knowledge is unheard of in our industry. Our experienced staff offer the best pricing, value, and service levels to our clients. The account manager who starts the contract with you will also be who will end it with you. We will not rotate new account managers every year due to turnover. The City of El Segundo will have two account managers with a combined 30+ year tenure at Sharp with values you won't find elsewhere in our industry. What We Offer • Four large state-of-the-art facilities in Southern California, anchored by a headquarters with $1M + available parts and supplies. • Local company, Live local dispatch and helpdesk for personalized service and support • Global technology leader with global resources, national coverage, and a wide network of branches and dealers ready to serve you. • Fortune 250, financially stable, serving Southern California for over 50 years. • Innovative technology and value-added services • Robust list of clients throughout Southern California. More references can be provided upon request. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 14 Page 142 of 441 Who We Are Sharp Business Systems is the direct sales organization of Sharp Electronics Corporation, a $26+ billion global technology innovator that employs over 40,000 + people worldwide. We have been serving Southern California for over 50 years. We currently have 130 employees in Southern California with over 5,000 clients, including a variety of municipalities and academic institutions: school cities and universities. What We Do and How We Do It Sharp provides comprehensive, flexible, state-of-the-art technology to our business partners specifically tailored to their needs. It's not what we do, but how we do it that makes Sharp different. First, we build strong trusting and long-lasting relationships. We believe business is still people doing business with people and it's our people that set us apart from our competition. Local Support - SBS provides your business with world -class Sharp products and first-rate services while giving you access to local management and account support in the areas of service, IT, billing, sales, product training and more. National Support - SBS can support your organization on a national level with 36 locations in the U.S. augmented by a nationwide network of 400 plus authorized Sharp service providers. Our local management and nationwide support enable SBS to be an outstanding provider for nationwide installations. Stability There has been unpredictability in our industry with dealers and distributors regularly changing manufacturers. Our stability, as the manufacturer, gives clients peace of mind knowing they are dealing with an organization that can take care of them now and into the future. The Results By establishing mutually beneficial relationships with our clients, we have been able to provide millions of dollars in savings by efficiently implementing optimal technology, creative solutions, and innovative ideas at the right time. SBS prides itself on maintaining a strong customer retention rate and continually establishing new business relationships through client referrals. Sharp is dedicated to improving people's lives with advanced technology, a strong commitment to innovation, quality, value, and design. We invite you to learn more about the numerous awards won by our innovative products, the value we place upon Corporate Social Responsibility, and our on -going commitment to strong business ethics. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers SBS is part of Sharp Electronics Corporation, a global technology innovator. O Our branches combine the resources of a multi -billion dollar - corporation with the value of local representation. We keep clients informed on the latest innovations to ensure their current technology meets their ever -changing demands. Through creative C solutions and the right mix of technology, we help improve our clients' bottom line, Z efficiency and security. Page15 Page 143 of 441 Global company. Local support. Foxconn` SHARP 94% : s 97% : ; 95% 0 Satisfaction with the accuracy Satisfaction with the courtesy Overall satisfaction with the and responsiveness of the call and professionalism of the support from the Sharp center representative technician technical service team Based on 9,600• service surveys completed by actual customers dating back to March 2013 Sharp Business Systems (SBS) is a direct sales division of Sharp Electronics Corporation. Our Irvine branch combines the resources of a multi -billion -dollar corporation and the value of local representation and management. We are proud of our local community relationships, most notably the Santa Ana Chamber of Commerce and Irvine Chamber of Commerce. As a technology partner, providing friendly, local support is our specialty through our best -in -class products, solutions, and support. Our experienced technology specialists evaluate your current technology environment — from copiers to IT services — to help you create a Simply Smarter Office environment. Our experienced business technology specialists evaluate your current technology environment and document workflow to help improve your company's efficiency, security and bottom -line with our best - in -class products, solutions, and support. • Local accountability and access • 40,000 + square feet of facilities • Roughly $11VI parts and supply inventory • On Base Diamond Support Partner • HP, Kyocera and Lexmark authorized dealer • Personalized client relations • Live Dispatch • Less than 4-hour response time • Proactive maintenance • Diverse client portfolio Sharp Electronics Managed Print Services RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Aquos Board Interactive Display Systems Page16 Page 144 of 441 Security Proactive IT support and security -first products to prevent unauthorized access and data loss. Efficiency Safety Optimize your print Automate health environment to curb screening and limit expenses; digitize staff exposure with paperwork to improve file smart and hands - access and processes. free technology. A technology company on the rise. Foxconn Foxconn becomes majority shareholder miam Cloud -Based Service Application \ Managed ` Ultra -thin bezel IT Services Video Walls \ 1 AQUOS BOARD®' interactive display Sharp Electronics Collaboration Improve the way you communicate and share information, in or away from the office. MFP with Alexa Unified 8 Communications Purchase of NEC Display Windows collaboration \ \ Home Solutions display from Sharp Office NEC Bundles 8K Ultra HD Synappx LCD Display \ Remote Applications 4 Concierge , LivMote Station \ thermal ti scanning solution k Acquired Dynabook from Toshiba • — RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page17 Page 145 of 441 Sharp's Employee Training All new hires take part in a full week of "on -boarding" training classes designed to teach employees how to perform and succeed in both client and company environments. We have a strong culture of customer service. Sharp offers extensive training to every employee as well as tuition reimbursement. All technicians are factory certified on every machine we offer. In additional, Network technicians must obtain various levels of Microsoft certifications, such as Net+ and A+. Sales staff obtain various certifications based on hardware and software product awareness and functionality. In addition to our product and technical training, Sharp requires all employees and managers to participate in various company mandated HR, IT Security and Finance related training courses to ensure compliance with state and national regulations. Sharp's History • Founded In 1912 • Fortune 250 Public Company • Annual R & D Expense: $1.95 Billion • 40,000+ employees worldwide Since its founding in 1912, our corporation has endeavored to pioneer new fields and develop original products. Our founder, Tokuji Hayakawa coined the phrase "Make products that others want to imitate" to embody the management concept. In 1912, he invented the Snap belt buckle and three years later brought the mechanical pencil to the market. Since then, Sharp has been on the cutting edge of technology, consistently innovating new appliances, industrial equipment, and office solutions, and changing the lives of people around the world. Beginning with the invention of the Mechanical Pencil, from which the company name is derived, Sharp has introduced a succession of innovative world firsts including the all -transistor desktop calculator, the long -life laser diode, the 14" color TFT LCD unit and the LCD Viewcam. In addition, Sharp developed and manufactured Japan's first radio, television, and microwave oven, electronic calculator with LCD display, solar cell, and electronic organizer and LCD video projector. Sharp's commitment to the United States marketplace began in 1962. Sharp Electronics provides one of the broadest and most innovative lines of business products, electronic components, consumer electronics and services worldwide. In 1972, Sharp entered what was then called the photocopier business. This has grown to include multifunction print devices, desktop printers, Audio/Visual and related imaging equipment, business solutions, accessories, supplies, and services. Sharp continues to redefine document technology by offering products that are easy to use, customizable and secure. Sharp aims to always realize its business philosophy. Possessing a "gene of creativity" since its foundation, Sharp will continue to offer one -of -a -kind products as a corporation trusted around the world. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 18 Page 146 of 441 Outstanding Service Sharp provides a very personalized level of technical and customer service to our clients in the areas of B/W copiers/ printers, data center solutions, full color copier/printers, high-speed copy center solutions, LCD screens and interactive whiteboards, and postage and staffing services. We also provide network print accounting, network scanning solutions, network and IT management services, and document management solutions to improve business processes and increase staff productivity. We currently provide complete facilities management services to clients in our marketplace. Our Southern California team has 130 local employees. Our team personnel are divided as follows from a role or responsibility perspective: • 23% Sales • 37% Service • 28% Customer Support • 12% Administration/Operations Experienced Professionals Sharp's team of professionals are dedicated to finding ways to improve your business. The City of El Segundo's dedicated Sharp team brings over 100 years of combined experience in the traditional "copier" arena. Sharp Corporation adds the experience that only a manufacturer can to workgroup multifunction devices, managed print services, custom data reporting and conversion. Philosophy & Guiding Principles Sharp seeks first to serve, and we operate our business in a way that would make our parents proud. If we commit to something, we follow through; each staff member is empowered to make decisions to benefit our clients. We value long-term relationships and will gladly forfeit any short-term gain that may have a negative impact on the best interests of our clients. In addition, we generously give back to our community, we understand it's the right thing to do. Diversity and Public Presence Sharp Corporation is an equal opportunity employer with a commitment to affirmative action and welcomes applications from all qualified candidates. We make special efforts to recruit females, minority groups, and persons with disabilities, disabled veterans, and veterans of the Vietnam Era for managerial, professional, technical, administrative, and sales positions. It is the intention of our corporation to grow together with our employees, encouraging and assisting them to reach their full potential. With pride, we provide our employees with an outstanding benefits package that includes low-cost medical, dental, prescription and vision care insurance, life insurance-, short- and long-term disability insurance, flexible spending accounts, a company - matched 401K, tuition reimbursement, a company discount on our products, paid holidays, and paid time off (vacation and personal days). On a local level, Sharp contributes and participates in numerous employee volunteering, fund raising and awareness events throughout the year. Annually, every employee is allowed one paid day to volunteer at a charitable event of their choice. Sharp employees donate time to give back to our local community by volunteering at San Diego Food Bank, Jacob & Cushman Food Bank, the Lee Denim Day Breast Cancer Awareness campaign fundraiser, and sponsors blood drives from our facilities to benefit the San Diego Blood Bank. Our organization also participates in serving Marine Toys for Tots and the One Warm Coat campaign by setting up collection centers within our facilities to ensure the homeless have warm clothes to wear during the cold season. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 19 Page 147 of 441 Direct with a personalized client relationship • Established in 1969 • May 2007: Sharp acquired; becomes the flagship branch in Southern California • 130 employees servicing Southern California for over 50 years. • OnBase Support Partner • HP & Lexmark dealer and service provider • 40,000 + sq. ft. + of local facilities • Roughly $1M in parts and supplies in inventory • Fully staffed vehicle fleet and delivery team • Built on the concept that businesses prefer to work with local companies. • Our business model promotes personalized client relationships. • Local accountability and decision making ✓ Local access to management ✓ Speak to real life, local account support reps ✓ Local live dispatch ✓ Service and supplies are available near you ✓ Contract/billing is managed at the local level ✓ Accountability and decision making at branch level ✓ Resources of a multi -billion -dollar corporation Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 110 Page 148 of 441 DIVERSE CLIENT PORTFOLIO — A COMPLETE LIST OF MUNICIPALITIES SBS CURRENTLY SERVICES SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA The City of E D I S O NF Energy for What's Ahead SAN DIEGOJ `V_G O + COL D%S� y00L DIS�� PEPPE�NE Sharp Electronics CITY OF LONG BEACH n Los Angeles w Department of IPWater & Power n ufif�- n Ill of Lp� UFOUNUkI) 1907 NCORI'l)RATE[ JUNF :{(1, 19(J Q�IFOR�~ Of LOS gHcF ® �(P + I+11 CgL1FORN�P LAWA LOS ANGELES WORLD AIRPORTS ■■ NONE ■■■■■ ■■■■■■ ■■■ ■ ■■ NONE ■E■ City of West Hollywood California 1984 BURBANK UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page111 Page 149 of 441 SHARP SUPPORT TEAM Sales & Support F-INTIONWORRITIN Sarah Razi — Director (Contact person during period of proposal evalution) Stephen Ortiz — Branch Sales Manager (Assigned Account Manager) Kevin McElheny — Senior Account Executive (Assigned Account Manager) Zach Froisland — Senior Account Executive Anne Beck - Managed Print Services Analyst Kris Sumner — Head Trainer & Customer Service Support Specialist Service & Operations Ryan Erlandson- Branch Service Manager Cherie Wright — Regional Operations Manager Andrea Valentin - Contracts Manager Ashley McNutt — Regional Logistics Manager Travis Reagan - Network Technician, MICAS Specialist Mario Rivera — Lead Service Technician & Field Manager 877-686-5277 James Robinson — Manager of Applications and Software (PaperCut Certified) Dwayne Rosette - Delivery Driver Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 112 Page 150 of 441 SHARP SUPPORT TEAM Southern California Sales & Support Biographies Dale Wedge, President — dale.wedge@sharpusa.com Dale leads the business with 42 years of dedicated industry experience. Dale co -owned Aztec Imaging and has been President of Sharp Business Systems since Sharp acquired Aztec in 2007. Dale understands the business needs of our customers and has successfully positioned Sharp as one of Southern California's top value-added solution providers. Sarah Razi, Director — Enterprise Business Group — Sarah.Razi@sharpusa.com Sarah has been with Sharp for 15 years as the Director of the Enterprise Business Group. Sarah coordinates all MPS, ECM, A/V, and hardware installations for major accounts in Southern California. His number one goal is to connect with each client to ensure Sharp consistently provides an unsurpassed customer experience. Major accounts include, but are not limited to: City of Long Beach, City of San Diego, City of Riverside, San Diego Unified School District, Los Angeles World Airports, Los Angeles Department of Water & Power, Southern CA Edison, and Superior Court of Orange County. Kevin McElheny, Senior Account Executive — kevin.mcelheny@sharpusa.com Kevin offers 14+ years of diversified experience including provisioning, deploying, and supporting various customer environments. Excellent communication and problem -solving skills, with strengths in troubleshooting and project management. Strong and methodical aptitude with an innate ability to analyze, coordinate and synthesize data. Specialties: Dedicated to achieving customer satisfaction as well as meeting or surpassing company expectations. Able to focus on projects, develop strategies and meet or exceed deadlines. Strong rapport with personnel, customers, and associates based on knowledge, professionalism, and integrity. Steve Ortiz Branch Sales Manager — Steve Has over 18 years of industry experience. Steve has been managing Major accounts for the last 16 years focusing on building relationships with key people for the best pre and post implementation of Sharp products into your environment. This results in the best experience for Sharps clients going through the contract term exceeding their expectations. Ryan Erlandson, Branch Service Manager— ryan.erlandson@sharpusa.com Ryan has been a lead technician with Sharp Business Systems, formerly Aztec Imaging, since 2007. He has recently been promoted to Branch Service Manager, a wonderful leader with intimate knowledge of the entire Sharp product line. Ryan excels at helping our team solve the most challenging issues the first time, ensuring our customers always have minimal down time. Andy Agredano, Branch Service Manager— andy.agredano@sharpusa.com Andy has been in the Document Imaging Industry since 2005. After Sharp's acquisition of his previous company in 2017, Andy was promoted from delivery driver to a network installer and then to a filed technician. Andy has been through Sharp's MFP core competency courses and is factory trained on Sharp's newest BP line of MFP. Andy also holds a CompTIA A+ certification. Andy is very verse with the hardware components of the Sharp MFPs as well as network connectivity. Andy resides in the city of Palmdale and services all our clients in the northern LA County. Mario Rivera, Branch Service Manager—mario.rivera@sharpusa.com Mario has been in the Document Imaging Industry since 2003 and with Sharp Electronics since 2013. For the past 10 years he has held the position of Field Supervisor for Los Angels County. Mario is responsible for the service delivery of all our clients in LA County as well as the performance of our technicians. Mario is fully trained on the Sharp product line. Kristopher Sumner, Customer Service Representative and Field Trainer — kristopher.sumner@sharpusa.com Kris has worked as an Account Executive and Field Trainer in the Los Angeles and Orange County area for the past 7 years. He has demonstrated both one on one and large group training courses on Sharp's full product catalog. Kris is also responsible for developing Quarterly Business Reviews and customized reports. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 113 Page 151 of 441 Anne Beck, MPS Analyst - anne.beck@sharpusa.com Anne works with Major Accounts specializing in customer care and retention, RFI's, RFP's, account management, and business reporting. Her integral role involves implementing managed print services, value-added services, technical support, and data analytics. Anne has been with Sharp Electronics for 13 years. James Robinson, Software Solutions Manager—james.robinson@sharpusa.com James has been a Pre -Sales Solution Engineer for 8 years, 7 years at Sharp. He started as a network copier tech, while acting as the level 3 network server support tech, starting in 2000 and worked his way up to Pre -Sales Engineers/ Network sales engineer in 2012. His background is in IT services. Project management and break fix. He is a problem solver and provides technical information to better help with the right solution. Shaun Borja, Software Solutions Manager—shaun.borja@sharpusa.com Shaun has over 15 years of industry experience and has held several different roles during his tenure. Having experience as a Product Specialist & Trainer, Network tech support, Production Print Specialist and now as an Application Specialist, Shaun has a strong understanding of how systems integrate and can provide valuable support in any stage of the project. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 114 Page 152 of 441 SCOPE OF WORK/METHODOLOGY The following implementation plan is based on our experience transitioning municipalities. Sharp will make final recommendations after consulting City of El Segundo's IT/Security and Procurement Departments. Sharp guarantees meeting the timeline and objectives mutually agreed upon. Objectives include: • Completing implementation on schedule according to the project plan developed by Sharp's Project team and the City of El Segundo's decision makers. • Ensure user satisfaction upon installation, throughout implementation, training, and support services. • Provide comprehensive training to minimize calls to City of El Segundo's help desk and/or administrators, Procurement, or IT Help Desk. • Remove existing equipment per the City of El Segundo's guidelines and security process, then deploy replacement equipment in a timely manner and minimize downtime for end -users. The current vendor may be required or choose to remove existing equipment. Deployment transition planning Sharp will prepare a detailed plan to address each step of the project as outlined in the RFP document. Our intent will be to provide a "turnkey", step by step process to minimize disruption on campus while meeting all project objectives. Detailed project planning Sharp will communicate the entire Deployment Transition Plan in advance. The plan will include project objectives, milestones, deliverables, processes, roles and responsibilities and targeted outcomes. Sharp will continually update the City of El Segundo via weekly status reports. Project and resource management Sharp's Project Manager will have the full support of the Enterprise Business Group. Resources will be made available for each phase and deliverable of the project. Sharp's PM will schedule, coordinate, and allocate resources as needed throughout the project. Weekly progress reporting Sharp's Project Manager will provide weekly updates via mutually agreed upon reporting methods. Current floor equipment configuration planning /mapping Sharp's Project Management Team will schedule a meeting with the City of El Segundo's Administrators, IT, or Procurement Professionals to discuss and align on: a. Delivery schedule - With proper deployment, communication, and preparation we can deliver all new equipment and remove old equipment over the course of roughly 48 business days based on history and the new total number of prospective units. b. Communication content and distribution methods will be outlined. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 115 Page 153 of 441 1. Sharp will work with the Copier Program administrators, IT, or Procurement to create a list of known assets per building. The list can include the following fields: a. Device name b. Make, model c. Device type d. Serial number e. MAC address f. IP address g. Networked or local h. Monochrome or color i. Average monthly volume j. Phone number applicable The new equipment will be set up in a designated staging area, already configured for each specific location. This process allows Sharp to minimize the downtime while swapping devices. Typically, our downtime is 15 minutes or less. Equipment Preparation 1. Sharp already has all site locations and related equipment information including IP addresses. Sharp will coordinate any IP changes or additions as received. All new data and repeat data will be entered into the system prior to equipment leaving our warehouse. 2. Sharp will proactively configure equipment with the appropriate network information to ensure all devices delivered will be ready to print, scan and fax immediately. 3. Sharp will have a network technician at the Sharp onsite command center validating network connectivity as the delivery team delivers, installs, and connects devices. Pre -configuring equipment prior to delivery minimizes installation time and on -site disruption to the end users. Sharp's goal is to manage time as efficiently as possible. Proposing New Equipment Sharp will collaborate with City of El Segundo's Administrators and utilize information provided to ensure each department has the correct equipment for their needs. You may simply choose a like for like swap based on specific features and print requirements, or opt for an assessment to address following factors such as: a. Print volume b. Need for color c. Need for finishing d. Need for 11 x 17 e. Space limitations Sharp Equipment removal and disposal process (end of lease) Remove and return assets based on an agreed upon arrangement with Sharp, IT Security, Administrators, and Shipping/Receiving Departments for HDD disposal process. The HDD disposal process will take place after the new equipment is operational to minimize downtime. Sharp will acknowledge City of El Segundo's security requirements and will follow all necessary steps required by the City of El Segundo. Sharp will not touch the hard drive of another manufacturer's equipment unless owned outright by City of El Segundo and directed to do so. Sharp is committed to adhering to these guidelines for upgrades and/or removing Sharp equipment placed by Sharp as part of this agreement. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 116 Page 154 of 441 The City of El Segundo Commitments For the successful completion of this project, Sharp will depend on City of El Segundo to meet the following commitments: • Distribute communication media to all relevant departments and personnel. • Provide space and dates to deliver equipment. • Attend all meetings, or teleconferences as scheduled. • City of El Segundo's failure to meet any of these commitments can negatively impact the success of the project and may relieve Sharp from any financial penalties for noncompliance. Task Status & Schedule AL Develop Equipment Configuration Spreadsheet Walkthrough- Discuss Appropriate Configurations- Start TBD Assessment period —1-2 days Sign Lease/PO Documentation TBD Configuration & Clone File Based on results of trial & testing period Equipment Delivery / Removal / Installation Sharp Equipment Installation Pick up and Removal of existing Equipment Network set up and Test connectivity Training Identify training requirements by site Identify end users to receive training Notify end users that training will be provided Schedule Training Conduct Training Post Installation Provide return shipping instructions to Sharp Follow up training as needed Sharp Electronics TBD In line with installation Upon install TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD Responsible Pa rty City of El Segundo City of El Segundo City of El Segundo Sharp Sharp City of El Segundo City of El Segundo City of El Segundo City of El Segundo City of El Segundo Sharp TBD City of El Segundo TBD Sharp RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 117 Page 155 of 441 Change Management Sharp's extensive experience deploying and managing large equipment fleets has provided invaluable insights and best practices to strategize a well -designed and thoughtful implementation plan. Execution must involve efficient installation, training, as well as post -delivery support. Sharp would like to ensure the best possible experience for all participants. To gain the maximum benefits, and cause as little disruption as possible during the transition process we suggest the following guidelines: Advance communication to everyone involved, of upcoming changes, why the changes are occurring and the anticipated benefits for those involved. Sharp will work with the City of El Segundo to draft a letter/email/bulletin board notice to communicate what, why, when, who, how and outline the benefits of the program. Sharp will work with the City of El Segundo to itemize a list of benefits (what's in it for the user) as it relates to the new program. Communication notices can be customized for relevance to reach specific audiences e.g., Users, IT staff, Procurement staff, Accounts Payables staff, Key Operators, etc. Implementing change while being sensitive to organizational objectives, perceptions and feelings of the faculty and staff can be accomplished by providing a.) employee support as they manage transition and b.) a mechanism to communicate their opinions and suggestions. Prior to a large-scale implementation of the new program, Sharp is willing to deliver systems to selected training sites to conduct pre -installation training on selected systems. Sharp will communicate equipment network set up and delivery schedules in advance so faculty and staff can anticipate delivery and allocate resources accordingly. Sharp will provide pre -scheduled, initial on -site training and will also conduct additional complementary training classes as needed upon request. Sharp will provide 24/7 access to a customized, web -based training resource called MY Sharp Training. Users will be able to access a wide variety of machine demonstrations and instructions to commonly used features. Once delivery, installation and first round of training of your new fleet is complete, Sharp would like, with your permission, to conduct a post installation survey of all or selected departments to address concerns, isolate possible trouble areas and/or identify people in need of additional instruction. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 118 Page 156 of 441 QUALITY CONTROL & ACCOUNT REPORTING PROCESS Sharp Business Systems helps customers maximize efficiency, cut down on wasteful printing and maintain a pulse on overall print volume and service performance. With these goals in mind, Sharp's MPS program offers a variety of solutions targeted to review networked print volumes as a part of Sharp's Review system. Sharp Reviews allow customers to better understand print behavior by identifying over and underutilized devices, troubled devices, and training needs on demand and in more depth during quarterly reviews with a Sharp account executive. Sharp in partnership with the City of Redondo Beach, as needed, can use the data collected to right -size fleets, consolidate, move, and upgrade devices as well as provide follow up training to help maximize the user experience and maintain an efficient low-cost print environment. Sample Quarterly Report — Fleet Usage Overview M FP Usage by model July 2021 — September 2022 BLACK &COLOR JUL 2021- SEPT 2022 XMW7115 M%C301W 0.5 91,2380 38,M 5% 14% 2 L/% MX357130 96,460 307,899 9% MXB476W 90 n,9120 27% MKM757C 425,665 4% MFP Service History by model April 2021 —June 2021 12 11 MXM757Q 1 M�C396W,2 ]A M%M60]1, 8 Total RO's 24 6 5 4 3 2 2 1 1 1 0 MXM1055 MXM6071 MX1,017570 MXC304W MX8476W MXM1055 MXM7570 MXC304W MXM1055 MXC304W Apr2021 May2021 Jun 2021 Total 11 - - 3 1 Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 19 Page 157 of 441 Sample Service & Uptime Reports MFP Service History by location July 2021 - September 2022 Service History u_mxi s�rwn m ss ss \. U 12 u u m--—� -------------- s __ s Is PM Calls Repairorders userspnn SIIP*OFders J5 102 n JIJL2 MFP Service Detail July 2021 - December 2021 .CLEANED MACHINE, DONE MEMORY CLEARED, RESET COPIER. MX3571 .GEN CLEAN. .NEED BETTER INFORMATION FROM CUS .UNABLE TO RECREATE MESSAGE ISSUE, WILL FOLLOW-UP LATER VIA .PARTS ORDERED FOR CONSTANT PAPER JAM MXB476W .REPLACED DAMAGED ACTUATOR, TESTED OK. .WRONG MACHINE .CLEANED AND CAUBRATED. .REPLACED SEP TIRE IN TRAY 1. .REMOVED PEN FROM PAPER EXIT PATH BETWEEN PRINTER AND FINISH .INSTALLED FOAM STRIP TO AVOID STUFF DROPPING IN BETWEEN BOD .REINSTALLED WHITE FINGER GUIDE ON FUSER UNIT, REPLACED ROLL MXM7570 .CLEANED 2X ROLLERS. .CLEARED ERROR CODE, CLEARED PAPER JAM ON FUSER UNIT..PARTT .REPLACED BROKEN PAWL. MFP Uptime & AVG Response Time April 2021 -June 2021 AVG Uptime 99.51% AVG Response Time 2.41 hours FadlRy (EQ) Model Avg. R Total Hrs Uptime% BARNE17 ELEMENTARY XHOOL MXM1D55 1.3966667 558 99.87680678 HANSON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MXM1055 2.764323232 558 98.2931601 MONTECITO HIGH SCHOOL MXM6071 3.4765387 558 99.29157706 MT WOODSON ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MXM1055 1567555556 558 99.68679809 OLIVE PEIRCE MIDDLE SCHOOL MXM1055 2.444666667 558 99.09459379 OLIVE PEIRCE MIDDLE SCHOOL M W570 1601333333 558 99.48772401 RAMONA COMMUNITY MONTESSORI SCHOOL MXM1055 3.53475 558 9B.43148148 RAMONA ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MXM1055 1.352 558 99.50113501 RAMONA HIGH SCHOOL MXM1055 3.322333333 558 97.94130824 RAMONAUNIFIED SCHOOL M% C304W L608666667 558 99.38061529 RAMONA UNIFIED SCHOOL MXC304W 2.482333333 1 558 99.95268817 RAMONA UNIFIED SCHOOL MXM1055 1.47 1 558 99.40356 99.11178734 ANemge Response tiM UDOme 9951552036 Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 120 Page 158 of 441 ENVIORNMENTALLY FRIENDLY OFFICE Sharp's Recycle Policy Sharp is very passionate about environmental conservation. All of our factories are working to eliminate waste and greenhouse gases, and achieve other environmental targets in 21 key areas.Saving Energy. Saving Resources.Maximizing Recycling. Minimizing Hazardous Materials. Think Green. As a part of Sharp's commitment to the environment, Sharp offers our customers a zero waste toner recycling for all consumables, including: cartridges, bottles, toner collection containers and drum units. STOP, DROP, RECYCLE RECYCLING PROGRAM • It's free & easy to ship your recyclables in bulk • We provide all collection and shipping materials • We provide all shipping and recycling costs • We further reduce our carbon footprint by more efficiently shipping in bulk (box fits up to 10 cartridges) • All consumables are 100% recycled with ZERO waste to a landfill High Volume Recycling • 3 Pre -Addressed, Pre -Paid Cartridge Collection / Shipping Boxes • 3 Clear plastic liners • 3 Zip ties Low Volume Option • Drop off at any Staples location, Staples will take care of recycling the cartridge at no cost to you. Visit: storelocator.staples.com to find a location near you. Fed Ex Pick up: • Contact our Dealer for more information use existing service or call 1-800-GO-FEDEX about their toner consolidation procedure (3399) and say "ground pick-up" Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 121 Page 159 of 441 At Sharp Electronics Corporation ("Sharp"), we're very passionate about environmental conservation. Our business products and appliances are among the industry's most energy efficient and our parent company in Japan, Sharp Corporation ("Sharp Corporation"), has long been a world leader in solar cell production. Furthermore, Sharp Corporation factories are working to eliminate waste and greenhouse gases and achieve other environmental targets. We are an environmentally conscious company Since 2004, Sharp Corporation's core philosophy has been to become an environmentally advanced company. Since then, the company has demonstrated these are not empty words. In the past years, hundreds of Sharp products have received international awards for their outstanding eco-friendly design, demonstrating our commitment to producing environmentally friendly products which in turn enable us to achieve our aim of becoming an environmentally advanced company. This is Sharp's commitment to the environment & society. Positive action. Real investment. From early product design to manufacturing, right through to end -of -life disposal, every area in which we directly or indirectly affect the environment is under constant scrutiny. Sharp Corporation's factories meet the ISO 14001 standard: a framework that sets out the requirements for environmental management systems. And we actively encourage environmental management and green awareness initiatives throughout our entire organization. Sharp Corporation engineers are continually developing innovative ecological technologies and we place a firm focus on manufacturing high quality, environmentally advanced products. Sharp Corporation's Eco Vision 2050 Long -Term Environmental Vision The international community has recognized the urgent need to address increasingly serious environmental problems, such as climate change, resource depletion, and plastic pollution. This awareness is accelerating global action to solve these social problems, including efforts associated with the achievement of Sharp's Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). In 2019, Sharp Corporation formulated SHARP Eco Vision 2050, a long-term environmental vision based on its Basic Environmental Policy of "Creating an Environmentally Conscious Company with Sincerity and Creativity," which was established in 1992. Sharp is working toward realizing a sustainable global environment by pursuing long-term goals set in three fields of action with 2050 as the target year: climate change, resource recycling, and safety and security; thus, building a circular economy and realizing a recycling -oriented society. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 122 Page 160 of 441 Long -Term Environmental Goals To bring about SHARP Eco Vision 2050, Sharp Corporation has stipulated long-term goals in three fields of action. In pursuing these goals, we will strive to create more clean energy than the total amount of energy consumed in Sharp's entire supply chain, while minimizing the environmental impact of our business activities. Sharp Corporation strives to use less energy in its business activities and to make products that are increasingly more energy efficient, to reduce the amount of energy consumed by households and society as a whole. We began developing solar cells after founder Tokuji Hayakawa said, "All the products we make use electricity. As our company grows, we will need more electricity, so why don't we make electricity ourselves?" Since then, we have spent more than half a century working to spread solar power generation. It is precisely because Sharp makes products that use electricity that we have a responsibility to reduce the environmental impacts resulting from this electricity use. Safety and Security As well as complying with current international standards, Sharp Corporation has established its own even stricter in-house standards. Under these far-sighted standards, Sharp Corporation aims to thoroughly manage relevant chemicals with the goal of eliminating any negative effects that chemicals may have on people's health, the natural environment, or ecosystems. Sharp Corporate 2023 Sustainability Report at www.global.sharp/corporate/eco/report Programs: EPEAT ENERGYSTAR MRM RECYCLING CALL 2 RECYCLE SHARP TONER RECYCLING MERCURY EDUCATION ENVIRONMENTALLY CONCIOUS PRODUCT DESIGN ISO CERTIFICATIONS NA3IZ Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 123 Page 161 of 441 ABOUT THE EQUIPMENT Sharp Color BP-70C45 The New B&W Advanced Series from Sharp. Taking organizations to the future of business communication by helping them work simply smarter. Designed to fit today's diverse workstyles, the new Advanced Series monochrome document systems enable workers to collaborate and share information seamlessly and securely throughout their office environment. Enhanced cloud services such as Microsoft Teams makes it easy to streamline communication and boost productivity with hybrid workers. t� Replacement Model BP-70C45 • 45 page per minute Full Color digital MIFF system • Large 10.1" high resolution touchscreen display and fully customizable home screen • 300 Sheet Single Pass Duplexing Document Feeder • Scan speed up to 280 ipm in color or black & white • Quarterly Volume Output up to 375,000 images • First-time Copy Speed of 7.6 sec b&w/5.6 sec color • Total sheet capacity of paper drawers (as configured) is 1,100 • Maximum Paper Supply with options up to 6,300 sheets • Flexible paper handling system feeds media up to 300 gsm thru paper drawers and bypass tray • Built in OCR to create editable PDFs and Microsoft files • Standard Full-size Retractable Keyboard • Walk up motion sensor • 1.6 GHz multi -processing CPU • 256 GB Solid State Drive • 5 GB standard memory • Network ready PCL®6 and true Adobe° PostScript03TM printing systems with direct print function • 1200 x 1200 dpi printing provides clear, crisp images even on jobs with fine detail • Standard Mobile Device Printing • Standard Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi for stable, high speed network communication • Supports native Universal Print from Microsoft • Standard Cloud Connect feature for access to popular cloud services, such as Google Drive, Dropbox, SharePoint OneDrive • Standard Multi -Layered Security Features provide enhanced protection of data, network intrusions and includes a convenient End -of -Lease feature • Secure access control that supports the Active Directory° service, which lets you use the machine's log -on credentials for internal network folders. System administrators can easily keep track of user credentials, which makes for an efficient and highly secure operational environment Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 124 Page 162 of 441 Sharp Color 13P-70065 The New Color Advanced Series from Sharp. Taking organizations to the future of business communication by helping them work simply smarter. Designed to fit today's diverse workstyles, the new Advanced Series color document systems enable workers to collaborate and share information seamlessly and securely throughout their office environment. Enhanced cloud services such as Microsoft Teams makes it easy to streamline communication and boost productivity with hybrid workers. *Bitdefender antivirus option available summer 2022. Replacement Model BP-70065 • 65 page per minute Full Color digital MFP system • Large 10.1" high resolution touchscreen display and fully customizable home screen • 300 Sheet Single Pass Duplexing Document Feeder • Scan speed up to 280 ipm in color or black & white • Quarterly Volume Output up to 600,000 images • First-time Copy Speed of 4.8 sec b&w/3.7 sec color • Total sheet capacity of paper drawers (as configured) is 1,100 • Maximum Paper Supply with options up to 6,300 sheets • Flexible paper handling system feeds media up to 300 gsm thru paper drawers and bypass tray • Built in OCR to create editable PDFs and Microsoft files • Standard Full-size Retractable Keyboard • Walk up motion sensor • 1.6 GHz multi -processing CPU • 256 GB Solid State Drive • 5 GB standard memory • Network ready PCL06 and true Adobe° PostScript°3'" printing systems with direct print function • 1200 x 1200 dpi printing provides clear, crisp images even on jobs with fine detail • Standard Mobile Device Printing • Standard Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi for stable, high speed network communication • Supports native Universal Print from Microsoft • Standard Cloud Connect feature for access to popular cloud services, such as Google Drive, Dropbox, SharePoint and OneDrive • Standard Multi -Layered Security Features provide enhanced protection of data, network intrusions and includes a convenient End -of -Lease feature Secure access control that supports the Active Directory° service, which lets you use the machine's log -on credentials for internal network folders. System administrators can easily keep track of user credentials, which makes for an efficient and highly secure operational environment Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 125 Page 163 of 441 Sharp Color MX-8081 The Pro Series color document systems offer proven technology, award -winning features, exceptional 2,400 x 2,400 dpi image quality and precision media handling at speeds up to 80 ppm. With performance engineering, completing time -critical short -run print jobs quickly and on budget, is second to none. Organizations, large and small, will benefit from the versatility of the available input and output options. e jobs in-house, saving time and money. 4 40 Replacement Model MX-8081 • 80 page per minute Full Color digital MFP system • Large 10.1" high resolution touchscreen display and fully customizable home screen • 320 Sheet Single Pass Duplexing Document Feeder • Scan speed up to 280 ipm in color or black & white • Full -Bleed Edge to Edge Printing • Quarterly Volume Output up to 1,050,000 images • First-time Copy Speed of 4.6 sec b&w/3.5 sec color • Total sheet capacity of paper drawers (as configured) is 6,300 • Maximum Paper Supply with options up to 13,500 sheets • Flexible paper handling system feeds media up to 360 gsm thru paper drawers and bypass tray • Built in OCR to create editable PDFs and Microsoft files • Standard Full-size Retractable Keyboard • 256 GB Solid State Drive • 6 GB standard memory • Network ready PCL16 and true Adobe' PostScript°3'" printing systems with direct print function • 2400 x 2400 dpi printing provides clear, crisp images even on jobs with fine detail • Standard Mobile Device Printing • Standard Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi for stable, high speed network communication • Supports native Universal Print from Microsoft • Standard Cloud Connect feature for access to popular cloud services, such as Google Drive, Dropbox, SharePoint and OneDrive • Standard Multi -Layered Security Features provide enhanced protection of data, network intrusions and includes a convenient End -of -Lease feature Secure access control that supports the Active Directory° service, which lets you use the machine's log -on credentials for internal network folders. System administrators can easily keep track of user credentials, which makes for an efficient and highly secure operational environment Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 126 Page 164 of 441 Sharp B/W BP-B550WD The Sharp 1313-13550WD monochrome MFP delivers an intuitive user experience and the confidence of knowing their jobs will come out right the first time, every time. Designed with high-performance features typically found on larger machines, this duplexing single pass feeder MFP delivers the productivity and security needed. Designed to fit today's diverse workstyles, the compact multifunction printer (MFP) enables workers to collaborate and share information seamlessly and securely throughout the office environment. Enhanced cloud services such as Microsoft Teams make it easy to streamline communication and boost productivity with hybrid workers. 14." tilt Replacement Model Sharp 11313-113550WD • Standard copy, print, scan, fax and wireless capability. • 100-sheet duplexing document feeder on the BP-B550WD scans both sides of a document in a single pass. This enhances productivity while maintaining the integrity of original copies and minimizing wear on the feeder. • Built-in optical character recognition (OCR) function can convert scanned documents to text - searchable PDF, Microsoft® Office file formats and more. • The compact PDF feature reduces file sizes of most scanned color documents and decreases network traffic and storage. • Access popular cloud services, including Microsoft OneDrive® for Business, Microsoft Teams, SharePointOO Online, Box.com, Google Drive TM, Dropbox and more with the Cloud Connect feature and Sharp Application Portal. • Direct print from Microsoft Word, PowerPoint@ and Excel® files with thumb drives, cloud applications, network folders and more. • 7" (diagonal) customizable touchscreen display enables easy access to features and functions when setting up jobs. • Offers up to five paper sources with available 2,350-sheet maximum paper capacity. • Network ready PCL®6 and PostScript@ 3TM printing systems deliver up to 40 and 50 pages per minute. • Supports popular mobile technologies, enabling users to easily print files from smartphones, tablets and notebook computers. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 127 Page 165 of 441 Sharp Color MX-0528F The MX-0528F 52 page per minute color multifunction printer is designed to fulfill today's diverse business needs. The optional Cloud Connector app seamlessly allows users to collaborate with colleagues when working remotely, businesses gain access to popular cloud services including Microsoft OneDrive for Business, Google Drive, and others. Innovative features like the capacitive 10" (diagonal) touchscreen, duplex feeder, double feed detection, and an optional convenience stapler enable users to easily manage their workflows. r pwm�( MA Replacement Model Sharp MX-0528F • Productive printing speeds of up to 52 (MX-0528F) pages per minute. • Supports letter size, legal size and envelopes through the standard paper drawer or bypass tray. • Offers up to six paper sources with available 2,850-sheet maximum paper capacity. • Print popular file formats such as PDF, Word, Excel and PowerPoint directly from USB drives. • MX-0528F 7" (diagonal) and MX-0528F 10" (diagonal) capacitive color touchscreen with adjustable viewing angle offers smooth, tablet -style interaction. • Built-in optical character recognition (OCR) on the MX-0528F allows users to convert a scanned document into a searchable format. • Supports popular mobile technologies, enabling users to easily print files from smartphones, tablets, laptops and Apple AirPrint. • 100-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder with double feed detection standard on the MX-0528F. • True 1,200 x 1,200 dpi resolution produces razor sharp documents. • Standard PCL@6 and PostScript@ 3TM compatible printing delivers clear, crisp professional output. • ENERGY STAR@ certified and offers among the lowest standby power consumption in the category. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 128 Page 166 of 441 PAPERCUT SOFTWARE PaperCut includes a wealth of functionality for tracking and controlling printing. Many sites start with simple goals and will leverage the more advanced features as time goes on. Some features regularly used by education sites include: Advanced scripting: Free printing during class time. • Advanced scripting: Teacher approval of color jobs. • Advanced scripting: Enforce duplex printing. • Automatic Active Directory synchronization: - make use of existing year level and department groups/OUs. • Customizable web interface: easily integrate with CCCD's existing intranet site • Monitor and Control Usage :'tuna cepao>a f C _'193.M a5 -I PaperCut' Sharp Electronics wn.r. tt.." Add soma groups m m.n.x n• p,i.nree..i o! pnma: a snpmP ,na monr Ucon igue prMw costs c.n.senArem�m.rw<nenr-e>.pn Pnme�p .m ne. mnnp�rnope, onoP nowpe •scam mr pppim,np grk,F pnnlnq Q fi1.LLLPLImim• IIIIIIIIIIIIIY Y uoac az q pnnh+p 21 p nxommaP a m aerem.wn.nse , —11.... was .� peaeemam am y noar,mpw �oee • , �n.rr,n+° 9 mm eenencompo�u. a.mr •vmm�.rps) �laaayaco: 1i .<npp.�„<n<„vn,<Pmm�. •1o+mnorn+o �,..num�n �pnnrq,awn pm° y nnw p.n.ncompurr ue pnnm o •� pegN b.m �• �� ♦ linu.ce.p�nl,pl •ll)Pa9eeMm y nnu.eon.ra,cw ♦)pnmer •,: mseemw. ♦ unu.ee.,ea.:-. r��.n•� •pipwp•Pcc,. RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers {7 i Page129 Page 167 of 441 Eliminate waste, encourage responsible behaviorand make users and departments accountable for their print usage. PaperCut MF includes embedded software that runs on your copier/ MFD to enable tracking, control and secure print release directlyfrom the device's panel. PaperCut MF is suitable for sites of any size, with a cross -platform and vendor -neutral approach to technology and device support PaperCut's solutions are currently in use in over 50.000 sites worldwide and translated into 20languages, making PaperCut MFa productyou can trustwith a high return -on -investment. Sharp Electronics P PaperCut M F 11Track all MFDs / Printers ► Secure Print Release ► Control and Report Use ► Recover Costs ► Enforce Print Policy I► Minimize Waste ► Enable BYOD Printing RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page130 Page 168 of 441 Intuitive & Easy to use PaperCut MF is regarded as the simplest system of its type to deployand manage. System administrators have full access to administration and configuration via a familiar web interface. It offers: ► User directory (eg. Active Directory a nd others) integration and automatic user account creation ► Secure print release and Find -Me printing ► Administrator dashboard with real-time status updates ► Print Archiving: Reviewjob content visually ► Optional client and account billing ► Ability to encourage responsible use via popup notifications rY P Co P-11*11, papenout- nr.mm tons,aer pnnung .n g ayscale -educe costs Print job demds Do-nnent name . Printer raptop-damRn\Global Pant Queue Pages 1 cog $0.50 Th s pant job ,s cobr and costs $0.50. You can save money by Dnnong the job at grayscele. Do you want to print tha job' CPnnt Powerful Job Scripting Advanced scripting can be used to define and finely tune your printing policy, and support your organization in eliminating waste and changing user behavior With PaperCut you can: ► Automatically route largejobstodetectedhigh volume printers ► Discourage printing ofemails via popup print policy warni ngs ► Convert jobs to grayscale and duplex ► Discourage or disable color printing by usergroup ► Least cost routing (suggest more cost effective devices based on conditions) ► Allow free printing (e.g. during class times) ► Define action byjob attribute. user/ group, period of day device feature / type, Sharp Electronics Web Based Administration PaperCut MF provides "out of the box" browser -based administration access from any network location enabling centralized management of every user and device, Web technologies make cross -platform support easy as there is no need for additional software to be installed and no web server configuration. A key feature of the administration interface is the dashboard tab— an easy -to -read single page view of the printing environment for administrators. The Dashboard page utilizes a number of gadgets to present key real time information such as system activity and status updates, along with trend information and statistics from past activity such as number of pages printed and environmental impact measures. Detailed Reporting PaperCut includes over 80 one -click reports available for online viewing, printing or export. Reports address all areas ranging from detailed page logs to summaries by user. department. device or environmental impact. Administrators can create ad -hoc reports by applying filter conditions and reports can be emailed to specified people on a regular schedule. More information is at www.papercut.com/tour/report/ RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page131 Page 169 of 441 'Find -me' Printing PaperCut's Find -Me printing feature enables users to print to a global virtual queue. Jobs are paused and only printed when the user releases thejob at any compatible MFD/printer: ► Improved document security and convenience. ► Reduce IT administrators need to manage multiple print drivers and queues for both workstations and notebooks. ► Find -Me printing minimizes waste and has been shown to reduce printing output by up to 20% in busy office environments. ► Support for multiple release methods ranging from auto release on authentication to active releasejob-by-job. Secure Print Release Today's MFDs are smarter. They have touch screens and the ability to run software directly on the device's panel _ PaperCut leverages this technology to bring new features to each device. One of the key features is user authentication - only allowing device access to authorized users. At the simplest level users can authenticate with network username and password via an onscreen keyboard. In addition many environments will implement ID card authentication. Card numbers can be extracted from your network's user directory or a database (e.g. door access control system), alternatively users can self -associate their card on first -use. Card types include magnetic stripe. proximity (HID. Mifare & Legic) and bar codes. and PaperCut supports many brands of USB card readers including RFldeas. Elatec and OmniKey. Off the shelf standard USB and network card readers are available from leading suppliers. PaperCut have a global network of hardware experts (Authorized Solutions Centers) should you require technical assistance. advice or onsite support of both software and hardware. Sharp Electronics Print Archiving & Watermarking PaperCut administrators can utilise these features to ensure users are answerable to their printing. PaperCut's Print Archiving empowers approved administrators to browse and review the content of print activity within their environment. Alongside the powerful tracking and reporting functionality built into PaperCut, this gives system administrators a wide range of auditing functions. Watermarking can automatically add a username or other metadata to the bottom of every page e.g. to indicate the document owner. Watermarking may include a unique digital signature which allows you to track document origin to enhance security and encourage responsible printing. Solve mobile and BYOD printing Managing printing is getting hard! As more and more mobile devices enter the market. peoples desire to print from these continues to increase. PaperCut has a range of simple solutions to allow users to print from whatever BYOD or mobile device at their disposal. No matter the operati ng system. their location, the fi le format or the brand of printer our solutions can manage it. Our latest offering Mobility Print allows users to quickly discover and printto any printer. without requiring any assistance. It takes away the complexities when working across different platforms and devices. while still providing the benefits of PaperCut's standard print charging/accounting/ quota process. RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page132 Page 170 of 441 Managing Quotas Users can operate in either creditor debit, with defined account rules including now and how often an account is credited. U se network groups to define how additional quota/credit's assigned. Use networ< groups to define how additional quota/cred't is assigned; for examole, allow a specific group of users to accumulate their quota while others operate on a "use't or lose it" oasis. User Web Interface End users nave access to a setofweb Lools Lo track Lheir own activity in real-time, query their account balances, and w'ew their transactions —without the need for intervention from administrators. The end user interface is fully customizable, so you can design a look and feel to matcn your website or inLraneL pages. S,unmery Actviry Envnonme W Reel ur ®tat rw✓nm Sharp Electronics Pre -Paid / Top -Up Cards PaperCut P"F comes w'th a simple to imolement voucher system for purchasing additiona pr'nl credit AdminisLraLors can print out a batch of single -use cards with a pre -defined value. Users redeem cads by entering the card's unique code on a web page. Payment Gateways Give end users the ability to make payments into their PaperCut account using payment gateways. Payment gateways al ow third party systems to connect to PaperCut in a supoo ted manner. Common gateways'nc ude, leading providers like PayPal and Autnorize.Net wh'cn allow real-t'me online payments via credit card. PaperCut also supports closed or inLernal payment systems such as a ma',) college funds account. Hardware gateways are availab a to support a range of cash loaders, se f-serv'ce Kosks and bill and coin ooxes. For hardware, p ease refer Lo a PaperCut MF Autno zed Solution Center. Add Credit using PayPal ® ,atvr Endusers can ea*rronage theiraccountbalances and add credit via oniine and onsite methods RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page133 Page 171 of 441 State of the Art Technology Optimum Device Management In today's business world, an immense amount of business information is still communicated on paper. This information must be printed, copied, and scanned as a part of the document process. As a result, uninterrupted uptime of MFPs and printers is important to keep up with the speed of business communications. The Sharp device management suite delivers unparalleled control over the administration of Sharp MFPs through intelligent tools. All MFPs and printers in your network are effortlessly managed and monitored so that device uptime can be maximized to ensure the continuous flow of important business communications. Sharp MFP Home Pages The Sharp MFP Home Page is an embedded device configuration site that makes it easy for users and IT managers to administer the MFP through a standard web browser. Once authenticated, users can change their profiles and document filing folder settings, as well as maintain their one -touch address keys to quickly distribute scanned documents. From anywhere on the network, IT managers can log in and access the device's status, system, security, and network settings, as well as maintain user accounts, specify diagnostic e-mail alerts, clone settings and more. Administrator access can be protected via complex passwords. Sharp Remote Front Panel (RFP) Sharp RFP is a powerful tool that enables users and support staff to remotely view the MFP's operation panel and control its features and functions from anywhere via a network. IT managers can see the same exact screen that the end user is viewing, allowing them to quickly understand issues and take the appropriate actions to solve them. Since IT managers can control the device remotely, this capability helps eliminate a trip to the device to support users, thereby reducing users' wait time. Optimum Device Management In today's business world, an immense amount of business information is still communicated on paper. This information must be printed, copied, and scanned as a part of the document process. As a result, uninterrupted uptime of MFPs and printers is important to keep up with the speed of business communications. The Sharp device management suite delivers unparalleled control over the administration of Sharp MFPs through intelligent tools. All MFPs and N- T,h"C Cmnecoan printers in your network are effortlessly managed and �— monitored so that device uptime can be maximized to ensure the continuous flow of important business DW„ , ,� , ,,..., ..* communications. "t—k m- Sharp MFP Home Pages The Sharp MFP Home Page is an embedded device Enter the lPaddress ofthe configuration site that makes it easy for users and IT g y sharp MFP you would like to remote into and click Connect managers to administer the MFP through a standard web browser. Once authenticated, users can change their profiles and document filing folder settings, as well as maintain their one -touch address keys to quickly distribute scanned documents. From anywhere on the network, IT managers can log in and access the device's status, system, security, and network settings, as well as maintain user accounts, specify diagnostic e-mail alerts, clone settings and more. Administrator access can be protected via complex passwords. Sharp Remote Front Panel (RFP) Sharp RFP is a powerful tool that enables users and support staff to remotely view the MFP's operation panel and control its features and functions from anywhere via a network. IT managers can see the same exact screen that the end user is viewing, allowing them to quickly understand issues and take the appropriate actions to solve them. Since IT managers can control the device remotely, this capability helps eliminate trips to the device to support users, thereby reducing users' wait time. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 134 Page 172 of 441 Sharp Remote Device Manager (SRDM) SRDM is a device management and monitoring tool to facilitate centralized management of sharp MFPs and printers as well as SNMP-compliant printers. From the console, IT managers can view detailed information on each device, such as network connectivity, consumable levels, and impression counts. The direct access to remote front panel enables support staff to view and control the LCD panel from anywhere on the network, as well as the ability to review service logs and update firmware. For more intuitive views, and to expedite trouble shooting, devices can be grouped together in the utility by model, department, location, network status, IP address and more. Rapid deployment of MFPs can also be accomplished by distributing print drivers to network clients and cloning the settings of a reference device to other similar models all at the click of a button. Toner level is monitored in 5% increments on select models. Your computer The machine a � _- o o ��o OPERATION PANEL Operate the I� machine using your computer screen. o o Network Key features include but are not limited to: • Manual or automated device discovery • Remote device monitoring on status and consumables • Remote device security, network, and system configurations • Remote access to device's front panel to provide quick user assistance • Driver distribution to reduce IT support time • Firmware updates to minimize deployment time • Device setting and cloning for fast device set up • E-mail notifications to keep IT administrators aware of critical is Empowered Communications Highly featured smart phones and tablets are increasingly popular communication tools in the business world. According to research conducted by IDC, workers who communicate using mobile devices will account for 37% of the worldwide workforce and three- quarters of the workforce in the United States by 2015 (Mobile Printing Landscape: Landscape: Transition to Early Adopters, August 2012). Recognizing such rapid adoption of mobile devices in the workplace, Sharp offers applications and options to seamlessly connect mobile workers with their daily business processes. Sharp approaches these solutions with IT professionals in mind, ensuring security and interoperability while maintaining productivity. , Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 135 Page 173 of 441 Mobile Printing and Scanning Sharpdesk Mobile enables Windows° 8, Windows® RT, Apple° iOS® and Google° AndroidT" users to easily print documents from their smartphones or tablets to a Sharp MFP. Users can also scan hardcopy documents from a Sharp MFP directly to their mobile devices for flexible storage and sharing. Scanned files can be shared with other applications or sent as E-mail attachments. Sharpdesk Mobile is available at no cost on the Windows Store for Windows users, Apple App Store for iOS users or Google Play Store for Android users. Key features include, but are not limited to: • Print directly to select Sharp MFPs from Sharpdesk mobile applications • Print from and send documents to other applications such as Evernote°, Cloud Portal Office, and Dropbox° • Print Web pages and E-mails • Send documents to others via E-mail • Store and manage scanned or imported files • User authentication for printing and scanning to meet IT security measures and track user activities R.(ewe warmed documents dm ored Mat to MFP Ugttai Multifunction Printer/Scanner Sharp Electronics 0)) c� Mobile &vke Shiq;Wesk Mobik CONabotate with other pps Attach docwneM to e-mail RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page136 Page 174 of 441 Sharp Security Proven protection for confidential data, device access and network guards As MFPs and printers become parts of organizations' integrated document workflows and business processes, security becomes a serious concern. Securely managing business and user data is critical for corporations to be successful. Sharp addresses these concerns by providing a suite of integrated security features designed to help protect your information and document assets. Protect Your Assets From Vulnerability with Sharp Security Sharp Secure Network Interface Sharp MFPs use unique embedded firmware that is not subject to the same virus vulnerability as Microsoft® and Linux® operating systems. Sharp's unique architecture provides no user interface and cannot execute downloaded files or commands sent by an attacker to compromise the system. Our MFPs feature an intelligent network interface that can limit access to specific computers on a network by IP or MAC address, and selectively enable or disable any protocol or service port on each device. Copy Data - i . P'"r Data \ Scan4 ' IIII "J - D 4 Ad*fts at AES Encryption Hard Drive Data Overwrite/Clear ®Restricts s user usage to authorized users only Sale remote (Web) configuration LNNil Helps protect against _ 1 hacker threats ��, Helps prevent unauthorized duect connections x Sharp Security Suite Protect your organization's critical and confidential data assets with Sharp's multi - layered approach to security that includes an extensive set of standard security features and optional Data Security Kits (DSKs). Standard MFP security coupled with optional DSK security protects and controls the major MFP systems and subsystems (print, copy, scan, fax jobs, network settings, memory components, local user interface). The Sharp data encryption method uses the 256*-bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) algorithm on all data before it is written to RAM and the hard disk drive. It also provides overwriting routines (up to 7-times overwrite) to ensure that all information is virtually irretrievable by unauthorized users. In addition, an End -Of -Lease feature ensures that all data is erased before returning, or relinquishing control of the MFP. Sharp MFPs' intelligent network interface provides an extensive set of access and network control security features designed to prevent these threats as well as improper device access. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 137 Page 175 of 441 USER TRAINNING The section below illustrates tools used by Sharp to inform the city staff about training that we offer. w►�efryer �wrr—Jr 11 A— 1tr trey rr�\irr t•.w.» w ra orate r�r V>�✓� �V 1wA/Mf K 1(Ou E �r .a•1 L�r. s•w �. r >. o.r a a.. e 1...�r • r e r tr w teerp WV. .0 SHARP 2""W wNeesr E•r'■.n LPL Financial is partnering with Sharp to help reduce print related expenses and lower our carbon footprint. Starting soon, Sharp will begin replacing single function printers, fax machines and copiers with multi -function devices. The newm lMn.fl-devkezw h help LPL Firwncial: r® It Is 6 Red... Paper Conserve Energy n:prove Eeh.ien.y U zer'Satesfa 1- ...More communication tofolloiv! ® 1 LPL Financial Sharp Electronics • Training will be provided from Day 1 of device installations and ongoing. • Training can be conducted in small groups at an MFD or in large classroom settings • Customized Training Flyers are designed to increase end -user communication and participation mitchell RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page138 Page 176 of 441 My Sharp The industry's most innovative on-line support tool, My Sharp, is your personal companion website for product orientation and demonstrations. It offers high-level support in an easy -to -use format. My Sharp features helpful demonstrations on how to use the scan, copy, print and fax capabilities of your Sharp office products, related software applications and the replacement of supplies for those products. Tailored just for you, we customize each My Sharp website to reflect the Sharp products in your office and to suit your organization's current needs and when your organization's needs evolve, My Sharp provides the flexibility to grow. Benefits • User friendly demonstrations on how to use your equipment and technology • You will automatically receive demonstration updates on new functions as they are released. • Access My Sharp online anytime, anywhere • Train new employees on office products quickly and effectively • Product features are grouped by category such as Administration, Copying, Document Filing, Embedded Web Page, Faxing, Printing and Scanning My Sharp Online https://my.sharpamericas.com/sbssharp.mysharp.aspx 4 :114:14l_\►IVi[11]0111 I 4W MX-2651/3051/3551/4051MX-3071/3571/4071 MX-5051/6051 MX-5071/6071 MX-6580/758ON MX-7090/809ON MX-B350P/B450P MX-B350W/B450W MX-B376W/B476W - L 4 k i MX-C300P MX-C303W/C304W MX-M1055/M1205 rf� Mx- *'4t M2651/M3051/M3551/M4051 MX-M3071/M3571/M4071 MX-M5051/M6051 s MX-M5071/M6071 s I , "rr Lmx-m657o/m7570 Fmx-mgo5 Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 139 Page 177 of 441 Step by Step Tutorials M X-2651/3051/3551/4051 SELECT DIFFERENT MODEL .9-- "I ADMINISTRATION Combine Filed Documents i COPYING Use the Combine Documents feature. DOCUMENTFILING Deleting A Document EMBEDDED WEB PAGE Delete a filed document. O FAXING PRINTING E-mailing A Document E-mail a filed document. ® O SCANNING Filing a Document File a document to a folder ®MT — O Moving a Document Move a filed document to a different folder. ®MT O Printing A Document Call up and print a filed document. O Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 140 Page 178 of 441 Training Videos Find training videos on You Tube click here! Link: https://voutube.com/playlist?list=PLFJdgJNR3BC-xLdxGJPDQx-liEGSu4PA6 Changing Staples 1 LA SharpElectronicsUSA • 221 views • 2 months ago Creating Custom Folders 2 I SharpElectronicsUSA • 110 views • 2 months ago Document Filing $ SharpElectronicsUSA • 216 views • 2 months ago Folding 4 SharpElectronicsUSA • 154 views • 2 months ago How to Print Labels 5 SharpElectronicsUSA • 171 views • 2 months ago Job Build 6 SharpElectronicsUSA • 142 views • 2 months ago Manual Stapling SharpElectronicsUSA • 109 views • 2 months ago Multi -crop Scanning $ SharpElectronicsUSA • 128 views • 2 months ago Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 141 Page 179 of 441 OTHER SOLUTIONS & SERVICES MICAS SOFTWARE & AUTOMATED TONER DELIVERY "Since Sharp Business Systems started using M I EAS, I have one less thing to worry about. Well, maybe four." Monthly Meter Reads Monthly meter reads are a thing of the past. Now you have more time to devote to your business. Schedule Convenient Service Calls Arrange preventive maintenance calls, and avert emergency visits. Automated Toner Replenishment Before your device runs out of toner, an order will be placed automatically. Service Technicians Have the Necessary Parts for Repairs Prepared technician gets you back in business, eliminating return visits. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 142 Page 180 of 441 Product Diagnostics Review a range of specific device data that includes: • ModeUSerial/Machine ID/Location: Device info by Model, Serial Number, Machine ID or Location • Firmware Version: List of the latest versions of firmware that your device is using • Toner Usage: Summary of current toner levels • Toner Forecasting: Forecasts toner end dates by page or date to assist in ordering toner • Device Installed Options: List of current hardware options installed to work with your device • All Meters: Summary of toner, meter and various usage counts (i.e. copy/scan/fax) • Maintenance Counters: Summary of device scan, tray and installed options usage counts (i.e. scans, stapling, jams, fusing, etc.) • Historic Event Logs: List of all device's trouble/jam codes history by date/time and paper count • Historic Service Alerts: List of device's trouble/jam code alerts data • Transaction History: List of the device's activity • MFP Visual Report: Data collected from registered MFPs including visual image of the life status of key MFP engine components Viewer Interactive panel for technicians to address and troubleshoot any issue using available assets assigned to the device's specific maintenance alert, jam or trouble code. Dashboard MICAS online location allowing a dealership to view your device or entire fleet's status as well as data on meters, toner, alerts, agents and reports. a - Sharp Electronics MirmAM" Device Management Simplified RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page143 Page 181 of 441 Assessment Process The information collected during the assessment is used to create a baseline for measuring cost savings during the life of the new managed service. It is also used to shape the future print policy, designed to enable quality output and staff productivity. The assessment also contributes towards planning the hardware rollout and ensuring that this can be completed in a seamless manner, and with minimal disruption for the users. We use a systematic approach to assess your print and document workflow environment. Data is collected by surveying each site and fully auditing all output devices present across all sites. The assessment is completed using a combination of electronic auditing tools and manual processes, to verify how print gets produced across the organization. A data collection agent which runs across multiple subnets can provide a rapid assessment of the current print output devices. Information from all devices (including wide format) across every site gets recorded. This includes device specific information: • Serial number/IP address • Device location • Age • Current print volumes Prior to the site visits, communication is key to your employees so they are aware that we will be walking around, asking questions, and possibly taking photos. Photos would be taken to show redundancy of assets, paper left in trays, toner closets, etc. - Example Email: At 8:30 a.m. Sally Smith, Bill Brown, and Joe Johnson from Sharp will arrive at your location at 123 Main St. We plan on speaking with Jane Doe, Office Manager, and need 30 minutes with her. We will need any invoices or bills for the last 18 months that have toner cartridges or outsourcing on them. We will be making copies of these. Once done with our meeting we will deploy our team and we will be gathering from each print/copy device: • Configuration pages • Status pages • Supply pages • We may be taking photos • Interview end users • Likes & dislikes of the device • How many times do they think they change the toner/ink per year? • Questions to understand configurations of the device and for what it is being used. Once the data has been collected, an analysis can be completed to provide a complete Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) for the current hardware state, but it also allows us to remodel the fleet to create an optimized future hardware state which will help to: • Reduce cost • Create greater efficiency • Deliver the key functionality requirements A secondary aspect to the assessment is to assist with planning the hardware roll -out program. Valuable information gathered as part of the site visits enables us to begin creating a "blueprint" for each site, which will ensure that the transition can be managed with the minimum levels of downtime and disruption to the end -users. Assessment & Optimization Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 144 Page 182 of 441 Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) When it comes to your Document space, what you don't know can hurt you. Monthly equipment lease payments, print -happy employees, supply orders, maintenance on overworked devices and downtime can chip away at your bottom line. Printed documents can also create significant security concerns because they offer little to no tracking ability for critical business information. Our aim is to paint a clear picture of your organization's total cost of ownership (TCO) and security exposure. To do so, we perform an in-depth analysis to uncover monthly print volume, inventory of all output devices and the overhead to maintain those devices. Interviews with key employees let us determine if current devices are in line with each department's workload. Your TCO serves as the starting point for us to begin optimizing your document fleet so we can help you: • Improve paper processes via multifunctional printers (MFPs) and printers • Match the pace of your workforce with a right -sized fleet • Strategically place devices to reduce redundancy • Lower print -related costs by curbing excessive printing • Reduce security and compliance risks by safeguarding information, devices and data • Increase uptime with proactive device support and maintenance Sample Device Map .• 1 1'�Tl T - tr • O, ■ 22 4 26 Before - Unmanaged Print Environment Sharp Electronics 0 10 10 After — Optimized, Right -Sized Fleet RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page145 Page 183 of 441 Analysis Sharp will work with the City of El Segundo, a consultant, or utilize our own diagnostic software to collect usage information. The data collected in conjunction with device maps reveal redundancies and highlight print behaviors. The discoveries help us right -size a fleet and design a cost saving, productive and efficient print environment. Campus Point 251 122 373 SV Clinic 10170 34 8 42 SV 10150 24 112 36 CP Annex 13 113 26 SV 10130-AIB 9 1 10 SV 10110-A 4 —3 7 SV 10110-B 5 2 7 SV 10130-C 3 13 6 SV 10110 Health Lab 2 1 3 Total Devices 345 M5 510 ='Campus Point LaserJet P4035 421,1% - LaserJet 600 M602 359,645 - LaserJet 4250 149,793 - LaserJet4200 23,430 - LaserJet 400 colorMFP M475dw 11,463 2,800 Color LaserJet 4700 6,269 8,577 LaserJet M605 5,946 - LaserJet 500 MFP M525 4,400 - Color LaserJet CP4020 series 3,820 4,758 LaserJet 500 color MFP M575 3,611 3,959 LaserJet4300 1,835 - Color LaserJet MFP M476dn 1,608 1,564 Color LaserJet CM4730 MFP 989 739 LaserJet 4050 Series 810 - LaserJet 400colorMFPM475dn 527 am Color LaserJet CM4540 MFP 521 1,166 Color LaserJet 38W 201 666 LaserJet P4015 18,610 - LaserJet M4555 MFP 6,648 - FL R 2 10150 S11-1 valley Noea 33 2 1976 c *iz ]6 set g56771 4 3299 �75 �]a �69 fifiH Tfi4�fi6 76 RI RM 79 62 g _ { 60 59 — �i66 11163 63 J1 56 ER 0 - 40 44 a] �41 a3 39 II----LLaa �L� sal. �a3 szI �, p� \ �s6�.�.� i s 46 99 49 i`i so e * s] R&dal 91 M 99 51 TLJS Laeerjet Printer (B.) Xerax C,p,e MFP * Local Fa. Machine Laaerjet Printer(Color) -jet Printer Networked Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page146 Page 184 of 441 Sharp's Recycle Policy Sharp is very passionate about environmental conservation. All of our factories are working to eliminate waste and greenhouse gases, and achieve other environmental targets in 21 key areas. Saving Energy. Saving Resources. Maximizing Recycling. Minimizing Hazardous Materials. As a part of Sharp's commitment to the environment, Sharp offers our customers a zero waste toner recycling for all consumables, including: cartridges, bottles, toner collection containers and drum units. Think Green. STOP, DROP, RECYCLE RECYCLING PROGRAM • Boxes may be placed in central locations at the City of El Segundo • It's free & easy to ship your recyclables in bulk • We provide all collection and shipping materials • We provide all shipping and recycling costs • We further reduce our carbon footprint by more efficiently shipping in bulk (box fits up to 10 cartridges) • All consumables are 100% recycled with ZERO waste to a landfill High Volume Recycling • 3 Pre -Addressed, Pre -Paid Cartridge Collection / Shipping Boxes • 3 Clear plastic liners • 3 Zip ties Fed Ex Pick up: use existing service or call 1-800-GO-FEDEX (3399) and say "ground pick-up" Sharp Electronics Low Volume Option • Drop off at any Staples location, Staples will take care of recycling the cartridge at no cost to you. Visit: storelocator.staples.com to find a location near you. • Contact our Dealer for more information about their toner consolidation procedure RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page147 Page 185 of 441 REFERENCES Reference #1 Organization/Customer Name Los Angeles Department of Water & Power Name, Title & Contact information for organization contact Jorge Coldivar - 213-864-2047 coldivar.jorge@ladwp.com Organization/Customer Size - number of locations 100+locations — 9,400 employees Number of copiers installed 640 Sharp MFP's Installation Date June 2017 Reference #2 Organization/Customer Name City of Long Beach Name, Title & Contact information for organization contact Jeff Kotch — (562)-570-5102 Jeffrey.kotch@longbeach.gov Organization/Customer Size - number of locations 5,000+Employees Number of copiers installed 550 Sharp MFP's, 350 Printers, PaperCut User Installation Date June 2019 Reference #3 Organization/Customer Name City of Riverside Rosalinda Acosta, Innovation and Technology Officer Name, Title & Contact information for Client Services organization contact 951-826-5150 rcosta@riversideca.gov Organization/Customer Size - number of 2,626 employees locations Number of copiers installed 150 Installation Date Jan 2019 Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 148 Page 186 of 441 Reference #4 Organization/Customer Name Orange County Superior Court System Name, Title & Contact information for organization Vicente Lopez — 657-622-7766 vlopez@occourts.org contact Organization/Customer Size - number of locations 8 locations —1,500 employees Number of copiers installed 122 Sharp MFP's and 100 printers Installation Date November 2013 Reference #5 Organization/Customer Name City of San Diego Name, Title & Contact information for organization Veronica Valenzuela - 619-533-4504 vvalenzuela@sandiego.gov contact Organization/Customer Size - 11,000 employees over 50 locations number of locations Number of copiers installed 610 Installation Date Dec 2011 Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 149 Page 187 of 441 REQUIRED STATEMENTS a. Sharp Business Systems states that all charges for services will be a "Not -To -Exceed" fee, as submitted with, and made part of said Vendor's quote. b. Sharp Business Systems hourly rate schedule for extra work incurred that is not part of the scope of work outlined in the RFP is $175 per hour. See implementation plan and Scope of Work/Methodology section for all that is included in Sharp Business Systems services offered. In the rare occasion that the City needs additional services outside of the scope of work outlined, Sharp is willing to work with the City on an as needed basis. c. Sharp Business Systems states that all federal laws and regulations must be adhered to notwithstanding any state or local laws and regulations. In case of conflict between federal, state, or local laws or regulations, the strictest will be adhered to. d. Sharp Business Systems will allow all authorized federal, state, county, and the City officials access to place of work, books, documents, papers, fiscal, payroll materials, and other relevant contract records pertinent to this project. All relevant records will be retained for at least three (3) years and for the length of your contract with SBS e. Sharp Business Systems will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment in connection with the performance thereof, because of race, religion, color, age, sex, national origin or physical handicap; and shall act to ensure that our clients and employees are treated, without regard to their race, sex, religion, color, age, national origin or physical handicap. f. Sharp Business Systems will comply with the California Labor Code, pursuant to said regulations entitled: Federal Labor Standards provisions; Federal Prevailing Wage Decision; and State of California Prevailing Wage Rates, respectively. g. Sharp Business Systems will comply with the Copeland Anti -kickback Act (18 USC 874 C) and the implementation regulation (29 CFR 3) issued pursuant thereto, and any amendments thereof. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 150 Page 188 of 441 SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION EXCEPTIONS AND CONDITIONS TO REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL for City of El Segundo — RFP #24-05 (the "RFP") GENERAL CONDITIONS Sharp Electronics Corporation ("Sharp"), as part of its response to the City of El Segundo (the "City"), submits the following conditions and/or exceptions with respect to the above referenced RFP. Sharp understands that the terms of any final agreement may be subject to further negotiations and edits by both parties, and is willing to discuss the matters, as well as any other proposed agreement terms, if the City proposes to award a contract to Sharp pursuant to the RFP. SPECIFIC CONDITIONS AND EXCEPTIONS Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, Sharp's response to the RFP is subject to the following specific conditions or exceptions. K. Agreement for Equipment Lease and Ongoing Services, Supply and Maintenance Support: Paragraph 5. Sharp requests the deletion of this language in its entirety and same to be replaced with the following: "If a specific piece of Equipment is not performing up to specifications, the Customer will notify SBS by written notice of the issue and machine location. SBS will have the option to either repair or replace the machine within 30 days of receipt of the notice. If the equipment cannot be repaired or replaced within that 30 days, the Customer may terminate the Agreement solely related to that piece of Equipment. The Agreement may not be cancelled in its entirety." Paragraph 6. Sharp requests the deletion of this language in its entirety and same to be replaced with the following: "If a specific piece of Equipment is not performing up to specifications, the Customer will notify SBS by written notice of the issue and machine location. SBS will have the option to either repair or replace the machine within 30 days of receipt of the notice. If the equipment cannot be repaired or replaced within that 30 days, the Customer may terminate the Agreement solely related to that piece of Equipment. The Agreement may not be cancelled in its entirety." Paragraph 7a and 7b. Sharp requests this language be mutual and limited to third -party claims. Sharp requests the deletion of "arising out of this Agreement, or its performance." Sharp requests the deletion of "volunteers." I. Deliverables Paragraph 5. Required Statements 5(d) Sharp requests the deletion of "payroll materials." Sharp can agree to a review of the relevant documents relevant to the contract pertaining to this project. Sharp Electronics RFP NO. 24-05 Copiers and Printers Page 151 Page 189 of 441 A ® DATE 0IYYYY) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: MARSH USA I.I.C. PHONE FAX Japan Client Services (A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No): 1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor E-MAIL New York, NY 1D036 ADDRESS: Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company 11126 INSURED harp Electronics Corporation INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America 25674 INSURER C: 100 Paragon Drive INSURER D: Montvale, NJ 07645 INSURER E: INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. WSR L7R TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY TGL30046390100 10/01/2023 10/01/2024 EACHOCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES occurrence) $ 1,000,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 15,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 GEN'L X lF LOC POLICY I JEC! PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ 3,000,000 OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TAL30011561002 1010112023 10/01/2024 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ X ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ FIR RTYDAMAGE er acddent $ HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY S X UMBREL_LIA6 X OCCUR CPU40752AO 10/0112023 10101/2024 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION$O $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA (Mandatory in NH) UBM7505572314E 06/012024 XH- STATUTE ER _I E. L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1.000,000 E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 1 OOD 000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required) Evidence of Coverage CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION Sharp Electronics Corporation 100 Paragon Drive SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN Montvale, NJ 07645 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Page 190 of 441 A ® DATE 0IYYYY) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: MARSH USA I.I.C. PHONE FAX Japan Client Services (A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No): 1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor E-MAIL New York, NY 1D036 ADDRESS: Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company 11126 INSURED harp Electronics Corporation INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America 25674 INSURER C: 100 Paragon Drive INSURER D: Montvale, NJ 07645 INSURER E: INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. WSR L7R TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY TGL30046390100 10/01/2023 10/01/2024 EACHOCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES occurrence) $ 1,000,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 15,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 GEN'L X lF LOC POLICY I JEC! PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ 3,000,000 OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TAL30011561002 1010112023 10/01/2024 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ X ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ FIR RTYDAMAGE er acddent $ HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY S X UMBREL_LIA6 X OCCUR CPU40752AO 10/0112023 10101/2024 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION$O $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA (Mandatory in NH) UBM7505572314E 06/012024 XH- STATUTE ER _I E. L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1.000,000 E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 1 OOD 000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required) Evidence of Coverage CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION Sharp Electronics Corporation 100 Paragon Drive SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN Montvale, NJ 07645 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Page 191 of 441 A ® DATE 0IYYYY) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: MARSH USA I.I.C. PHONE FAX Japan Client Services (A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No): 1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor E-MAIL New York, NY 1D036 ADDRESS: Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company 11126 INSURED harp Electronics Corporation INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America 25674 INSURER C: 100 Paragon Drive INSURER D: Montvale, NJ 07645 INSURER E: INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. WSR L7R TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY TGL30046390100 10/01/2023 10/01/2024 EACHOCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES occurrence) $ 1,000,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 15,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 GEN'L X lF LOC POLICY I JEC! PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ 3,000,000 OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TAL30011561002 1010112023 10/01/2024 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ X ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ FIR RTYDAMAGE er acddent $ HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY S X UMBREL_LIA6 X OCCUR CPU40752AO 10/0112023 10101/2024 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION$O $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA (Mandatory in NH) UBM7505572314E 06/012024 XH- STATUTE ER _I E. L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1.000,000 E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 1 OOD 000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required) Evidence of Coverage CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION Sharp Electronics Corporation 100 Paragon Drive SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN Montvale, NJ 07645 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Page 192 of 441 A ® DATE 0IYYYY) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: MARSH USA I.I.C. PHONE FAX Japan Client Services (A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No): 1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor E-MAIL New York, NY 1D036 ADDRESS: Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company 11126 INSURED harp Electronics Corporation INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America 25674 INSURER C: 100 Paragon Drive INSURER D: Montvale, NJ 07645 INSURER E: INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. WSR L7R TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY TGL30046390100 10/01/2023 10/01/2024 EACHOCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES occurrence) $ 1,000,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 15,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 GEN'L X lF LOC POLICY I JEC! PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ 3,000,000 OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TAL30011561002 1010112023 10/01/2024 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ X ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ FIR RTYDAMAGE er acddent $ HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY S X UMBREL_LIA6 X OCCUR CPU40752AO 10/0112023 10101/2024 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION$O $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA (Mandatory in NH) UBM7505572314E 06/012024 XH- STATUTE ER _I E. L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1.000,000 E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 1 OOD 000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required) Evidence of Coverage CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION Sharp Electronics Corporation 100 Paragon Drive SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN Montvale, NJ 07645 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Page 193 of 441 A ® DATE 0IYYYY) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: MARSH USA I.I.C. PHONE FAX Japan Client Services (A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No): 1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor E-MAIL New York, NY 1D036 ADDRESS: Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company 11126 INSURED harp Electronics Corporation INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America 25674 INSURER C: 100 Paragon Drive INSURER D: Montvale, NJ 07645 INSURER E: INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. WSR L7R TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY TGL30046390100 10/01/2023 10/01/2024 EACHOCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES occurrence) $ 1,000,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 15,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 GEN'L X lF LOC POLICY I JEC! PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ 3,000,000 OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TAL30011561002 1010112023 10/01/2024 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ X ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ FIR RTYDAMAGE er acddent $ HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY S X UMBREL_LIA6 X OCCUR CPU40752AO 10/0112023 10101/2024 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION$O $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA (Mandatory in NH) UBM7505572314E 06/012024 XH- STATUTE ER _I E. L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1.000,000 E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 1 OOD 000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required) Evidence of Coverage CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION Sharp Electronics Corporation 100 Paragon Drive SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN Montvale, NJ 07645 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Page 194 of 441 A ® DATE 0IYYYY) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE o927120232023 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: MARSH USA I.I.C. PHONE FAX Japan Client Services (A/C, No, Ext): (A/C, No): 1166 Avenue of the Americas, 36th Floor E-MAIL New York, NY 1D036 ADDRESS: Atln: NewYork.Certs@marsh.com Fax: 212448-0500 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Sompo America Insurance Company 11126 INSURED harp Electronics Corporation INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Company of America 25674 INSURER C: 100 Paragon Drive INSURER D: Montvale, NJ 07645 INSURER E: INSURER F COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: NYC-010718600-39 REVISION NUMBER: 13 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. WSR L7R TYPEOF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP M MR DIYY MMIDDIYYY LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY TGL30046390100 10/01/2023 10/01/2024 EACHOCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES occurrence) $ 1,000,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 15,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 GEN'L X lF LOC POLICY I JEC! PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ 3,000,000 OTHER: $ A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY TAL30011561002 1010112023 10/01/2024 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident $ 1,000,000 BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ X ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ FIR RTYDAMAGE er acddent $ HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY S X UMBREL_LIA6 X OCCUR CPU40752AO 10/0112023 10101/2024 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 EXCESS LA.CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION$O $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY ANYPROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? NIA (Mandatory in NH) UBM7505572314E 06/012024 XH- STATUTE ER _I E. L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1.000,000 E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 1 OOD 000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, maybe attached if more apace is required) Evidence of Coverage CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION Sharp Electronics Corporation 100 Paragon Drive SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN Montvale, NJ 07645 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ©1988-2016 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Page 195 of 441 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL 24-05 Date: February 26, 2024 To: All Prospective Vendors This Addendum No. 1 to Request for Proposal ("RFP") 24-05 is to answer questions received regarding RFP 24-05 and to modify the RFP. This Addendum is posted to the City of El Segundo's website at https://www.elsegundo.org/government/departments/city-clerk/bid-rfp and is made available to all prospective vendors. This Addendum No. 1 and all information, clarification, and modifications provided herein shall be incorporated and considered part of RFP 24-05. To acknowledge receipt of this Addendum No. 1 and to evidence that Vendor has read this Addendum No. 1, Vendor shall designate an authorized individual to sign below. Failure to include a signed Addendum with Vendor's proposal may subject the proposal to immediate rejection. Signature: Print Name: Title: Vendor: Date: Page 196 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS RECEIVED REGARDING RFP 24-05 The questions and corresponding answers are listed in numerical order for ease of reference only. Where possible, identical (or near identical) questions are grouped together. 1. Question: Can you please specify which of the 21 copiers will need color capabilities in section LA if any? Question: For the 21 Copiers are you requesting a Color or BW model? Question: For the 40, 60 & 80 PPM categories is the city considering B&W, Color Devices or is there no preference? Question: Scope of Work Section 1A: Is the City looking for all color copiers in this section? If no, can the city please indicate which models vendors should price out as BW copiers and which models should be priced out as Color copiers? Answer: All twenty-one (21) copiers need to be color. 2. Question: Regarding the specifications for the 21-multifunction printer (MFP) copiers, does the city have any specific preferences for color printing capabilities and the inclusion of fax kits in these models? Answer: All twenty-one (21) copiers need to be color. Fax is preferred. 3. Question: Do the copiers need a Fax option? Answer: Fax is preferred for all copiers and printers. 4. Question: Does the City require faxing on any of the copiers or desktop devices? Answer: Fax is preferred for all copiers and printers. 5. Question: How does the city currently send / receive faxes? Answer: The City uses Concord Technologies cloud fax services and faxing through the copiers. -2- Page 197 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 6. Questions: Scope of Work Section 1B. Please confirm that the City is looking for a BW Desktop MFP here. Please confirm that the City is looking for a Color Desktop MFP here Answer: Three (3) 57PPM black and white desktop copier and scanners. Three (3) 47 PPM color desktop copiers and scanners. Current models include: ECOSYS M3655idn, ECOSYS M6535cidn, and ECOSYS M6635cidn. 7. Question: Can you provide a list of your current equipment? Answer: The City currently has 27 copiers and printers. The range of models are: • ECOSYS M3655idn • ECOSYS M6535cidn • ECOSYS M6635cidn • TASKalfa 3553ci • TASKalfa 4053ci • TASKalfa 4551ci • TASKalfa 5053ci • TASKalfa 6054ci • TASKalfa 7052ci • TASKalfa 7551ci • TASKalfa 8052ci 8. Question: Do you have an on -site print shop? If so, which device(s) are located in the shop? Answer: No. 9. Question: Is the City utilizing any MPS program with the incumbent? Answer: Printers are managed by Kyocera Document Solutions using their Kyocera Fleet Services softwa re. 10. Question: Are you using FMAudit? Answer: No. 11. Question: For device management tools, does the City have preference on on -premise or Cloud software solutions? Answer: No preference. -3- Page 198 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 12. Question: Is the City utilizing any Cloud applications such as DropBox, OneDrive, Sharepoint, and/or Google Drive? Answer: Citrix Sharefile and looking to expand use of OneDrive. 13. Question: How many locations does the City have? Answer: Eleven (11) locations within an approximate two (2) mile radius. Of which, eight (8) locations are within an approximate 0.5-mile radius. 14. Question: Of the 27 devices, approximately how many of the installations will require stair climbing (where no elevator/lift is available)? Answer: Approximately one (1) device. 15. Question: Will the City's internal IT Department offer installation support of print drivers on all workstations. If not, is the vendor expected to be entirely responsible for this and would like this cost factored into the pricing? Answer: The City has a virtual desktop infrastructure with two (2) print servers. The City's Information Technology Services Department (ITSD) will install the drivers on the print servers. 16. Question: Is Hole Punch necessary on all A3 products? What item(s) is it that they are all producing? Answer: As stated in Paragraph H, Scope of Work (p. 2), the requirements listed must be included at a minimum in the proposal. Vendor can suggest modifications and/or additions if Vendor feel they are warranted. In which case, the Vendor must provide a brief reason why. 17. Question: For the 40 ppm offerings, can the 1,000 sheet Finisher be replaced with a 500 sheet Inner Finisher? Would this be acceptable without penalty for non-compliance? It would be more cost effective and take up less floor space. Answer: As stated in Paragraph H, Scope of Work (p. 2), the requirements listed must be included at a minimum in the proposal. Vendor can suggest modifications and/or additions if Vendor feel they are warranted. In which case, the Vendor must provide a brief reason why. Proposals will be scored as outlined in Paragraph J, Administrative Elements. Note the "Technical Approach" category. 18. Question: In regard to "320 Sheet Dual Scan Document Processor", is this 320 sheets simplex or duplex? Answer: 320 sheet capacity capable of scanning double -sided documents in one (1) pass. Page 199 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 19. Question: In regard to "Dual 1,500 Sheet Trays", will the City only utilize 8.5x11 in these trays? Answer: Yes. 20. Question: Do any of the copiers require 11 x 17 printing? Question: Please confirm that all (21) copiers in Section 1A need to have 11*17 printing capability? Answer: In addition to standard 8 by 11 inch (letter) size paper, all twenty-one (21) copiers need to print 8 by 14 inch (legal) and 11 by 17 inch size papers. All three (3) size paper needs to print from a dedicated tray. Vendor can have one (1) dedicated tray to print both 8 by 14 inch (legal) and 11 by 17 inch size paper, separate dedicated trays for each size, OR other configuration provided it is consistent with the City's requirements. 21. Question: Will the City accept + or-10 ppm machines for the 3 copier speed categories? Example - If Xerox only has a 70 ppm model versus a 80 ppm model. Question: Can vendors recommend devices that are +/- 10 ppm for the (3) copiers speeds? Or per 1C, to provide the closest speed to the current PPM per the manufacturer? Answer: As stated in Paragraph H, Scope of Work (p. 2), the requirements listed must be included at a minimum in the proposal. Vendor can suggest modifications and/or additions if Vendor feel they are warranted. In which case, the Vendor must provide a brief reason why. 22. Question: Is there a preference between a stapling capability of 50 pages or 100 pages? Answer: 50 pages for 1,000 sheet finisher and 100 pages for 4,000 sheet finisher. 23. Question: Will a document feeder capacity of 300-sheets rather than 320 meet the City's requirements? Answer: As stated in Paragraph H, Scope of Work (p. 2), the requirements listed must be included at a minimum in the proposal. Vendor can suggest modifications and/or additions if Vendor feel they are warranted. In which case, the Vendor must provide a brief reason why. -5- Page 200 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 24. Question: For the accessories listed here in the grid, should vendors provide the closest accessory listed- example if a vendor has a finisher with 3,000 sheet stapling but not a 4,000-sheet stapler? Answer: As stated in Paragraph H, Scope of Work (p. 2), the requirements listed must be included at a minimum in the proposal. Vendor can suggest modifications and/or additions if Vendor feel they are warranted. In which case, the Vendor must provide a brief reason why. 25. Question: Regarding the specifications for the booklet maker, would a capacity of 20 sheets per booklet meet your requirements? Answer: The City routinely prints 32-page booklets. Vendor's proposal should include copiers with booklet maker that can handle that page count. 26. Question: Do you currently have an existing secured print solution or is that something you would like the vendor to propose? Answer: Our current vendor provides Private Print and PaperCut. Please include a solution in the submitted proposal. 27. Question: Do you have additional scanning requirements beyond basic scan to email and scan to folder? Answer: Feature to scan to cloud storage such as OneDrive or Sharefile. 28. Question: Just to clarify, does the preference for a mailbox imply the need for scan -to -email capabilities? Answer: The mailbox is a physical accessory feature to sort printed documents. Please refer to chart on page 3 of the RFP 24-05 for which printers will need a mailbox. All twenty-one (21) copiers should have scan -to -email capabilities. 29. Question: Do you have Card authentication today? Or do you require Card authentication tomorrow? Answer: City employees are provided a badge identification card. The current card is 26mghz RFID cards. Employees scan the card to log -in and access the copier. The City is looking to transition in the near future to HID iClass SEOS cards. Only the twenty (21) copiers listed under H, Scope of Work, 1A (see page 2) need to have card access compatible with both standards. llm Page 201 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 30. Question: Do the printers need to be RFID/HID compatible? Answer: City employees are provided a badge identification card. The current card is 26mghz RFID cards. Employees scan the card to log -in and access the copier. The City is looking to transition in the near future to HID iClass SEOS cards. Only the twenty (21) copiers listed under H, Scope of Work, 1A (see page 2) need to have card access compatible with both standards. 31. Question: Is the City requiring card readers for these devices? If yes, is it a requirement for all (27) devices? Answer: Yes. City employees are provided a badge identification card. The current card is 26mghz RFID cards. Employees scan the card to log -in and access the copier. The City is looking to transition in the near future to HID iClass SEOS cards. Only the twenty (21) copiers listed under H, Scope of Work, 1A (see page 2) need to have card access compatible with both standards. 32. Question: Does the City have a print management system currently that requires end user to authenticate at the device? If yes, what are the other functions of the print management system and should vendors price the card readers and software separately? Answer: Yes. City employees are provided a badge identification card. The current card is 26mghz RFID cards. Employees scan the card to log -in and access the copier. The City is looking to transition in the near future to HID iClass SEOS cards. Vendor should include in pricing the card readers and any proposed software. 33. Question: Is the current incumbent providing automatic service calls and toner replenishment? Answer: Yes. 34. Question: Please clarify the requirement for auto service and repair notification. Is the desired solution to have the equipment notify the vendor when maintenance service or supplies are required? Answer: Yes. Vendor should be notified of the following types of events: printer errors, malfunctions, paper jams, and low supplies (e.g., toner). Supplies should auto -ship to each printer location with clear identification which printer the supplies are for. Depending on severity of printer errors, malfunctions, and paper jams, Vendor should auto -schedule a technician to appear on -site to troubleshoot. 35. Question: Has the city previously utilized PaperCut MF for its reporting capabilities, and would there be interest in receiving pricing for this print management software? Answer: City is currently using PaperCut MF. -7- Page 202 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 36. Question: What type of device and usage reporting are you looking for? Answer: Usage metric such as pages printed per device, total pages printed for fleet, supplies used, replacement of parts, date and time of malfunctions, dates serviced, and service call reports. Reports should be detailed to allow City and Vendor to identify trend such as increased wear and tear (from greater usage and increased parts replacement). 37. Question: Regarding the Scope of Work in Section (3)(f), could you provide further details on the specific types of sample reports you are requesting? For example, are you looking for service call reports, post -installation reports, periodic account reviews or installation preparation reports? Answer: Usage metric such as pages printed per device, total pages printed for fleet, supplies used, replacement of parts, date and time of malfunctions, dates serviced, and service call reports. Reports should be detailed to allow City and Vendor to identify trend such as increased wear and tear (from greater usage and increased parts replacement). 38. Question: What analytics, if any, are you performing to quantify the impact of paper -laden processes on your business today? Answer: Currently, none. Vendors are welcome to include suggestions for analytics in their submitted proposal. 39. Question: Can the City provide the volume for the 6 printers requested? Answer: The City currently has three (3) "desktop" copiers with a three (3) month average print volume total of 6,000 for black and white and 3,000 for color. 40. Question: Can the City please provide the BW average monthly volume and Color monthly volume per device? Answer: The approximate quarterly average for the City's current 21 copiers and printers is 45,000 for black and white and 50,000 for color. 41. Question: Of the 50,000 monthly volumes, how much is B&W and how much is color? Answer: The City has modified the monthly print volume — see below for details. The City is now looking for a 70,000 monthly print volume for black and white and a 70,000 monthly print volume for color. Page 203 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 42. Question: Page 4 4-A. States a volume of 50,000 pages monthly. Please clarify is that 50,000 pages total for all devices and of the 50,000 pages, how many are mono versus color? Answer: The City has modified the monthly print volume — see below for details. The City is now looking for a 70,000 monthly print volume for black and white and a 70,000 monthly print volume for color. Monthly print volume is for all 27 copiers and printers. 43. Question: Please confirm that it's 50,000 for black & white and 50,000 for color totaling 100,000 in volume. Scope of Work 4 -A. Vendor will provide on -call maintenance, including toner, parts, labor, overage charges based on 50,000 monthly volumes for black & white and color printing. The City will be responsible for the purchase of paper and staples. Answer: The City has modified the monthly print volume — see below for details. The City is now looking for a 70,000 monthly print volume for black and white and a 70,000 monthly print volume for color. 44. Question: Section 4A has a request for a monthly allowance of 50,000. Is the City looking for a "one rate" allowance for the copier and printers? If no, is the City looking for a service and supply plan for the copiers and then a separate plan for the printers? Answer: The City is looking for on -call maintenance, including toner, parts, labor, overage charges for the entire 27 printer and copier fleet. Per modifications to the RFP, the City is looking for a 70,000 monthly print volume for black and white and a 70,000 monthly print volume for color. 45. Question: As for the 50,000 monthly volume, does the city have any specific preferences for how the print allotment should be distributed across the print fleet? Answer: No specific preference for print allotment across the print fleet. The City has modified the monthly print volume — see below for details. 46. Question: Is the City requiring 1 service/supply contract to include all 27 units? Answer: Vendor and the City will need to agree on the form of the agreement(s) for the equipment lease and maintenance -services -supplies. 47. Question: Will the City accept 2 separate service/supply contracts-1 for the 21 copier and 1 for the 6 printers? Answer: Vendor and the City will need to agree on the form of the agreement(s) for the equipment lease and maintenance -services -supplies. lllm Page 204 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 48. Question: In section K.5 - can you please clarify if this pertains to termination of equipment lease and service agreement? Answer: The termination rights in Section K, Paragraph 5 (p. 9) will pertain to the agreement(s) between Vendor and the City for the leased equipment and maintenance -services -supplies. 49. Question: Regarding Section K 5 "City may terminate the agreement with or without cause with 30 days' written notice to Vendor." Can this request be negotiated if contract is awarded to us? Answer: City reserves the right to add, modify, and/or waive terms to agreement(s) as it deem appropriate. 50. Question: Section K: Agreement for Equipment Lease and Ongoing Services #5 — "City may terminate the agreement with or without cause with 30 days' notice to Vendor". We would need to take exception to that as the Lease itself with the designated financial institution is a fiduciary responsibility and commitment and is out of the Vendor's control. Would not participating in the "cancellation for no cause" be a reason for dismissal and rejection of our submitted RFP? Answer: City reserves the right to add, modify, and/or waive terms to agreement(s) as it deem appropriate. Vendor must include a requested written statement with the submitted proposal stating their willingness (or not) to accept terms listed and provide a brief reason why not. 51. Question: Leases are typically binding through the leasing companies. Is this question referring to the service component of the agreement? Agreement for Equipment Lease and Ongoing Services, Supply, and Maintenance Support: 5. City may terminate the agreement with or without cause with 30 days' written notice to Vendor Answer: The termination rights in Section K, Paragraph 5 (p. 9) will pertain to the agreement(s) between Vendor and the City for the leased equipment and the maintenance -services -supplies. City reserves the right to add, modify, and/or waive terms to agreement(s) as it deem appropriate. Vendor must include a requested written statement with the submitted proposal stating their willingness (or not) to accept terms listed and provide a brief reason why not. 52. Question: Section K #5: Due to leases being non -cancellable with the exception of non - appropriations, is this termination without cause within 30 days for service only? Answer: The termination rights in Section K, Paragraph 5 (p. 9) will pertain to the agreement(s) between Vendor and the City for the leased equipment and the maintenance -services -supplies. -10- Page 205 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 53. Question: In regard to "Please review and then provide the City with a written statement of Vendor's willingness to accept the terms. Please identify any term Vendor is unwilling to accept, in whole or in part, and the reason why." Is this to be completed during the process or as a part of ourresponse? Answer: Vendor must include the written statement with the submitted proposal. 54. Question: Please elaborate on quality control as it relates to this RFP. Deliverables 3 - e. Provide a detailed description and/or examples of your quality control procedures that ensures all work products delivered to the City (i.e., drafts and final versions) are of high quality, accurate and have been thoroughly reviewed prior to delivery to the City. Answer: Describe any material or reference used to prepare the proposal. Discuss generally the steps taken to prepare the proposal, e.g., which department created the proposal, who approved. Discuss when the recommended printer model was introduced, years in service, and any recent hardware updates. Describe any organization changes within the last three (3) years that allowed Vendor to meaningfully improve its ability to serve its customers. 55. Question: Please define nuisance. Scope of Work 4 -D. In the event a printer becomes a consistent nuisance or ceases function, Vendor shall replace the printer, at no cost to the City, with a printer with all the same functionality. Answer: The City and its employees is dependent on working copiers and printers to serve the public. A nuisance is the interruption of the working functionality of the copiers and printers impacting that mission. A consistent nuisance is the continued, unabated interruption of the working functionality of the copiers and printers despite reasonable attempts — as defined by reference to industry standard —to remedy. 56. Question: Is there a specific pricing format required? Answer: No. 57. Question: Does the City have any required pricing pages, or should vendors provide their own? Answer: No required pricing pages. 58. Question: Can the City confirm if they want pricing based on base devices in grey and accessories priced out separately? Answer: Pricing should include the device and any accessories/features. -11- Page 206 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 59. Question: Please define and elaborate on "not to exceed." Required Statements a. A statement that all charges for services will be a "Not -To -Exceed" fee, as submitted with and made part of said Vendor's quote. Answer: Vendor must include a total price that includes all costs associated with the project. The total cost and each line item — including any recurring monthly charge such as maintenance - services -supplies and equipment lease - must be a not to exceed amount. Vendor should note in the written statement if Vendor is unable to and the reason why. 60. Question: Will the City be posting the questions/answers for the various vendors? Question: Will all vendors questions be shared with each other? Answer: Yes, answers will be posted as an addendum to the RFP. 61. Question: Will the City consider an time extension for this RFP? Answer: There is no current plan for a time extension. 62. Question: Is the city open to considering responses for a 5-year term, given that the total cost of ownership is generally lower with a 60-month lease? Answer: A four (4) year term only. 63. Question: Will electronically signed forms be accepted? Answer: Wet signature preferred, but e-signature will be accepted. -12- Page 207 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 MODIFICATIONS TO RFP 24-05 The following modifications are made to RFP 24-05: Section H — Scope of Work, Paragraph 4(A) is revised to read as follows: "A. Vendor will provide on -call maintenance, including toner, parts, labor, overage charges for the 27 copier and printer fleet based on 50 Q00 Y, GRthi„ vel6imes a 70,000 monthly print volume for black & white and a 70,000 monthly print volume for color. The City will be responsible for the purchase of paper and staples." Section J — Administrative Elements 5, Paragraph 2 is revised to read as follows: "2. Vendor must provide all necessary personnel, instruments, equipment, and materials to perform the described services. Please note that all work performed on -premise for the City of El Segundo's Police Department will require a valid identification card, a police escort through the building, and a warrant check. Without limiting the foregoing, this would include installation and subsequent maintenance of printers and copiers for the Police Department. Section K—Agreement for Equipment Lease and Ongoing Services, Supply, and Maintenance Support is revised to read as follows: "The City and Vendor will need to enter into axone (1) or more agreement for the leased equipment and the ongoing services, supply, and maintenance support. The City reserves the right to determine and negotiate the form of the agreement(s) and to add, modify, and/or waive terms to agreement(s) as it deems appropriate and with consideration to Vendor's written statement. The fern of the aRreement will be Reeetiated and the C,*„ deemsnecessar„ N„twffithstaR iR the f„r geiR g the agreerneRt M , + The agreement(s) will incorporate the following terms: 1. All requirements regarding scope of work and technification specifications outlined in this RFP and/or addressed in Vendor's accepted proposal. 2. A four (4) year term. 3. Vendor will represent and agree that it can performed the work outlined in generally accepted professional standards of practice. 4. A fifteen (15) day cure period upon notification of any deficiencies. -13- Page 208 of 441 City of El Segundo Addendum No. 1 to RFP 24-05 5. City may terminate the agreement with or without cause with 30 days' written notice to Vendor. 6. Vendor may terminate the agreement with cause with 90 days' written notice to City. 7. Vendor will agree to the following indemnification: a. Indemnification for Professional Services. VENDOR will save harmless and indemnify and at CITY's request reimburse defense costs for CITY and all its officers, volunteers, employees and representatives from and against any and all suits, actions, or claims, of any character whatever, brought for, or on account of, any injuries or damages sustained by any person or property resulting or arising from any negligent or wrongful act, error or omission by VENDOR or any of VENDOR's officers, agents, employees, or representatives, in the performance of this Agreement. b. Indemnification for other Damages. VENDOR indemnifies and holds CITY harmless from and against any claim, action, damages, costs (including, without limitation, attorney's fees), injuries, or liability, arising out of this Agreement, or its performance. Should CITY be named in any suit, or should any claim be brought against it by suit or otherwise, whether the same be groundless or not, arising out of this Agreement, or its performance, VENDOR will defend CITY (at CITY's request and with counsel satisfactory to CITY) and will indemnify CITY for any judgment rendered against it or any sums paid out in settlement or otherwise. 8. Vendor will maintain the following insurance policies and limits throughout the term of the agreement: a. Commercial general liability: b. Professional Liability c. Business automobile liability d. Workers compensation $ 1,000,000 $ 1,000,000 $ 1,000,000 Statutory requirement 9. Vendor will maintain a current business license with the City throughout the term of the agreement. Please review and then provide the City with a written statement of Vendor's willingness to accept the terms. Please identify any term Vendor is unwilling to accept, in whole or in part, and the reason why." END OF MODIFICATIONS Except as modified, all other information in RFP 24-05 is unchanged. -14- Page 209 of 441 ADVANCED SERIES COLOR DOCUMENT SYSTEMS simply smarter I�I I wl- b 1 � SHARP BP-]0C65 ........................................................ Easy -to -use Touchscreen The easy -to -use Sharp touchscreen display is built on an award -winning design and delivers an accurate, responsive user experience, imperative for today's sophisticated workflows. ........................................................ Technology Focused on Efficiency _ �' _ The Advanced Series leverages the latest r technology to help users get their work done with ease and efficiency. Innovative features like multi -feed scan -detection and enhanced auto skew correction ensure jobs come out right the first time, every time. a. .............................. ............ 4 Versatile Application Inte�Irlabora ation Maximize productivity and ction to with easy access to"expandpd cloud services, quickly connect w h mobile can jl devi4s to print and sfibs, even utilize tobe»»u_cTiTess operation with the Sharp Synappx Go app. Smart features that enhance productivity and efficiency. Streamlined workflows that are safe, secure and fit today's diverse work styles. Work more efficiently Collaborate better with colleagues Secure your document workflows BP-70065 shown with Inner Folding Unit, Right Side Exit Tray and 2-drawer Paper Deck. 10.1 " (diagonally measured) customizable touchscreen display. • 300-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder Enhanced touchscreen delivers an offers double feed detection and scans accurate, responsive user experience up to 280 images per minute. and provides easy access to features. • Flexible paper handling supports media Collaborate with hybrid workers up to 300 gsm, allowing users to print on using popular cloud services, such a wide variety of paper stock or media. as Microsoft Teams, Google Driver" Dropbox and others. • New Inner Folding Unit option offers a variety of fold patterns, including tri-fold, Strong, multi -layered security such z-fold and others. as system integrity check at startup, firmware attack prevention and optional • Smart controller design ensures MFP Bitdefender antivirus to help protect firmware is up to date by periodically your data. checking for updates. • Built-in walk-up motion sensor automatically detects approaching users immediately wakes the machine, making it ready for use within seconds. • ENERGY STAR° 3.0 certified and offers among the lowest standby power consumption in the category. Built-in retractable keyboard for Built-in retractable keyboard simplifies convenient data entry. email address and subject line entries. • Supports native Universal Print from Microsoft, enabling businesses to easily adapt to this popular cloud service. • Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi for stable, high-speed network communication. • Sharp OSA° Technology provides a secure and intuitive user experience for integrated workflows. Page 212 of 441 Designed for today's individual workstyles. From media handling to workflow and collaboration, the Advanced Series delivers the features businesses need to get the job done. e-a � Sharp makes it easy for businesses to execute jobs quickly, leaving more time for the actual business at hand. Scan large documents at up to 280 ipm using the 300-sheet duplexing single pass feeder that offers optional double feed detection. Image processing technology and Artificial Intelligence (AI) can automatically adjust resolution, compression as well as detect original size and adjust for skewed documents when scanning. The award -winning, tablet style touchscreen delivers an accurate, responsive experience, while menu -driven Easy Modes offer fast, simple operation enabling users to get their copying and scanning tasks done in less time. ........................................................ Integrate with Email Applications In addition to native capability, the Email Connect feature enables seamless scan -to -email integration with Microsoft Exchange/365 and GmailTM user accounts, making it easy to identify the sender of scanned files. ................................................... Intelligent Image Processing Scan documents to popular file formats including Microsoft Word, PowerPoint and Excel, as well as Searchable PDF, Encrypted PDF and others. Direct Print the same file types from thumb drives, cloud applications and mobile devices.* Adobe Embedded Print Engine direct n ii +. DnG +iles with greater speed and ;curacy. ............................................................. Flexible Printing Solutions PCL 6 and Adobe PostScript 3 printing helps users speed through their work. The 256 GB solid state drive processes jobs quickly. Serverless Print Release enables users to print a job and release it from up to eight supported models. Native Universal Print from Microsoft eliminates the need for on -premises infrastructure, and enables IT to manage printers directly through a centralized portal. "This function is enabled via Qualcomm DiFN69 2"i ff.441 Integrating technology and functionality. The Color Advanced Series document systems provide unsurpassed performance that simply adapts to your business needs. Duplexing Single Pass Feeder(DSPF) 300-sheet document feeder scans both sides of a document in a single pass and scans up to 280 images per minute. Built-in Retractable Keyboard Full-size QWERTY keyboard enables easy data entry. Exceptional Image Qual 1,200 x 1,200 dpi resolution delivers razor-sharp text and graphics. Microsoft Friendly Native integration with Universal Print and Microsc Teams simplifies workflow and enhances collaboratior Advanced Finishing Sharp gives you a variety of high-performance finishers from to help complete the job on time. New inner folding unit option offers four popular folding patterns. 0000 Half -fold Z-fold C-fold Accordion -fold Smart Scan Image processing technology and Al can automatically adjust resolution, compression, as well as detect original size and adjust for skew. ......................................... Sharp Color Consistency System Advanced auto -calibration helps ensure color output is always at peak performance. 4) Smart Touchscreen Enhanced touchscreen is easy to use and delivers the responsiveness and accuracy users expect. Flexible Paper Handling Feed up to 300 gsm media through the paper drawers and supports up to 12" x 18" output size. Walk-up Motion Sensor Detects walk-up users and wakes the machine from sleep mode, making it ready for use within seconds. Touchless Operation Scan, Copy and Print Release with award -winning Synappx Go app. Advanced Multi -layer Security Leading security features plus optional Bitdefender antivirus provide enhanced protection against network intrusions. Easy Access to Cloud Services Print and scan documents to popular cloud applications. Wireless Networking 5 GHz Wi-Fi technology and WPA3Tm encryption deliver fast, reliable data that helps provide strong protection from hackers. Large Capacity Cassette Available large capacity cassette offers an additional 3,000-sheet capacity for a maximum on-line paper capacity of 6,300 sheets. Page 214 of 441 Collaborate on -the -go with quick access to mobile devices. The Advanced Series makes it easy to share data with tablets and smartphones even in busy office environments. ....................................................... . Print with Popular Mobile Technologies The Advanced Series supports printing using popular mobile technologies such as Apple AirPrint and Android printing with the Sharp Print Service plug-in. ........................................................ Advanced Wireless Networking Print directly to the MFP from mobile devices without interfering with the corporate network! 5 GHz technology and WPA3Tm Encryption deliver fast, reliable data that is well protected from malicious intruders. ........................................................ Touchless Operation with Synappx Go With the Synappx Go app, its easy to email or copy documents remotely. Simply tap the touchscreen with your smartphone. Get extended remote features such as print release, scan/print from cloud services, and display collaboration by upgrading to a subscription version. ........................................................ Scan and Print with Sharpdesk Mobile With Sharpdesk Mobile, a free downloadable app for most mobile devices, users can quickly scan and print files from tablets and smartphones.' Centralized device management helps ensure optimal uptime. Seamlessly connect technology and drive collaboration with easy access solutions. ....................................................... . Seamless Device Management On premises, Sharp Remote Device Manager (SRDM) simplifies device monitoring and management. Event -driven alerts help maximize uptime. SRDM also offers centrally managed security settings, pre -configured driver distribution, energy save settings and more. SRDM is available as a free download.' ........................................................ Unified Cloud -based Monitoring and Management Synappx Manage cloud service enables IT administrators and service providers to remotely manage Sharp MFPs and displays from a single portal.' Proactive monitoring and remediation helps minimize administrator burden, as well as provide insight for optimized investments. Go to www.sharpusa.com for a list of supported equipment and operating systems. Synappx Manage available 2024. Page 215 of 441 Multi -layer security features to help businesses stay a step ahead of hackers. The Advanced Series utilizes leading security technology to help organizations protect their data and meet regulatory requirements. BIOS Integrity Check at Startup • • • • • • • Helps protect system files from malware attacks. Trusted Platform Module (TPM 2.0) •• Provides an added layer of protection to safeguard your data. Firmware Attack Prevention • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Checks for abnormal firmware at startup and ; • • • • • • • • can restore the original. End -of -Lease Data Erase Can protect privacy by deleting all data and personal information at trade-in time. • • Application Whitelisting Prevents unauthorized files and applications from being loaded. 1.Encryption Prevents s eavesdropping while data is in transit. W..... . • • • • • Real-time Intrusion Detection • • • • • Detects abnormal connection requests and denies access. • • • Optional Bitdefender Antivirus Provides comprehensive protection from virus threats. • Active Directory (AD) Integration Enables the MFP to join WPA3TM Wi-Fi Encryption Supports the latest data encryption the network domain as a computer, making it a trusted device. standard for wireless networking security. • Supports AD Group Policy Allows administrators to centrally manage select security settings and enforce their own policy. • 256-bit AES Encryption Ensures data that resides on the local drive is protected. • Protects Access to the Device IP/MAC address filtering, 802.1x authentication and port control protect access to the device. • Protects Data in Transit IPsec and SMB 3.1.1 protocols, as well as TLS 1.3 use data encryption to protect data. • Authority Groups Enables administrators to define various groups for different users, which can limit or restrict access to specific features. • Optional Data Security Kit Offers expanded security functions and restricted access features for highly sensitive environments. 141 Environmental Commitment Sharp is committed to environmental sustainability and corporate responsibility. A Responsible Approach to Design Sharp MFPs adhere to the Sharp Corporation Green Products Guidelines, which requires designing products that consume less power, use recycled materials and reduce materials used in packaging. Toner Recycling Program Sharp offers zero -waste -to -landfill recycling for Sharp consumables at no cost to our customers and encourages them to recycle their Sharp toner cartridges by providing them with a pre -paid recycling kit for return to our facility. Environmental Commitment The Sharp Advanced Series models are ENERGY STAR° 3.0 qualified and ROHS compliant. These products also have one of the lowest TEC values in their category as well as one of the lowest stand-by power consumption ratings. Sharp MFPs are EPEATO registered. For more information about Sharp environmental leadership including information about energy efficient products, electronics, or toner cartridge recycling, please visit www.sharpusa.com/environment. SHARP! SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 100 Paragon Drive, Montvale, NJ 07645 1-800-BE-SHARP • www.sharpusa.com Design and specifications subject to change without notice. !l C A> l" y M S Y N A P P X Qualcomm Directoffice- m SHARP AirPrint 02023 Sharp Electronics Corporation. All rights reserved. Sharp, Sharp OSA, Sharpdesk, My Sharp, and all related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sharp Corporation and/or its affiliated companies. Microsoft, Active Directory, Excel, Microsoft 365, Microsoft Teams, OneDrive, PowerPoint, SharePoint, Windows, and Windows Server are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Android, Gmail, and Google Drive are trademarks or registered trademarks of Google L-C. Adobe, the Adobe logo and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the US and/or other countries. Oualcomm DirectOffice is a product of Oualcomm Technologies, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Oualcomm is a trademark of Oualcomm Incorporated, registered in the United States and other countries. DirectOffice is a trademark of CSR Imaging US, LP, registered in the United States and other countries. AirPrint is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the US and other countries. Bitdefender is a trademark or registered trademark of Bitdefender SRL. Wi-Fi and WPA3 are trademarks or registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance& ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Printed in U.S.A. 09/23 • CPD-22-010 Page 217 of 441 SHARP. BP-70055 BP-70065 Designed for today's individual workstyles. From media handling to workflow and collaboration, the Advanced Series delivers the features businesses need to get the job done. The Advanced Series color document systems enable workers to collaborate and share information seamlessly and securely. Enhanced cloud services such as Microsoft Teams makes it easy to streamline communication and enhance productivity with hybrid workers. Easy -to -use Touchscreen Award -winning design that delivers an accurate, responsive user experience, imperative for today's sophisticated workflows. Technology Focused on Efficiency Innovative features like optional double -feed scan detection and enhanced auto skew correction ensure jobs come out right the first time, every time. Versatile Application Integration Easy access to expanded cloud services, quickly connect with mobile devices, including touchless operation with the Sharp Synappx Go app. Leading Security The Advanced Series uses the latest security technology in today's hybrid working environments to protect endpoint devices from security threats. 10.1 " (diagonally measured) customizable touchscreen display. Built-in retractable keyboard simplifies email address and subject line entries. New Inner Folding Unit option offers a variety of fold patterns, including tri-fold, z-fold and others. High capacity 300-sheet DSPF scans documents at up to 280 images per minute. • 300-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder • Energy Star 3.0 certified offers among • Supports native Universal Print from offers double feed -detection (optional) and the lowest standby power consumption Microsoft, enabling businesses to easily scans up to 280 images per minute. in the category. adapt to this popular cloud service. • Flexible paper handling supports media • Enhanced touchscreen delivers an • Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi up to 300 gsm, allowing users to print on accurate, responsive user experience for stable, high-speed network a wide variety of paper stock or media. and provides easy access to features. communication. • Smart controller design ensures MFP • Collaborate with hybrid workers using • Sharp OSA° Technology provides a firmware is up to date by periodically popular cloud services, such as Microsoft secure and intuitive user experience for checking for updates. Teams, Google DriveTm and Dropbox. integrated workflows. • Built-in walk-up motion sensor automatically detects approaching users immediately wakes the machine, making it ready for use within seconds. • Strong, multi -layered security includes system integrity check at startup, firmware attack prevention and optional Bitdefender antivirus help protect your data. Page 218 of 441 Main Specifications BP-70C55170C65 Base models include multitasking controller, 300-sheet DSPF, PCLe 6 and Adobe PostScript3 printing systems, network scanning, auto duplexing, 1 x 550-sheet paper drawer, 100-sheet bypass tray. Black and color developer is included. Type Color mufti -function digital document system Display 10.1" (diagonally measured) color dot matrix high -resolution touch panel tilting display. 1,024 x 600 dots (W-SVGA) Functions Copy, print, network print, network scan, document filing and fax' Copy System Dry electrostatic transfer/Dual component developer/ Magnetic brush developmenUOPC drums/Pad fusing/White LED exposure Originals Sheets and bound documents Max. Original Size 11" x 17" Output Size Min. 5Ys" x 8Yz", Max. 12" x 18" Copy Speed 55/65 ppm Mona/Color (8%" x 11 ") Multiple Copy Max. 9,999 copies First Copy Time Platen Glass: Mono 3.7, Color 4.8 (In Secondsy DSPF: Mono 6.2, Color 8.1 Warm Up Time 27 seconds (from main power switch on), 15 seconds (from [Power] button on) Magnification 25% to 400% in 1 % increments (with DSPF 25%-200%) Original Feed 300-sheet DSPF with original size detection Scan Speed Copy: Up to 280 ipm (Mono/Color) Scan: Up to 280 ipm (Mono/Color) Original Sizes 5Ys" x 8Ys", 8Yz" x 11 ", 8%" x 11" R, 8Yz" x 14", 11" x 17" Paper Capacity Standard: 650 Sheets/Maximum: 6,300 Sheets Paper Feed Standard: (1) paper drawer 550 sheets (letterAegal/ledger/strut. System size) or up to 50 envelopes (max. height: 25 mm), 100-sheet (or 20 envelope) bypass tray. Optional: Single, double, or triple paper drawer(s) (550, 1,100, or 1,650 sheets), split tandem paper drawers 2,100 sheets (letter) + (1) 550-sheet paper drawer (letter/legal/ledger/ statement size). Paper Weights Paper drawers: 18 lb. bond to 110 lb. cover. Drawer 1: 20-24 lb. and Types bond or Monarch/Com-9 envelopes. Split Tandem Drawers: 18 lb. bond to 28 lb. bond or plain, pre-printed, recycled, pre -punched, letterhead and color paper. Bypass tray: 16-28 lb. bond (plain paper), 13-16 Ib. bond (thin paper), 28 lb. bond-1 10 lb. cover (heavy paper), tab paper (letter) and Monarch/Com-10 envelopes. Also label, gloss, preprinted, recycled, pre -punched, letterhead and color paper or OHP film. Duplexing Standard automatic duplex copying and printing CPU Up to 1.6 GHz Intel processor Interface RJ-45 Ethernet (10/100/1000 Base-T), USB 2.0: 1 host port (front), USB 3.0: 2 host ports (rear), wireless 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac Memory Standard 5 GB copy/print (shared) Solid State Drive 256 GB, 512 GB (option) Copy Resolution Scan: 600 x 600 dpi (Mono/Color). Output: Up to 1,200 x 1,200 dpi (Mono), up to 600 x 600 dpi (Color) Color Modes Auto Color Selection (ACS), Full Color Mode, Monochrome (SIM Exposure Control Automatic, Text, Texl/Photo, TexVPrinted-Photo, Printed - Modes Photo, Photo, Map, Pale -Color Document. Settings: Auto or 9 step manual Halftone 256 gradations/2 levels (monochrome) Copy Features Scan -Once Print -Many, electronic sorting, offset -stacking, Auto Color Selection (ACS), Auto Paper Selection (APS), Auto Magnification Selection (AMS), Auto Tray Switching (ATS), black -white reversal, blank page skip, book copy, book divide, card shot, center erase, centering, cover pages, dual page copy, edge erase, image edit, image preview, insert pages, job build, job programs, margin shift, mirror image, mixed size original, multi -page enlargement, original count, pamphlet style, proof copy, repeat layout, reserve copy, rotated copy, stamp, stamp custom image, suppress background, tab copy, tab -paper insertion, tandem copy, toner save mode, transparency inserts, watermark, 2-in-1 / 4-in-1 / 8-in-1 multi shot Account Control Up to 1,000 users. Supports user -number authentication via local, LDAP and Active Directory for copy, print, scan and document management SHARP Main Specifications (continued) Output Tray Center Exit Tray (Main): 400 sheets (face down) Capacity Job Separator (Upper Tray): 100 sheets (face down) Right Side Exit Tray: 120 sheets (face down) Cloud Supported Google Drive, Box, OneDrive for Business, SharePoint Online, Services Dropbox, GmailTM, Microsoft Teams, MFP Voice Network Protocols TCP/IP (IPv4, IPv6, IPsec), HTTP/HTTPS, IPPAPP-SSL/rLS, FfP/FfPS, SNMPv3, SMTP/SMTP-SSL, POP3/POP3-SSL, LDAP/LDAP-SSL, 802.1x for Windows and Unix. Network and Includes IP/MAC address filtering, protocol filtering, port Data Security control, user authentication, (locaVLDAP/Active Directory), WPA3 wireless, TLS 1.3 Encryption, Kerberos support Firmware Flash ROM with local (USB), network update capability Management and firmware update 1 to N with Sharp Remote Device Manager (available for download) Device Setup Web -based management with user/admin level login Service/Functions Remote Front Panel, remote access to service logs and click counts Accessibility Free stop tilting front panel, adjustment of key touch sound Features and speed, document feeder free stop, job programs, remote front panel, universal grip for paper trays, disable screen timeout and voice interaction Environmental International Energy Star Program Ver. 3.0, European RoHS, Standards Blue Angel (RAL-UZ205), EPEAT Gold Power Source 110-127 V AC. 60 Hz. 20 A Receptacle Power 1.92 kW or less Consumption Weight Approx. 192lbs. Dimensions Approx. 24" (w) x 26" (d) 34" (h) Network Printing System PDL Standard PCL 6, Adobe Postscript3 Resolution 1,200 x 1,200 dpi Print Speed 55/65 pages per minute (8Yz" x 11 ") Print Drivers Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server 2012/2016/2019, Windows PPD, Mac® OS (including 10.10 to 12), UNIX®, Linuxe, Universal Print (native) Mobile Printing' Android— printing framework (Sharp Print Service Plugin), Sharpdesk Mobile, AlrPrinte Print Features Auto configuration, serverless print release, chapter inserts, confidential print, continuous printing, custom image registration, document control, document filing, duplex printing, electronic sorting, form overlay, hidden pattern print, image rotation, job bypass print, job retention, layout print, margin shift, multiple pamphlet, network tandem print, N-up printing, offset stacking, page interleave, pamphlet style, poster print, proof print, print and send, tab paper print, tab printing, transparency inserts, tray status, user authentication single sign -on, watermarks, zoom print Direct Printing File Types: TIFF, JPEG, PCL, PRN, TXT, PNG, PDF, Compact PDF, Encrypted PDF, PS, DOCX, XLSX and PPTX. Methods: FTP, SMB, Web page, Email and USB memory. Adobe Embedded Print Engine support for PDF file formats. Resident Fonts 80 outline fonts (PCL), 139 fonts (PS) Interface RJ-45 Ethernet 10/100/1000 Base-T, USB 2.0/3.0, Wireless 2.4/5 GHz Operating Systems Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server and Environments 2012/2016/2019, Chrome OSTM, OS X 10.10 - macOS 12, Unix®, Linuxe, ChrbP, and SAP device types' Printing Protocols LPR, IPP, IPPS, Raw TCP (port 9100), FTP, POPS, POP3S, HTTP, HTTPS, and LPR and LPD for Unix Network Scanning System Scan Modes Standard: Color, monochrome, grayscale Max. Original Size 11" x 17" Optical Resolution 600 dpi Output Modes 600 dpi, 400 dpi, 300 dpi, 200 dpi, 150 dpi, 100 dpi Image Monochrome Scanning: Uncompressed, G3 (MM, G4 (MR/MMR) Compression Color/Grayscale: JPEG (high, middle, low) Internet Fax mode: MH/MMR (option) SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 100 Paragon Drive, Montvale, NJ 07645 1-800-BE-SHARP • www.sharpusa.com Network Scanning System (continued) Image Formats Monochrome: TIFF, PDF, PDF/A, Encrypted PDF, XPS, Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX, T)CT, and RTF. Color/Grayscale: TIFF, JPEG, PDF, PDF/A, Compact PDF, Encrypted PDF, XPS, Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX, TXT, and RTF. Internet Fax: TIFF-FX, TIFF-F, TIFF-S' Scan Destinations Email, Desktop, FTP, Folder (SMB), USB, Internet fax (option), Super G3 fax (option), Teams Folder, OneDrive, Box, Dropbox One -touch Up to 2,000 (combined scan destinations) Destinations Group Destinations Up to 500 Programs 48 (combined) Max. Jobs Up to 100 Enhanced Email Standard Gmail connector, standard Exchange connector Scanning Protocols HTTP/HTTPS, FTP/FfPS, SMTP/SMTP-SSUESMTP, SMB, POP3, LDAP, S/MIME Software' Sharpdesk Mobile (download), Synappx (download) Optional Equipment BP-70ABD Deluxe Copier Cabinet Base (available summer 2022) BP-DE12 Stand/1 x 550-sheet Paper Drawer BP-DE13 Stand/2 x 550-sheet Paper Drawers BP-DE14 Stand/3 x 550-sheet Paper Drawers BP-DE15 Stand/1 x 550 + 2,100-sheet Split Tandem Paper Drawers BP-LC10 3,000-sheet Large Capacity Cassette (letter, requires BP-DE1 21DE1 3/DE1 4/DE1 5) BP-DD10 Double Feed Detection Kit MX-LT10 Long Paper Feeding Tray BP-FN11 50-sheet Staple Inner Finisher (for 31/36/45/55 ppm models) BP-FN12 50-sheet Staple Inner Finisher (for 65 ppm model) BP-FN13 1K Stacking 50-sheet Staple Finisher BP-FN14 1K Stacking 50-sheet Staple/Saddle Stitch Finisher BP-FN15 3K Stacking 65-sheet Staple Finisher BP-FN16 3K Stacking 65-sheet Staple/Saddle Stitch Finisher BP-FD10 Inner Folding Unit BP-RB10 Paper Pass Unit (required for BP-FN13/14/15/16) MX-PN14B 3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN11/12) MX-PN15B 3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN13/14) MX-PN16B 3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN15/16) MX-SCX1 Staple Cartridge for BP-FN11/12/13 AR-SC2 Saddle -stitch Staple Cartridge for BP-FN14 MX-SC11 Staple Cartridge for BP-FN15/16 MX-SC12 Saddle -stitch Staple Cartridge for BP-FN16 BP-TR12 Right Side Exit Tray MX-TR20N Job Separator Tray BP-TU10 Center Exit Tray BP-UT10 Utility Table BP-FX11 Fax Expansion Kit MX-FWX1L Internet Fax Expansion Kit MX-PF10 Bar Code Font Kit MX-AMX1L Application Integration Module BP-SD10 High Capacity SSD (512 GB) BP-VD10L Virus Detection Kit BP-FR12UL Data Security Kit DVENDFSV Generic Vendor Interface Kit Supplies BP-NT70BA Black Toner Cartridge BP-NT70CA Cyan Toner Cartridge BP-NT70MA Magenta Toner Cartridge BP-NT70YA Yellow Toner Cartridge BP-NV70RA Black Developer BP-NV70SA Cyan/Magenta/Yellow Developer BP-DR70SA Drum ' Some features require optional equipment. See your local dealer. z May vary depending on product configuration, machine settings and operating and/or environmental conditions. Design and specifications subject to change without notice. n CA, LJ - M S Y N A P P X Qualcomm' Directofficem MONO. JI \� P P=,m,,Mre SHARP AirPrint 02023 Sharp Electronics Corporation. All rights reserved. Sharp, Sharp OSA, Sharpdesk, My Sharp, and all related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sharp Corporation and/or its affiliated companies. Microsoft, Active Directory, Excel, Microsoft 365, Microsoft Teams, OneDrive, PowerPoint, SharePoint, Windows, and Windows Server are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Android, Gmail, Chrome OS, and Google Drive are trademarks or registered trademarks of Google L-C. Adobe and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the US and/or other countries. Qualcomm DirectOffice is a product of Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Qualcomm is a trademark of Qualcomm Incorporated, registered in the United States and other countries. DirectOffice is a trademark of CSR Imaging US, LP, registered in the United States and other countries, used with permission. AirPrint is a trademark of Apple Inc. Bitdefender is a trademark or registered trademark of Bitdefender SRL. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Printed in U.S.A. 10/23 • CPD-22-010 Page 219 of 441 SHARP. BP-70C31 BP-70C36 BP-70C45 Designed for today's individual workstyles. From media handling to workflow and collaboration, the Advanced Series delivers the features businesses need to get the job done. The Advanced Series color document systems enable workers to collaborate and share information seamlessly and securely. Enhanced cloud services such as Microsoft Teams makes it easy to streamline communication and enhance productivity with hybrid workers. Easy -to -use Touchscreen Award -winning design that delivers an accurate, responsive user experience, imperative for today's sophisticated workflows. Technology Focused on Efficiency Innovative features like optional double -feed scan detection and enhanced auto skew correction ensure jobs come out right the first time, every time. Versatile Application Integration Easy access to expanded cloud services, quickly connect with mobile devices, including touchless operation with the Sharp Synappx Go app. Leading Security The Advanced Series uses the latest security technology in today's hybrid working environments to protect endpoint devices from security threats. 10.1 " (diagonally measured) customizable touchscreen display. Built-in retractable keyboard simplifies email address and subject line entries. New Inner Folding Unit option offers a variety of fold patterns, including tri-fold, z-fold and others. High capacity 300-sheet DSPF scans documents at up to 280 images per minute. • 300-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder • Energy Star 3.0 certified offers among • Supports native Universal Print from offers double feed -detection (optional) and the lowest standby power consumption Microsoft, enabling businesses to easily scans up to 280 images per minute. in the category. adapt to this popular cloud service. • Flexible paper handling supports media • Enhanced touchscreen delivers an • Wireless LAN supports 5 GHz Wi-Fi up to 300 gsm, allowing users to print on accurate, responsive user experience for stable, high-speed network a wide variety of paper stock or media. and provides easy access to features. communication. • Smart controller design ensures MFP • Collaborate with hybrid workers using • Sharp OSA° Technology provides a firmware is up to date by periodically popular cloud services, such as Microsoft secure and intuitive user experience for checking for updates. Teams, Google DriveTm and Dropbox. integrated workflows. • Built-in walk-up motion sensor automatically detects approaching users immediately wakes the machine, making it ready for use within seconds. • Strong, multi -layered security includes system integrity check at startup, firmware attack prevention and optional Bitdefender antivirus help protect your data. Page 220 of 441 Main Specifications BP-70C3117OC36/ Base models include multitasking controller, 300-sheet DSPF, 70C45 PCLe 6 and Adobe PostScript3 printing systems, network scanning, auto duplexing, 1 x 550-sheet paper drawer, 100-sheet bypass tray. Black and color developer is included. Type Color mufti -function digital document system Display 10.1" (diagonally measured) color dot matrix high -resolution touch panel tilting display. 1,024 x 600 dots (W-SVGA) Functions Copy, print, network print, network scan, document filing and fax' Copy System Dry electrostatic transfer/Dual component developer/Magnetic brush development/OPC drums/Pad fusing/White LED exposure Originals Sheets and bound documents Max. Original Size 11" x 17" Output Size Min. 5Yz" x 8Yi', Max. 12" x 18" Copy Speed 31/36/45 ppm Mono/Color (81h" x 11 ") Multiple Copy Max. 9,999 copies First Copy Time BP-70C31 BP-70C36f7OC45 (In Seconds)2 Mono Color Mono Color Platen Glass: 5.6 7.6 4.6 6.5 DSPF: 7.3 10.4 7.3 10 Warm Up Time 29 seconds (from main power switch on), 18 seconds (from [Power] button on) Magnification 25% to 400% in 1 % increments (with DSPF 25%-200%) Original Feed 300-sheet DSPF with original size detection Scan Speed Copy: Up to 280 ipm (Mono/Color) Scan: Up to 280 ipm (Mono/Color) Original Sizes 5Ys" x 8Yz", 8'h" x 11 ", 8h" x 11" R, 8Yz" x 14", 11" x 17" Paper Capacity Standard: 650 Sheets/Maximum: 6,300 Sheets Paper Feed Standard: (1) paper drawer 550 sheets (lefterAegal/ledger/strut. System size) or up to 50 envelopes (max. height: 25 mm), 100-sheet (or 20 envelope) bypass tray. Optional: Single, double, or triple paper drawer(s) (550, 1,100, or 1,650 sheets), split tandem paper drawers 2,100 sheets (letter) + (1) 550-sheet paper drawer (letterAegal/ledger/ statement size). Paper Weights Paper drawers: 18 lb. bond to 110 lb. cover. Drawer 1: 20-24 lb. and Types bond or Monarch/Com-9 envelopes. Split Tandem Drawers: 18 lb. bond to 28 lb. bond or plain, pre-printed, recycled, pre -punched, letterhead and color paper. Bypass tray: 16-28 lb. bond (plain paper), 13-16 lb. bond (thin paper), 28 lb. bond-1 10 lb. cover (heavy paper), tab paper (letter) and Monarch/Com-10 envelopes. Also label, gloss, preprinted, recycled, pre -punched, letterhead and color paper or OHP film. Duplexing Standard automatic duplex copying and printing CPU Up to 1.6 GHz Intel processor Interface RJ-45 Ethernet (10/100/1000 Base-T), USB 2.0: 1 host port (front), USB 3.0: 2 host ports (mar), wireless 802.11 a/b/g/n/ac Memory Standard 5 GB copy/print (shared) Solid State Drive 256 GB, 512 GB (option) Copy Resolution Scan: 600 x 600 dpi (Mono/Color). Output: Up to 1,200 x 1,200 dpi (Mono), up to 600 x 600 dpi (Color) Color Modes Auto Color Selection (ACS), Full Color Mode, Monochrome (BAN) Exposure Control Automatic, Text, Text/Photo, Text/Printed-Photo, Printed - Modes Photo, Photo, Map, Pale -Color Document. Settings: Auto or 9 step manual Halftone 256 gradations/2 levels (monochrome) Copy Features Scan -Once Print -Many, electronic sorting, offset -stacking, Auto Color Selection (ACS), Auto Paper Selection (APS), Auto Magnification Selection (AMS), Auto Tray Switching (ATS), black -white reversal, blank page skip, book copy, book divide, card shot, center erase, centering, cover pages, dual page copy, edge erase, image edit, image preview, insert pages, job build, job programs, margin shift, mirror image, mixed size original, multi -page enlargement, original count, pamphlet style, proof copy, repeat layout, reserve copy, rotated copy, stamp, stamp custom image, suppress background, tab copy, tab -paper insertion, tandem copy, toner save mode, transparency inserts, watermark, 2-in-1 / 4-in-1 / 8-in-1 mufti shot Account Control Up to 1,000 users. Supports user -number authentication via local, LDAP and Active Directory for copy, print, scan and document management SHARP Main Specifications (continued) Output Tray Center Exit Tray (Main): 400 sheets (face down) Capacity Job Separator (Upper Tray): 100 sheets (face down) Right Side Exit Tray: 120 sheets (face down) Cloud Supported Google Drive, Box, OneDrive for Business, SharePoint Online, Services Dropbox, GmailTM, Microsoft Teams, MFP Voice Network Protocols TCP/IP (IPv4, IPv6, IPsec), HTTP/HTTPS, IPPAPP-SSL/FLS, FfP/FfPS, SNMPv3, SMTP/SMTP-SSL, POP3/POP3-SSL, LDAP/LDAP-SSL, 802.1x for Windows and Unix. Network and Includes IP/MAC address filtering, protocol filtering, port Data Security control, user authentication, (locaVLDAP/Active Directory), WPA3 wireless, TLS 1.3 Encryption, Kerberos support Firmware Flash ROM with local (USB), network update capability Management and firmware update 1 to N with Sharp Remote Device Manager (available for download) Device Setup Web -based management with user/admin level login Service/Functions Remote Front Panel, remote access to service logs and click counts Accessibility Free stop tilting front panel, adjustment of key touch sound Features and speed, document feeder free stop, job programs, remote front panel, universal grip for paper trays, disable screen timeout and voice interaction Environmental International Energy Star Program Ver. 3.0, European RoHS, Standards Blue Angel (RAL-UZ205), EPEAT Gold Power Source 110-127 V AC. 60 Hz. 15 A Receptacle Power 1.5 kW or less Consumption Weight Approx. 187lbs. Dimensions Approx. 24" (w) x 26" (d) 34" (h) Network Printing System PDL Standard PCL 6, Adobe PostScript3 Resolution 1,200 x 1,200 dpi Print Speed 31/36/45 pages per minute (831" x 11 ") Print Drivers Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server 2012/2016/2019, Windows PPD, Mac® OS (including 10.10 to 12), UNIX®, Linuxe, Universal Print (native) Mobile Printing' Android— printing framework (Sharp Print Service Plugin), Sharpdesk Mobile, AlrPrinte Print Features Auto configuration, serverless print release, chapter inserts, confidential print, continuous printing, custom image registration, document control, document filing, duplex printing, electronic sorting, form overlay, hidden pattern print, image rotation, job bypass print, job retention, layout print, margin shift, multiple pamphlet, network tandem print, N-up printing, offset stacking, page interleave, pamphlet style, poster print, proof print, print and send, tab paper print, tab printing, transparency inserts, tray status, user authentication single sign -on, watermarks, zoom print Direct Printing File Types: TIFF, JPEG, PCL, PRN, TXT, PING, PDF, Compact PDF, Encrypted PDF, PS, DOCX, XLSX and PPTX. Methods: FTP, SMB, Web page, Email and USB memory. Adobe Embedded Print Engine support for PDF file formats. Resident Fonts 80 outline fonts (PCL), 139 fonts (PS) Interface RJ-45 Ethernet 10/100/1000 Base-T, USB 2.0/3.0, Wireless 2.4/5 GHz Operating Systems Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server and Environments 2012/2016/2019, Chrome OST"^, OS X 10.10 - macOS 12, Unix®, Linuxe, Cftrix®, and SAP device types' Printing Protocols LPR, IPP, IPPS, Raw TCP (port 9100), Frp, POP3, POP3S, HTTP, HTTPS, and LPR and LPD for Unix Network Scanning System Scan Modes Standard: Color, monochrome, grayscale Max. Original Size 11" x 17" Optical Resolution 600 dpi Output Modes 600 dpi, 400 dpi, 300 dpi, 200 dpi, 150 dpi, 100 dpi Image Monochrome Scanning: Uncompressed, G3 (MM, G4 (MR/MMR) Compression Color/Grayscale: JPEG (high, middle, low) Internet Fax mode: MH/MMR (option) SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 100 Paragon Drive, Montvale, NJ 07645 1-800-BE-SHARP • www.sharpusa.com Network Scanning System (continued) Image Formats Monochrome: TIFF, PDF, PDF/A, Encrypted PDF, XPS, Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX, T)CT, and RTF. Color/Grayscale: TIFF, JPEG, PDF, PDF/A, Compact PDF, Encrypted PDF, XPS, Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX, TXT, and RTF. Internet Fax: TIFF-FX, TIFF-F, TIFF-S' Scan Destinations Email, Desktop, FTP, Folder (SMB), USB, Internet fax (option), Super G3 fax (option), Teams Folder, OneDrive, Box, Dropbox One -touch Up to 2,000 (combined scan destinations) Destinations Group Destinations Up to 500 Programs 48 (combined) Max. Jobs Up to 100 Enhanced Email Standard Gmail connector, standard Exchange connector Scanning Protocols HTTP/HTTPS, FTP/FfPS, SMTP/SMTP-SSUESMTP, SMB, POP3, LDAP, S/MIME Software' Sharpdesk Mobile (download), Synappx (download) Optional Equipment BP-70ABD Deluxe Copier Cabinet Base (available summer 2022) BP-DE12 Stand/1 x 550-sheet Paper Drawer BP-DE13 Stand/2 x 550-sheet Paper Drawers BP-DE14 Stand/3 x 550-sheet Paper Drawers BP-DE15 Stand/1 x 550 + 2,100-sheet Split Tandem Paper Drawers BP-LC10 3,000-sheet Large Capacity Cassette (letter, requires BP-DE1 21DE1 3/DE1 4/DE1 5) BP-DD10 Double Feed Detection Kit MX-LT10 Long Paper Feeding Tray BP-FN11 50-sheet Staple Inner Finisher BP-FN13 1K Stacking 50-sheet Staple Finisher BP-FN14 1K Stacking 50-sheet Staple/Saddle Stitch Finisher BP-FN15 3K Stacking 65-sheet Staple Finisher BP-FN16 3K Stacking 65-sheet Staple/Saddle Stitch Finisher BP-FD10 Inner Folding Unit BP-RB10 Paper Pass Unit (required for BP-FN13/14/15/16) MX-PN14B 3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN11) MX-PN15B 3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN13/14) MX-PN16B 3-Hole Punch Unit (requires BP-FN15/16) MX-SCX1 Staple Cartridge for BP-FN11/13 AR-SC2 Saddle -stitch Staple Cartridge for BP-FN14 MX-SC11 Staple Cartridge for BP-FN15/16 MX-SC12 Saddle -stitch Staple Cartridge for BP-FN16 BP-TR12 Right Side Exit Tray MX-TR20N Job Separator Tray BP-TU10 Center Exit Tray BP-UT10 Utility Table BP-FX11 Fax Expansion Kit MX-FWX1L Internet Fax Expansion Kit MX-PF1 O Bar Code Font Kit MX-AMX1L Application Integration Module BP-SD10 High Capacity SSD (512 GB) BP-VD10L Virus Detection Kit BP-FR12UL Data Security Kit DVENDFSV Generic Vendor Interface Kit BP-NT70BA Black Toner Cartridge BP-NT70CA Cyan Toner Cartridge BP-NT70MA Magenta Toner Cartridge BP-NT70YA Yellow Toner Cartridge BP-NV70BA Black Developer BP-NV70SA Cyan/Magenta/Yellow Developer BP-DR70SA Drum ' Some features require optional equipment. See your local dealer. z May vary depending on product configuration, machine settings and operating and/or environmental conditions. Design and specifications subject to change without notice. n C n® J M S Y N A P P X Qualcomm' DirectOffice- SIZE. V JI \1 � P P=,m,,Mre SHARP AirPrint 02023 Sharp Electronics Corporation. All rights reserved. Sharp, Sharp OSA, Sharpdesk, My Sharp, and all related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sharp Corporation and/or its affiliated companies. Microsoft, Active Directory, Excel, Microsoft 365, Microsoft Teams, OneDrive, PowerPoint, SharePoint, Windows, and Windows Server are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Android, Gmail, Chrome OS, and Google Drive are trademarks or registered trademarks of Google I.I.C. Adobe and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the US and/or other countries. Qualcomm DirectOffice is a product of Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Qualcomm is a trademark of Qualcomm Incorporated, registered in the United States and other countries. DirectOffice is a trademark of CSR Imaging US, LP, registered in the United States and other countries, used with permission. AirPrint is a trademark of Apple Inc. Bitdefender is a trademark or registered trademark of Bitdefender SRL. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Printed in U.S.A. 10/23 • CPD-22-009 Page 221 of 441 SHARP. Combining Technology and Functionality Designed to fulfill the needs of today's diverse work styles. The Sharp color MX-C428F and MX-0528F document systems enable workers to collaborate and share information seamlessly and securely throughout the office environment. Enhance your office's output of professional -quality color content that gets the attention of your audience while saving time and money! Ease of Use The MX-C428F 7" (diagonal) and MX-0528F 10" (diagonal) capacitive touchscreen display offer a user-friendly graphical interface with simplified customizable screens. Productivity Intuitive and customizable interface offers copy, print, scan and fax capabilities standard plus optional wireless connectivity enables users to easily manage their workflow from PCs, smartphones and tablets. Hybrid Workplace Seamlessly collaborate with colleagues when they are working remotely. With CloudConnect, businesses gain access to popular cloud services including Microsoft OneDrive for Business, Google Drive and others. The Cloud Connector app makes it easy for administrators to add new cloud connectivity options securely. Standard configuration shown. 10" (diagonally measured) customizable touchscreen display., MX-0528F only. MX-C428F/C528F LA o a 0 100-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder. A compact design with advanced workflow features for virtually any size office. • Productive printing speeds of up to • MX-C428F 7" (diagonal) and MX-0528F • 100-sheet duplexing single -pass feeder 42 (MX-C428F) and 52 (MX-0528F) 10" (diagonal) capacitive color with double feed detection standard on pages per minute. touchscreen with adjustable viewing angle the MX-0528F. offers smooth, tablet -style interaction. • Supports letter size, legal size and envelopes through the standard paper drawer or bypass tray. • Offers up to six paper sources with available 2,850-sheet maximum paper capacity. • Print popular file formats such as PDF, Word, Excel and PowerPoint directly from USB drives. • True 1,200 x 1,200 dpi resolution • Built-in optical character recognition produces razor sharp documents. (OCR) on the MX-0528F allows users to convert a scanned document into a • Standard PCL®6 and PostScript03TM searchable format. compatible printing delivers clear, crisp professional output. • Supports popular mobile technologies enabling users to easily print files from • ENERGY STAR° certified and offers smartphones, tablets, laptops and Apple among the lowest standby power AirPrint. consumption in the category. Page 222 of 441 Main Specifications MX-C428F/C528F Base model includes 100-sheet DSPF, PCL 6 and PostScript® 3TM compatible printing systems, network scanning, auto duplexing, 1 x 550-sheet paper drawer, 100-sheet bypass Kits and starter toner (5K) is included. Main Specifications (continued) Network Scanning System (continued) Network and Includes IP address filtering, protocol filtering, port control, Scan Destinations Email, FTP, Folder (SMB), USE, Super G3 fax Data Security TLS Encryption, Kerberos, AES 256-bit data encryption, data Scanning Protocols HTTP/HTTPS,FTP/FTPS, SMTP/SMTP/SMTP-SSUESMTP, overwrite Firmware Flash ROM with local (USB), network update capability Type Desktop color multi -function printer Management Display MX-0528F: 10" (diagonal) color LCD touchscreen Device Setup Web -based management/cloning with user/administrator MX-C428F: 7" (diagonal) color LCD touchscreen level login Functions Copy, print, network print, network scan and color fax Service/Functions Remote Front Panel, remote access to service logs and Sheets and bound documents click counts Max. Original Size 8Yz" x 14" Accessibility Large high -contrast icons, focus cursor and voice prompts Output Size Min. 5Y2" x 8Y2", Max. 832" x 14" Features Copy Speed MX-0528F: 52 ppm Environmental International ENERGY STAR Program Ver. 3.2, European ROHS MX-C428F:42ppm Standards First Copy Time MX-0528F MX-C428F (In Seconds)2 Platen Glass: M 5.5/C 6.1 M 6.5/C 7.1 Doc Feeder: M 5.7/C 6.3 M 6.7/C 7.3 Magnification 25% to 400% in 1 % increments Original Feed 100-sheet duplex single pass feeder (MX-0528F only - double feed detection) Scan Speed MX-0528F: 104 images per minute MX-C428F: 84 images per minute Original Sizes 5V' x 8Y2", 8Y2" x 11 ", 8Y2" x 14", 2" x 3Y2" business card Paper Capacity Standard 650 sheets/ Max. 2,850 sheets Paper Feed Standard: (1) 550-sheet paper drawers (letter/legal/statement / System envelope size) System and 100-sheet bypass tray (letter/ legal/statemenUenvelope size). Optional: (4) 550-sheet paper drawers (letter/legal/statement/envelope size) Paper Weights Standard and optional paper drawers: Plain paper 16-58 lb and Types bond, Heavy paper 26 lb bond-90 lb cover. Other paper types include plain, recycled, pre -punched, letterhead, pre-printed, color, gloss, cardstock, 24 lb. bond envelopes (up to 50) and 58 lb. bond labels. Bypass tray: 16-58 lb. bond (thin paper), 20 lb. bond (plain paper), 24 lb. bond, cardstock, and envelopes (up to 10). Duplexing Standard automatic duplex copying and printing CPU Up to 1.2 GHz Quad Core design Interface' RJ-45 Ethernet (10/100/1000 Base-T), USB 2.0: 2 host, 1 high speed ports (front), wireless LAN optional (IEEE 802.11 Memory Standard 2 GB, Max. 2 GB Storage MX-G528F: std. 128GB ISO, opt. 500GB HDD MX-G428F: opt. 128GB ISO, 500GB HDD Copy Resolution Up to 600 x 600 dpi Copy Features Scan -once print many, electronic sorting, Auto Paper Selection (APS), Auto Magnification (AMS), darkness, save as shortcut, auto center, background removal, contrast, mirror image, negative image, scan edge -to -edge, shadow detail, sharpness, job build (with ISD/HDD), cover page setup, edge erase, header/ footer, margin shift, overlay, separator sheets. Account Control Supports user authentication via user -number Output Tray Center Exit Tray (Main): 300 sheets plain paper/50 envelopes Cloud Supported Google Drive, OneDrive for Business, SharePoint Online, Services' Box, Dropbox Network Protocols TCPAP (IPv4, IPv6, TCP X, UDP X, IPSEC w/ IPv4 X, IPSEC w/ IPv6 X, ICMP X, IGMP X, 802.1 x) Power 110-127V AC. 60 HZ. 12 A receptacle Power MX-G528F: 0.69 kW Consumption MX-G428F: 0.55 kW Weight MX-G528F: Approx. 87.08lbs. MX-G428F: Approx. 85.98lbs. Dimensions 18.85" (w) x 20.9" (d) x 24.4" (h) Network Printing System PDL Standard PCL® 6 and PostScript® 3TM compatible Resolution 1,200 x 1,200 dpi Print Speed MX-0528F: 52 ppm IVY' x 11 ") MX-C428F: 42 loom (81�" x 11") Print Drivers Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2016, Windows Server 2019, Windows Server 2022, Windows PPD, MAC OSr (including 10.15-12), all MAC PPD, UNIX®, Linux® PPD Mobile Printing AlrPrint Print Features Auto configuration, bar code font printing, confidential print, different cover page/last page/other page, document filing, duplex printing, electronic sorting, form overlay, image rotation, image stamp, image type, job retention, layout print, N-up printing, page interleave, pamphlet style, proof print, tray status, user authentication, watermarks, zoom print. Direct Printing File Types: BMP, DCX, DOC/DOCX, GIF, JPEG, PCX, PDF, PING, PPT/PPTX, TIFF, XLS/XLSX, XPS. Methods: FTP, SMB, Web page and USB memory Resident Fonts 94 outline fonts (PCL), 163 fonts (PS) Operating Systems Windows 8.1 and Windows 10, and Environments Windows 11, Windows Server 2012, Windows Server 2016, Windows Server 2019, Windows Server 2022, CibiiO, Linux, UNIX Printing Protocols LPR, IPP, IPPS, PAP, Raw TCP (port 9100), FTP, POP3, HTTP, LPD and LPR for Unix Network Scanning System Scan Modes Standard: color, monochrome and grayscale Max. Original Size 8Y2" x 14" Optical Resolution 600 dpi Output Modes 600 dpi, 400 dpi, 300 dpi, 200 dpi, 150 dpi, 75 dpi Image Color Scanning: Uncompressed, G3 (MH), G4 (MRMIMR) Compression Color/Grayscale: JPEG (high, middle, low) Image Formats JPEG, PDF, PDF/A-1a/1b, compact PDF, searchable PDF, encrypted PDF, TIFF, XPS, DOCX, CSV, TXT, RTF, XLSX (OCR MX-0528F Only) SHARP SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 100 Paragon Drive, Montvale, NJ 07645 ® 1-800-BE-SHARP • www.sharpusa.com OW SHARP. AirPrint LDAP. S/MIME Software Optional third party applications Super G3 Facsimile Function Communication Line Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) or Analog PABX(RJ-11) Transmission Mode Super G3, G3 Modem Speed Maximum 33.6 KBPS with auto fallback Compression JBIG, JBIG2, JPEG, MMR, MR, MH Scanning Method Sheet fed or manual feed from platen glass Transmit Resolution 600 x 600 dpi (ultra -fine), 300 x 300 dpi (super -fine), 200 x 200 dpi (fine), 200 x 100 (standard) Transmit Speed Approx. 3 seconds per page in Super G3 mode Auto Dialing Up to 500 destinations (combined) Group Dialing Up to 400 locations Inbound Fax Routing To email address, FTP or Forward to Network Folder,also Document Administration function can send fax transmission logs, forward to Sharp eSF app and receptions to an administrator email address. Max. Original Up to 14" Memory MX-0528F: std. 1GB MX-C428F: std. 18MB Features Color Fax, Transaction Reports, Activity Reports, PC Fax, Quick On-line Transmission, Inbound Fax Routing, Fax Server, Fax Release, Out -of -Paper Memory Reception, Auto Redial, Auto Exposure, Delay Send, Duplex Reception, Fax Forwarding, Cover Page, and Scan Preview (with ISD/HDD). Optional Equipment MX-CS17 550-sheet Paper Feed Unit 40C2300 Adiustable Stand 47134500 Convenience Stapler 35SB500 Staple Cartridge Refill (5-pack) 1000 Staples 27X0400 500GB Hard Drive 57X0070 Removable Hard Disk Enclosure Kit 57X9528 Intelligent Storage Device (ISD) (MX-C428F) 27X6430 MarkNet N8450 Wireless Card (internal installation) 27X6410 MarkNet N8372 Wireless Module (front installation) 57X0295 Trusted Platform Module 57X0300 Contact Authentication Device 57X0301 Contac0ess Authentication Device 37X6350 Analog Fax Card Supplies MX-052TB Black Toner Cartridge MX-052TC Cyan Toner Cartridge MX-052TM Magenta Toner Cartridge MX-052TY Yellow Toner Cartridge MX-052DU-BS Black Imaging Kit (includes drum/developer) MX-052DU-SS Black/Cyan/Magenta/Yellow (includes dmn✓developer) Design and specifications subject to change without notice. ENERGY STAR 02023 Sharp Electronics Corporation. All rights reserved. Sharp, Sharp OSA, Sharpdesk, My Sharp, and all related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sharp Corporation and/or its affiliated companies. Microsoft, Office 365, Windows, Windows Server, Excel, PowerPoint, OneDrive, and SharePoint are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Android, Chrome, Gmail, Google Drive and Chromebook are trademarks or registered trademarks of Google LLC. Adobe, the Adobe logo, PostScript, and PostScript 3 are either registered trademarks ortrademarks of Adobe in the United States and/or other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Page 223 of 441 SHARP. M -u a no MOM a KTWTJ K A Higher Standard of Functionality Adaptable and simplified printers that deliver safe and secure features. The simply smarter BP-B540WR and BP-B550WD compact monochrome document systems deliver advanced security and collaborative functionality with high -quality output. These models provide users with an intuitive user experience and the confidence of knowing their jobs will come out right the first time, every time. Designed with high-performance features typically found on larger multifunction printers, both models deliver the user experience needed to meet the requirements of today's hybrid work environment. Easy -to -use Touchscreen The easy -to -use Sharp touchscreen display is designed to deliver an accurate responsive user experience. Built-in Security In today's ever changing work environments, it's vital to protect endpoint devices fror security threats, which is why Sharp uses the latest technology to help ensure your data remains safe. Versatile Application Integration Maximize productivity and collaboration with easy access to expand cloud services, quickly connect with mobile devices to print and scan files and even utilize touchless operation with the Sharp Synappx Go app. Easily scan business cards and checks using the high resolution scanner. Easy touch display with customizable menus. Optional compact inner finisher offers stapling, offset stacking and sorting. Compact designs with advanced workflow features for virtually any size office. • Standard copy, print, scan, fax and wireless capability. • 100-sheet duplexing document feeder on the BP-B550WD scans both sides of a document in a single pass. This enhances productivity while maintaining the integrity of original copies and minimizing wear on the feeder. • Both models can feed letter, legal, statement and business card sized original documents. • Built-in optical character recognition (OCR) function can convert scanned documents to text -searchable PDF, Microsoft® Office file formats and more • The compact PDF feature reduces file sizes of most scanned color documents and decreases network traffic and storage. • Access popular cloud services, including Microsoft OneDrive® for Business, Microsoft Teams, SharePoint® Online, Box.com, Google DriveTM, Dropbox and more with the Cloud Connect feature and Sharp Application Portal. • Direct print from Microsoft Word, PowerPoint® and Excel® files with thumb drives, cloud applications, network folders and more. • 7" (diagonal) customizable touchscreen display enables easy access to features and functions when setting up jobs. • Offers up to five paper sources with available 2,350-sheet maximum paper capacity. • Network ready PCL® 6 and Adobe® PostScript®3TM printing systems deliver up to 40 and 50 pages per minute. • Supports popular mobile technologies, enabling users to easily print files from smartphones, tablets and notebook computers. • Strong, multi -layered security such as system integrity check, intrusion detection, and optional Bitdefender antivirus help protect your data. Page 224 of 441 Main Specifications BP-B540WR/ Base models include multitasking controller, 50-sheet RSPF BP-B550WD (BP-B540WR)/100-sheet DSPF (BP-B550WD), PCL 6 and Adobe PostScript® 3TM printing systems, network scanning, auto duplexing, 1 x 500-sheet paper drawer, 50-sheet bypass tray. Black developer is included. Type Desktop monochrome multi -function printer Display 7" (diagonal) color dot matrix high -resolution touch panel tilting display. 1,024 x 600 dots (W-SVGA) Functions Copy, print, network print, network scan, document filing and fax Copy System Dry electrostatic transfer/Dual component developer/Magnetic brush developmenUOPC drums/Roller fusing/White LED Originals Sheets and bound documents Max. Original Size 8Ys" x 14" Output Size Min. 5Ys" x 8Yz", Max. 8Yz" x 14" Copy Speed 40/50 ppm Multiple Copy Max. 9,999 copies First Copy Time BP-B540WR BP-B550WD (in seconds)z Platen Glass 5.3 3.7 Doc. Feeder 7.3 5.5 Warm Up Time 20 seconds (from main switch on) Magnification 25% to 400% in 1 % increments (with document feeder Original Feed BP-B540WR: 50-sheet RSPF BP-B550WD: 100-sheet DSPF Scan Speed BP-B540WR: up to 40 ipm BP-B550WD: up to 130 ipm Original Sizes 5Yz" x 8Yz", 8h" x 11 ", 8Yz" x 14", 2" x 3)1" business card Paper Capacity Standard: 550 Sheets/Maximum: 2,350 Sheets Paper Feed Standard: (1) 500-sheet paper drawer (letter/statement size) System and 50-sheet bypass tray (letterAegal/statement/envelope size). 50-enevelope capacity with standard paper cassette. Optional: up to 3 additional 600-sheet paper drawers (letter/ Paper Weights Paper drawers: 16 lb. bond to 28 lb. bond other paper types and Types include plain, pre-printed, recycled, pre -punched, letterhead and color paper, bypass tray: 16-28 lb. bond (plain paper), 13-16 lb. bond (thin paper), 28 lb. bond-80 lb. cover (heavy paper), 20-24 lb. bond (Monarch/Com-10 envelope): label paper, gloss paper, pre-printed, recycled, pre -punched, letterhead, color paper and OHP film. Duplexing Standard automatic duplex copying and printing CPU 1.6 GHz multi -processor design Interface RJ-45 Ethernet (10/100/1000 Base-T), USB3.0: 1 port (rear), USB2.0: 1 port (front)1 device port (mar), Wireless 802.11 Memory Standard 5 GB copy/print (shared) Solid State Drive 128 GB Copy Resolution Up to 600 x 600 dpi Exposure Control Modes: Automatic, Text, Text/Photc, TexVPrinted-Photo, Printed -Photo, Photo, Map, Light Original Halftone 256 gradations/2 levels (monochrome) Copy Features Scan -Once Print -Many, Auto Paper Selection (APS), Auto Magnification Selection (AMS), Auto Tray Switching (ATS), electronic sorting, black -white reversal, blank page skip, card shot, center erase, centering, cover pages, edge erase, image edit, image preview, insert pages, job build, job programs, margin shift, mirror image, mixed size original, original count, pamphlet style, proof copy, repeat layout, stamp, stamp custom image, suppress background, toner save mode, transparency inserts, watermark, 2-in-1 / 4-in-1 / 8-in-1 multi shot Account Control Up to 1,000 users. Supports user authentication via user -number, local login name/password, LDAP or Active Directory® for all modes Output Tray Center Exit Tray (Main): 250 sheets (face down) Capacity Inner Finisher: 280 sheets (face down) Cloud Supported OneDrive for Business, Google Drive, Box, Dropbox, Sharepoint Services Online, Microsoft Teams, Gmail, Exchange Online Main Specifications (continued) Network Scanning System (continued) Network Protocols TCPAP (IPA, IPv6, IPsec), HTTP/HTTPS, IPPAPP-SSL, Scan Destinations Email, Desktop, FTP, Folder (SMB), USB, Internet fax (option), FTP/FfPS, SNMPv3, SMTP/SMTP-SSL, POP3/POP3-SSL, Super G3 fax, Teams Folder, OneDrive, Box, Dropbox LDAP/LDAP-SSL, 802.1x for Windows and Unix. One -touch Up to 2,000 (combined scan destinations) Network and Includes IP/MAC address filtering, Protocol filtering, Port Data Security control, TLS 1.3 Encryption, WPA3, Kerberos, Active Directory integration, AES 256 bit data encryption, Secure data erase, End -of -Lease feature Firmware Flash ROM with local (USB), network update capability Management and firmware update 1 to N with SRDM (Sharp Remote Device Manager) Device Setup Web -based management/cloning with user/administrator Service/Functions Remote Front Panel, remote access to service logs and click counts Accessibility Free stop tilting front panel, adjustment of key touch sound Features and speed, document feeder free stop, job programs, remote front panel, universal grip for paper trays and disable screen timeout Environmental International ENERGY STAR Program Ver. 3.2, European RoHS, Standards Blue Angel DE-UZ219 Power AC 120 VAC, 60 HZ, 15 A receptacle Power Consumption 1.44 kW or less Weight Approx. 63lbs (BP-B540WR)/68lbs (BP-B550WD) Dimensions Approx. 19-3/8" (W), 21-5/8" (D), 22" (H) (BP-B540WR) Approx. 19-3/8" (W), 21-5/8" (D), 24" (H) (BP-B550WD) Network Printing System PDL Standard PCL 6, Adobe PostScript 3 Resolution 600 x 600 doi Print Speed 40/50 onm (8Yz" x 11 ") Print Drivers Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server 2016/2019/2022, Windows PPD, OS X 10.10 - macOS 13, UNIX®, Unuxe, Universal Print (native) Mobile Printing AirPrint, Android printing framework (Sharp Print Service Plugin), Sharpdesk Mobile Print Features Auto configuration, serverless print release, bar code font printing, carbon copy print, chapter inserts, confidential print, custom image registration, different cover page/last page/other page, document control, document filing, duplex printing, electronic sorting, form overlay, hidden pattern print, image rotation, image stamp, image type, job retention, layout print, margin shift, network tandem print, N-up printing, page interleave, pamphlet style, proof print, print and send, stapling, toner save mode, transparency inserts, tray status, user authentication, watermarks, zoom print' Direct Printing File Types: TIFF, JPEG, PCL, PRN, TXT, PNG, PDF, Compact PDF, Encrypted PDF, PostScript, DOCX, XLSX and PPTX. Methods: FTP, SMB, Web page, Email and USB memory. Adobe Embedded Print Engine support for PDF file formats. Resident Fonts 80 outline fonts (PCL), 139 fonts (PS) Operating Systems Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server and Environments 2016/2019/2022, Chrome OST., OS X 10.10 - macOS 13, Unix®, Linuxe, Citrix®, and SAP device types' Printing Protocols LPR, IPP, IPPS, Raw TCP (port 9100), FTP, POP3, POP3S, HTTP, HTTPS, and LPR and LPD for Unix Network Scanning System Scan Modes Standard: Color, monochrome, grayscale Max. Original Size SYs" x 14" Optical Resolution 600 dpi Output Modes 600 dpi, 400 dpi, 300 dpi, 200 dpi, 150 dpi, 100 dpi Image Monochrome Scanning: Uncompressed, G3 (MI-1), G4 (MR/MMR) Compression Color/Grayscale: JPEG (high, medium, low) Internet Fax mode: MH/MMR (option)' Image Formats Monochrome: TIFF, PDF, PDF/A, Encrypted PDF, XPS, Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX, TXT, and RTF. Color/Grayscale: TIFF, JPEG, PDF, PDF/A, Compact PDF, Encrypted PDF, XPS, Searchable PDF, DOCX, XLSX, PPTX, TXT, and RTF. Internet Fax: TIFF-FX, TIFF-F, TIFF-S' SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION 100 Paragon Drive, Montvale, NJ 07645 SHARP 1-800-BE-SHARP • www.sharpusa.com Destinations Group Destinations Up to 500 Programs 48 (combined) Max. Jobs Up to 100 Enhanced Email Standard Gmail connector, standard Exchange connector Integration (on -premise and online) Scanning Protocols HTTP/HTTPS,FTP/FTPS, SMTP/SMTP/SMTP-SSUESMTP, POP3, LDAP, S/MIME Software Sharpdesk Mobile (download), Synappx (download) Super G3 Facsimile Function Communication Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) Line Transmission Mode Super G3, G3 Modem Speed Maximum 33.6 KBPS with auto fallback Compression JBIG, MMR, MR, MH Scanning Method Sheet fed or manual feed from platen glass Transmit Resolution 400 x 400 dpi (ultra -fine), 200 x 400 dpi (super -fine), 200 x 200 dpi (fine), 200 x 100 (standard) Halftones 256 levels Transmit Speed Approx. 2 seconds per page in Super G3 mode Auto Dialing Up to 1000 destinations (combined) Group Dialing Up to 500 groups Inbound Fax To email address, FTP or SMB using Transmit Terminal Routing Identification (TTI), also Document Administration function can send blind copy of transmissions and receptions to an administrator email address, FTP or SMB location. Max. Original Up to 19.5" Length Programs 48 (combined) Memory 4 GB (shared) Features Transaction Reports, Activity Reports, PC Fax, F-Code communication, Memory Transmission, Quick On-line Transmission, Inbound Fax Routing, Anti -junk Fax Reception, Secure Fax Release, Out -of -Paper Memory Reception, Auto Radial, Auto Exposure, Chain Dialing, Polling Reception, Duplex Reception and ITU-T.37 Internet Fax Option. Optional Equipment BP-DS14 High Stand BP-DS15 Low Stand BP-CS12 600-sheet Paper Feed Unit BP-FN17 30-sheet Staple Inner Finisher MX-SCX1 Staple Cartridge for BP-FN17 MX-FWX1L Internet Fax Kit MX-PF1 O Bar Code Font Kit MX-AMX1L Application Integration Module DVENDFSV External Vendor Interface Kit BP-FR12UL Data Security Kit BP-VD10L Virus Detection Kit (powered by Bitdefender) BP-SD10 High Capacity SSD (512GB) Supplies BP-B50NTA Toner Cartridge BP-B50NV Developer MX-B45DU Drum ' Some features require optional equipment. See your local dealer. 2 May vary depending on product configuration, machine settings and operating and/or environmental conditions. Design and specifications subject to change without notice. n c A; ON- S Y N A P P X Qualcomm DirectOffice Bitdefender MEN SHARP AirPrint 2023 Sharp Electronics Corporation. All rights reserved. Sharp, Sharp OSA, My Sharp, and all related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sharp Corporation and/or its affiliated companies. Microsoft, Active Directory, Excel, Microsoft Teams, OneDrive, PowerPoint, SharePoint, Windows, and Windows Server are trademarks or registered trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies. Android, Gmail, and Google Drive are trademarks or registered trademarks of Google L-C. Adobe and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the United States and/or other countries. Qualcomm DirectOffice is a product of Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries. Qualcomm is a trademark of Qualcomm Incorporated, registered in the United States and other countries. DirectOffi ce is a trademark of CSR Imaging US, LP, registered in the United States and other countries, used with permission. ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Box is a trademark, service mark, or registered trademark of Box, Inc. Dropbox is a trademark or registered trademark of Dropbox, Inc. PCL is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company. Bitdefender is a trademark or registered trademark of Bitdefender SRL. WPA3 is a trademark or registered trademark of WI-Fi Alliance®. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Printed in U.S.A. 10/23 • CPD-23-007 Page 225 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement F I, F G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Consent Item Number: B.15 TITLE: Waive Bidding Requirements to Purchase Fire Command Vehicle RECOMMENDATION: 1. Waive formal bidding requirements pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code § 1- 7- 9(A) to purchase a Fire Command Vehicle and authorize the City Manager to sign agreements, in a form approved by the City Attorney, with National Fleet and 911 Vehicle. 2. Authorize the release of $204,030.54 from account 001-252-0000-1252 (Developer Impact Fee) and authorize budget appropriation of $204,030.54 to account number 001-400-3202-8105 (Automotive). 3. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: The total cost of the fire command vehicle is $243,000. The budget breakdown is as follows: Amount Budgeted in FY 2023-24: • 601-400-3202-8105 (Equipment Replacement Fund): $38,969.46 Additional Appropriation needed in FY 2023-24: • Release from undesignated Developer Impact Fee (Fire) from account 001-252- 0000-1252 (Developer Impact Fee): $204,030.54 • Budget appropriation to account 001-400-3202-8105 (Automotive): $204,030.54 The anticipated time frame for receiving the command vehicle is 6 months and the anticipated time frame for installing the command technology module is 12 months from Page 226 of 441 Waive Formal Bidding Requirements to Purchase Fire Command Vehicle April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 3 the date of order. As such, this purchase will require equipment replacement and development impact funds to roll over for use in FY 2024-25 and FY 2025-26 until the equipment is received. BACKGROUND: The Fire Department requests a fire command vehicle to respond jointly with the El Segundo Police Department ("ESPD") on emergency incidents. The current command vehicle has outdated technology and is incapable of capturing visual intelligence for civil unrest, fires, disasters, and other incidents. One such recent event, a historic rainfall in February 2024, triggered the activation of El Segundo Emergency Operations Center ("EOC"). During this 8-day period, the responding EOC team lacked centralized real- time visibility to incidents that were being reported throughout the city (ground erosion, down wires and trees, and flooding at parks and other public areas). Having this technology on hand during an EOC activation will allow staff to verify reported incidents and well as assist in a proactive response strategy (road closures, windshield surveys). This command vehicle has two components: the one -ton truck (required load capacity), and a technology module with emergency radios and intel monitors that display live drone footage, pre -fire plan building maps, and incident response information. Utilizing a command vehicle with this technology and partnering with ESPD gives the incident commanders a higher level of awareness of what is happening on an emergency scene. This information will aid critical incident decision -making, resulting in improved first -responder safety and increased efficiency while responding to disasters. The current battalion chief vehicle will be used as a back-up vehicle to respond to out - of -county mutual aid incidents or as another command vehicle if the primary command vehicle is being serviced. Further, the current battalion chief vehicle is a 2018 model and is nearing reserve status (backup vehicle). The requested new command vehicle, along with utilizing its technological capabilities, will become the primary vehicle for the on -duty battalion chiefs. DISCUSSION: If approved, the response concept will be for the Police and Fire Departments to respond in unified command with a new fire command vehicle that can accept live feeds of incidents from unmanned aerial vehicles (drones). The live footage will simultaneously be accessible from the command vehicle, the executive conference room, and the EOC and enable decision makers to monitor developments from the scene. The Police Chief, Public Works Director, and Information Technology Services Director support this joint -use command vehicle to improve the City's response capabilities. Staff Page 227 of 441 Waive Formal Bidding Requirements to Purchase Fire Command Vehicle April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 3 finds that the City's best interests are served by a direct award of a contract to purchase the command vehicle and recommend that the City Council waive competitive bidding and authorize the City Manager to enter into an agreement to purchase the vehicle, as proposed. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 2: Support Community Safety and Preparedness Objective 2A: El Segundo is a safe and prepared community. Goal 4: Develop and Maintain Quality Infrastructure and Technology Objective 4A: El Segundo's physical infrastructure supports an inviting and safe community. Objective 4B: El Segundo's technology supports effective, efficient and proactive operations. PREPARED BY: Vanessa Arias, Senior Management Analyst REVIEWED BY: George Avery, Fire Chief APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: None Page 228 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement F I, F �' t 1) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Public Hearings Item Number: C.16 TITLE: Resolution for Addendum to Previously Certified General Plan Environmental Impact Report and Ordinance for General Plan Amendment, Zone Change, and Zone Text Amendment for the Implementation of Housing Element Program No. 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) and Program No. 9 (El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments), to Increase the Allowable Density and Adopt New Objective Development Standards in the R3 Zone and Housing Element Sites Inventory Sites RECOMMENDATION: Adopt a resolution adopting an addendum (Environmental Assessment No. EA 1344) to the Certified Environmental Impact Report for the previously certified General Plan for General Plan Amendment No. GPA 23-01, Zone Change No. ZC 23-01, and Zone Text Amendment No. 2301 pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15162 as the proposed modifications would not trigger the conditions therein that would result in any new significant impacts or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant impacts. 2. Waive the first reading and introduce an ordinance adopting Zone Change No. ZC 23-01 and Zone Text Amendment No. 23-01. 3. Schedule a second reading of the ordinance for the May 7, 2024 regular City Council meeting or as thereafter feasible. 4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: The proposed amendments are not anticipated to have any fiscal impact. BACKGROUND: On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted the City's 2021-2029 Housing Element. The California Department of Housing and Community Development ("HCD") Page 229 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 16 reviewed and conditionally approved the Housing Element on January 17, 2023. In order to fully certify the Housing Element, HCD required that the City complete the rezoning required under Program No. 6 and continue to timely and effectively implement all Housing Element programs. The City has completed or made substantial progress on all Housing Element programs, since it was adopted by City Council. The subject general plan amendment, zone change, and zone text amendment are intended to implement the required rezoning under Program No. 6 as it relates to the Sites Inventory and complete some of the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") amendments required under Program No. 9 as described below. The subject General Plan Amendment, Zone Change, and Zone Text Amendments were considered by the Planning Commission on March 28, 2024. Planning Commission deliberation included clarification that the increased density would only apply to the Sites Inventory locations (other than the overall increase from 27 du/ac to 30 du/ac in the R3 Zone), and overall review of the objective design standards. After deliberation, Planning Commission approved a resolution, recommending City Council approve the Addendum to the El Segundo General Plan certified Final Environmental Impact Report, approve the General Plan Amendment, and adopt the Zone Change and Zone Text Amendment, without any modifications. Project Description The subject item includes the discretionary applications described below: General Plan Amendment: • To create descriptions for a new Mixed -Use Overlay (MU-0) designation and a new Housing Overlay (H-O) designation in the General Plan Land Use Element • To change the description of the Multi -Family Residential Land Use designation to increase the maximum permitted density in the R3 Zone • To update the General Plan Build -out projections exhibit to reflect the additional residential development anticipated by the proposed overlay districts • To change the General Plan Land Use map to show the new overlay districts (Figure No. 1 and No. 2) as "H-O" and "MU-O" Zone Chanae • To rezone certain properties from "General Commercial (C-3)," "Corporate Office (CO)," "Parking (P)," and "Multi -Family Residential (R-3)" to "Mixed -Use Overlay (MU-0)," "Housing Overlay (H-O)," and adopt an accompanying Zoning Map change (Figure No. 1 and No. 2). Page 230 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 16 Zone Text Amendment • Adding a "Mixed -Use Overlay (MU-0)" and a "Housing Overlay (H-O)" to ESMC Section 15-3-1 • Amending ESMC Article 15-4D Multi -Family Residential (R-3) Zone, to change the maximum permitted density to 30 dwelling units per acre and update other development standards in the R-3 Zone • Add new ESMC Article 15-7(C) Mixed Use Overlay (MU-0), including development standards for higher density (up to 75 dwelling units per acre) mixed -use commercial and residential projects • Add new ESMC Article 15-7(D) Housing Overlay (H-O), including development standards for higher density (up to 65 dwelling units per acre) residential projects • Amend ESMC Section 15-25-4 (Site Plan Review Findings) to streamline and ensure approval of multi -family residential projects • Amend ESMC Title 14 (Subdivisions) to permit subdivisions involving up to 10- lots or units ministerially, without discretion or public hearings, consistent with newly adopted state legislation Environmental Assessment • Addendum to the Certified Environmental Impact Report for the El Segundo General Plan The proposed requests are discussed in detail in the following sections of this report. DISCUSSION: Program 6 - Provision of Adequate Sites (Rezoning) Housing Element Program 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) consists primarily of rezoning actions to facilitate construction of an adequate number of residential units to meet the City's Regional Housing Needs Assessment ("RHNA") requirements. The City's RHNA is presented in Table No. 1 below. Table No. 1: Housina Element RHNA Allocation Page 231 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 4 of 16 Moderate 0 84 84 6.1 % Income Above 0 131 131 25.1 % Moderate Income Total 29 492 521 100.0% The City's RHNA for the current planning period is 521 units at various affordability levels, which includes 29 units carried over from the previous planning period (2013- 2021). Program 6 of the Housing Element sets five objectives/actions (including rezoning) to be completed at specified times to facilitate construction for the required RHNA. The objectives, timelines, and a status description are provided in Table No. 2 below. Table No. 2: Program 6 OWectives and Timeline •.ective -A 1 Rezone adequate sites to By October 15, Completed in April 2022 accommodate the 29-unit RHNA 2022 Pacific Coast Commons shortfall carryover from the 5th project: cycle Housing Element 263 units, including 29 low income and 3 very low income 2 Rezone adequate sites as Mixed- By summer In progress - part of Use Overlay and Housing 2023 subject amendment Overlay for the 6th cycle RHNA Anticipated completion allocation of 492 units in May 2024 3 Develop objective design By summer In progress - part of standards for residential 2023 subject amendment development consistent with SB Anticipated completion 330 in conjunction with the in May 2024 establishment of the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay 4 Amend the ESMC to provide by By October 15, In progress - part of right approval of projects on 2023 subject amendment rezoned sites for lower income Anticipated completion RHNA if the project provides at in May 2024 least 20 percent of the units as affordable housing for lower income households 5 Update Downtown Specific Plan By October 15, DSP update in progress Page 232 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 5 of 16 (DSP) and Smoky Hollow 2024 Anticipated completion Specific Plan (SHSP) to increase in May 2024 housing capacity by 300 units. A detailed description and status report on the objectives covered by this amendment follows below. Objective No. 2 Program 6 Objectives 2-4 are in progress and the subject of the current request. The Housing Element Sites Inventory identifies four sites to be rezoned as Mixed -Use Overlay and five sites to be rezoned as Housing Overlay. The two overlay areas are shown in Figure Nos. 1 and 2 below. Figure No. 1: Mixed -Use Overlay Map r.r..•�.� • W ad."asso 11111111 • 1111111 • IRS 04111111�..M�1. �.. . sin a so. i n h • - -�- y, e •• 7 u } • l t_ P J C Y� 7 L i •W6.a C Pins .1v• u • El Segundo °° a � �' N Z Ave E Grand Ave C410 Y + C Cl Segundo Blvd Figure No. 2: Housing Overlay Map Page 233 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 6 of 16 r....---•—•—•-----•---•—•---•mama---..---•—.�.—. i set • O pi-0 Ave L '—•1 u El Segundo a J Avele • M �. Av3 rmain amama+ C e SegurOo Blvd The two overlays will permit higher densities compared to the current zoning for those sites. The proposed densities will facilitate construction of approximately 528 additional residential units during the planning period. The proposed densities and the potential number of units generated is shown in Table No. 3 below. Table No. 3: Mixed -Use and Housing Overlav Densities Mixed -Use 175 units per acre 1 335 Housing 165 units per acre 1 193 I Total 1 1 528 The total numbers of units above are only estimates, and assume that all the sites will be redeveloped during the planning period. However, the increased density alone is not sufficient to incentivize redevelopment without addressing the physical constraints of the sites and the other development standards. Objective No. 3 Objective No. 3 calls for establishing objective development standards to facilitate construction at the proposed densities. The objective development standards are part of the zone text amendment (See Attachment No. 2 - Ordinance) and will be included in two new overlay articles in the ESMC. Staff engaged an architecture and planning consulting firm to study the proposed overlay areas' physical characteristics and use their design experience to develop the proposed standards. Overall, the proposed standards relax the requirements to Page 234 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 7 of 16 facilitate construction at the intended densities. For illustrative purposes, some of the proposed standards are discussed below: 1. Height. The current maximum height is 40 feet and 32 feet for pitched roofs for the sites along Pacific Coast Highway and 26 feet for flat roofs for the site at Franklin and Maryland Street. In the Mixed -Use Overlay, the proposed maximum height limit is increased to 58 feet for pitched roofs and 52 feet for flat roofs. The proposed increase in the maximum height limit is necessary, because based on the current height limits, it would be physically infeasible to develop these sites at the proposed MU-0 density. 2. Parking requirements. The current requirement in the R-3 zone is 2 spaces per unit, plus 1/3 guest space per unit. In both overlays, the proposed minimum parking requirement is reduced to one space per unit. The proposed reduction is necessary because, based on the current requirements, it would be both physically and financially infeasible to develop these sites at the proposed H-O and MU-0 densities. 3. Other standards. Other amendments include changes to required setbacks, lot coverage, open space, landscaping, etc. As stated above, the overall intent of the proposed standards is to facilitate development at the proposed higher densities. The complete list of development standards for each overlay is part of the draft ordinance (See Attachment No. 2). Objective No. 4 Objective No. 4 requires an amendment to the ESMC to ministerially approve residential or mixed -use projects that include 20 percent of the units as affordable housing for lower income households (required by Assembly Bill AB 1397). This action complements the overlay rezoning and adoption of objective standards, in that it incentivizes the inclusion of affordable housing units in development projects located in the Mixed -Use and Housing overlays. Avoiding the discretionary process for qualifying projects will substantially reduce the time, cost, and uncertainty associated with the public hearing and environmental review process. As a result, this incentive will help the City meet its RHNA requirements in the lower income categories. Program No. 9 - El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments Housing Element Program 9 consists of ESMC amendments related to 12 distinct topic areas to remove constraints on various housing types and encourage more housing construction. Several amendments were completed in 2023, while a few are pending and are part of the subject request. Completed Amendments Three amendments were completed in March 2023 and addressed the following topics: 1. Density Bonus. This amendment established procedures for reviewing and approving density bonus applications consistently with the State Density Bonus Page 235 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 8 of 16 Law. 2. Transitional and Supportive Housing. This amendment added transitional and supportive housing to the list of permitted uses in the City's residential zones. 3. Micro -Unit Housing. This amendment established a definition, standards, and review processes for Micro -Unit developments. Six amendments were completed in December 2023 and addressed the following topics: 1. Residential Care Facilities. This amendment added residential care facilities for seven or more persons to the list of permitted uses in the City's residential zones. 2. Emergency Shelters. This amendment updated the standards for emergency shelters to make them more objective and consistent with State Law. 3. Low Barrier Navigation Center ("LBNC"). This amendment added LBNCs to the list of permitted uses in the City's Light Manufacturing (M-1) zone and established development and operational standards. 4. Employee Housing. This amendment added employee housing to the list of permitted and conditionally permitted uses in the City's Single -Family Residential (R-1) zone. 5. Reasonable Accommodation. This amendment established application requirements and procedures for reasonable accommodation requests for individuals with disabilities. 6. Senior Housing. This amendment added senior housing facilities to the list of permitted uses in the City's Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone. Proposed Amendments Three amendments are still pending, two of which are part of the subject request. 1. R-3 zone density. This amendment increases the maximum density of the R-3 zone (and the General Plan Multi -Family Land Use Designation) to 30 dwelling units per acre. This density is considered by the State to be sufficiently high to feasibly include units that are affordable for lower income households in multi- family developments. The current permitted density in the R-3 zone is 27 dwelling units per acre on properties up to 15,000 square feet and 18 dwelling units per acre on properties greater than 15,000 square feet. The proposed density will apply to all R-3 zoned properties (outside the new overlays) regardless of size. Staff estimates that this density increase will result in an additional capacity of approximately 367 units in the R-3 zone. 2. Site Plan Review findings. This amendment revises the site plan review application findings to make them objective and provide more certainty in application outcomes. The intent of this amendment is to streamline the application process for future multi -family development projects. Page 236 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 9of16 The third amendment associated with Program No. 9 is related to parking requirements. Staff anticipates presenting the parking requirements to Planning Commission and City Council for consideration in Q3/Q4 2024. This future amendment will reduce the parking requirements for multi -family residential units citywide. The current requirement in the R-3 zone is 2 spaces per unit, plus 1/3 guest space per unit. The amendment would revise the requirement to a sliding scale based on unit size or bedroom count. Other ESMC Amendments SB 684: Ten -lot Residential Subdivisions This amendment is not part of a Housing Element program, but it is included in this overall request to make the ESMC consistent with the recently enacted Senate Bill 684 regarding the streamlined processing of small residential subdivisions. The subject bill requires cities to process residential subdivision applications for up to 10 lots by -right, without discretion or public hearings. This amendment revises ESMC Title 14 (Subdivision Regulations) Chapter 1 (General Provisions; definitions) to exempt qualifying subdivision requests from tentative or parcel map, public hearings, and public notification; and to process such requests ministerially. Findings To recommend approval of the proposed General Plan Amendment, Zone Change, and Zone Text Amendments, the City Council must make the following findings: General Plan Amendment 1. The amendment must be consistent with the General Plan. The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town" Atmosphere in that it preserves and maintains the City's low -medium density residential nature, with low building height profile and character, and minimum development standards. The proposed amendment increases the density and permitted height only on a limited number of properties in the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays, thereby preserving the medium density and low building profile on vast majority of properties in the northwest quadrant of the City. Further, the Overlay sites are located near existing buildings with similar heights or in zones where similar building heights are allowed. The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it preserves and protects existing Single -Family Residential uses. The proposed amendment does not alter designation of any existing Single -Family Residential properties; it affects only properties designated as Commercial or Multi -Family Residential. Page 237 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 10 of 16 The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Housing Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing Construction in a Variety of Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the proposed amendment directly implements Program No. 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed amendment implements the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which effectively rezone nine sites to allow high density residential development. The number of sites and proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 6th cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. In addition, the proposed amendment is consistent with Housing Element Program No. 9: El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments. The proposed amendment increases the permitted maximum density in the Multi -Family Residential land use designation to 30 dwelling units per acre, which is adequate pursuant to Government Code section 65583.2(c)(3) to facilitate the development of low -and very low-income housing. It is also consistent with and directly implements Housing Element Goal 3 to provide adequate sites and opportunities for construction of new housing and Program No. 9 to amend the maximum density in the R-3 zone to 30 units per acre. Lastly, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly implements Program No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City to undertake a number of actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The proposed amendment is direct implementation of the Fair Housing Program objective to rezone adequate sites to allow high density residential development to meet the City's 6th cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. 2. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the City's land resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new zoning overlays that allow high density residential development on nine specific sites. Four of those sites currently have a commercial General Plan Land Use designation and will allow high density residential uses in combination with other permitted commercial uses. Five of the sites currently have a Multi -Family Residential General Plan Land Use designation and will allow high density residential uses in a manner that is compatible with surrounding uses. Further, the Overlay sites are located near existing buildings with similar heights or in zones where similar building heights are allowed. In addition, the proposed amendment will increase the permitted maximum density in the Multi -Family Residential land use designation to 30 dwelling units per acre, which helps focus the increased density in the City's multi -family residential Page 238 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 11 of 16 neighborhoods and preserves those areas with a Single -Family Residential Land Use designation. Further, proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the opportunities for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing needs of all segments of the community as described in General Plan Housing Element Program 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. The proposed amendment will rezone an adequate number of sites to meet the 6th cycle RHNA requirement for 279 affordable housing units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed amendment were analyzed consistent with the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act ("CEQA"). It was determined that the proposed amendments will have no greater impacts than the impacts analyzed in the Environmental Impact Report ("EIR") for the General Plan. Zone Change 1. The amendment must be consistent with the General Plan. The proposed amendment is consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town" Atmosphere in that it preserves and maintains the City's low -medium density residential nature, with low building height profile and character, and minimum development standards. The proposed amendment increases the density and permitted height only on a limited number of properties in the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays, thereby preserving the medium density and low building profile on many properties in the northwest quadrant of the City. Further, the Overlay sites are located near existing buildings with similar heights or in zones where similar building heights are allowed. The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it will preserve and protect existing Single -Family Residential uses. The proposed amendment does not alter the zoning of any existing Single -Family Residential (R-1) properties; it affects only properties zoned Commercial or Multi -Family Residential (R-3). The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Housing Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing Construction in a Variety of Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the proposed amendment directly implements Program No. 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed amendment implements the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which effectively rezone nine sites to allow high density residential development. The number of sites and proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 6th cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. Page 239 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 12 of 16 Further, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly implements Program No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City undertake a number actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The proposed amendment directly implements the Fair Housing Program objective to rezone adequate sites to allow high density residential development and meet the City's 6th cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. 2. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the City's land resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new zoning overlays that allow high density residential development on nine specific sites. Four of those sites currently have a commercial zoning designation and will allow high density residential uses in combination with other permitted commercial uses. Five of the sites are currently zoned Multi -Family Residential (R-3) and will allow high density residential uses in a manner that is compatible with surrounding uses. Further, the proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the opportunities for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing needs of all segments of the community as described in General Plan Housing Element Program 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. The proposed amendment will rezone an adequate number of sites to meet the 6th cycle RHNA requirement for 279 affordable housing units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed amendment were analyzed consistent with the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act ("CEQA"). It was determined that the proposed amendments will have no greater impacts than the impacts analyzed in the Environmental Impact Report ("EIR") for the General Plan. 3. There are changed conditions since the existing zoning became effective to warrant other or additional zoning. There are changed conditions since the existing zoning became effective to warrant the addition of the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing Overlays. In 2019, the California enacted the Housing Crisis Act of 2019 (SB 330), which declared a housing crisis in California. This and other laws adopted recently imposed obligations on cities to facilitate housing production, including strict requirements on local housing elements. For the 6th cycle Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA), El Segundo's allocation is 521 housing units, including 279 affordable housing units. The City conducted an analysis of the feasibility of facilitating construction of 521 under existing zoning and determined that it would infeasible. Page 240 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 13 of 16 Consequently, on November 15, 2022, the City adopted its 2021-2029 Housing Element, which includes Program No. 6 to rezone an adequate number of sites allow high density residential development. The proposed amendment directly implements Housing Element Program No. 6, which is critical in meeting the City's RHNA obligations. 4. The benefits of the proposed change of zone will clearly outweigh any potential adverse effect to adjoining property or the area. The proposed zone change will help the City meets its General Plan Housing Element Goal No. 3 to provide opportunities for new housing construction in a variety of locations and a variety of densities. The proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays provide an opportunity and variety of locations for the construction of new housing units at high densities. The City provides existing locations that permit construction of single-family, low density residential developments in its Single - Family Residential (R-1) and Two -Family Residential (R-2) zones. It also provides locations that permit construction of multi -family, medium density residential developments in its Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone. Thus, the proposed overlays will address the need for high density residential locations in the City. The proposed zone change directly implements Housing Element Program No. 6 tc provide adequate sites to meet the assigned RHNA of 521 housing units, including 279 affordable housing units at the moderate, low, and very low income categories. In addition, the zone change helps address the need for housing for various population groups, which is identified in the Housing Element. Further, the proposed zone change directly addresses an HCD requirement that will result in full certification of City's Housing Element, with all the accompanying benefits of certification, such as the ability to qualify for HCD and other State grant funding. There is no evidence in the record to suggest that there will be significant adverse effects as a result of the proposed zone change. Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed amendment were analyzed consistent with the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). It was determined that the proposed amendments will have no greater impacts than the impacts analyzed in the EIR for the General Plan. Zone Text Amendment 1. The amendment must be consistent with the General Plan. The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town" Atmosphere in that it Page 241 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 14 of 16 preserves and maintains the City's low -medium density residential nature, with low building height profile and character, and minimum development standards. The proposed amendment will establish density, height, and other standards, to facilitate high density residential developments only on a limited number of properties in the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays, thereby preserving the medium density and low building profile on vast majority of properties in the northwest quadrant of the City. The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it will preserve and protect existing Single -Family Residential uses. The proposed amendment does not alter the standards or designation of any existing Single -Family Residential properties; it affects only properties designated as Commercial or Multi -Family Residential. The proposed zone text amendment is consistent with General Plan Housing Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing Construction in a Variety of Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the proposed amendment directly implements Program No. 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed amendment implements the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which effectively rezone nine sites to allow high density residential development. The number of sites and proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 6th cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. The proposed amendment also amends the ESMC to provide by right approval of projects on rezoned sites for lower income RHNA if the project provides 20 percent of the units as affordable housing for lower income households. In addition, the proposed amendment is consistent with Housing Element Program No. 9: El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments (ESMC). The proposed amendment will increase the permitted maximum density in the Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone to 30 dwelling units per acre, which is adequate pursuant to Government Code section 65583.2(c)(3) to facilitate the development of low -and very low-income housing. The proposed amendment will also revise the findings for site plan review applications to ensure that the findings are objective and provide certainty in outcomes, which will help streamline and encourage construction of new housing. Further, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly implements Program No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City to undertake a number of actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The proposed amendment directly implements the Fair Housing Program objective to rezone adequate sites and establish standards for high density residential development to meet the City's 6th cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. Page 242 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 15 of 16 2. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the City's land resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new overlays in the ESMC that allow high density residential development. The amendment establishes development standards for the two new overlays that will allow high density residential uses designed in a manner that is compatible with surrounding uses. In addition, the proposed amendment will increase the permitted maximum density in the Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone to 30 dwelling units per acre, which helps focus the increased density in the City's multi -family residential neighborhoods and preserves the character of those areas zoned Single -Family Residential (R-1). Further, the proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the opportunities for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing needs of all segments of the community as described in General Plan Housing Element Program 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. The proposed amendment will help establish two new high density residential overlays on an adequate number of sites and it will streamline the Site Plan Review process to meet the 6th cycle RHNA requirement for 279 affordable housing units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. The proposed amendment is also necessary in that it is required for the City to comply with State Housing Element Law and to maintain a certified Housing Element. 41!1y/I:To]►ILVi14►11IF_1NNANIATA Addendum The proposed project was analyzed for its environmental impacts and an Addendum to the previously adopted EIR for the General Plan was prepared pursuant to CEQA and CEQA Guidelines § 15164. Under CEQA, an Addendum to a previously certified EIR is appropriate if minor changes or additions to the EIR are necessary to reflect the proposed modifications to the project in the environmental analysis and none of the conditions described in Section 15162 of the CEQA Guidelines calling for the preparation of a subsequent EIR or negative declaration have occurred (CEQA Guidelines §15164). Generally, the conditions described in § 15162 have not occurred if the proposed modifications do not result in any new significant impacts or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant impacts. The Addendum need not be circulated for public review (CEQA Guidelines §15164(c)); however, an addendum must be considered by the decision -making body before making a decision on the project (CEQA Guidelines §15164(d)). Page 243 of 441 EA 1344 - Housing Element Implementation April 16, 2024 Page 16 of 16 This Addendum to the previously -certified EIR demonstrates that the environmental analysis, impacts, and mitigation measures identified in the 1992 EIR for the General Plan remain substantively unchanged despite the proposed project revisions. It supports the finding that the proposed project does not raise any new issues and does not exceed the significance level of impacts identified in the previous Environmental Impact Report. The mitigation measures listed in the certified EIR for the General Plan, are sufficient to reduce the identified environmental impacts to a less than significant level. In addition, the proposed zone text amendments to the Subdivision, Site Plan Review, and certain affordable housing application procedures are exempt from the requirements of CEQA Guidelines §15061), because they consist only of minor revisions to existing zoning regulations and related procedures and do not have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and the community. PREPARED BY: Paul Samaras, AICP, Principal Planner REVIEWED BY: Michael Allen, Community Development Director APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 1. Resolution 2. Ordinance 3. Public Comments Page 244 of 441 RESOLUTION NO. A RESOLUTION ADOPTING AN ADDENDUM TO THE PREVIOUSLY CERTIFIED EIR FOR THE EL SEGUNDO GENERAL PLAN AND APPROVING A GENERAL PLAN AMENDMENT FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF HOUSING ELEMENT PROGRAM NO. 6 (PROVISION OF ADEQUATE SITES) AND PROGRAM NO. 9 (EL SEGUNDO MUNICIPAL CODE AMENDMENTS) (Environmental Assessment No. EA-1344 and General Plan Amendment No. GPA 23-01) The City Council of the City of El Segundo does resolve as follows: SECTION 1: The City Council finds and declares that: A. On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted a general plan amendment approving the City's updated 2021-2029 Housing Element; B. On January 17, 2023 the Department of Housing and Community Development ("HCD") indicated in correspondence to the City that the Housing Element was consistent with State Housing Law, however, it conditioned certification of the Housing Element on completion of the rezoning identified in Program No. 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) and on making sufficient progress on the implementation of all other Housing Element programs; C. On March 22, 2023, the City initiated an application for Environmental Assessment No. EA 1344, General Plan Amendment No. GPA 23-01, Zone Change No. ZC 23- 01, and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 23-01 to adopt an addendum to the previously certified the environmental impact report ("EIR") for the El Segundo General Plan, approve a general plan amendment, and adopt a zone change and zone text amendment implementing Housing Element Program No. 6 (Provision Of Adequate Sites) and Program No. 9 (El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") (Amendments); D. The City reviewed the project's environmental impacts under the California Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA"), the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 Cal. Code of Regulations §§15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines"); E. On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission held a duly -noticed public hearing at the conclusion of which the Planning Commission adopted Resolution 2935 recommending the City Council certify the EIR and approve the proposed amendments; Page 245 of 441 F. The City Council of the City of El Segundo held a duly -noticed public hearing on April 11, 2024 to review and consider the Project, receive public testimony, and review all of the evidence in the administrative record; and G. This Resolution and its findings are made based upon the evidence presented to the City Council at its April 11, 2024 hearing, including the staff reports submitted by the Community Development Department and the totality of the evidence in the administrative record. SECTION 2: Factual Findings and Conclusions. The City Council finds that the following facts exist: A. Government Code Section 65583 establishes the required contents and analysis in the General Plan Housing Elements in local jurisdictions. B. Government Code Section 65584 mandates HCD to provide a determination of a region's existing and projected housing needs. It also mandates the Southern California Association of Governments ("SCAG") to allocate the housing needs among local jurisdictions in the SCAG region in the Regional Housing Needs Assessment ("RHNA") process; C. The RHNA allocation for El Segundo during the 2021-2029 period is 521 dwelling units that are affordable to households of different income levels, including 131 units at above moderate income, 84 at moderate income, 99 at low income, and 207 at very low income; D. Program 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) of the 2021-2029 Housing Element calls for specific rezoning actions, establishment of objective development standards, and streamlining of residential development projects containing affordable units, to help the City meet its RHNA allocation goal; E. Program 9 (ESMC Amendments) calls for specific amendments to the municipal code that will remove constraints from and incentivize the construction of housing, including transitional and supportive housing, micro -unit housing, residential care facilities, emergency shelters, low barrier navigation centers, employee housing senior housing, and housing for individuals with disabilities. The program also calls for increasing the maximum permitted density in the R-3 zone and revising the site plan review application findings to make them objective and provide more certainty in application outcomes; F. The proposed General Plan Amendment will create a new Mixed -Use Overlay designation that applies to four sites covering 4.47 acres. The overlay applies over —and in addition to —the existing Corporate Office, General Commercial, and Parking land use designations for the sites (Exhibit B). The maximum permitted 2 Page 246 of 441 density in the Mixed -Use Overlay designation is 75 dwelling units per acre and will result in the construction of up to 335 additional dwelling units (Exhibit D); G. The proposed General Plan Amendment will create a new Housing Overlay designation that applies to five sites covering 5.56 acres. The overlay applies over —and in addition to —the existing Multi -Family Residential land use designation for the sites. The maximum permitted density in the Mixed -Use Overlay designation is 65 dwelling units per acre and will result in the construction of up to 193 additional dwelling units (Exhibit D); H. The proposed General Plan Amendment will change the maximum permitted density in the Multi -Family Residential land use designation from 27 dwelling units per acre to 30 dwelling units per acre; The proposed Zone Change will apply a new Mixed -Use Overlay to four sites covering 4.47 acres. The overlay will apply over —and in addition to —the existing Corporate Office (CO), General Commercial (C-3), and Parking (P) zoning for the sites (Exhibit F); J. The proposed Zone Change will apply a new Housing Overlay to five sites covering 5.56 acres. The overlay will apply over —and in addition to —the existing Multi - Family Residential (R-3) zoning for the sites (Exhibit F); K. The proposed Zone Text Amendment will: add the Mixed -Use Overlay (MU-0) and Housing Overlay (HO) to ESMC Section 15-3-1 (Designation of Zone Names); 2. amend ESMC Article 154D Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone to change the maximum permitted density to 30 dwelling units per acre and update other development standards in the R-3 zone. 3. add a new ESMC Article 15-7(C) Mixed Use Overlay (MU-0) incorporating development standards for higher density mixed -use commercial and residential projects; 4. add a new ESMC Article 15-7(D) Housing Overlay (H-O) incorporating development standards for higher density residential projects; 5. amend ESMC Section 15-25-4 Site Plan Review Findings to streamline and ensure approval of multi -family residential projects; and 6. amend ESMC Title 14 (Subdivisions) to permit subdivisions involving up to 10-lots or units ministerially, without discretion or public hearings. 3 Page 247 of 441 SECTION 3: General Plan Amendment Findings. As required under Government Code § 65454 and ESMC § 15-27-3 and based on the findings set forth in Section 2, the Planning Commission finds: A. That the amendment is consistent with the General Plan. The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town" Atmosphere in that it preserves and maintains the City's low -medium density residential nature, with low building height profile and character, and minimum development standards. The proposed amendment increases the density and permitted height only on a limited number of properties in the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays, thereby preserving the medium density and low building profile on vast majority of properties in the northwest quadrant of the City. Further, the Overlay sites are located near existing buildings with similar heights or in zones where similar building heights are allowed. The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it preserves and protects existing Single -Family Residential uses. The proposed amendment does not alter designation of any existing Single -Family Residential properties; it affects only properties designated as Commercial or Multi -Family Residential. The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Housing Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing Construction in a Variety of Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the proposed amendment directly implements Program No. 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed amendment implements the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which effectively rezone nine sites to allow high density residential development. The number of sites and proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 61" cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. In addition, the proposed amendment is consistent with Housing Element Program No. 9: El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments. The proposed amendment increases the permitted maximum density in the Multi -Family Residential land use designation to 30 dwelling units per acre, which is adequate pursuant to Government Code section 65583.2(c)(3) to facilitate the development of low -and very low-income housing. It is also consistent with and directly implements Housing Element Goal 3 to provide adequate sites and opportunities for construction of new housing and Program No. 9 to amend the maximum density in the R-3 zone to 30 units per acre. Lastly, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly implements Program No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City to undertake a 0 Page 248 of 441 number actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The proposed amendment is direct implementation of the Fair Housing Program objective to rezone adequate sites to allow high density residential development to meet the City's 6` cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the City's land resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new zoning overlays that allow high density residential development on nine specific sites. Four of those sites currently have a commercial General Plan Land Use designation and will allow high density residential uses in combination with other permitted commercial uses. Five of the sites currently have a Multi -Family Residential General Plan Land Use designation and will allow high density residential uses in a manner that is compatible with surrounding uses. Further, the Overlay sites are located near existing buildings with similar heights or in zones where similar building heights are allowed. In addition, the proposed amendment will increase the permitted maximum density in the Multi -Family Residential land use designation to 30 dwelling units per acre, which helps focus the increased density in the City's multi -family residential neighborhoods and preserves those areas with a Single -Family Residential Land Use designation. Further, proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the opportunities for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing needs of all segments of the community as described in General Plan Housing Element Program 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. The proposed amendment will rezone an adequate number of sites to meet the 61" cycle RHNA requirement for 279 affordable housing units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed amendment were analyzed consistent with the requirements of CEQA. It was determined that the proposed amendments will have no greater impacts than the impacts analyzed in the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) for the General Plan. SECTION 4: Environmental Assessment. The City Council finds and determines as follows: A. The proposed amendments to the General Plan, the Zoning Map, and ESMC contemplated herein were analyzed for their environmental impacts and an 5 Page 249 of 441 Addendum to the previously certified EIR for the General Plan was prepared pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15164. Under CEQA, an Addendum to a previously certified EIR is appropriate if minor changes or additions to the EIR are necessary to reflect the proposed modifications to the project in the environmental analysis and none of the conditions described in Section 15162 of the CEQA Guidelines calling for the preparation of a subsequent EIR or negative declaration have occurred (CEQA Guidelines §15164). Generally, the conditions described in Section 15162 have not occurred if the proposed modifications do not result in any new significant impacts or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant impacts. The Addendum need not be circulated for public review (CEQA Guidelines §15164(c)); however, an addendum must be considered by the decision -making body before making a decision on the project (CEQA Guidelines §15164(d)). B. This Addendum to the previously -certified EIR demonstrates that the environmental analysis, impacts, and mitigation measures identified in the 1992 EIR for the General Plan remain substantively unchanged despite the proposed project revisions. It supports the finding that the proposed project does not raise any new issues and does not exceed the significance level of impacts identified in the previously certified EIR. The mitigation measures listed in the certified EIR for the General Plan, are sufficient to reduce the identified environmental impacts to a less than significant level. C. To evaluate the potential environmental impacts of the Ordinance and the need for additional environmental review, the City conducted an initial study. Based on the findings of the initial study, an addendum was prepared. The Initial Study/Addendum dated March 2024, is incorporated herein by this reference, as though fully set forth. D. Based on the findings and information yielded by the initial study/addendum, the Planning Commission finds as follows: There are no substantial changes relative to the amendments proposed herein that will require preparation of a subsequent or supplemental EIR due to the involvement of new significant environmental effects or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified effects. The proposed amendments would approve minor changes and additions to the General Plan described and analyzed in the previously certified final EIR ("FEIR"). There are no substantial changes resulting from the Ordinance that require major revisions to the FEIR. As detailed in the Initial Study/Addendum, the Ordinance will not result in any new or increased environmental effects beyond those that were previously identified in the FEIR. In addition, all applicable mitigation measures set forth in the FEIR would continue to be implemented. 0 Page 250 of 441 2. No substantial changes have occurred with respect to the circumstances under which the project is undertaken that would require preparation of a subsequent or supplemental EIR due to the involvement of new significant environmental effects or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant effects. There are no substantial changes with regard to the facts, data, and mitigation measures included in the FEIR. The proposed amendments will not result in a General Plan that is substantially different from the plan evaluated in the FEIR, and the environmental circumstances applicable to the city have not changed substantially. 3. There is no new information of substantial importance, which was not known and could not have been known with the exercise of reasonable diligence at the time the previous FEIR was certified as complete, that shows any of the following: (i) The project will have one or more significant effects not discussed in the previous FEIR; (ii) Significant effects previously examined will be substantially more severe than shown in the previous FEIR; (iii) Mitigation measures or alternatives previously found not to be feasible would in fact be feasible and would substantially reduce one or more significant effects of the project, but the project proponents decline to adopt the mitigation measure or alternative; or (iv) Mitigation measures or alternatives which are considerably different from those analyzed in the previous FEIR would substantially reduce one or more significant effects on the environment, but the project proponents decline to adopt the mitigation measure or alternative. E. No subsequent environmental review is required pursuant to Section 15162 of the CEQA Guidelines. Therefore, the proposed amendments to the General Plan, the Zoning Map, and ESMC contemplated herein, are within the scope of the project covered by the General Plan FEIR and, pursuant to Section 15168(c)(2) of the CEQA Guidelines, no further environmental review is required. F. The proposed zone text amendments to the Subdivision, Site Plan Review, and certain affordable housing application procedures are exempt from the requirements of CEQA, pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), because they consist only of minor revisions to existing zoning regulations and related procedures and do not have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. SECTION 5: Approvals. Based upon the foregoing and the evidence in the record as a whole, the City Council takes the following actions: 7 Page 251 of 441 A. The City Council adopts and approves an Addendum to the previously approved General Plan EIR for the proposed amendments outlined in Sections 2 and 4, as set forth in Exhibit A to this Resolution which is incorporated herein by this reference; B. The City Council approves a CEQA exemption pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3) for the proposed zone text amendments to the ESMC provisions on Subdivision, Site Plan Review, and certain affordable housing application procedures, as set forth in Sections 2 and 4; and C. The City Council approves General Plan Amendment No. GPA 23-01 as set forth in Exhibits "B" through "E". SECTION 6: Exhibits. This Resolution includes the following exhibits which are attached hereto and a part hereof: A. Addendum to the previously approved General Plan EIR B. Amendment to General Plan Land Use Designations C. Amendment to General Plan Land Use Plan Northwest Quadrant subsection D. Amendment to 1992 General Plan Summary of Existing Trends Build -out E. Amendment to General Plan Land Use Map SECTION 7: Reliance on Record. Each and every one of the findings and determination in this Resolution are based on the competent and substantial evidence, both oral and written, contained in the entire record relating to the project. The findings and determinations constitute the independent findings and determinations of the City Council in all respects and are fully and completely supported by substantial evidence in the record as a whole. SECTION 8: Limitations. The City Council's analysis and evaluation of the project is based on information available at the time of the decision. It is inevitable that in evaluating a project that absolute and perfect knowledge of all possible aspects of the project will not exist. In all instances, best efforts have been made to form accurate assumptions. SECTION 9. Summaries of Information. All summaries of information in the findings, which precede this section, are based on the substantial evidence in the record. The absence of any particular fact from any such summary is not an indication that a particular finding is not based in part on that fact. SECTION 10: This Resolution will take effect immediately and remain effective until superseded by a subsequent resolution. 8 Page 252 of 441 SECTION 11: The City Clerk is directed to certify the adoption of this Resolution. PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED this day of 2024. Drew Boyles, Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney ATTEST: STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ) I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing Resolution No. was duly passed, approved, and adopted by said City Council, at a regular meeting of said Council held on the day of , 2024, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: Tracy Weaver, City Clerk 11 Page 253 of 441 EXHIBIT "A" TO RESOLUTION NO. GENERAL PLAN PROGRAM EIR ADDENDUM Can be found at the following link on the City Housing Element website: https://www.eIsegunao.org/home/showpuoIisheddocument/8534/638470612151770263 Page 254 of 441 RESOLUTION NO. EXHIBIT "B" El Segundo General Plan Land Use Element Excerpt - Page 3-6 Modify the following text on page 3-6 Residential Designations Single -Family Residential Permits one single-family home on one legal lot at a maximum density of eight dwelling units per acre. The minimum lot size for new lots is 5,000 square feet. Two -Family Residential Permits two residences on one legal lot, either attached or detached, at a maximum density of 12 dwelling units per acre. The minimum lot size for new lots is 7,000 square feet. Multi -Family Residential Permits multiple dwelling units in either a condominium or apartment configuration. A condominium or apartment is a structure or group of structures containing three or more dwelling units, as defined by the Zoning Code. The maximum permitted density for multi -family residential is 27-30 dwelling units per acre on proper -toes equal to or less thou 15,000 square foot and 18 .du/on OR nrenerties greater +hen 11 Fsquare feet. -except for properties that have the Housing Overlay (H-O) designation that permits a maximum density of 60 dwelling units per acre." 540 East Imperial Avenue Specific Plan Permits a mix of residential uses with two possible development options. Option 1 would allow up to a maximum of 304 units in a Senior Housing Community with a Multi- Family Residential (R- 3) component, or Option 2 would allow up to a maximum of 58 units in a Mixed Residential Development (single-family and multi -family units). This designation is intended to encourage design flexibility and provide transitional densities and uses that are compatible with surrounding land uses. This designation is not intended to be used elsewhere within the City. Pacific Coast Commons Specific Plan Permits a mix of hotel, commercial, and residential uses. The existing Fairfield Inn & Suites by Marriott and Aloft Hotels, which have 350 and 246 rooms respectively remain and are considered conforming uses. The maximum allowed gross floor area for the commercial uses is 11,252 square feet. The maximum number of residential units is 263. Page 255 of 441 "Housing Overlay The overlay applies in combination with the Multi -Family Residential designation to properties identified in the General Plan Housing Element. Permits multiple dwelling units at high densities to facilitate meeting the City's Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) and Housing Element goals. The maximum permitted density in the Housing Overlay is 60 dwelling units per acre." "Mixed -Use Overlay The overlay applies in combination with Commercial designations to properties identified in the General Plan Housing Element. Permits multiple dwelling units at high densities in combination with permitted commercial uses to facilitate meeting the City's Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) and Housing Element goals. The maximum permitted residential density in the Mixed -Use Overlay is 75 dwelling units per acre." Page 256 of 441 RESOLUTION NO. EXHIBIT "C" General Plan Land Use Plan Excerpt Pages 3-10 thru 3-12 Modify the following text on pages 3-10 and 3-12: Proposed Land Use Plan "The following is a discussion of the 1992 Land Use Plan, which indicates future land uses for the entire City. For ease of discussion, the City is divided into four quadrants and the proposedland use designations within that quadrant are discussed. To knowwhat is allowed under each designation, please reference the land use definitions listed above. Northwest Quadrant The northwest quadrant of the City has the most varied mix of uses within the City. All of the City's residential units, the Downtown area, the Civic Center, and the older industrial area of SmokyHollow, are located in this quadrant. The 1992 Plan retains the three residential designations found on the old Plan: single-family, two-family, and multi -family, PIUS tWG ReW G186;^Rati=�the 540 East Imperial Avenue Specific Plan (2012), and the Pacific Coast Commons Specific Plan (2022), which is a mixed -use, high -density residential and commercial designation. In addition, this quadrant contains two high -density overlay designations added in 2024: the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay. These two designations occupy 4.47 and 5.56 acres respectively and apply over the existing multi -family and commercial designations. The overlay designations are projected to generate approximately 678 additional dwelling units to help meet the 2021-2029 Housing Element Regional Housing Needs Allocation (RHNA) goals. The Plan shows 357.2 acres of single- family, 57.4 acres of two-family, 126.74 acres of multi- family, 5.65 acres of 540 East Imperial Avenue Specific Plan, and 6.38 acres of Pacific Coast Commons Specific Plan. The total number of dwelling units projected by the Plan is 8,0894-8,767. One of the major goals of the 1992 Plan is to preserve the residential neighborhoods. The Smoky Hollow area, which houses many of the City's older industrial uses, has been designated Smoky Hollow Specific Plan. The Specific Plan allows a combination of office, industrial, research and development, public facilities, parking facilities, and limited retail and restaurant uses. The Smoky Hollow area is approximately 94.3 Page 257 of 441 acres. The 222 Kansas Street Specific Plan (222 KSSP) consists of 4.83 acres, which were previously a part of the Smoky Hollow area. The 222 Kansas Street Specific Plan permits primarily office, light industrial, manufacturing, and research and development uses. The southerly portion may be used for governmental purposessubject to a development agreement. Commercial retail and restaurant uses are prohibited. The Downtown area is designated as Downtown Commercial (8.4acres) and Downtown Specific Plan (26.3 acres), where existing uses are already of a community -serving nature. There are also 7.0 acres designated for Neighborhood Commercial uses along Grand and Imperial Avenues and at Mariposa and Center Streets. These have been designated only where there are existing neighborhood - serving commercial uses. The public schools, private schools, Library, and other public uses are all shown as Public Facilities. The Civic Center is included in the Downtown Specific Plan area. In addition, each of the existing public parks are designated as such. The open space areas under utility transmission corridors and the preserve for the Blue Butterfly are designated as Open Space. The areas designated for parking on the Plan include public- and privately -owned lots which are necessary to serve existing businesses and the Downtown area. The southwest corner of Pacific Coast Highway and Imperial Avenue is designated Corporate Office (17.8 ac) allowing a mix of office uses, similar to what exists there now, with retail in the lobby. There are General Commercial uses indicated along Pacific Coast Highway, where there are existing commercial uses. There is also one General Commercial area along Imperial Avenue, where the Crown Sterling Suites Hotel now exists." Page 258 of 441 RESOLUTION NO. EXHIBIT "D" GENERAL PLAN LAND USE PLAN EXISTING TRENDS BUILDOUT 1992 General Plan Summaryof Existing Trends Buildout Land Use Category Acres Dwelling Square Footage Units Single -Family Residential 357.2 2,858 - Two -Family Residential 57.4 934 - 540 East Imperial Avenue Specific - - - Plan 5.65 M4358 - Multi -Family Residential 119.7 3,531 - Pacific Coast Commons Specific Plan 6.38 263 293,650 Mixed -Use Overlay3 - 335 - Housint! Overlay3 - 195 - Neighborhood Commercial 6.6 85' 89,110 Downtown Commercial 8.8 18, 383,328 General Commercial 32.62 - 1,421,093 Corporate Office 213.62 - 12,461,324 Commercial Center 85.8 - 850,000 Smoky Hollow Specific Plan 94.3 126 2,973,010 Urban Mixed -Use North 232.5 - 13,166,010 Urban Mixed -Use South 70.6 - 3,997,936 120 Street Specific Plan 3.9 1 73,530 Aviation Specific Plan 5.4 - 66,000 Downtown Specific Plan 26.3 232' 1,145,628 Corporate Campus Specific Plan 46.5 - 2,550,000 199 North Continental Boulevard - - - Specific Plan 1.75 - 70,132 222 Kansas Street Specific Plan 4.65 - 121,532 888 No. Sepulveda Boulevard - Specific Plan 2.98 - 206,710 El Segundo South Campus - - - Specific Plan 142.28 - 4,231,547 Parking 9.95 - - Light Industrial 213.82 - 16,190,266 Heavy Industrial 1001 - z Public Facilities 87.9 - - Federal Government 90.6 - - Open Space 77.0 - - Parks 50 - Street and Railroad R.O.W 442.6 - - Totals 3,497 8,617 60,290,806 Population Projection 17,287 Page 259 of 441 I Existing construction and recently constructed, renovated commercial centers and legal non -conforming residential uses at densities that are currently higher than allowed by the land use designations in this plan will not realistically be converted to mixed commercial/residential uses and these buildings are expected to remain for the life of the Plan. 2 The heavy industrial shown on this plan includes the Chevron Refinery and former Southern California Edison Generation Station. These facilities have processing equipment and tanks rather than buildings and are expected to remain for the life of the Plan. Therefore, no estimated building square footage is shown. 3 This ntwiber- represeffts the maxinium number of dwelling tmits that ean be developed in Option 1 of the 5 4 0 East imperial Avenue Speeifie Plan. if Option 1 is not built, the maxinium nu�er- of units that ean be developed in Option 2 of the 540 East imperial Aveatte Speeifie Plan is 59 r-esidefAial dwelling .The Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay apply to nine sites over (and in addition to) the existing multi -family and commercial land use designations. The projected number of dwelling units within the overlays are in Page 260 of 441 dibb ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE APPROVING ZONE CHANGE NO. ZC 23-01 AND ZONE TEXT AMENDMENT NO. ZTA 23-01 IMPLEMENTING HOUSING ELEMENT PROGRAM NO. 6 (PROVISION OF ADEQUATE SITES) AND PROGRAM NO. 9 (EL SEGUNDO MUNICIPAL CODE AMENDMENTS). The City Council of the city of El Segundo does ordain as follows: SECTION 1: The Council finds and declares as follows: A. On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted a general plan amendment approving the City's updated 2021-2029 Housing Element; B. On January 17, 2023 the Department of Housing and Community Development ("HCD") indicated in correspondence to the City that the Housing Element was consistent with State Housing Law, however, it conditioned certification of the Housing Element on completion of the rezoning identified in Program No. 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) and on making sufficient progress on the implementation of all other Housing Element programs; C. On March 22, 2023, the City initiated an application for Environmental Assessment No. EA 1344, General Plan Amendment No. GPA 23-01, Zone Change No. ZC 23-01, and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 23-01 to adopt an addendum to the previously certified environmental impact report ("EIR") for the El Segundo General Plan, approve a general plan amendment, and adopt a zone change and zone text amendment implementing Housing Element Program No. 6 (Provision Of Adequate Sites) and Program No. 9 (El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") (Amendments); D. The City reviewed the project's environmental impacts under the California Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA"), the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 Cal. Code of Regulations §§15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines"); E. The Community Development Department completed its review and scheduled a public hearing regarding the application before the Planning Commission for March 28, 2024; F. On March 14, 2024, notice of a public hearing on the proposed amendments to ESMC Title 14 (Subdivision), ESMC Title 15, the General Plan Land Use Element, the General Plan Land Use Map, and the Zoning Map was published in the El Segundo Herald and mailed to all property owners within 300 feet of the proposed overlay districts; Page 1 of 28 Page 263 of 441 G. On March 28, 2024, the Planning Commission held a public hearing to receive public testimony and other evidence regarding the application including, without limitation, information provided to the Planning Commission by city staff; and, adopted Resolution No. 2935 recommending that the City Council approve the proposed amendments set forth in this Ordinance; H. On , 2024, notice of a public hearing on the proposed amendments to ESMC Title 14 (Subdivision), ESMC Title 15 (Zoning), the General Plan Land Use Element, the General Plan Land Use Map, and the Zoning Map was published in the El Segundo Herald and mailed to all property owners within 300 feet of the proposed overlay districts; On , 2024, the City Council held a public hearing and considered the information provided by City staff and public testimony regarding this Ordinance; and J. This Ordinance and its findings are made based upon the entire administrative record including, without limitation, testimony and evidence presented to the City Council at its , 2024 hearing and the staff report submitted by the Community Development Department. SECTION 2: Factual Findings and Conclusions. The City Council finds as follows: A. Government Code Section 65583 establishes the required contents and analysis in the General Plan Housing Elements in local jurisdictions; B. Government Code Section 65584 mandates HCD to provide a determination of a region's existing and projected housing needs. It also mandates the Southern California Association of Governments ("SCAG") to allocate the housing needs among local jurisdictions in the SCAG region in the Regional Housing Needs Assessment ("RHNA") process; C. The RHNA allocation for El Segundo during the 2021-2029 period is 521 dwelling units that are affordable to households of different income levels, including 131 units at above moderate income, 84 at moderate income, 99 at low income, and 207 at very low income; D. Program 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) of the 2021-2029 Housing Element calls for specific rezoning actions, the establishment of objective development standards, and streamlining of residential development projects containing affordable units, to help the City meet its RHNA allocation goal; Page 2 of 28 Page 264 of 441 E. Program 9 (ESMC Amendments) calls for specific amendments to the municipal code that will remove constraints from and incentivize the construction of housing, including transitional and supportive housing, micro -unit housing, residential care facilities, emergency shelters, low barrier navigation centers, employee housing senior housing, and housing for individuals with disabilities. The program also calls for increasing the maximum permitted density in the R-3 zone and revising the site plan review application findings to make them objective and provide more certainty in application outcomes; F. The proposed General Plan Amendment will create a new Mixed -Use Overlay designation that applies to four sites covering 4.47 acres. The overlay applies over —and in addition to— the existing Corporate Office, General Commercial, and Parking land use designations for the sites (Exhibit B). The maximum permitted density in the Mixed -Use Overlay designation is 75 dwelling units per acre and will result in the construction of up to 335 additional dwelling units (Exhibit D); G. The proposed General Plan Amendment will create a new Housing Overlay designation that applies to five sites covering 5.56 acres. The overlay applies over —and in addition to —the existing Multi -Family Residential land use designation for the sites. The maximum permitted density in the Mixed - Use Overlay designation is 65 dwelling units per acre and will result in the construction of up to 193 additional dwelling units (Exhibit D); H. The proposed General Plan Amendment will change the maximum permitted density in the Multi -Family Residential land use designation from 27 dwelling units per acre to 30 dwelling units per acre; The proposed Zone Change will apply a new Mixed -Use Overlay to four sites covering 4.47 acres. The overlay will apply over --and in addition to — the existing Corporate Office (CO), General Commercial (C-3), and Parking (P) zoning for the sites (Exhibit F); J. The proposed Zone Change will apply a new Housing Overlay to five sites covering 5.56 acres. The overlay will apply over —and in addition to —the existing Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zoning for the sites (Exhibit F); K. The proposed Zone Text Amendment will: 1. add the Mixed -Use Overlay (MU-0) and Housing Overlay (HO) to ESMC Section 15-3-1 (Designation of Zone Names); 2. amend ESMC Article 154D Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone to change the maximum permitted density to 30 dwelling units per acre and update other development standards in the R-3 zone. Page 3 of 28 Page 265 of 441 3. add a new ESMC Article 15-7(C) Mixed Use Overlay (MU-0) incorporating development standards for higher density mixed -use commercial and residential projects; 4. add a new ESMC Article 15-7(D) Housing Overlay (H-O) incorporating development standards for higher density residential projects; 5. amend ESMC Section 15-25-4 Site Plan Review Findings to streamline and ensure approval of multi -family residential projects; and 6. amend ESMC Title 14 (Subdivisions) to permit subdivisions involving up to 10-lots or units ministerially, without discretion or public hearings. SECTION 3: Zone Change Findings. As required under ESMC § 15-27-3 and based on the findings set forth in Section 2, the City Council finds: A. The amendment is consistent with the General Plan. The proposed zoning amendment is consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town" Atmosphere in that it preserves and maintains the City's low -medium density residential nature, with low building height profile and character, and minimum development standards. The proposed amendment will increase the density and permitted height only on a limited number of properties in the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays, thereby preserving the medium density and low building profile on the vast majority of properties in the northwest quadrant of the City. The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it will preserve and protect existing Single -Family Residential uses. The proposed amendment does not alter the zoning of any existing Single - Family Residential (R-1) properties; it affects only properties zoned Commercial or Multi -Family Residential (R-3). The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Housing Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing Construction in a Variety of Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the proposed amendment directly implements Program No. 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed amendment implements the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which effectively rezone nine sites to allow high density residential development. The number of sites and proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 6t" cycle RHNA Page 4 of 28 Page 266 of 441 requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. Further, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly implements Program No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City to undertake a number actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The proposed amendment direct implements the Fair Housing Program objective to rezone adequate sites to allow high density residential development and meet the City's 61" cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the City's land resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new zoning overlays that allow high density residential development on nine specific sites. Four of those sites currently have a commercial zoning designation and will allow high density residential uses in combination with other permitted commercial uses. Five of the sites are currently zoned Multi - Family Residential (R-3) and will allow high density residential uses in a manner that is compatible with surrounding uses. Further, proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the opportunities for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing needs of all segments of the community as described in General Plan Housing Element Program 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. The proposed amendment will rezone an adequate number of sites to meet the 6t" cycle RHNA requirement for 279 affordable housing units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed amendment were analyzed consistent with the requirements of CEQA. It was determined that the proposed amendments will not result in greater impacts than the impacts analyzed in the previously certified EIR for the General Plan. C. There are changed conditions since the existing zoning became effective to warrant other or additional zoning. There are changed conditions since the existing zoning became effective to warrant the addition of the proposed Mixed -Use and Housing Overlays. In 2019, the California enacted the Housing Crisis Act of 2019 (SB 330), which declared a housing crisis in California. This and other laws adopted recently Page 5 of 28 Page 267 of 441 imposed obligations on cities to facilitate housing production, including strict requirements on local housing elements. For the 6t" cycle RHNA, El Segundo's allocation is 521 housing units, including 279 affordable housing units. The City conducted an analysis of the feasibility of facilitating construction of 521 under existing zoning and determined that it would infeasible. Consequently, on November 15, 2022, the City adopted its 2021-2029 Housing Element, which includes Program No. 6 to rezone an adequate number of sites allow high density residential development. The proposed amendment directly implements Housing Element Program No. 6, which is critical in meeting the City's RHNA obligations. D. The benefits of the proposed change of zone will clearly outweigh any potential adverse effects to adjoining property or the area. The proposed zone change will help the City meets its General Plan Housing Element Goal No. 3 to provide opportunities for new housing construction in a variety of locations and a variety of densities. The proposed Mixed -Use and Housing overlays provide an opportunity and variety of locations for the construction of new housing units at high densities. The City provides existing locations that permit construction of single-family, low density residential developments in its Single -Family Residential (R-1) and Two -Family Residential (R-2) zones. It also provides locations that permit construction of multi -family, medium density residential developments in its Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone. Thus, the proposed overlays will address the need for high density residential locations in the City. The proposed zone change directly implements Housing Element Program No. 6 to provide adequate sites to meet the assigned RHNA of 521 housing units, including 279 affordable housing units at the moderate, low, and very low income categories. In addition, the zone change helps address the need for housing for various population groups, which is identified in the Housing Element. Further, the proposed zone change directly addresses an HCD requirement that will result in full certification of City's Housing Element, with all the accompanying benefits of certification, such as the ability to qualify for HCD and other State grant funding. There is no evidence in the record to suggest that there will be significant adverse effects as a result of the proposed zone change. Page 6 of 28 Page 268 of 441 Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed amendment were analyzed consistent with the requirements of CEQA. It was determined that the proposed amendments will not result in greater impacts than the impacts analyzed in the previously certified EIR for the General Plan. SECTION 4: Zone Text Amendment Findings. As required under ESMC § 15-27-3 and based on the findings set forth in Section 2, the City Council finds: A. The amendment is consistent with the General Plan. The proposed general plan amendment is consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU1: Maintenance of El Segundo's "Small Town" Atmosphere in that it preserves and maintains the City's low -medium density residential nature, with low building height profile and character, and minimum development standards. The proposed amendment will establish density, height, and other standards, to facilitate high density residential developments only on a limited number of properties in the proposed Mixed - Use and Housing overlays, thereby preserving the medium density and low building profile on vast majority of properties in the northwest quadrant of the City. The proposed amendment is also consistent with General Plan Land Use Element Goal LU3: Proper Distribution of Residential Land Uses, in that it will preserve and protect existing Single -Family Residential uses. The proposed amendment does not alter the standards or designation of any existing Single -Family Residential properties; it affects only properties designated as Commercial or Multi -Family Residential. The proposed zone text amendment is consistent with General Plan Housing Element Goal 3: Provide Opportunities for New Housing Construction in a Variety of Locations and Variety of Densities, in that the proposed amendment directly implements Program No. 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. Specifically, the proposed amendment implements the Mixed -Use Overlay and the Housing Overlay, which effectively rezone nine sites to allow high density residential development. The number of sites and proposed densities are adequate to meet the City's 61" cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. The proposed amendment also amends the ESMC to provide by right approval of projects on rezoned sites for lower income RHNA if the project provides 20 percent of the units as affordable housing for lower income households. In addition, the proposed amendment is consistent with Housing Element Program No. 9: El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments (ESMC). The proposed amendment will increase the permitted maximum density in the Page 7 of 28 Page 269 of 441 Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone to 30 dwelling units per acre, which is adequate pursuant to Government Code section 65583.2(c)(3) to facilitate the development of low -and very low-income housing. The proposed amendment will also revise the findings for site plan review applications to ensure that the findings are objective and provide certainty in outcomes, which will help streamline and encourage construction of new housing. Further, the proposed amendment is consistent with and directly implements Program No. 11: Fair Housing Program, which requires the City to undertake a number actions to affirmatively further fair housing. The proposed amendment directly implements the Fair Housing Program objective to rezone adequate sites and establish standards for high density residential development to meet the City's 6t" cycle RHNA requirement of 279 units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare in that it consists of planning for the orderly use of the City's land resources. The proposed amendment establishes two new overlays in the ESMC that allow high density residential development. The amendment establishes development standards for the two new overlays that will allow high density residential uses designed in a manner that is compatible with surrounding uses. In addition, the proposed amendment will increase the permitted maximum density in the Multi -Family Residential (R-3) zone to 30 dwelling units per acre, which helps focus the increased density in the City's multi -family residential neighborhoods and preserves the character of those areas zoned Single -Family Residential (R-1). Further, proposed amendment will directly facilitate and increase the opportunities for the construction of new housing to satisfy the housing needs of all segments of the community as described in General Plan Housing Element Program 6: Provision of Adequate Sites. The proposed amendment will help establish two new high density residential overlays on an adequate number of sites and it will streamline the Site Plan Review process to meet the 6t" cycle RHNA requirement for 279 affordable housing units, including 184 very low income, 18 low income, and 77 moderate income units. The proposed amendment is also necessary in that it is a requirement for the City to comply with State Housing Element Law and to maintain a certified Housing Element. Page 8 of 28 Page 270 of 441 Finally, the potential environmental impacts generated by the proposed amendment were analyzed consistent with the requirements of the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA). It was determined that the proposed amendments will have no greater impacts than the impacts analyzed in the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) for the General Plan. SECTION 5: Environmental Assessment. The proposed project was analyzed for its environmental impacts and an Addendum to the previously certified EIR for the General Plan was prepared pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15164. Under CEQA, an Addendum to a previously certified EIR is appropriate if minor changes or additions to the EIR are necessary to reflect the proposed modifications to the project in the environmental analysis and none of the conditions described in Section 15162 of the CEQA Guidelines calling for the preparation of a subsequent EIR or negative declaration have occurred (CEQA Guidelines §15164). Generally, the conditions described in Section 15162 have not occurred if the proposed modifications do not result in any new significant impacts or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant impacts. The Addendum need not be circulated for public review (CEQA Guidelines §15164(c)); however, an addendum must be considered by the decision -making body before making a decision on the project (CEQA Guidelines §15164(d)). This Addendum to the previously -certified EIR demonstrates that the environmental analysis, impacts, and mitigation measures identified in the 1992 EIR for the General Plan remain substantively unchanged despite the proposed project revisions. It supports the finding that the proposed project does not raise any new issues and does not exceed the significance level of impacts identified in the previously certified EIR. The mitigation measures listed in the certified EIR for the General Plan, are sufficient to reduce the identified environmental impacts to a less than significant level. To evaluate the potential environmental impacts of the actions proposed in this Ordinance and the need for additional environmental review, the City conducted an initial study. Based on the findings of the initial study, an addendum was prepared. The Initial Study/Addendum dated March 2024, is incorporated herein by this reference, as though fully set forth. Based on the findings and information yielded by the initial study/addendum: 1. There are no substantial changes proposed for the project that will require preparation of a subsequent or supplemental EIR due to the involvement of new significant environmental effects or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified effects. The proposed amendments would approve minor changes and additions described and analyzed in the previously certified final EIR ("FEIR"). There are no substantial changes resulting from the Ordinance that require major revisions to the FEIR. As detailed in the Initial Study/Addendum, the Page 9 of 28 Page 271 of 441 Ordinance will not result in any new or increased environmental effects beyond those that were previously identified in the FEIR. In addition, all applicable mitigation measures set forth in the FEIR would continue to be implemented. 2. No substantial changes have occurred with respect to the circumstances under which the project is undertaken that would require preparation of a subsequent or supplemental EIR due to the involvement of new significant environmental effects or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified significant effects. There are no substantial changes to the facts, data, and mitigation measures included in the FEIR. The proposed amendments will not result in a General Plan that is substantially different from the plan evaluated in the FEIR, and the environmental circumstances applicable to the city have not changed substantially. 3. There is no new information of substantial importance, which was not known and could not have been known with the exercise of reasonable diligence at the time the previous FEIR was certified as complete, that shows any of the following: (i) The project will have one or more significant effects not discussed in the previous FEIR; (ii) Significant effects previously examined will be substantially more severe than shown in the previous FEIR; (iii) Mitigation measures or alternatives previously found not to be feasible would in fact be feasible and would substantially reduce one or more significant effects of the project, but the project proponents decline to adopt the mitigation measure or alternative; or (iv) Mitigation measures or alternatives which are considerably different from those analyzed in the previous FEIR would substantially reduce one or more significant effects on the environment, but the project proponents decline to adopt the mitigation measure or alternative. No subsequent environmental review is required pursuant to Section 15162 of the CEQA Guidelines. Therefore, the proposed amendments to the Zoning Map and Zoning Code contemplated herein are within the scope of the project covered by the General Plan EIR and, pursuant to Section 15168(c)(2) of the CEQA Guidelines, no further environmental review is required. In addition, the proposed zone text amendments to the Subdivision, Site Plan Review, and certain affordable housing application procedures are exempt from the requirements of CEQA, pursuant to the "common sense" exemption in CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3), because they consist only of minor revisions to existing zoning regulations and related procedures and do not have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. Page 10 of 28 Page 272 of 441 SECTION 6: ESMC Section 14-1-4 is amended to add the following subsection E: E. Residential 10-lot subdivision: Notwithstanding the above, residential subdivision requests for up to 10 lots must be approved by the Community Development Director if said subdivision requests comply with the provisions and applicable requirements specified in ESMC Chapter 15-4 (Residential Zones) and Government Code section 66499.41. No public hearina or public hearina notification shall be reauired. SECTION 7: ESMC Section 15-3-1 (Designation of Zone Names) is amended in its entirety to read as follows: 15-3-1: DESIGNATION OF ZONE NAMES: In order to classify, regulate, restrict and segregate the uses of lands and buildings, to regulate and restrict the height and bulk of buildings, to regulate the area of yards and other open spaces about buildings, and to regulate the density of population, the classes of use zones are by this title established, to be known as follows: R-1 Single -Family Residential Zone R-2 Two -Family Residential Zone R-3 Multi -Family Residential Zone C-RS Downtown Commercial Zone C-2 Neighborhood Commercial Zone C-3 General Commercial Zone CO Corporate Office Zone MU-N Urban Mixed Use North Zone MU-S Urban Mixed Use South Zone C-4 Commercial Center Zone M-1 Light Industrial Zone M-2 Heavy Industrial Zone MDR Medium Density Residential Overlay Zone MMO Multimedia Overlay District MU-0 Mixed -Use Overlay H-O Housing Overlay O-S Open Space Zone P Automobile Parking Zone P-F Public Facilities Zone Page 11 of 28 Page 273 of 441 SECTION 8: ESMC Section 15-4D-3 (R-3 zone Site Development Standards) is amended as follows: 15-4D-3: SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS: F. Minimum Unit Size and Density- The minimum dwelling unit size shall be 250 square feet and the density shall he as follows. - - --- - - --- ---- - -- - --- - - - - - - - - - - ---- - .if jig • - r ... - - 1 - G. Density: The maximum permitted densitv shall be 30 dwellina units Der acre. GH. Placement of buildings and structures: 1. A minimum distance of three feet must be maintained between buildings; 2. A detached accessory structure in the rear one-third of the lot may be located on the rear and one interior side lot line, unless one of the following conditions exists: a. Where the lot rears upon an alley and the vehicular entrance to the detached accessory structure is from the alley, such detached accessory structure shall be set back a distance measured from the opposite side of the alley that will provide a turning radius as follows: 90 degrees - 25 feet 75 degrees - 21 feet 60 degrees - 18 feet 45 degrees - 15 feet b. On the rear third of a reversed corner lot, a detached accessory structure may be built to the interior lot side line, but no building shall be erected closer than five feet to the property line of any abutting lot to the rear. However, if an alley intervenes and the vehicular entrance to the detached accessory building is directly from the street side, a detached accessory building may be built to the rear lot line. c. Notwithstanding the above, a detached accessory dwelling unit must be set back at least four feet from interior side and rear property lines. #I. Lot Coverage: All buildings, including detached accessory buildings, shall not cover more than 53 percent of the area of the lot. Page 12 of 28 Page 274 of 441 fJ. Open space and recreation requirements: The following minimum open space and recreational facilities must be provided: Number Of Units Private Open Space Per Unit Common Open Space Per Unit Recreational Facilities Per Unit 4 or fewer 50 square feet 150 square feet 5-9 50 square feet 200 square feet 10 - 20 50 square feet 250 square feet 21 and above 50 square feet 250 square feet 50 square feet All required open space and recreational facilities are in addition to the required front and street side setbacks. Interior side and rear setbacks may be considered as required open spaces and recreation facilities. All required common open space must: 1) be phys+Eally er visual! accessible to t#eall residents, 2) be a minimum of five feet in both length and width, and 3) include a minimum of 50 percent of softscape landscaping. 1. Adjustments: The Director may approve adjustments from the minimum open space dimensions and landscaping percentage standards as provided in Chapters 22 and 23 of this Title. JK. Building Wall Modulation: No plane of a building wall facing a property line shall exceed 24 feet in height or length without at least a two -foot offset for a minimum length of six feet in the wall plane. When expanding or adding onto the height or length of an existing building wall, only the expansion or addition shall not exceed 24 feet without wall modulation. Below is an example of wall modulation for walls up to 30 feet: Total wall length or height (in feet) Maximum length of unbroken wall plane (in feet) Minimum length of 2-foot offset (in feet) 24 24 0 25 24 1 26 24 2 27 24 3 28 24 4 29 24 5 30 24 6 Page 13 of 28 Page 275 of 441 L. Landscaping: 1. Except where not allowed per the placement of existing utilities, one deciduous or evergreen on -site tree must be provided per 25 feet of street -facing frontage length along the front -yard, rear -yard, and street -facing side -yard setbacks. a. Trees must be planted within a maximum of ten feet of the property line. 2. Those setback areas fronting upon a public street must incorporate a minimum of 50 percent softscape and a maximum of 50 percent hardscape in the landscape, except for those portions devoted to vehicular parking. In addition, those portions of the property which abut a different zoning classification must be landscaped with trees and shrubs to provide an effective buffer from adjoining property. 3. The setback areas may contain artificial turf or synthetic grass in the side and rear yards only, provided that it: 1) is not harmful to the environment (such as containing lead based or other hazardous materials); 2) includes a pervious surface to address percolation, drainage, runoff, and stormwater detention requirements; and 3) is incorporated into a comprehensive landscaping design and site plan. 4. Drouaht-tolerant plants must be utilized in the landsca KM. Condominium Conversions: Condominiums and stock cooperatives converted from multiple -family dwellings shall meet all the requirements for condominiums in effect at the time they were originally constructed. If there were no condominium standards in effect at the time of construction, the conversion shall comply with the condominium standards of ordinance 898, adopted January 20, 1976. Page 14 of 28 Page 276 of 441 LN. Detached Accessory Buildings: 1. Unless permitted as an accessory dwelling unit pursuant to article 154E of this title, buildings shall not contain a kitchen or kitchen facilities, a bathtub or shower and shall not be used for sleeping purposes. 2. Detached accessory buildings, except detached accessory dwelling units, shall not be rented or used as a separate dwelling unit or as an "R" occupancy, as defined by the California Building Code, except that they may contain a sink and a toilet. 3. Prior to issuance of a building permit for a detached accessory structure, except a detached accessory dwelling unit, the Director shall require the recording of a covenant to run with the land, which states that the accessory structure shall not be used as a dwelling unit or used in violation of this subsection. SECTION 9: A new Article C (Mixed Use Overlay (MU-0) Zone) is added to Chapter 7 of Title 15 of the EMSC to read as follows: ARTICLE C. MIXED -USE OVERLAY (MU-0) ZONE SECTION: 15-7C-1: Purpose 15-7C-2: Development Standards 15-7C-3: Landsca 15-7C-4: Off Street Parking and Loading Spaces 15-7C-5: Signs 15-7C-6: Vehicular Access 15-7C-7: Affordable Housina Developments 15-7C-1: PURPOSE: The purpose of this zone is to provide consistency with and implement policies related to those locations which are designated Mixed -Use Overlay on the General Plan land use map and in the General Plan text. This overlay permits multiple dwelling units at high densities in combination with permitted commercial uses to facilitate meeting the City's Reaional Housina Needs Assessment (RHNA) allocation and Housina Element aoals. Page 15 of 28 Page 277 of 441 15-7C-2: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS: A. General Provisions: 1. As provided by chapter 2 of this title. 2. New dwelling units must be internally integrated and connected. 3. An addition to, or extension of, a dwelling unit, except a garage, must share a common wall and be internally integrated and connected to the existing dwelling unit. B. Lot Area: A minimum of 7,000 square feet. C. Height: 1. The height of all buildings or structures with a pitched roof shall not exceed 58 feet and four stories. Buildings or structures with a flat roof must not exceed 52 feet and four stories. 2. A maximum grade differential of six feet is permitted on sloping lots. The vertical height which exceeds the maximum grade differential limit is included in measuring the maximum building height. On sloped lots, a segmented grade plane may be applied to different portions of a building. 3. See section 15-2-3 of this title for exceations to buildina heiaht. D. Setbacks: 1. Front Yard: Structures must maintain a minimum setback of 15 feet with the exception of structures fronting Franklin Avenue, where no setback is required. Entry gates for vehicular access must maintain a minimum setback of 20 feet. a. Porches, verandas, courtyards, raised decks, or pergolas may encroach into the front -yard setback a maximum of six feet. 2. Side yard facing a side street: Ten percent of the width of the lot, but shall never be less than three feet and need not be more than five feet, except if parking garages or covered Darkina saaces face a street, then the setback shall be 20 feet. 3. Side yard facing an adjacent lot: Ten percent of the width of the lot on each side of the lot, but shall never be less than three feet and need not be more than five feet. Detached accessory structures, located in the rear one-third of the lot, are allowed zero setback on one interior side lot line. 4. Side yard, reversed corner: Reversed corner lots shall have the following side yard with a triangular area described as follows: one angle shall be formed by the rear and street side property lines, and the sides of this angle shall be 15 feet in length, measured along the rear and street side property lines. The third side of this triangle shall be a straight line connecting the two other lines at their endpoints. This triangular side yard setback area shall be in addition to the other side yard setback requirements described in subsections D2 and D3 of this section. Page 16 of 28 Page 278 of 441 5. Rear Yard: A minimum of 10 feet. 6. Rear Yard: Detached accessory structures are allowed zero setback on the rear oroaerty line and on one interior lot side line in the rear one-third of the lot. E. Lot Width: A minimum of 50 feet. F. Unit size: 1. The minimum unit size per dwelling unit shall be 250 square feet. 2. The averaae unit size for all dwellina units shall be 600 sauare feet. G. Density: The maximum permitted densitv shall be 75 dwellina units per acre. H. Placement Of Buildings And Structures: 1. A minimum distance of three feet must be maintained between buildi 2. A detached accessory structure in the rear one-third of the lot may be located on the rear and one interior side lot line, unless one of the following conditions exists: a. Where the lot rears upon an alley and the vehicular entrance to the detached accessory structure is from the alley, such detached accessory structure shall be set back a distance measured from the opposite side of the alley that will provide a turnina radius as follows: i. 90 degrees — 25 feet ii. 75 degrees — 21 feet iii. 60 degrees — 18 feet iv. 45 dearees — 18 feet b. On the rear third of a reversed corner lot, a detached accessory structure may be built to the interior lot side line, but no building shall be erected closer than five feet to the property line of any abutting lot to the rear. However, if an alley intervenes and the vehicular entrance to the detached accessory building is directly from the street side, a detached accessory building may be built to the rear lot line. c. Notwithstanding the above, a detached accessory dwelling unit must be set back at least four feet from interior side and rear property lines. I. Lot Coverage: All buildings, including detached accessory buildings, may cover 100 percent of the lot area, except for any required setback and/or open space areas J. Common Recreation Facility Requirements: A minimum of 50 square feet of common recreational facility space is reauired per unit for buildinas with 21 or more units. K. Building Frontage: No plane of a building wall facing a property line shall exceed 140 fPPt in Width Page 17 of 28 Page 279 of 441 1. Developments that include more than one building shall maintain a minimum 25 feet open -to -the -sky separation to allow for landscape, courtyards, and passageways. L. Massing Modulation: The top story of all new developments must be a maximum 70 percent of the largest floor area of the building. 1. If more than ten percent of the total number of dwelling units in a building are three or more -bedroom units, the top story must be a maximum of 90 percent of the largest floor area of the buildina. M. Building Wall Modulation: No plane of a building wall facing a property line shall exceed 36 feet in height or length without at least a two -foot offset for a minimum length of six feet in the wall plane. When expanding or adding onto the height or length of an existing building wall, only the expansion or addition shall not exceed 36 feet without wall modulation. Below is an example of wall modulation for walls uD to 43 feet: Total Wall Lenqth Or Height Maximum Length Of Minimum Length Of 2 Foot Unbroken Wall Plane Offset 36 feet 36 feet 0 feet 37 feet 36 feet 1 foot 38 feet 36 feet 2 feet 39 feet 36 feet 3 feet 40 feet 36 feet 4 feet 41 feet 36 feet 5 feet 42 feet 36 feet 6 feet 1. Buildings are exempt from the above wall modulation standard if at least one of the following components are integrated into the building design: a. Windows that are recessed or projected at least three inches from the wall plane. b. Three feet of landscaped building setback on street -facing sides in addition to the existina setback standards. c. Two or more materials on street-facina facades. N. Balconies: External Balconies facina R-1 zoned neiahborhoods are Drohibited. O. Condominium Conversions: Condominiums and stock cooperatives converted from multiple -family dwellings shall meet all the requirements for condominiums in effect at the time they were originally constructed. If there were no condominium standards in effect at the time of construction, the conversion shall comply with the condominium standards of ordinance 898, adopted January 20. 1976. Page 18 of 28 Page 280 of 441 P. Detached Accessory Buildinas: 1. Unless permitted as an accessory dwelling unit pursuant to article 15-4E of this title, detached accessory buildings shall not contain a kitchen or kitchen facilities, a bathtub or shower and shall not be used for sleeping purposes. Each multi -family lot is permitted no more than two detached accessory dwellina units. 2. Detached accessory buildings, except detached accessory dwelling units, shall not be rented or used as a separate dwelling unit or as an "R" occupancy, as defined by the California Building Code, except that they may contain a sink and a toilet. 3. Prior to issuance of a building permit for a detached accessory structure, except a detached accessory dwelling unit, the Director shall require the recording of a covenant to run with the land, which states that the accessory structure shall not be used in violation of this subsection. Q. Parking: 1. A minimum of one parking space per bedroom is required. No more than two parking spaces are required per unit. 2. See Section 15-15-6 for number of required commercial parking spaces. 3. Tandem and mechanical parking shall be permitted for two or more -bedroom units. 4. Notwithstanding the standards in this section, see Section 15-5-5 for additional parking area design standards. 15-7C-3: LANDSCAPING: 5. Except where not allowed per the placement of existing utilities, one deciduous or evergreen on -site tree must be provided per 25 feet of street -facing frontage length along the front -yard, rear -yard, and street -facing side -yard setbacks. a. Trees must be planted within a maximum of ten feet of the property line. 6. Those setback areas fronting upon a public street must incorporate a minimum of 50 percent softscape and a maximum of 50 percent hardscape in the landscape, except for those portions devoted to vehicular parking. In addition, those portions of the property which abut a different zoning classification must be landscaped with trees and shrubs to provide an effective buffer from adjoining property. 7. The setback areas may contain artificial turf or synthetic grass in the side and rear yards only, provided that it: 1) is not harmful to the environment (such as containing lead based or other hazardous materials); 2) includes a pervious surface to address percolation, drainage, runoff, and stormwater detention requirements; and 3) is incorporated into a comprehensive landscaping design and site plan. 8. Drought -tolerant plants must be utilized in the landscape. Page 19 of 28 Page 281 of 441 15-7C-4: OFF STREET PARKING AND LOADING SPACES: Off-street parking shall be provided as required by Chapter 15 of this title. 15-7C-5: SIGNS: Signs in the Mixed -Use Overlay Zone shall comply with the requirements of chapter 18 of this title. 15-7C-6: VEHICULAR ACCESS: Where a Mixed -Used Overlay lot abuts an alley, vehicular access to the lot must be from the alley. Curb cuts and driveways must be installed in conformance with section 15-15- 5 nf this title_ 15-7C-7: AFFORDABLE HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS Mixed -use developments in which at least 20 percent of residential units are affordable to lower -income households shall be considered a by right use as defined in Government Code Section 65583.2. SECTION 10: A new Article D (Housing Overlay (H-O) Zone) is added to Chapter 7 of Title 15 of the ESMC to read as follows: ARTICLE D. HOUSING OVERLAY (H-O) ZONE SECTION: 15-7D-1: Purpose 15-7D-2: Development Standards 15-7D-3: Landscape 15-7D-4: Off Street Parking and Loading Spaces 15-7D-5: Sians 15-7D-6: Vehicular Access 15-7D-7: Affordable Housing Developments Page 20 of 28 Page 282 of 441 15-7D-1: PURPOSE: The purpose of this zone is to provide consistency with and implement policies related to those locations which are designated Housing Overlay on the General Plan land use map and in the General Plan text. This overlay permits multiple dwelling units at high densities to facilitate meeting the City's Regional Housing Needs Assessment (RHNA) allocation and Housing Element goals. 15-7D-2: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS: The following development standards apply to the Housing Overlay parcels located in these four neighborhoods. A. General Provisions: 1. As provided by chapter 2 of this title. 2. New dwellina units must be internallv intearated and connected. 3. An addition to, or extension of, a dwelling unit, except a garage, must share a common wall and be internallv intearated and connected to the existina dwellina unit. B. Lot Area: A minimum of 7,000 square feet. C. Height: 1. The height of all buildings or structures with a pitched roof shall not exceed 47 feet and three stories. Buildings or structures with a flat roof must not exceed 41 feet and three stories_ 2. A maximum grade differential of six feet is permitted on sloping lots. The vertical height which exceeds the maximum grade differential limit is included in measuring the maximum building height. On sloped lots, a segmented grade plane may be applied to different portions of a building. 3. See section 15-2-3 of this title for exceptions to building height. D. Setbacks: Front Yard: Structures must maintain a minimum setback of 15 feet with the exception of structures fronting Franklin Avenue, where no setback is required. Entry gates for vehicular access must maintain a minimum setback of 20 feet. a. Porches, verandas, courtyards, raised decks, or pergolas may encroach into the front -yard setback a maximum of six feet. 2. Side yard facing a side street: Ten percent of the width of the lot, but shall never be less than three feet and need not be more than five feet, except if parking garages or covered Darkina saaces face a street. then the setback shall be 20 feet. Page 21 of 28 Page 283 of 441 3. Side yard facing an adjacent lot: Ten percent of the width of the lot on each side of the lot, but shall never be less than three feet and need not be more than five feet. Detached accessory structures, located in the rear one-third of the lot, are allowed zero setback on one interior side lot line. 4. Side yard, reversed corner: Reversed corner lots shall have the following side yard with a triangular area described as follows: one angle shall be formed by the rear and street side property lines, and the sides of this angle shall be 15 feet in length, measured along the rear and street side property lines. The third side of this triangle shall be a straight line connecting the two other lines at their endpoints. This triangular side yard setback area shall be in addition to the other side yard setback requirements described in subsections D2 and D3 of this section. 5. Rear Yard: A minimum of 10 feet. 6. Rear Yard: Detached accessory structures are allowed zero setback on the rear Droaerty line and on one interior lot side line in the rear one-third of the lot. E. Lot Width: A minimum of 50 feet. F. Unit size: 1. The minimum unit size Der dwellina unit shall be 250 sauare feet. 2. The averaae unit size for all dwellina units shall be 600 sauare feet. G. Density: The maximum permitted density shall be 65 dwelling units per acre. H. Placement Of Buildings And Structures: 1. A minimum distance of three feet must be maintained between buildi 2. A detached accessory structure in the rear one-third of the lot may be located on the rear and one interior side lot line, unless one of the followina conditions exists: a. Where the lot rears upon an alley and the vehicular entrance to the detached accessory structure is from the alley, such detached accessory structure shall be set back a distance measured from the opposite side of the alley that will provide a turnina radius as follows: i. 90 degrees — 25 feet ii. 75 degrees — 21 feet iii. 60 degrees — 18 feet iv. 45 degrees — 18 feet Page 22 of 28 Page 284 of 441 b. On the rear third of a reversed corner lot, a detached accessory structure may be built to the interior lot side line, but no building shall be erected closer than five feet to the property line of any abutting lot to the rear. However, if an alley intervenes and the vehicular entrance to the detached accessory building is directly from the street side, a detached accessory building may be built to the rear Int IinP c. Notwithstanding the above, a detached accessory dwelling unit must be set back at least four feet from interior side and rear DroDerty lines. I. Lot Coverage: All buildings, including detached accessory buildings, may cover 100 percent of the lot area, except for any required setback and/or open space areas. J. Common Recreation Facility Requirements: A minimum of 50 square feet of common recreational facilitv space is reauired Der unit for buildinas with 21 or more units. K. Building Frontage: No plane of a building wall facing a property line shall exceed 140 feet in width. 1. Developments that include more than one building shall maintain a minimum 25 feet open -to -the -sky separation to allow for landscape, courtyards, and passageways. L. Massing Modulation: The top story of all new developments must be a maximum 70 percent of the largest floor area of the building. 1. If more than ten percent of the total number of dwelling units in a building are three or more -bedroom units, the top story must be a maximum of 90 percent of the largest floor area of the buildina. M. Building Wall Modulation: No plane of a building wall facing a property line shall exceed 36 feet in height or length without at least a two -foot offset for a minimum length of six feet in the wall plane. When expanding or adding onto the height or length of an existing building wall, only the expansion or addition shall not exceed 36 feet without wall modulation. Below is an example of wall modulation for walls uD to 43 feet: Total Wall Length Or Height Maximum Length Of Minimum Length Of 2 Foot Unbroken Wall Plane Offset 36 feet 36 feet 0 feet 37 feet 36 feet 1 foot 38 feet 36 feet 2 feet 39 feet 36 feet 3 feet 40 feet 36 feet 4 feet 41 feet 36 feet 5 feet 42 feet 36 feet 6 feet Page 23 of 28 Page 285 of 441 1. Buildings are exempt from the above wall modulation standard if at least one of the following components are integrated into the building design: a. Windows that are recessed or projected at least three inches from the wall plane. b. Three feet of landscaped building setback on street -facing sides in addition to the existing setback standards. c. Two or more materials on street -facing facades. N. Balconies: External Balconies facina R-1 zoned neiahborhoods are prohibited. O. Condominium Conversions: Condominiums and stock cooperatives converted from multiple -family dwellings shall meet all the requirements for condominiums in effect at the time they were originally constructed. If there were no condominium standards in effect at the time of construction, the conversion shall comply with the condominium standards of ordinance 898, adopted January 20, 1976. P. Detached Accessory Buildinas: 1. Unless permitted as an accessory dwelling unit pursuant to article 15-4E of this title, detached accessory buildings shall not contain a kitchen or kitchen facilities, a bathtub or shower and shall not be used for sleeping purposes. Each multi -family lot is permitted no more than two detached accessory dwellina units. 2. Detached accessory buildings, except detached accessory dwelling units, shall not be rented or used as a separate dwelling unit or as an "R" occupancy, as defined by the California Buildina Code. exceot that thev may contain a sink and a toilet. 3. Prior to issuance of a building permit for a detached accessory structure, except a detached accessory dwelling unit, the Director shall require the recording of a covenant to run with the land, which states that the accessory structure shall not be used in violation of this subsection. Q. Parking: 1. A minimum of one parking space per bedroom is required. No more than two parking spaces are required per unit. 2. Standard residential parking dimensions in the Housing Overlay shall be 8.5' W X 1 R' I 3. Tandem and mechanical parking shall be permitted for two or more -bedroom units. 4. Notwithstanding the standards in this section, see Section 15-5-5 for additional parking area design standards. Page 24 of 28 Page 286 of 441 15-7D-3: LANDSCAPING: A. Except where not allowed per the placement of existing utilities, one deciduous or evergreen on -site tree must be provided per 25 feet of street -facing frontage length along the front -yard, rear -yard, and street -facing side -yard setbacks. 1. Trees must be planted within a maximum of ten feet of the property line. B. Those setback areas fronting upon a public street must incorporate a minimum of 50 percent softscape and a maximum of 50 percent hardscape in the landscape, except for those portions devoted to vehicular parking. In addition, those portions of the property which abut a different zoning classification must be landscaped with trees and shrubs to provide an effective buffer from adjoining property. C. The setback areas may contain artificial turf or synthetic grass in the side and rear yards only, provided that it: 1) is not harmful to the environment (such as containing lead based or other hazardous materials); 2) includes a pervious surface to address percolation, drainage, runoff, and stormwater detention requirements; and 3) is incorporated into a comprehensive landscaping design and site plan. D. Drought -tolerant plants must be utilized in the landscape. 15-713-4: OFF STREET PARKING AND LOADING SPACES: Off street parking shall be provided as required by Chapter 15 of this title. 15-713-5: SIGNS: Signs in the Housing Overlay Zone shall comply with the requirements of chapter 18 of this fitly 15-713-6: VEHICULAR ACCESS: Where a Housing Overlay lot abuts an alley, vehicular access to the lot must be from the alley. Curb cuts and driveways must be installed in conformance with section 15-15-5 of this title. 15-7D-6: AFFORDABLE HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS Housing developments in which at least 20 percent of residential units are affordable to lower -income households shall be considered a by right use as defined in Government Code Section 65583.2. Page 25 of 28 Page 287 of 441 SECTION 11: as follows: ESMC Section 15-25-4 (Site Plan Review Findings) is amended to read 15-25-4: FINDINGS: In order to approve or conditionally approve the site plan, the approval authority shall make the following findings: .._ ..Imp... A. The physical location, size, massing, setbacks, and placement of proposed structures on the site and the location of proposed uses within the project are consistent with applicable development standards and objective design standards in the subject specific plan, zone, and/or overlay district; B. The project is consistent with the General Plan goals, objectives, and policies and provisions of any applicable development agreement; C. The project has no specific adverse impact on public health or safety; D. A consistent architectural style is used on all sides of the building or structure including roofing, materials, windows, doors, openings, textures, and colors; and E. The existing or proposed public infrastructure (e.g., utilities, sewers, parkways, sidewalks, storm drains, street lights, traffic control devices, and the width and pavement of adjoining streets and alleys) and health and safety services (e.g., police and fire) are sufficient to accommodate the new development. If such findings cannot be made, the site plan shall be denied. SECTION 12: Actions. The City Council approves Zone Change No. ZC 23-01 as set forth in Exhibit "A," which is incorporated into this Ordinance by reference and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 23, as set forth above, to implement Housing Element Program No. 6 (Provision of Adequate Sites) and Program No. 9 (El Segundo Municipal Code Amendments). Page 26 of 28 Page 288 of 441 SECTION 13: CONSTRUCTION. This Ordinance must be broadly construed in order to achieve the purposes stated in this Ordinance. It is the City Council's intent that the provisions of this Ordinance be interpreted or implemented by the City and others in a manner that facilitates the purposes set forth in this Ordinance. SECTION 14: ENFORCEABILITY. Repeal of any provision of the ESMC does not affect any penalty, forfeiture, or liability incurred before, or preclude prosecution and imposition of penalties for any violation occurring before this Ordinance's effective date. Any such repealed part will remain in full force and effect for sustaining action or prosecuting violations occurring before the effective date of this Ordinance. SECTION 15: VALIDITY OF PREVIOUS CODE SECTIONS. If this entire Ordinance or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, any repeal or amendment of the ESMC or other city ordinance by this Ordinance will be rendered void and cause such previous ESMC provision or other the city ordinance to remain in full force and effect for all purposes. SECTION 16: SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Ordinance or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions of this Ordinance are severable. SECTION 17: The City Clerk is directed to certify the passage and adoption of this Ordinance; cause it to be entered into the City of El Segundo's book of original ordinances; make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this meeting; and, within fifteen (15) days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause a summary thereof to be published or posted in accordance with California law. Page 27 of 28 Page 289 of 441 SECTION 18: This Ordinance shall take effect 30 days after its passage and adoption. PASSED AND ADOPTED this day of APPROVED AS TO FORM: Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney ATTEST: STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ) 2024. Drew Boyles, Mayor I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing Ordinance No. was duly introduced by said City Council at a regular meeting held on the day of 2024, and was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the day of 2024, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: Tracy Weaver, City Clerk Page 28 of 28 Page 290 of 441 TY ATTACHMENT NO. 3 PUBLIC COMMENTS (EA 1344)Zone change Amendment No. GPA 23-01, ZC 23-01 Gary Voets <gary@polariselectric.com> Thu 4/4/2024 9:45 PM To:Samaras, Paul <PSamaras@elsegundo.org> Cc:edward@santacruzcadd.net <edward@santacruzcadd.net>;terri.voets5@gmail.com<terri.voets5@gmail.com>;'Rafael Padilla' <Rafael@Parcommercial.com> MR. Samaras, If possible, We would also like to be apart of the rezoning .i see my neighbor on the corner of E. Imperial ave. and California street is a part of the mixed -use Overlay. We at G T Northstar LLC. Have two building that meet your requirements. The addresses we propose to add to the 2021-2029 Sites Inventory are 1212 &1216 E. Imperial Ave. Your vision for adding much needed housing to El Segundo will require everyone working together to repurpose the existing parcels of land in our city to their fullest extent. G T Northstar looks forward to working with the city of El Segundo to achieve the goal of increasing available housing. We look forward to partnering with city to achieve this goal. Gary Voets GT Nothrstar LLC 1216 E. Imperial Ave. El Segundo, CA 90245 310-384-6929 cell Page 293 of 441 M M City Council Agenda Statement E L S E G U N D O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Public Hearings Item Number: C.17 TITLE: Amendment to the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 RECOMMENDATION: 1. Open the public hearing and solicit public testimony. 2. Waive first reading and introduce an Ordinance amending El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan for permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking requirements; and find that the proposed amendments are exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15162 because the previously environmental impact report for the Specific Plan, certified on December 15, 2015, contemplated development of the project site and none of the proposed minor amendments would trigger conditions set forth in § 15162 necessitating the preparation of a subsequent or supplemental environmental impact have occurred. 3. Schedule second reading of the Ordinance for the May 7, 2024 regular City Council meeting or as soon thereafter feasible. 4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: The proposed amendment is not anticipated to have any fiscal impact. BACKGROUND: Planning staff deemed CDC Mar Retail 1, LLC's applications for Environmental Assessment No. EA-1348 and Specific Plan Amendment No. ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map ("VTTMP") No. 83236 to amend the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan ("ESSCSP") modifying development standards complete on January 22, 2024. The project applications and plans were circulated to all City departments for Page 294 of 441 EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 8 comments, and no objections were received. The ESSCSP is the implementing document for the General Plan with specific goals/policies for the El Segundo South Campus (Raytheon Campus) area. The proposed project amends the ESSCSP development standards by modifying permitted uses, setback requirements, and paring requirements for the Phase 1 (Raytheon Campus) area. The site is currently developed with a commercial retail center (a.k.a. Chargers Commons) and no new development is proposed as part of this Project/request. Planning Commission Action On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission held a duly noticed public hearing and discussion. The Planning Commission discussed whether the amendments affect the existing commercial development and inquired if, through the recording of Covenants, Conditions, and Restrictions ("CC&Rs"), it will be ensured that surface level parking lots will continue to serve the existing commercial center. After a brief discussion, it was determined that the proposed amendments will not interfere with or affect the existing commercial center and by recording CCR&Rs that run with the property, it will be ensured that surface level parking lot continues to serve the existing commercial center. On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission adopted Resolution No. 2947 recommending City Council approve the proposed Ordinance, without modifications or additional conditions. The Planning Commission also adopted Resolution No. 2948 to approve Subdivision No. SUBD 23-02 for VTTMP No. 83236. DISCUSSION: Proposed Ordinance The draft Ordinance proposes amendments to the ESSCSP development standards modifying the: - Permitted uses table; - Setback requirements; and - Parking requirements within the Phase 1 (Raytheon Campus) area. The ordinance does not propose any new development as part of this request. The discussion below summarizes the proposed amendments. Proposed Specific Plan Amendments Permitted Uses Page 295 of 441 EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 8 - Amend Table IV-1 Allowable Uses to include structures and surface parking lots as a permitted primary use (already allowed as an accessory use) only in the Phase 1, CMU district. 1-Murtt: IVV. 1 C0.711.01" r1rUpV5eu IVIVUITIGd11Ur1 Parking structures and surface parking c's A i PIA P= Radar towers AAUP AAUP .4VA P Video arcades, defined as any business with three or more %9deo or arcade machines, C C All uses that are not permitted, conditionally permitted, or determined to be similar uses as specified above. All uses that are involved with the storage of waste materials as the pnmary business Freight Forwarding Gasoline and Diesel Service Stations Residential Uses - - AUP Administrative Use Permit A Permitted Accessory Use C Conditional Use P Permitted Use - Not Pemvtted Note: Pursuant to the ESW, uses of a similar nature %rich are unlisted in Table IV-1 may be considered by the D -ec-✓ of Planning and Building Safety subject to appeal to the Panning Corrm ss on. Surface Parking Lots is a permitted (P) use within Phase 1 CloW District subject to ESSCSP Section VI Development Standards D Parking and Loading Setback requirements - Amend ESSCSP Section Vl. Development Standards: 1. Setbacks to include additional language toad allow lots with frontage on the portion of El Segundo Boulevard located east of the future extension of Continental Boulevard and west of the future extension of Nash Street, and allow buildings and structures to be setback a minimum of five feet from each lot line within the Phase 1 area of the ESSCSP. f-iqure No. 'I tbbubi' vroposea moamcation n. Building and structure setbacks within the interior of the Specific Plan trust be a minimum of fifteen feet (15') from each lot line. For lots '"ith frontage on the portion of E1 Sea -undo Boulevard located east of the future extension of Continental Boulevard and «vest of the future extension of -Nash Street. buildings and structures must be setback a minimum of five feet (5). required setbacks ttla%- can- depending on Building Code requirements that relate to t-%-pe and height of the structure. Parking requirements - Modify ESSCSP Section IV. Development Standards: D Parking and Loading section to include additional text for ESSCSP Phase 1 area only to allow 100% of the required Page 296 of 441 EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 April 16, 2024 Page 4 of 8 parking for an individual lot to be provided off -site; with approval by the Community Development Director, subject to the following performance standards: • Off -site parking must be contained within the CMU District Phase 1 lots. • Parking must be located within 150 feet of the lot it serves. • Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or structures with the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is across a project roadway, a crosswalk must be provided. • Other conditions may be applied by the Director as part of site plan approval. - Modify ESSCSP Section IV. Development Standards. D Parking and Loading section to include additional text to allow parking lots to service multiple lots or buildings for retail and restaurant uses in ESSCSP Phase 1 within the CMU District, subject to the following standards: • Reciprocal parking and access easements or covenants must be recorded in conjunction with final map. Figure No. 3 ESSCSP Proposed Modification Page 297 of 441 EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 April 16, 2024 Page 5 of 8 3. For retail and restaurant uses within the C\SC District eicluding the Phase 1 area, up to 20°o of the required parking for an individual lot in may be provided off -site with approval by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, subject to the following performance standards: a. Parking must be located within 150 feet of the lot it serves. b. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or structures with the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is across a project roadway. a crosswalk must be provided. c. Other conditions may be applied by the Director as part of site plan approval. d. Requests for over 20% off -site parking require Planning Commission review and approval and may include such conditions as the Planning Commission may lawfully impose. 4. For retail and restaurant uses in Phase 1 within the CMU District, up to 100gb of the required parking for an individual lot mac be provided off -site, kith approval be the Director of Community Development, subject to the follonin� performance standards: a. Off -site parking must be contained mithin the C\IL- District Phase 1 lots. b. Parking must be located within 1;0 feet of the lot it sen es. c. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or structures with the buildings they sen-e. AN -here off -site parking is across a proiect roadea}, a crosswalk must be provided. d. Other conditions maN be applied by the Director as pan of site plan approval. 5. For retail and restaurant uses within the CNfU District including Phase 1, parking lots may sen ice multiple lots or buildings subject to the following standards: - a. Reciprocal parking and access easements or covenants must be recorded before issuance of a building permit and or in conjunction «ith a final map as required bN• the Community Development Director and must be shown or noted on the applicable site plans. Specific Plan Amendment Findings Pursuant to ESMC Section 15-27-3, the City Council must make the findings below to approve a specific plan amendment: 1. That the amendment is consistent with the General Plan. 2. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. The ESSCSP serves as the General Plan document for the El Segundo South Campus Area and was found to be consistent with the City's General Plan when originally adopted. The proposed specific plan amendment is consistent with and implements the Specific Plan's vision, goal, and objectives to create, maintain, and implement a business climate that fosters a strong economic community, and develop a strategic Page 298 of 441 EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 April 16, 2024 Page 6 of 8 plan that will result in business retention and attraction. On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission considered the amendments and adopted Resolution No. 2947 affirming the proposed amendments are consistent with the General Plan, specifically with Economic Development Element Objective ED1-2, General Plan Land Use Element Objective LU44, which seek to create job opportunities and seek balance between growth, local resources, and infrastructure capacity. The Project site will continue to physically be suitable for the existing buildings and structures as the proposed amendments do not create any non -conformities with the existing commercial development. The existing development allowed under the Specific Plan continue to provide a basis for a positive contribution to the maintenance and expansion of El Segundo's economic base as development typically increases the City's business license taxes, increases the City's utility user taxes, increases the City's property taxes, and increases the City's sales taxes which enhances the General Plen Economi Development Element policy ED1-2.1 and ED1-2.3 as it seeks to "expand El Segundo's retail and commercial base so that the diverse needs of the City's business and residential communities are met" and "seek to balance the City's economic development program with the City's resources and infrastructure capacity." An increased economic base will price the City with resources to provide high -quality services to its residents and daytime population. The specific plan amendments will help achieve the primary ESSCSP goal to facilitate the revitalization of commercial areas by making them viable, attractive, and people - oriented commercial districts. The Amendments provide development standards tailored for Phase 1 area of the ESSCSP and the proposed modifications do not interfere with the existing commercial center development at the site, which will continue to provide an aesthetically pleasing and attractive commercial district and comply with General Plan Circulation Element Policy C2-1.6 as its design will continue to ease pedestrian access. The amendments will continue to transform the campus into an economic force, which is consistent with and necessary to serve public health, safety, and general welfare. In addition, there is no evidence indicating that any of the proposed amendments will have a detrimental impact on public health, safety, and general welfare. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW An Environmental Impact Report ("EIR") was prepared for the ESSCSP (EA- 905) pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act ("CEQA") and was certified on December 15, 2015. With the exception of one building that is currently under construction, all of the development for the Phase 1 project site contemplated on the ESSCSP (a total of six buildings and 385 surface parking spaces) is developed and operational. Minor amendments to the ESSCSP are necessary to accommodate proposed Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236. Further, none of these amendments Page 299 of 441 EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 April 16, 2024 Page 7 of 8 will change the development potential of the project site and, therefore, they will not involve any new significant effects or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified effects. Furthermore, no new information of substantial importance, which was not known and could not have been known with the exercise of reasonable diligence at the time the previous EIR was certified as complete, shows that the project will have any new significant impacts not previously disucssed in the EIR. Pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15162, none of the conditions necessitating the preparaion of a subsequent or supplemental EIR have occured. Consequently, no further environmental documentation is required. CONCLUSION The proposed ESSCSP amendments and Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 will enhance existing development standards for Phase 1 area within the Commercial/Office Mixed -Use (CMU) land use designation in the ESSCSP. All of the above will help the City achieve the primary Specific Plan goal to transform the Campus into an economic force in the City. The proposed ordinance is consistent with the Planning Commission's previous direction. Staff recommends that the City Council adopt the attached Ordinance approving an amendment to the ESSCSP modifying permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking requirements. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 1: Enhance Customer Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communication Objective 1 B: El Segundo's engagement with the community ensures excellence. Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and the community. Objective 513: El Segundo approaches its work in a financially strategic and responsible way. PREPARED BY: Jazmin Farias, Planning Technician REVIEWED BY: Michael Allen, Community Development Director APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Page 300 of 441 EA-1348 and ASP 23-01 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 April 16, 2024 Page 8 of 8 Draft Ordinance 2. El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan (ESSCSP) as amended 3. March 14, 2024 Planning Commission Meeting Minutes Page 301 of 441 DRAFT ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN (ESSCSP) TO MODIFY PERMITTED USES, SETBACK REQUIREMENTS, AND DEVELOMENT STANDARDS REGARDING PARKING AND LOADING FOR PHASE 1 IN THE ESSCSP AREA. (Environmental Assessment No. EA-1348 and Specific Plan Amendment No. ASP 23-01). The City Council of the city of El Segundo does ordain as follows: SECTION 1: The City Council finds and declares as follows: A. On June 28, 2023, the City processed an application for Environmental Assessment No. EA 1348 and Specific Plan Amendment No. ASP 23-01 to amend the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan (ESSCSP) updating permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking requirements; B. The City reviewed the project's environmental impacts under the California Environmental Quality Act (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA") and the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 Cal. Code of Regulations §§15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines"); C. On February 5, 2024, 45 public notices were mailed to all property owners within a 300-foot radius from the project site, providing a 10-day time period for the submittal of comments in accordance with ESMC Section 15-28- 6(A); D. On February 5, 2024, 117 public notices were mailed to all occupants within a 300-foot radius from the project site, providing a 10-day time period for the submittal of comments in accordance with ESMC Section 15-28-6(A); E. On February 8, 2024, a public notice was published in the El Segundo Herald newspaper, providing a 10-day time period for the submittal of comments in accordance with ESMC Section 15-28-6(A); F. On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission held a duly noticed public hearing to receive public testimony and other evidence regarding the Ordinance and adopted Resolution No. 2947 recommending that the City Council introduce and adopt this Ordinance; G. On April 1, 2024, 45 public notices were mailed to all property owners within a 300-foot radius from the project site, providing a 10-day time period for the submittal of comments in accordance with ESMC Section 15-28-6(A); 1 Page 302 of 441 H. On April 1, 2024, 117 public notices were mailed to all occupants within a 300-foot radius from the project site, providing a 10-day time period for the submittal of comments in accordance with ESMC Section 15-28-6(A); On April 4, 2024, a public notice was published in the El Segundo Herald newspaper, providing a 10-day time period for the submittal of comments in accordance with ESMC Section 15-28-6(A); J. On April 16, 2024, the City Council held a duly noticed public hearing and considered the information provided by City staff and public testimony regarding the Ordinance; and K. This Ordinance and its findings are made based upon the entire administrative record including, without limitation, testimony and evidence presented to the City Council at its April 16, 2024 hearing and the staff report submitted by the Community Development Department. SECTION 2: Factual Findings and Conclusions. The City Council finds that adopting the proposed Ordinance would result in the following: A. Amend Table IV-1 Allowable Uses of the ESSCSP, adding surface parking lots as a permitted use as it corresponds to the Phase 1 area of the Commercial/Office Mixed Use (CMU) District; B. Amend Subsection B.3 (Setback Development Standards) of Section VI Development Standards, adding setback standards for lots with frontage on the portion of El Segundo Boulevard located east of the future extension of Continental Boulevard and west of the future extension of Nash Street; C. Amend Subsection D.3 (Parking and Loading Standards), adding language to exclude Phase 1 area from the 20% threshold standard to meet required parking via off -site parking lots or structures; D. Add Subsection DA (Parking and Loading Standards), adding required parking and off -site parking standards for Phase 1 area, E. Amend Subsection D.5 (Parking and Loading Standards), allowing parking lots to service multiple lots or buildings with a retail and restaurant use in ESSCSP Phase 1 area within the CMU district subject to the recordation of reciprocal parking and access easements or covenants in conjunction with final map. SECTION 3: Specific Plan Amendment Findings. As required under Government Code § 65854 and ESMC § 15-27-3 and based on the findings set forth in Section 2, the City Council finds as follows: A. That the amendment is consistent with the General Plan. 2 Page 303 of 441 The ESCSP serves as the General Plan document for the El Segundo South Campus area. The ESSCSP was found to be consistent with the City's General Plan when originally adopted, and the proposed specific plan amendment is consistent with the Specific Plan's vision, goal, and objectives. The specific plan amendment is consistent with and implements the primary ESCSP goal to create, maintain, and implement a business climate that fosters a strong economic community, develop a strategic plan that will result in business retention and attraction, provide an effective level of City services to all elements of the community, and maintain the quality of life that has characterized El Segundo for more than nine decades. Specifically, the proposed amendments are consistent with General Plan's Economic Development Element Objective ED1-2 which seeks to "Center diversification efforts on targeted industries that meet the City's criteria for job creation, growth potential, fiscal impact, and fit with local resources" because the existing uses within the Campus will continue to create job opportunities and seek balance between growth, local resources, and infrastructure capacity. The Project site will continue to physically be suitable for the existing buildings and structures as the proposed amendments do not create any non -conformities with the existing Commercial Development; which will continue to meet the General Plan Land Use Element Objective LU4-4 which seeks to "Provide areas where development has the flexibility to mix uses, in an effort to provide synergistic relationships which have the potential to maximize economic benefit, reduce traffic impacts, and encourage pedestrian environments." The proposed Specific Plan amendments will continue to help guide the existing commercial development activities within the CMU district and ensure landscaping in parking areas and around the buildings are permanently maintained through the recordation of covenants, conditions, and restrictions. The existing development allowed under the Specific Plan will continue to provide a basis for a positive contribution to the maintenance and expansion of El Segundo's economic base as development typically increases the City's business license taxes, increases the City's utility user taxes, increases the City's property taxes, and increases the City's sales taxes which enhances the General Plan Economic Development Element policy ED1-2.1 as it seeks to "expand El Segundo's retail and commercial base so that the diverse needs of the City's business and residential communities are met." An increased economic base will provide the City with resources to provide high -quality services to its residents and daytime population. B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. The specific plan amendments will help achieve the primary ESCSP goal to facilitate the revitalization of commercial areas by making them viable, 3 Page 304 of 441 attractive, and people -oriented commercial districts. The Amendments provide development standards tailored for Phase 1 area of the ESSCSP and the proposed modifications do not interfere with the existing commercial center development at the site which will continue to provide an aesthetically pleasing and attractive commercial district and comply with General Plan Circulation Element Policy C2-1.6 as its design will continue to ease pedestrian access. Thus, the amendments will continue to transform the Campus into an economic force, which is consistent with and necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. In addition, there is no evidence indicating that any of the proposed amendments will have a detrimental impact on public health, safety, and general welfare. SECTION 4: Environmental Assessment. The City Council finds and determines as follows: A. An Environmental Impact Report was prepared for the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan (ESSCSP) (EA-905) pursuant to 14 California Code of Regulations, § 15063 ("CEQA") and was certified on December 15, 2015. Pursuant to 14 California Code of Regulations, § 15162 ("CEQA"), no subsequent EIR shall be prepared for the project for the following reasons: (1) the proposed amendments do not propose any new development and no changes will occur to the existing Phase 1 development; 2) since no development is proposed with the amendments, there will be no new environmental impacts beyond what the previous certified EIR identified; and, 3) the amendments to the Specific Plan will not result in or allow additional development beyond what was previously approved at the site. Therefore, it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility the amendments may have a significant effect on the environment. B. As detailed in Section 3, the proposed Ordinance amending the ESSCSP includes minor modifications to use regulations, setback regulations, and parking regulations. C. There are no substantial changes proposed for the project that will require preparation of a subsequent or supplemental EIR due to the involvement of new significant environmental effects or a substantial increase in the severity of previously identified effects. D. The proposed Ordinance will not result in a Specific Plan that is substantially different from the plan evaluated in the EIR, and the environmental circumstances applicable to the Specific Plan area have not changed. SECTION 5: Table IV-1 Allowable Uses in Section VI. Development Standards A. Permitted Uses of the ESSCSP is amended as follows: 0 Page 305 of 441 Section VI. Table IV-1-Allowable Uses • • Alternative fuel stations P P -- Cafes P P Data Centers C P -- Financial institutions P P -- General Offices, including medical and dental P P -- General storage and warehousing -- P -- General storage and warehousing (Raytheon Company only) P P Health Clubs P P -- High and medium bay labs -- P -- High and medium bay labs (Raytheon Company only) P P Light Industrial uses -- P -- Light Industrial uses (Raytheon Company only) P P Movie and Entertainment Facilities P P -- Multimedia Related Offices P P -- Postproduction Facilities P P -- Public facilities, including, but not limited to, fire and police facilities, post offices, and libraries. P P Public Utilities P P P Recreation Facilities (public and private) P P P Research and Development, including scientific research and experimental development laboratories P P Restaurants, full service P P -- Restaurants, fast food P P -- Retail uses (excluding off site sale alcohol sales) P P -- Special Effects Studios P P -- Studio/sound stage(s) and other support facilities P P -- Trade and vocational schools for adults P P Any use customarily incidental to a permitted use, including the storage of hazardous materials associated with any allowable use. A A A Drive -through or walk-up services related to financial operations. A A -- The on -site sale and consumption of alcohol at restaurants and cafes. AUP AUP -- The off -site sale of alcohol at retail establishments. AUP AUP -- Drive-through restaurants C C C Helicopter landing facilities subject to the provisions of El Segundo Municipal Code §15-2-13. C C C Hotels (provided that the existing deed restriction is removed) C C C Page 306 of 441 Section VI. Table IV-1-Allowable Uses (continued) Use CMU • • Outdoor dining, exempting outdoor dining at restaurants where outdoor dining comprises 20% C C C or less of the total dining area of the restaurant, but not exceeding two hundred (200) square feet of floor area. Laser/optical targets A/AUP A/AUP -- Parking structures and surface parking lots A, A/AUP P/A P/A Radar towers A/AUP A/AUP Video arcades, defined as any business with three or more video or arcade machines. C C C All uses that are not permitted, conditionally permitted, or determined to be similar uses as specified above. All uses that are involved with the storage of waste materials as the primary business Freight Forwarding -- -- -- Gasoline and Diesel Service Stations -- -- -- Mini-storage -- -- -- Residential Uses -- -- -- AUP Administrative Use Permit A Permitted Accessory Use C Conditional Use P Permitted Use -- Not Permitted Note: Pursuant to the ESMC, uses of a similar nature which are unlisted in Table IV-1 may be considered by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, subject to appeal to the Planning Commission. 1 Surface Parking Lots is a permitted (P) use within Phase 1 CMU District subject to ESSCSP Section VI. Development Standards: D. Parking and Loading SECTION 6: Section VI. Development Standards: 1. Setbacks (subsection B.3) of the ESSCSP is amended as follows: b. Building and structure setbacks within the interior of the Specific Plan must be a minimum of fifteen feet (15') from each lot line. For lots with frontaae on the aortion of El Seaundo Boulevard located east of the future extension of Continental Boulevard and west of the future extension of Nash Street. buildinas and structures must be setback a minimum of five feet (51. Actual required setbacks may vary depending [01 Page 307 of 441 on Building Code requirements that relate to type and height of the structure. SECTION 7: Section VI. Development Standards: D. Parking and Loading (subsection D.3, D.4, and D.5) of the ESSCSP is amended as follows: 3. For retail and restaurant uses within the CMU District excluding the Phase 1 area, up to 20% of the required parking for an individual lot in may be provided off -site with approval by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, subject to the following performance standards: 4. For retail and restaurant uses in Phase 1 within the CMU District, up to 100% of the required parking for an individual lot may be provided off -site, with approval by the Director of Community Development, subject to the following performance standards: a. Off -site parking must be contained within the CMU District Phase 1 lots. b. Parking must be located within 150 feet of the lot it serves. c. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or structures with the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is across a project roadway, a crosswalk must be provided. d. Other conditions may be applied by the Director as part of site plan approval. 5. For retail and restaurant uses within the CMU District including Phase 1, parking lots may service multiple lots or buildings subject to the following standards: a. Reciprocal parking and access easements or covenants must be recorded before issuance of a building permit and or in conjunction with a final map as required by the Community Development Director and must be shown or noted on the applicable site plans. SECTION 8: Action. The City Council hereby approves and adopts the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan as set forth in attached Exhibit "A," which is incorporated into this Ordinance by reference. 7 Page 308 of 441 SECTION 9: Electronic Signatures. This Ordinance may be executed with electronic signatures in accordance with Government Code § 16.5. Such electronic signatures will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. SECTION 10: Construction. This Ordinance must be broadly construed to achieve the purposes stated in this Ordinance. It is the City Council's intent that the provisions of this Ordinance be interpreted or implemented by the City and others in a manner that facilitates the purposes set forth in this Ordinance. SECTION 11: Severability. If any part of this Ordinance or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions of this Ordinance are severable. SECTION 12: Recordation. The City Clerk, or designee, is directed to certify the passage and adoption of this Ordinance; cause it to be entered into the City of El Segundo's book of original ordinances; make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this meeting; and, within 15 days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it to be published or posted in accordance with California law. 1:3 Page 309 of 441 SECTION 13: Effective Date. This Ordinance will become effective 30 days following its passage and adoption. PASSED AND ADOPTED this 16th day of April, 2024. Drew Boyles, Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney ATTEST: STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ) I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing Ordinance No. was duly introduced by said City Council at a regular meeting held on the day of 2024, and was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the day of 2024, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: Tracy Weaver, City Clerk W7 Page 310 of 441 EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN Specific Plan No. 11-01 October 2015 Amended per CC Resolution No. 5291 Amended per CC Resolution No. TBD Page 311 of 441 EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN TABLE OF CONTENTS I. INTRODUCTION..............................................................................................................1 A. Specific Plan Area.................................................................................................... I B. Background.............................................................................................................. I C. Demographics...........................................................................................................7 D. Economic Context.................................................................................................... 7 II. OVERVIEW OF THE SPECIFIC PLAN........................................................................9 A. Purpose and Authority of Specific Plan.................................................................... 9 B. Specific Plan Scope and Goals...............................................................................10 C. Consistency with the General Plan.........................................................................10 D. Entitlements............................................................................................................16 E. Existing Land Uses.................................................................................................17 III. LAND USE PLAN............................................................................................................19 A. Development Concept............................................................................................19 B. Land Use Plan........................................................................................................20 C. Phasing...................................................................................................................27 D. Circulation Plan......................................................................................................27 E. Grading Concept....................................................................................................29 IV. EXISTING UTILITIES AND INFRASTRUCTURE...................................................31 A. Water Service.........................................................................................................31 B. Reclaimed Water....................................................................................................33 C. Sewer Service.........................................................................................................33 D. Drainage.................................................................................................................35 E. Gas..........................................................................................................................37 F. Electric...................................................................................................................39 G. Telecommunications Utilities.................................................................................39 H. Solid Waste Disposal..............................................................................................41 I. Fire Protection........................................................................................................41 J. Police Services.......................................................................................................41 V. DESIGN GUILDELINES................................................................................................43 A. Design Objectives and Intent.................................................................................43 Page i October 2015 Page 312 of 441 EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN VI. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS...................................................................................57 A. Permitted Uses........................................................................................................57 B. Development Standards..........................................................................................59 C. Circulation....................................................................................................................... 62 D. Parking and Loading...................................................................................................... 64 E. Landscaping...................................................................................................................67 F. Public Safety...................................................................................................................68 G. Signage.............................................................................................................................69 H. Sustainability..................................................................................................................69 I. Enclosed Uses.........................................................................................................70 VII. ADMINISTRATION.............................................................................................................. 71 A. Introduction............................................................................................................71 B. Municipal Code References....................................................................................71 C. Modifications.........................................................................................................71 D. Site Plan Review....................................................................................................73 E. Amendment............................................................................................................78 F. California Environmental Quality Act Compliance................................................78 Page ii October 2015 Page 313 of 441 EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN EXHIBITS Exhibit 1 Regional Vicinity Map............................................................................................ 2 Exhibit 2 Local Vicinity Map................................................................................................. 3 Exhibit 3 Local Vicinity Aerial View..................................................................................... 4 Exhibit 4 Existing Development............................................................................................. 6 Exhibit 5 Land Use Plan....................................................................................................... 24 Exhibit 6 Conceptual Site Plan............................................................................................. 25 Exhibit 7 Vesting Tentative Map #71551............................................................................. 26 Exhibit 8 Conceptual Water Plan .......................................................................................... 32 Exhibit 9 Conceptual Reclaimed Water Plan........................................................................ 34 Exhibit 10 Conceptual Sewer Plan.......................................................................................... 36 Exhibit 11 Conceptual Drainage Plan..................................................................................... 38 Exhibit 12 Electric, Gas and Telecommunication Conceptual Plan ........................................ 40 Exhibit 13 El Segundo Boulevard Street Concept.................................................................. 49 Exhibit 14 Hughes/Nash Extension Streetscape Concept....................................................... 50 Exhibit 15 Continental Streetscape Concept........................................................................... 51 Exhibit 16 Corner Entry Concept............................................................................................ 52 Page N October 2015 Page 314 of 441 EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN TABLES TableI-1 Existing Uses............................................................................................................ 5 Table III-1 Land Use Summary................................................................................................21 Table III-2 Land Use — Project Development Scenario............................................................22 Table III-3 Project Trip Ceiling................................................................................................23 TableIII-4 Phasing...................................................................................................................27 Table IV-1 Allowable Uses.......................................................................................................57 Table VII-1 California Environmental Quality Act Conformance.............................................78 APPENDICES Appendix A El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan Trip Generation Rates, Credits, and Caps...............................................................79 Appendix B El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan Legal Description..................................81 Page iv October 2015 Page 315 of 441 I. INTRODUCTION A. SPECIFIC PLAN AREA The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan (ESSC-SP) area is located in the City of El Segundo, County of Los Angeles, California. El Segundo is situated 15 miles southwest of downtown Los Angeles. The City of El Segundo is located south of the City of Los Angeles, west of the City of Hawthorne and the County of Los Angeles, north of the City of Manhattan Beach, and the east of the City of Los Angeles and the Pacific Ocean (refer to Exhibit 1, Regional Vicinity Map). More specifically, the roughly 142.28 gross acre Campus site ("Campus") is located in the southeast quadrant of the City of El Segundo, approximately 1.0 miles south of the Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) and the Glen Anderson Century Freeway (I -105), two miles west of the San Diego Freeway (SR-405), and approximately two miles west of the juncture of these two freeways. The Campus is bounded by El Segundo Boulevard to the north, the elevated MTA Line and an older industrial subdivision on Coral Circle to the east, a Union Pacific Railroad spur and the El Segundo sump to the south, and a Southern California Edison high voltage transmission easement to the west (refer to Exhibit 2, Local Vicinity Map, and Exhibit 3, Local Vicinity Aerial View). The adjacent zoning uses are: corporate office and mixed -use to the north, across El Segundo Boulevard; light manufacturing to the east and south; and open space and public facility to the west. A multi -media zone overlies the entire eastern half of the City, including the Specific Plan Area. B. BACKGROUND In 1978 a Precise Plan was approved for Hughes (which merged with Raytheon Company in December 1997) to build a total of 2,575,000 square feet of improvements on the Campus for a FAR of 0.42. The Precise Plan project consisted of two main components — an office tower of up to 16 stories to be located on the northwest portion of the Campus and a large low -profile complex housing the engineering and manufacturing components. The approval allowed Hughes to consolidate its corporate headquarters which was then in Culver City with its electro-optical data systems group which was already located elsewhere in El Segundo. The Campus was chosen by Hughes for the flexibility and consolidation potential made possible by the size of the property, the proximity to other Hughes' facilities, and the proximity to LAX - considerations that remain important today. Before the implementation of the Precise Plan, the Campus had been used primarily for farming. Page 1 October 2015 Page 316 of 441 \ \ Cast \ Lake \ .k Lake\Castaic \ PiNewhall Fillmore Santa Carita VEN ® C O U N T Y Sylmar A Moorpark Simi I Valley Chatsworth r— Canoga Park Van Nuys Thousand _ Agoura Hills Woodland Oaks Westlake 101 Calabasas Hills Sher' Oa'l Village ® I Palmdale I I ® I I ;I LOS ANGELES 1 COUNTY 1 1 I I I I I I Glendale ' Z ® BeverlyHollywoodoll Alhambra Hills Monterey -alibu . Ma Q Santa Monic Park Culver City Los Angeles Pic( ivei ( Marina Del Rey'',, Inglewood South Project SiteIt Playa Out Rey Gate Downey EI Sepunde`, Hawthorne Manhattan Beach'. qP Compton Bellflower Redondo Beach Torrance Lakewood 10 Carson C� Palos Verdes Estates _-- Long San Beach O Pedro — c<, q4, Monrovia Azuza Arcadia Claremont I �' Upland Baldwin I San � Park Covina Dimas V7 West Pomona' Covina Walnut I Chino i Whittier La Habra Heights _ \ I Brea \ I a Yorba irada_ inda Fullerton Anaheim ORANGE J © Orange COUNTY Garden Is Grove Santa Tustin Ana Huntington Beach Costa I Irvine Mesa ® Lake i— Forest ii Newport Beach \ -; EXHIBIT 1 REGIONAL LOCATION MAP Page 2 October 2015 Page 317 of 441 OOCKWEIL INTERNATIONAL'` �� `� �fj 0 PD 1 - W I AIRPORT SEE - c�ENNCOW ff .11� lAY'ERIA TERMINAL A ® I HWY ° E , I❑ G �E s.E ¢ IM ERIAL 5LINE_-,_1:� (CENTUu - W + d IMPERIAL mceaul av rrrlro too E fi arn1A nvt, TraAvrn AV E _.. it. AYi AV � wsa Avw :'. » AVJ�V FRWY)isTn tt;, II E .Pfh��Ii i M1PLE A z S E r E ��yy k' kA p� E '"` �Gm_ E,_ LMPL AVIIv Y1181RyTM Ntoo a .. AY--_Im[ gVG�aS E PALM A I51a E ELM AV �'t AV G ■ III Y ll4 ` o.•� G E v G, LJ AV ■- ue E noo I :mA a E MARIPOSA I na zt ■ V 12DTH s ¢ $ v 12u 4 Y .. W MARI �� t' f PI G AV laD I. G G •,E �i GI G PI A4 tM mr� .,S•S�� TEL W y� rR $'d W _ • 11c'' � L — G I �V1IAY�1124TN G 1•:.146 G 8 ATE 9 Izc= HO Y CW E E TVRI L �' MID KAMSAS �AOV QT m AV S W AV `fn �n ■� Ay BEACH ; Nn AV ■ DEc AA IT. j' y� Ll I`'90 y D A Ioo PQ tam^ J i Y .+ IM AV ■ E F AV %ERO% usTaxr z I -- YEL 5Ea11100,fBlVD� 20e E aua L� soo SEGUN00 _ - --_- BLVO ° _•,fi..L A zsmAIM ��1 • EL EQ000 inn • I I • � {I' EL SE"10 1 39 I.,c".. -� ---,` --� I I I I . �---- --•- -`'��' r r • - S �3(i._un�B_ UP i-T� `.�' , I 134TR PI1 +____t---- _ J +' H76ME5 W N�<ASKA MID Q}^ `_• _________-_.,._ AY_ BEACH -- F. ,� S 'C CI�YREW`, OIL i RE VERY P A J?.. 13V 14a i7Th :® V ;� --- ------ - - RDSECRANS _ 600 ■ ao b1EL �y=`PARK VIEW lyvao r J p EXHIBIT 2 LOCAL VICINITY MAP Page 3 October 2015 Page 318 of 441 EXHIBIT 3 LOCAL VICINITY AERIAL VIEW Page 4 October 2015 Page 319 of 441 Through the years the Precise Plan went through several changes including moving the recreation component from under the Edison Right -of -Way to the northwest portion of the Campus, eliminating the corporate office tower which was planned for the northwest corner of the Campus, and adding additional facilities. Up until 1983 there was no official "Precise Plan" map. With Hughes' request to construct additional storage buildings in 1983, the City Council provided that the plan that was submitted with the amendment request would be the official Precise Plan which could only be modified with Planning Commission and City Council approval. In 1987, the City Council approved the last modification of the Precise Plan. Today there are 11 structures on the Campus, including the recreation facility, comprising approximately 1,802,513 square feet of net development, for an FAR of approximately 0.29 (refer to Exhibit 4, Existing Development). The current net square footage is broken down as follows between uses: • Office 1,018,959 s.f. • Laboratory 303,825 s.f. • Manufacturing 373,634 s.f. • Warehouse 106,095 s.f. More specifically, the structures shown on Exhibit 4 consist of: Table I-1 Existing Uses 7E-2 Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse 996,871 Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse 39,082 E-3 Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse 28,383 E-4 Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse 670,619 E-5 Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse 1,705 E-6 Office 2,263 E-7 Office, Lab/R&D, Warehouse 49,966 E-20 Warehouse 9,245 E-21 Office, Warehouse 3,951 E-23 Warehouse 428 E-24 Recreation* 0 Total 1 11,802,513 *Note: Building E-24 includes locker rooms, restroom and shower rooms which are non -assignable areas for purposes of net square footage. Page 5 October 2015 Page 320 of 441 "' "•• •� .� t W}1�{itit+St�hn - 1G•y I, `I_ �y `��'`��'T :}� `j; �i ., 1�1i31►� ",+ /+'ni CX ' ill ^ la• pl ++'' i'V a., - I;i. _ . Yl♦�.. oli) •'•' jai •, D 1 3 t1 •• >z 1 :1 Own,do;BJ,ud: �.._ .j • • � � - '� dll 111 il!l, •. �,t l3 iY A. 4177 • � m P" � �� 1 �r D ^�C+ .� .a.isirl ,:,t s{ hf4_�in! e3r's Ave r,, Nosecca"ns-A�jj Imagery Date. 317;20' 1 i 1994 33 5441,99" t4 118'23'08-33".,W e,ev 13 ; rt n Eye alt ,12,1 t, Under the existing approvals, only an additional 215,390 net square feet can be built for a total FAR of 0.325. With this FAR, the Property is extremely underdeveloped as both the General Plan and zoning for similar light industrial uses allow a 0.60 FAR as of right. Further, the El Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) was recently amended to clarify that the FAR is based on net square feet of development in the light manufacturing zone. Currently the Campus is built close to the maximum FAR currently allowed. The limitations caused by the Precise Plan have caused Raytheon to utilize property in other areas for its operations when the need arises. This creates inefficiency and unnecessary costs, as well as results in economic losses for the City. In order to make efficient use of the Campus, Raytheon filed for this Specific Plan in December 2011 along with other applications, including a General Plan Amendment, Zoning Amendment, and Tentative Map. The intent of the Specific Plan is to allow Raytheon to develop the Specific Plan area with any combination of allowed uses provided that the FAR does not exceed a specified development square footage (at a maximum FAR of 0.60 within the ESSCSP area) and the specified peak hour trip ceiling on new development (26,585 daily trips, 3042 a.m. peak hour trips and 3120 p.m. peak hour trips). The adoption of this Specific Plan will allow Raytheon to expand its operations, invest in the City of El Segundo, and make use of its property in a manner similar to adjacent properties. C. DEMOGRAPHICS According to the 2010 United States Census, as of 2010 El Segundo had a population of 16,654 persons and a total of 7410 dwelling units. From 2000 to 2010, El Segundo's population increased by 4%. The 2009 Profile of the City of El Segundo prepared by the Southern California Association of Governments ("SCAG") indicates that as of 2008 there were 53,715 jobs in the City of El Segundo, which was 1.3% lower than the 2003 level. Raytheon employs approximately 7,000 of these employees. During the period from 2003 to 2008 there was a 13.2% decrease in manufacturing jobs although manufacturing jobs remain the largest sector of jobs in the City. D. ECONOMIC CONTEXT El Segundo has a daytime population of approximately 85,000 persons compared to its resident population of approximately 17,000 persons. Through the years El Segundo has steadily moved away from heavy industrial and manufacturing uses towards more diversified commercial and professional uses. With the exception of the Chevron Refinery and the Air Products Chemical Plants, most heavy industrial uses have relocated outside of the City. El Segundo is home to many major corporations including Raytheon, Boeing, Chevron, Computer Sciences Corporation, DirecTV, Mattel, Xerox, Time Warner Cable, The Aerospace Corporation, and Northrop Grumman. Raytheon is the City's largest employer. Over the past few years there has been a net loss of jobs in the City. The potential for additional businesses and jobs that may be created by this Specific Plan will improve the overall economic health of the City, allowing the City to provide a high quality of municipal services to the benefit of the City's resident and business community. Page 7 October 2015 Page 322 of 441 This page intentionally left blank. Page 8 October 2015 Page 323 of 441 II. OVERVIEW OF THE SPECIFIC PLAN A. PURPOSE AND AUTHORITY OF SPECIFIC PLAN The purpose of this Specific Plan is to provide a foundation for the proposed land uses on the subject property through the application of regulations, standards and design guidelines. The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan provides text and exhibits which describe the proposed land uses and associated guidelines. This Specific Plan is adopted pursuant to Government Code §§ 65450 through 65457. Pursuant to Government Code § 65450, a Specific Plan must include text and a diagram or diagrams which specify all of the following in detail: • The distribution, location, and extent of the uses of land, including open space within the area covered by the plan. • The proposed distribution, location, extent, and intensity of major components of public and private transportation, sewage, water, drainage, solid waste disposal, energy and other essential facilities proposed to be located within the land area covered by the plan and needed to support the land uses described in the plan. • Standards and criteria by which development will proceed, and standards for the conservation, development, and utilization of natural resources, where applicable. • A program of implementation measures including regulations, programs, public works projects and financing measures necessary to carry out the above items. A discussion of the relationship of the Specific Plan to the General Plan. A thorough review of the El Segundo General Plan shows that this Specific Plan is compatible and consistent with the goals and policies outlined in the General Plan. This Specific Plan will further the goals and policies of the General Plan as more fully described below. This Specific Plan was prepared to provide the essential relationship between the policies of the El Segundo General Plan and actual development in the Project area. By functioning as a regulatory document, the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan provides a means of implementing the City of El Segundo's General Plan. All future development plans and entitlements within the Specific Plan boundaries must be consistent with the standards set forth in this document. Page 9 October 2015 Page 324 of 441 B. SPECIFIC PLAN SCOPE AND GOALS The City of El Segundo is an employment -led community and accordingly, development has been led by employment rather than housing growth. The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan will serve the mission of economic development in the City which is to create, maintain, and implement a business climate that fosters a strong economic community, develop a strategic plan that will result in business retention and attraction, provide an effective level of City services to all elements of the community, and maintain the quality of life that has characterized El Segundo for more than nine decades. Permitted uses within the Campus will create job opportunities and seek balance between growth, local resources, and infrastructure capacity. Additionally, the growth allowed by the Specific Plan will create a synergy with other uses in the area and help those businesses to grow as well. The development allowed under the Specific Plan will provide a basis for a positive contribution to the maintenance and expansion of El Segundo's economic base as development typically increases the City's business license taxes, increases the City's utility user taxes, increases the City's property taxes, and increases the City's sales taxes. An increased economic base will provide the City with resources to provide high -quality services to its residents and daytime population. C. CONSISTENCY WITH THE GENERAL PLAN The El Segundo General Plan provides the underlying fundamentals of the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan, which serves both as a planning and regulatory document. The Specific Plan is the document implementing the El Segundo General Plan for the Campus area. Proposed development plans or agreements, tentative tract or parcel maps, and any other development approvals must be consistent with the Specific Plan. Projects consistent with this Specific Plan will be automatically deemed consistent with the General Plan. The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan requires a General Plan Amendment that changes the Land Use Designation from Light Industrial, Public Facility and Open Space to El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan with an accompanying Land Use map change. With approval of this amendment, the Specific Plan is consistent with the General Plan of the City of El Segundo. More specifically, the Specific Plan directly implements or furthers the intent of the following goals, objectives and policies of the General Plan: ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT ELEMENT Goal ED1: To create in El Segundo a strong, healthy economic community in which all diverse stakeholders may benefit. Policy ED1-1.1: Maintain economic development as one of the City's and the business and residential communities' top priorities. Page 10 October 2015 Page 325 of 441 Policy EDI-1.2: Focus short -run economic development efforts on business retention and focus longer -run efforts on the diversification of El Segundo's economic base in order to meet quality of life goals. Objective EDI-2: Center diversification efforts on targeted industries that meet the City's criteria for job creation, growth potential, fiscal impact, and fit with local resources. Policy EDI-2.1: Seek to expand El Segundo's retail and commercial base so that the diverse needs of the City's business and residential communities are met. Policy ED1-2.2: Maintain and promote land uses that improve the City's tax base, balancing economic development and quality of life goals. Goal ED2: To provide a supportive and economically profitable environment as the foundation of a strong local business community. Policy ED2-1.3: Develop a framework within which interested groups can work together on matters of common interest related to economic growth, its orderly management, and the resolution of attendant problems to improve the City's business climate. LAND USE ELEMENT Goal LU4: Provide a stable tax base for the City through development of new commercial uses, primarily within a mixed -use environment, without adversely affecting the viability of Downtown. Objective L U4-1: Promote the development of high quality retail facilities in proximity to major employment centers. Policy LU4-3.1: Encourage retail uses, where appropriate, on the ground floor of Urban Mixed -Use and corporate offices with other uses above. Policy LU4-3.2: Encourage mixed -use developments within one -quarter mile of the Green Line Stations. Objective LU4-4: Provide areas where development has the flexibility to mix uses, in an effort to provide synergistic relationships which have the potential to maximize economic benefit, reduce traffic impacts, and encourage pedestrian environments. Page 11 October 2015 Page 326 of 441 Policy LU4-4.1: Policies and zoning regulations shall be developed to help guide the development of commercial activities within mixed - use projects. Policy LU4-4.4: Promote commercial uses, in conjunction with other uses, in buildings within a quarter -mile walking radius of the Green Line Stations. Policy LU4-4.6: Promote mixed -use development near transit nodes and encourage modes of transportation that do not require an automobile. Goal LU5: Retain and attract clean and environmentally safe industrial uses that provide a stable tax base and minimize any negative impact on the City. Objective LU5-1: Attract the kinds of industrial uses which will be economically beneficial to the community as well as enhance the environmental quality of the City. Objective LU5-2: Encourage the construction of high -quality, well designed industrial developments through adoption of property development standards and provisions of community services and utilities. Policy LU5-2.1: New industrial developments shall provide landscaping in parking areas and around the buildings. This landscaping is to be permanently maintained. Policy LU5-2.5: Employee recreational facilities shall be provided by the employer for large industrial developments. Objective LU54: Preserve and maintain a balanced and diversified industrial base. Objective L U5-6: Encourage a mix of office and light industrial uses in industrial areas. Policy LU6-1.1: Continue to provide uniform and high quality park and recreational opportunities to all areas of the City, for use by residents and employees. CIRCULATION ELEMENT Goal Cl: Provide a safe, convenient, and cost-effective circulation system to serve the present and future circulation needs of the El Segundo community. Page 12 October 2015 Page 327 of 441 Policy C1-1.8: Provide all residential, commercial, and industrial areas with efficient and safe access to the major regional transportation facilities. Policy C1-1.9: Provide all residential, commercial, and industrial areas with efficient and safe access for emergency vehicles. Goal C2: Provide a circulation system that incorporates alternatives to the single - occupant vehicle, to create a balance among travel modes based on travel needs, costs, social values, user acceptance, and air quality considerations. Objective C2-1: Provide a pedestrian circulation system to support and encourage walking as a safe and convenient travel mode within the City's circulation system. Policy C2-1.3: Encourage new developments in the City by participating in the development of the citywide system of pedestrian walkways and require participation funded by the Project developer where appropriate. Policy C2-1.4: Ensure the installation of sidewalks on all future arterial widening or new construction projects, to establish a continuous and convenient link for pedestrians. Objective C2-2: Provide a bikeway system throughout the City to support and encourage the use of the bicycle as a safe and convenient travel mode within the City's circulation system. Policy C2-2.1: Implement the recommendations on the Bicycle Master Plan contained in the Circulation Element, as the availability arises; i.e., through development, private grants, signing of shared routes. Policy C2-2.2: Encourage new development to provide facilities for bicyclists to park and store their bicycles and provide shower and clothes hanging facilities at or close to the bicyclist's work destination. Policy C2-2.6: Encourage design of new streets with the potential for Class I or Class II bicycle routes that separate the automobile, bicycle, and pedestrian to the maximum extent feasible. Policy C2-2.8: Evaluate bikeway system links with the Metro Green Line rail stations and improve access wherever feasible. Page 13 October 2015 Page 328 of 441 Policy C3-1.8: Require the provision of adequate pedestrian and bicycle access for new development projects through the development review process. OPEN SPACE AND RECREATION ELEMENT Goal OS1: Provide and maintain high quality open space and recreational facilities that meet the needs of the existing and future residents and employees within the City of El Segundo. Objective OSI -3: Provide recreational programs and facilities for all segments of the community. Policy OS1-3.4: Encourage commercial recreational uses to locate in El Segundo. CONSERVATION ELEMENT Goal CN2: Assist in the maintenance of a safe and sufficient water supply and distribution system that provides for all the water needs within the community. Policy CN2-7: Require new construction and development to incorporate the principles and practices of sound landscape design and management, particularly those conserving water and energy. Policy CN2-11: Encourage, whenever appropriate and feasible, development techniques which minimize surface run-off and allow replenishment of soil moisture. Such techniques may include, but not be limited to, the on -site use and retention of storm water, the use of pervious paving material (such as walk -on - bark, pea gravel, and cobble mulches), the preservation of vegetative covers, and efficiently designed and managed irrigation systems. Goal CN5: Develop programs to protect, enhance, and increase the amount and quality of the urban landscape to maximize aesthetic and environmental benefits. Policy CN5-8: Increase the quantity of plant material to: • Increase filtration of airborne particulate matter • Increase oxygen production • Provide carbon storage • Reduce the solar heat load on structures and heat gain from paved surfaces • Increase the percolation of water into soil Page 14 October 2015 Page 329 of 441 Decrease run-off and evapotranspiration Policy CN5-10: Develop standards, procedures, and guidelines for sound landscape design and management. Incorporate these standards, procedures, and guidelines, including conservation concepts, into the City's review and approval process for residential and non-residential projects. AIR QUALITY ELEMENT Goal AQ4: Reduce Motorized Transportation Policy AQ4-1.1: It is the policy of the City of El Segundo that the City actively encourage the development and maintenance of a high quality network of pedestrian and bicycle routes, linked to key locations, in order to promote non -motorized transportation. NOISE ELEMENT Goal N1: Encourage a high quality environment within all parts of the City of El Segundo where the public's health, safety, and welfare are not adversely affected by excessive noise. Objective NI -1: It is the objective of the City of El Segundo to ensure that City residents are not exposed to mobile noise levels in excess of the interior and exterior noise standards or the single event noise standards specified in the El Segundo Municipal Code. Policy N1-1.4: Consider noise impacts from traffic arterials and railroads, as well as aircraft, when identifying potential new areas for residential land use. Objective NI -2: It is the objective of the City of El Segundo to ensure that City residents are not exposed to stationary noise levels in excess of El Segundo's Noise Ordinance standards. PUBLIC SAFETY ELEMENT Goal PSI: Protect the public health and safety and minimize the social and economic impacts associated with geologic hazards. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND WASTE MANAGEMENT ELEMENT Goal HM1: Protect health and safety of citizens and businesses within El Segundo and neighboring communities. Page 15 October 2015 Page 330 of 441 Goal HM3: Ensure compliance with State laws regarding hazardous materials and waste management. Goal HM4: Assist in meeting State, Federal, and County hazardous materials and waste management goals, as these are consistent with City goals. Goal HM5: Assist in meeting State and County goals to reduce hazardous waste generation to the maximum extent possible. Goal HM8: Maintain the economic viability of the City of El Segundo. Policy HM8-1: Promote continuous updating of business plans by companies in the City. D. ENTITLEMENTS The following entitlements are required in conjunction with this Specific Plan (SP No. 11-01): • General Plan Amendment No.I 1-01 to change the land use designation from Light Industrial, Public Facility and Open Space to El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan with an accompanying Land Use map change. • Zone Text Amendment No. 11-01 to: 1) add "El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan" to El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") § 15-3-1; and 2) add a new ESMC § 15-3-2(A)(8) "El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan." • Zone Change No. 11-02 to rezone the property from Light Manufacturing, Open Space and Public Facility to El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan. • Development Agreement No. 11-02 between the City of El Segundo and Raytheon Company. • Vesting Tentative Map # 71551 dividing the Specific Plan Area into 26 individual lots. Findings justifying the General Plan Amendment and Zone Change include: 1. The Specific Plan designation is intended to provide more flexibility for the development of a master -planned Campus that will be constructed in several phases. 2. The primary objective of the Specific Plan is to provide for superior, more comprehensive, site planning of the Campus. 3. Uses permitted within the Campus are consistent with prior zoning and compatible with adjacent uses. Page 16 October 2015 Page 331 of 441 E. EXISTING LAND USES The City of El Segundo has distinctive land use patterns, which are divided into four quadrants by the intersection of Sepulveda Boulevard and El Segundo Boulevard. Compatibility of an individual land use is determined mainly by its relationship to other uses within its quadrant. The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan area is located in the southeastern quadrant of the City of El Segundo, which is east of Sepulveda Boulevard and south of El Segundo Boulevard. The design and implementation of this Specific Plan relate directly to its position within this larger context. The southeast quadrant of the City is primarily designated for light industrial which allows a mixture of industrial and office uses. This quadrant also contains a commercial region which is home to the retail development of Plaza El Segundo, an approximately 388,000 square foot lifestyle retail center. The northeast quadrant of the City lies directly across El Segundo Boulevard and consists primarily of corporate office and urban mixed uses which allow for office and commercial uses. The southwest quadrant of the City lies directly across Sepulveda Boulevard and consists primarily of oil refinery/heavy industrial use. A multimedia zone overlies both the southeast and northeast quadrants of the City. Before the adoption of the El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan (ESSC-SP) the property was designated primarily as Light Industrial in the General Plan Land Use Element with Light Industrial zoning. Adjacent land uses include the following: North: Across El Segundo Boulevard, include mid- and high-rise office buildings with multi -story parking structures and a hotel. LAX is located approximately 1.0 mile north of the Campus. East: The adjacent land uses to the east include the elevated MTA Green Line and a variety of one and two story industrial uses along Coral Circle. The El Segundo Boulevard Green Line station is located at the northeast corner of the Campus. South: A Union Pacific Railroad spur line lies immediately to the south and further to the south, the Plaza El Segundo commercial center. Immediately to the southwest of the Campus is a City of El Segundo Stormwater retention basin and to the west of that are public storage units and a Federal Express distribution facility. West: Land uses to the west include the El Segundo Municipal Golf Course and the West Basin Municipal Water District Water Recycling Facility. The Chevron Refinery is located across Sepulveda Boulevard. Page 17 October 2015 Page 332 of 441 This page intentionally left blank. Page 18 October 2015 Page 333 of 441 III. LAND USE PLAN The Raytheon campus has been in place since the 1970s and has been modified and expanded several times as the need arose. The existing Campus includes 1,802,513 square feet of mixed development on the site's 142.28 gross acres, 13,624 square feet of which would be demolished as part of the land use program. The project area, excluding the right -of-way of El Segundo Boulevard, is 137.06 acres. A. DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT The Specific Plan establishes the general type, parameters and character of the development in order to develop an integrated Campus that is also compatible with the surrounding area. The Campus' proximity to freeways, major arterials, and the Metro Rail makes the Campus an ideal location for the expansion of uses and is consistent with the City's desire to facilitate economic development in El Segundo. The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan development concept provides flexibility for Raytheon to either expand its existing operations or develop a mixed -use project that would be compatible with the existing Raytheon Campus facilities and operations. On an overall basis, the maximum development potential within the 142.28 acre campus is based upon a floor area ratio (FAR) of 0.60, resulting in a maximum development intensity of 3,718,889 net square feet. Development of individual parcels may exceed 0.60 FAR as noted in the sections below. In order to allow for maximum flexibility within the Specific Plan area, a Mixed Use concept is utilized, with mechanisms in the Specific Plan's Development Regulation to allow for transfers between land use types and planning areas, subject to the following requirements: 1. The overall FAR of the Campus cannot exceed 0.60 based on the gross acreage of the site, resulting in a maximum development intensity of 3,718,889 net square feet of building area; 2. Land uses conform to allowable uses as outlined in the Permitted Use Table in the Development Standards section of this Specific Plan; and The total number of traffic trips cannot exceed the trip ceiling established for the Project. The trip ceiling for trip generation of new development within the Project area is: a. 631 PM peak hour inbound trips and 2,489 PM peak hour outbound trips, for a total of 3,120 PM peak hour trips as outlined in the trip budget mechanism for the Project (refer to Appendix A). b. 2,634 AM peak hour inbound trips and 408 outbound AM peak hour trips, for a total of 3,042 AM peak hour trips as outlined in the trip budget mechanism for the Project (refer to Appendix A). c. 26,585 daily trips as outlined in the trip budget mechanism for the Project (refer to Appendix A). Page 19 October 2015 Page 334 of 441 Floor Area. For purposes of this Specific Plan, application of a floor area ratio results in net building square footage. Gross floor area is the sum of the net floor area plus an additional twelve percent (12%) of net floor area. The purpose of evaluating individual buildings proposed within the Specific Plan area net floor area is defined in section VI.B.5.c of this Specific Plan. B. LAND USE PLAN The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan is based upon the following land uses (refer to Exhibit 5, Land Use Plan): 1. Commercial/Office Mixed Use (CMU) The Commercial/Office Mixed Use (CMU) land use designation is located on parcels fronting onto El Segundo Boulevard, consisting of lots 2, 3, 4, 14, 15, and 16, and totaling approximately 24 acres. The CMU area allows for a wide range of office and commercial uses consistent with the existing and planned Campus. However this area's frontage on El Segundo Boulevard is most appropriate for commercial land uses such as office, retail, restaurants, and fitness centers which require more visibility and the potential to attract users from outside the Raytheon Campus. The specific uses are limited in this land use category as shown in the Specific Plan's development regulations in order to provide an aesthetically pleasing frontage to the Campus along this high visibility corridor. Anticipated floor area ratios along this frontage range from 0.25-1.81. Table III-1 shows one potential scenario, based upon the conceptual site plan shown in Exhibit 6, Conceptual Site Plan. 2. Office/Industrial Mixed Use (O/I MU) The Office/Industrial Mixed Use (O/I MU) land use designation is comprised of the balance of the development areas of the site, including the existing Raytheon Campus buildings. This consists of lots 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 17 and 18 and totals approximately 86.62 acres. This designation includes a full range of commercial, office, warehousing, and light industrial land uses, allowing for new light industrial/R&D, office, and commercial uses consistent with the existing Campus. This range of uses would facilitate an expansion of the existing Campus or the sale of parcels for development by others. Anticipated floor area ratios range from 0.22-2.2. Table III-1 shows one potential scenario, based upon the conceptual site plan shown in Exhibit 6, Conceptual Site Plan. The existing Raytheon Campus facility is located in the central portion of the Office/Industrial Mixed Use area. This facility may continue to be fenced and gated to secure its perimeter. Page 20 October 2015 Page 335 of 441 3. Recreation/Open Space (REC/OS) The Recreation/Open Space category includes the Project's private recreation facility, identified as Lot 11 on Exhibit 6, as well as several small remnant and potential right -of- way parcels along the properties eastern (Lots 20, 22, 23, and 24) and western (Lot 26) edge, as shown on Exhibits 6 and 7). The Specific Plan recreation facility includes 7.54 acres of private outdoor recreational facilities for Raytheon employees. A field house building including showers, lockers and restrooms would be provided as a required facility but is not counted as part of the Project's FAR and square footage cap. The recreation facilities provided on site must include at least three of the following: Fields for baseball, soccer and/or other team sports Tennis courts Basketball courts Handball courts • Volleyball courts Table III-1, Land Use Summary, shows the anticipated scenario for the Project's land use mix. Table III-1 Land Use Summary Land Use New Development Building Area (Net) (square feet) Building Area (Gross) (square feet) Office 1,565,000 1,752,800 Warehouse/Storage 82,000 91,840 Light Industrial 150,000 168,000 Commercial 133,000 148,960 Subtotal New Development 1,930,000 2,161,600 Existing Campus Uses' 1,788,889 2,069,947 Total Campus Development 3,718,889 4,231,547 1 Buildings scheduled for demolition are E-20, E-21, E-23, and E-24 (refer to Exhibit 4); already excluded from Existing Campus Uses. Page 21 October 2015 Page 336 of 441 Table III-2, Land Use - Project Development Scenario, show a potential implementation of the uses and standards of this Specific Plan based upon the vesting map and the Conceptual Site Plan shown in Exhibit 6, Site Plan. Ultimate land use would be determined at the time of site plan submittal for a specific parcel, subject to the development standards and permitted uses outlined in Section VI, Development Standards, and analysis of compliance with overall FAR and trip budget limitations. Table III-2 Land Use- Project Development Scenario Parcel Use Acreage Building ding Area (GrosS)2 Assumed FA Commercial/Office Mixed Use (CMU) 2 Office 4.87 380,040 425,644.80 1.79 3 Office 2.57 191,540 214,524.80 1.71 4 Office 5.20 191,540 214,524.80 0.84 14 Commercial 4.01 50,000 56,000 0.29 15 Commercial 3.99 1 46,000 51,520 1 0.26 16 Commercial 3.36 37,000 41,440 0.25 Subtotal 24.00 896,120 1,003,654.4 0.86 Office/Industrial Mixed Use (011 MU) 1 Office 10.02 191,540 214,524.8 0.44 5 Existing 7.17 67,465 82,412 0.22 6 Warehouse Light Ind. 4.53 82,000 150,000 91,840 168,000 1.18 7 Office 4.75 163,840 183,500.8 0.79 8 Office 5.81 163,840 183,500.8 0.65 9 Office 1.68 160,840 180,140.8 2.20 10 Parking structure 1.49 -- -- -- 12 Existing 7.78 53,934 82,798 0.16 13 Office 2.71 121,820 136,438.4 1.03 17 Existing 22.32 996,871 1,121,048 1.03 18 Existing 18.36 670,619 783,689 0.84 Subtotal 86.62 2,822,769 3,227,892.6 0.75 TOTAL DEV 110.62 3,718,8894 4,231,547 0.77 19-26 Roads/OS 18.07 -- -- -- 11 Recreation 7.54 -- -- - El Segundo Blvd. New Dedication Road and Bike Path 0.83 -- -- - El Segundo Blvd. Existing Dedication Road 5.22 -- -- -- TOTAL 142.28 0.60 2 Gross building area ofnew construction is assumed to be 1.12% ofnet area. Twelve (12) percent of gross area is excluded, accounting for elevators, stairwells, and other non occupied space. 3 FAR calculation yields a net building area. 4 Total allowable intensity would be capped at a potential maximum of 3,718,889 net square feet. Page 22 October 2015 Page 337 of 441 Trip Ceiling. A Trip Budget tracking system is a mechanism for managing the forecast vehicular trips generated by the land use mix identified in Tables III-1 and III-2. The Trip Budget is defined in Appendix "A" of this Specific Plan and is outlined in Table III -3 below. The purpose of the system is to ensure that development can be accommodated within the planned roadway capacity of the on -site and off -site roadway systems and to allow maximum flexibility of land uses in keeping with the market and ongoing Raytheon facilities requirements. The basis for the trip budget is the specification of a mix of uses within the Specific Plan area. The budget establishes a baseline capacity of trips. Using assumed traffic generation rates for the uses anticipated within the Project, the number of trips that would be generated at build -out of the plan was estimated. Table III-3 Project Trip Ceiling for trips associated with new development within the ESSCSP area. AM Peak Hour Trips AM Out PM Peak Hour Trips Out Total Daily Trips If a different mix of land uses is proposed at the time of Site Plan review, a trip budget table and analysis would be provided as part of the Project submittal to allow for: Confirmation that the proposed mix of uses falls within the maximum trip allowance; and City tracking of the land use mix within the Project. Page 23 October 2015 Page 338 of 441 -offwe I Idusbial Mard uw -RCCM600 1 OPM Spwe EXHIBIT 5 LAND USE PLAN Amended per CC Resolution No. 5291 Amended per CC Resolution No. TBD I Page 24 October 2015 Page 339 of 441 21 JT y lit m EXHIBIT 6 CONCEPTUAL SITE PLAN Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291 -20 Page 25 October 2015 Page 340 of 441 EXHIBIT 7 VESTING TENTATIVE MAP #83507 Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291 Page 26 October 2015 Page 341 of 441 C. PHASING Development starts and occupancy rates are not mandated by any phasing schedule. Development will be dictated by market demand and phased accordingly. The conceptual phasing schedule identified below is a best estimate for planning purposes only. Table III-4 Phasing •p Office i 0 i i 1,752, 800 �� 1,752,800 Warehouse 0 91,840 91,840 Industrial 0 168,000 168,000 Retail/Restaurant 92,960 56,000 148,960 Total 92,960 2,068,640 2,161,600 Note: Phase 1 is a commercial development site bounded by El Segundo Boulevard, the future extension of Nash Street, and future extension of Continental Boulevard, illustrated at lots 15 and 16 and identified as CMU district in Land Use Exhibit 5. D. CIRCULATION PLAN Regionally, the Campus is accessible from the San Diego freeway (405), Century Freeway (105), the Metro Green Line, and the major arterials of El Segundo Boulevard and Sepulveda Boulevard. The Campus is directly accessible from El Segundo Boulevard at the intersections of Continental Boulevard and Nash Street and is accessible off of Sepulveda Boulevard via Hughes Way. There is a third access point located adjacent to the El Segundo Boulevard Metro Green Line station. However, that access is gated. The internal circulation system of the Campus is currently private and access is controlled by fencing, guard stations, and gates. The development of the Specific Plan must provide for an efficient, internal roadway system that will facilitate on -site circulation and parking. Access will be provided for emergency vehicles and development within the Campus will provide infrastructure and facilitate access for various modes of travel including automobiles, transit, bicycles, and pedestrian. Connectivity in this part of the City will also be provided in accordance with the City's General Plan. Pedestrian and handicap access must be provided between buildings, to key elements in the surrounding area, and to the nearby MTA Green Line station. VEHICULAR CIRCULATION El Segundo Boulevard. El Segundo Boulevard is an existing public arterial that abuts the property on its northern edge. An off-street "Class I" bicycle path will be designed and constructed consistent with the requirements of the South Bay Bicycle Master Plan. The bicycle path may diverge from running parallel to El Segundo Boulevard near the overhead green line overhead alignment and enter the El Segundo Green Line Station south of any obstructions created by the supports for the Green Line's elevated track. Page 27 October 2015 Page 342 of 441 A limited number of additional curb cuts may be allowed along El Segundo Boulevard to provide direct access to the Campus, subject to the approval of the Director of Planning and Building Safety and Director of Public Works as part of site plan review. Hughes Way/Nash Street Extension. With the development of the Specific Plan, Hughes Way will be connected with Nash Street through the south and eastern portions of the Campus (Parcel 19). The street will be dedicated to the City for public right -of-way purposes as a Secondary Arterial with a right-of-way width of 100 feet, including a 22-foot wide raised landscaped median. Hughes Way extension will include a 6-foot wide on -street "Class II" bicycle lane consistent with the South Bay Bicycle Plan. This street must be completed before a certificate of occupancy is issued for any use which would cause the new development trip cap of 89 a.m. peak hour, 225 p.m. hour peak trips or 3775 daily trips to be exceeded. The circulation pattern provides for future connection from the Nash Street extension to Coral Circle (an easement through Parcels 20 and 22) and provides for additional parking for the Coral Circle businesses (Parcels 20 and 22). 20-year irrevocable offers of dedication to Parcels 20 and 22 must be offered and may be accepted by the City at such time as the City acquires access rights from the affected businesses along Coral Circle and enters into a contract for the construction of the connecting street. Continental Boulevard. The Circulation Plan calls for the extension of Continental Boulevard, along the southwestern boundary lines, to its connection with Hughes Way. This street will initially be private and gate controlled until such time as the first parcel taking access from the road is either sold or leased for use by non -Raytheon parties. At that time a portion of the road (Parcel 21 or Parcel 25 or both) will be opened to public access either through dedication to the City or recordation of a public access easement. Continental Boulevard is designed as a Collector Street with a right-of-way width of 80 feet, and a 14-foot raised median. At the point where the future Continental Boulevard turns from an east -west direction to a north - south direction, a parcel has been created (Parcel 26) which will allow access to the adjacent golf course. Raytheon will provide a 20-year irrevocable offer of dedication for this parcel. This dedication may be accepted by the City at such time the City permits circulation through the adjacent golf course and Continental Boulevard is made accessible to the public. Until such time as a street is accepted by the City, the street may be fenced, guarded or gated. However, perimeter security will be relocated so as to provide unfettered access to all public streets. NON -VEHICULAR CIRCULATION Three non -vehicular circulation components are included within the Campus: A 6-foot wide Class I bicycle path (4-foot one way path with 2-foot shoulder) is required to be installed in a dedicated public easement adjacent to El Segundo Boulevard (consistent with the South Bay Bicycle Plan). This path is illustrated in the Landscape portion of the Specific Plan Design Guidelines. Page 28 October 2015 Page 343 of 441 A 6-foot wide Class II, on -street bicycle lane is included within the right-of-way of the Hughes/Nash Street extension on each side of the street. A pedestrian access easement across one or a combination of parcels 13, 14 and/or parcel 24 of Vesting Map 71551 is required to allow direct pedestrian access to the Green Line Station. Improved bicycle parking facilities will be located at either the Metro Green -line station or on - site, on land reserved for secured bicycle parking in close proximity to the Green -line station. This facility, at a minimum, will include fully enclosed, secured parking for bicycles. The station could also include other amenities for cyclists, such as: staffing, repair facilities, sales of bicycle related materials, changing and or shower facilities, bicycle rental and/or bicycle sharing facilities. E. GRADING CONCEPT Site grading will require cut and fill to create building pads. The grading is expected to be balanced on -site. Final grading plans will be approved by the City Engineer before the City issues a grading permit. Page 29 October 2015 Page 344 of 441 I R, r—T 6BIKE PATH 11KE PATH CLASS I FUTURE RETAINING WALL k SWALE AS NEEDED EXISTING EL SEGUNDO BLVD. AND PROPOSED DEDICATION SCAU: NTS R/W R/W 100' BID* _I PROP. ` PROP. 10' Clfe 40' 40' CURB 10' 5' S' B. 1 12' 11' n' 11' 11' 1 2 1 6' 5' 1 5' 2x MAX) NEW. AC PVMT-- 2% (MAX) �r •�.nJ L«ev �- PROP RAISED MEDIAN PROP. CONC. SIDEWALK PROP. CONC. CURB AI GUTTER PROP. CONC CURB k GUTTER OONC. SIDEWALK R NC • - BIKE LANE TYPICAL SECTION: SECONDARY ARTERIAL STREET SCALE NTS BO 60' 10' o 30' 30' t1uRo 1G• 5' S' 11' 1 12' 7' 1 7' 12' 1 IV S' 5' 2x (MAX) EW- AC PVMT -_2% (MAX) PROP CONC. CURB k GUTTER PROP. RAISED MEDIAN `1 PROP CONC SIDEWALK PROP CONC CURB & GUTTER CCNC SIDEWALK r � � 1 •► • •► li Page 30 October 2015 Page 345 of 441 IV. EXISTING UTILITIES AND INFRASTRUCTURE The following is a summary of existing and proposed public infrastructure for development of the site. Some private infrastructure may be converted to public infrastructure where appropriate and if the City of El Segundo approves. All infrastructure will be constructed in accordance with the standards of the governing agency. A. WATER SERVICE EXISTING CONDITION Water utility service is provided by the City of El Segundo and is currently available within the Campus. Water is purchased through West Basin Municipal Water District which is a member of The Metropolitan Water District of Southern California. The current points of connection to the public water system are near the midpoint of the northern and midpoint of the eastern property line. Connection is made with 12-inch service laterals to an existing 27-inch diameter City of El Segundo water main line. Water for fire suppression is provided by on -site building sprinklers and fire hydrant(s) and from off -site fire hydrants located on El Segundo Boulevard. PROPOSED CONDITION The existing and future water service must be provided through a future public line or a private line with private easement serving each lot. Location of lines in public streets is the preferred condition; where a public main line serving multiple lots is not within a public street, an easement must be granted to the City for access and maintenance. Points of connection will be based on the City of El Segundo's approval and may include connections to existing 27-inch water main line in El Segundo Boulevard, an existing 10-inch public water service in Hughes Way, or an existing 27- inch public water service which lies within an existing City easement along the east side of the site. Future water service points of connection will need to be provided to existing Raytheon buildings to remaining and future buildings. A Conceptual Water Utility Plan has been developed for the Specific Plan Area (refer to Exhibit 8, Water Plan). Fire flows for future construction will be based on County of Los Angeles Fire Department Land Development Unit standards, requiring up to 5,000 gallons per minute (gpm) at 20 psi residual pressure for up to a five -hour duration. Final fire flows will be based on specific building design details. Page 31 October 2015 Page 346 of 441 EXHIBIT 8 CONCEPTUAL WATER PLAN Source: Psomas Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291 Page 32 October 2015 Page 347 of 441 B. RECLAIMED WATER EXISTING CONDITION Reclaimed water utility service is provided by the West Basin Municipal Water District from a treatment plant just west of the Campus and is already being used for landscaping the Campus. A current point of connection to the reclaimed water system for irrigation of landscaping along El Segundo Boulevard is along El Segundo Boulevard at Continental Boulevard. Connection is made with a 6-inch service lateral to an existing 42-inch diameter West Basin reclaimed water main line. A sewer study was prepared by Psomas for the Specific Plan, dated September 2012. Please refer to the full study for technical details on potential reclaimed water usage. PROPOSED CONDITION The existing and future reclaimed water service must be provided through a future public main line or a private line with private easement serving each lot. Location of lines in public streets is the preferred condition; where a public main line serving multiple lots is not within a public street, an easement will be granted to the City for access and maintenance. Points of connection will be based on West Basin Municipal Water District's and the City of El Segundo's input and may include connections to an existing 8-inch reclaimed water service in Hughes Way and/or to an existing 42-inch reclaimed water line in El Segundo Boulevard. New service points of connection will need to be provided to the new parcels within the Campus. A Conceptual Reclaimed Water Utility Plan has been developed for the Specific Plan area (refer to Exhibit 9, Reclaimed Water Plan). C. SEWER SERVICE EXISTING CONDITION Sewer utility service is provided by the City of El Segundo and County Sanitation District of Los Angeles County and is currently available within the Campus. The Raytheon Campus presently includes an 18-inch sewer line which connects to an existing 21-inch trunk sewer near the southeast corner of the site. This trunk sewer continues northeasterly to Douglas Street, turns southerly along Douglas Street to Alaska Avenue, runs easterly in Alaska Avenue to Hawaii Street and runs southeasterly in Hawaii Street to Aviation Boulevard where it increases to a 24-inch trunk, runs southerly for a short distance and then connects to the Los Angeles County Sanitation District trunk in Aviation. From research of existing sewer plans, there are no connections to this trunk sewer through this entire alignment as smaller, parallel lines collect all the sewage from the parcels along this alignment. An existing 10-inch and 15-inch sewer line is also present in El Segundo Boulevard generally east of Nash Street. Page 33 October 2015 Page 348 of 441 Kw Is L— PROPUbJEU JOIN kX. 1PX1AfMr1�RK(3AM9 77- Ro LINE )L RELLUMED WATRR M, MCIA WArrJt T: R"MEON Sr1FE l, AMR LINE KW RIWIATMUD PLAN WiVrKRUNE SCAJ F- I" = 4DO' LEGEND kW PROPOSED RECLAIMED WATER EXISTING RECLAIMED WATER y N. IT ......... UTILITY TO BE REMOVED FIRE HYDRANT RAYTHEON D WATER UNE r PROPOSED RECLAIMED WATER 1; EXHIBIT EXHIBIT 9 CONCEPTUAL RECLAIMED WATER PLAN Source: Psomas Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291 Page 34 October 2015 Page 349 of 441 PROPOSED CONDITION The existing and future sewer service must be provided through a future public sewer line or a private line with private easement serving each lot. Location of lines in public streets is the preferred condition; where a public main line serving multiple lots is not within a public street, an easement must be granted to the City for access and maintenance. Points of connection will be based on the City's approval and may include connections to an existing 21-inch sewer located at the southeast corner of the site and/or the existing sewer in El Segundo Boulevard. To serve the new Project, approximately 8,000 linear feet of new public sewer is anticipated to be constructed within the Project boundary. A conceptual sewer plan has been developed for the Specific Plan area (refer to Exhibit 10, Sewer Plan). D. DRAINAGE EXISTING CONDITION A drainage study was prepared by Psomas for the Specific Plan, dated September 2012. Please refer to the full study for technical details. The area drains in a northwest to southeast direction. Current points of connection to the City's public drainage system exist at multiple locations along the eastern and southern Raytheon property lines. The City's public drainage system consists of variable diameter (96 to 108 inches) reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) storm drain. The public main lines discharge into an existing City of El Segundo retention and infiltration basin just south of the Raytheon site. Existing storm water quality currently goes untreated on -site. However, downstream of the Project site runoff drains to the City of El Segundo retention and infiltration basin where it is captured and infiltrated. Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) map #06037C1770F shows this Project site is located within Zone X, which is described to be an area determined to be outside of the 0.2% annual chance floodplain. There are no Special Flood Hazards on -site. PROPOSED CONDITION Relatively minor off -site flows from El Segundo Boulevard and the property to the south will continue unobstructed to combine with on -site flows. The Project area will continue to drain in its existing northwest to southeast direction. Reconfiguration of site roadways and the replacement of existing buildings and surface parking lots with new buildings and parking lots/structures will result in changes to drainage patterns and amounts of impervious surfaces. However, proposed drainage sub -areas will closely match existing sub -areas in area, and potential increases in surface runoff will be mitigated by Project design features. The average imperviousness of the site is expected to decrease from 79.5% to 70.0%. Page 35 October 2015 Page 350 of 441 EXHIBIT 10 CONCEPTUAL SEWER PLAN Source: Psomas Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291 Page 36 October 2015 Page 351 of 441 As each phase of the proposed Project is implemented, flows into the existing public storm drain system will not increase. If the proposed Project results in a change in drainage pattern, an increase in impervious area, or higher rates of flow, storm water detention will be part of the design to avoid negative downstream impacts. Sub -drainage areas will continue to flow to the City of El Segundo storm drain along the eastern and southern edge of the Project boundary. The total proposed tributary area to be studied is less than 1% larger than the existing tributary area since portions of the Project area that formerly drained off -site will be redirected and managed on -site. There will be no net increase in discharge of storm water from the site. The total proposed tributary area is approximately 134.4 acres. New storm drains will be required to serve the site redesign. To serve the proposed Project, approximately 7,000 linear feet of new on -site storm drain lines are expected be constructed within the Project boundary. The maximum pipe diameter is not expected to exceed 54 inches. On -site detention is not expected to be required (refer to Exhibit 11, Drainage Plan). Storm Water Quality Existing storm water quality currently goes untreated on -site. The project site discharges into an existing City of El Segundo retention and infiltration basin just south of the Raytheon site. No runoff leaves the City of El Segundo retention and infiltration basin. However, the project site lies within the Dominguez Channel watershed. The Dominguez Channel ultimately empties into the consolidated slip of the Los Angeles Harbor. To the maximum extent practical, storm water quality treatment will be provided with infiltration. The treatment methods are expected to include infiltration wells, infiltration basins, high - efficiency planter boxes, and surface planting areas. Drainage must comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including without limitation, the City's National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit. E. GAS EXISTING CONDITION Natural gas service is provided by Southern California Gas Company and is currently available within the Campus. PROPOSED CONDITION The existing and future natural gas service must be provided through a future public main line or a private line with private easement serving each lot. Page 37 October 2015 Page 352 of 441 Note: Storm Drain may be private or public. If public there will be an easement to the City. EXHIBIT 11 CONCEPTUAL DRAINAGE PLAN Source: Psomas Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291 Page 38 October 2015 Page 353 of 441 Location of lines in public streets is the preferred condition; where a public main line serving multiple lots is not within a public street, an easement will be granted for access and maintenance. Points of connection will be based on Southern California Gas Company's approval and may include connections to existing 12-inch and 20-inch high pressure gas lines within El Segundo Boulevard and/or an existing 4-inch service line along the easterly property line. A conceptual plan has been developed for the Specific Plan area (refer to Exhibit12, Electric, Gas and Telecommunication). F. ELECTRIC EXISTING CONDITION Electric power is provided by Southern California Edison to the Campus through underground utilities. PROPOSED CONDITION Location of lines in public streets is the preferred condition; where a public main line serving multiple lots is not within a public street right-of-way, an easement will be granted for access and maintenance. Points of connection will be based on Edison's approval. A future substation location, reserved by an easement adequate in size for the placement of a SCE substation, is identified on Parcel 5 (refer to Vesting Tentative Map No.71551). A conceptual plan has been developed for the Specific Plan area (refer to Exhibit 12, Electric, Gas and Telecommunication). G. TELECOMMUNICATIONS UTILITIES EXISTING CONDITION Cable and telecommunication service is provided by a variety of companies and is currently available within the Campus. These companies include AT&T, Level 3, MCI (Verizon), Quest, Time Warner, and XO Communications. PROPOSED CONDITION Location of lines in public streets or their rights -of -way is the preferred condition; where a public line serving multiple lots is not within a public street or its right-of-way, an easement will be granted for access and maintenance. Points of connection will be based on the requirements of local providers. A conceptual plan has been developed for the Specific Plan area (refer to Exhibit 12, Electric, Gas and Telecommunication). Page 39 October 2015 Page 354 of 441 EXHIBIT 12 ELECTRIC, GAS AND TELECOMMUNICATION CONCEPTUAL PLAN Source: Psomas Revised per CC Resolution No. 5291 Page 40 October 2015 Page 355 of 441 H. SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL EXISTING CONDITION Solid waste disposal is provided to commercial and industrial users by a variety of private haulers. FUTURE CONDITION Development within the Campus would contract with a provider. Landfill capacity is adequate for assumed population and commercial growth within Los Angeles County. Solid waste facilities within the Specific Plan area will comply with all ESMC requirements pertaining to building, fire, zoning codes (e.g., adequate trash enclosures and screening). I. FIRE PROTECTION EXISTING CONDITION The Campus is less than one mile from Fire Station 2, located at Mariposa Avenue and Douglas Street. The provision of water for fire suppression is provided by on -site building sprinklers and fire hydrants and from off -site fire hydrants located on El Segundo Boulevard. FUTURE CONDITION Future development will include new public fire hydrants within the future public street connecting Hughes Way and Nash Street. Buildings will be sprinklered as required by the ESMC. Development will be required to pay fire impact fees to off -set the additional demand for municipal fire protection services as a result of the new development. J. POLICE SERVICES EXISTING CONDITION Police services are provided by the El Segundo Police Department which is located at 348 Main Street. FUTURE CONDITION Development will be required to pay police impact fees to off -set the additional demand for municipal police services as a result of the new development. Page 41 October 2015 Page 356 of 441 This page intentionally left blank. Page 42 October 2015 Page 357 of 441 V. DESIGN GUIDELINES These design guidelines are intended as "guidelines" instead of "development regulations," Consequently, strict compliance is not required. To promote the quality of design planned for this Project, the design guidelines given in this document establish criteria that enhance the coordination, organization, function and identity of the site, while maintaining a compatible relationship with the surrounding development of the El Segundo South Campus. A. DESIGN OBJECTIVES AND INTENT Design Guidelines for the South Campus Specific Plan will promote and reinforce the City's commitment to high quality development. The objectives of these guidelines are to: • Provide for high -quality, large scale commercial/industrial development within a cohesive campus setting. Promote orderly and predictable development. • Encourage individual creativity and innovative solutions by allowing flexibility in how a particular guideline is met as long as the intent of the guideline is achieved. • Ensure functional pedestrian, bicycle and motor vehicle circulation within the Project and convenient pedestrian and bicycle linkages to and from adjacent residential, commercial, industrial, and school areas. 1. Site Planning a. The arrangement of new buildings, parking and circulation areas should recognize the particular characteristics of the site and should create an identity as a cohesive campus. b. Site development should utilize variations on building orientation and landscaping adjacent to the public streets so that a monolithic "wall" of building faces is not created. C. The design and location of accessory buildings (e.g., security kiosks, maintenance buildings, trash and recycling enclosures, and outdoor mechanical equipment enclosures) should be incorporated into and be compatible with the overall design of the Project and the main buildings on the site. Page 43 October 2015 Page 358 of 441 d. Appropriate linkages between internal Project components and buildings, as well as between the Project and the surrounding development should be incorporated, including pedestrian walkways, and plaza areas. e. Buildings should be arranged to create opportunities for open space amenities plazas, courtyards, outdoor eating areas, public art, etc.). 2. Access and Parking a. The use of common (shared) access points and driveways is encouraged; placement of vehicle access points close to building entries should be avoided to minimize pedestrian and vehicular conflicts. b. Entry driveway areas should be clearly marked by special features, (e.g., enhanced paving, prominent landscape features, low -height decorative walls, and well -designed monument -type signs). C. Access to each building should be clearly visible to pedestrians and motorists through the use of signage, color, and/or design elements. d. Parking lots adjacent to and visible from public streets should be appropriately screened to minimize undesirable visual impacts. e. Parking lots should not be a dominant visual element on the site from El Segundo Boulevard or the Nash Street extension. f. Surface parking areas should be enhanced and visually broken up through the use of appropriate trees and landscape improvements. g. Surface parking areas should be divided into smaller multiple lots and provided with canopy trees spaced appropriately throughout the parking area to reduce the effects of heat gain. h. Parking lot design is encouraged to include water quality storm water facilities consistent with City standards and a Water Quality Management Plan prepared for each phase. Page 44 October 2015 Page 359 of 441 3. Architecture/Orientation/Massing a. The massing, scale and architectural style should consider compatibility with the surrounding character and existing buildings to reflect a cohesive campus character. The orientation of the newly constructed buildings should facilitate and encourage pedestrian activity and convey a visual link to the Project's internal road system. C. The mass and scale of new buildings should be compatible with the existing and adjacent structures and with each other. This can be accomplished by transitioning from the height of adjacent buildings to the tallest elements of the new building, stepping back the upper portions of taller buildings, and incorporating human scale elements, such as pedestrian scaled doors, windows, and building materials on the ground floor. d. Buildings should be divided into distinct massing elements and should be articulated with architectural elements and details. Changes in height, horizontal plane, materials, patterns and colors should be used to reduce building scale and mass. e. Primary building entries should be easily identified through the use of prominent architectural elements, signage, landscaping, decorative hardscape, lighting, canopies, roof form, architectural projections, columns, vertical and/or horizontal elements, and other design features that help emphasize a building's entry. f. Building elevations, whether front, side, or rear, that are visible from public rights -of -way should be architecturally detailed to incorporate quality materials and architectural features that reflect the theme of surrounding structures and facades. Buildings facing El Segundo Boulevard should include enhanced and articulated facades. Building entrances should be readily identifiable. The use of recesses, projections, columns, and other design elements to articulate entrances is encouraged. g. Facades should be `divided' by vertical and horizontal variations in wall planes, building projections, door and window bays, and similar elements. Building articulation should be present on the side and rear walls of the building. Page 45 October 2015 Page 360 of 441 h. Roofs should be designed as an integral component of building form, mass, and facade. Building form should be enhanced by varying and offset roof planes, eave heights, and rooflines. Green roofs and rooftop gardens are allowed to add landscaping, decrease the heat island effect of large expanses of flat roofs, retain and filter storm water run-off, and to reduce energy demand for heating and cooling buildings. Green roofs are encouraged, but not required. j. The exterior surfaces of buildings for the ground floor must be protected with anti -graffiti coating where appropriate. 4. Color and Materials a. Colors and materials should be consistent and complementary throughout the Project area. b. Exterior materials and architectural details should complement each other and should be stylistically consistent. C. Building materials must be durable and resistant to damage, defacing, and general wear and tear. Acceptable building materials may include concrete, stone masonry, metal, stucco, glass and/or other contemporary composites. d. Building materials that support sustainability through the use of environmentally sound building materials and local resources (e.g., locally available, contain high recycled -content, are reused, come from renewable sources, and that contain low volatile organic compound (VOC) levels) is highly encouraged. 5. Screening and Mechanical Equipment a. All screening devices must be compatible with the architecture, materials and colors of the building. b. Loading docks, bays and parking spaces, delivery service areas, outdoor storage areas, stand-alone mechanical equipment facilities, should be located and designed to minimize their visibility, circulation conflicts and adverse noise impacts. These facilities must be oriented so that they do not face any public or private rights -of -way. Sound attenuation walls must be used where appropriate to reduce noise where required by code or the Project's environmental analysis. Page 46 October 2015 Page 361 of 441 C. Utility and mechanical equipment must be screened from view of public streets and nearby buildings on all sides with landscaping and/or architectural elements. d. Rooftop mounted equipment visible from the surrounding area, adjacent buildings, and any public or private rights -of -way must be screened from public view and equipment should be painted to match the roof color when equipment is visible. e. Trash and recycling receptacles areas must be completely screened from public view from public and private rights -of - way with a combination of solid walls, wood, and landscaping. f. Ground mounted enclosures must be protected with anti -graffiti coating. 6. Parking Structures Trash enclosures with architectural screening elements a. Parking garages should be designed to help reduce the mass and scale of the garage and to ensure their compatibility with surrounding uses. b. Parking garages should be designed to conceal the view of vehicles in the garage through a combination of screen walls and plantings while providing adequate visibility for security purposes. C. The exterior elevations of parking structures should be designed to avoid a monotonous, monolithic appearance. This can be accomplished through a menu of options as follows: • Minimize horizontal and vertical banding by balancing both horizontal and vertical elements. Design `green screens' to provide visual relief. Use simple, clean geometric forms, and coordinated massing. • Size openings in the parking garage to resemble large windows as in an office building. • Use masonry materials that are predominantly light in color, but avoid unpainted concrete. Use of accent materials is encouraged. • Avoid a sloping ramp appearance by providing level and uniform spandrels. Page 47 October 2015 Page 362 of 441 • Visually define and differentiate between pedestrian and vehicular entrances through appropriate architectural detailing. d. Stairs and elevators should be located adjacent to a street on the exterior of the structure where lobbies can be exposed to outside view. Safe pedestrian street crossings should be taken into consideration. e. The use of security cameras is encouraged and may be required by the Police Department as part of site plan approval. f. Lighting levels should be equally distributed to provide uniform illumination over all parking areas. Photometric analysis will be required as part of site plan/architectural review. g. Light sources should be shielded so that the source of the illumination is not seen from outside the structure. h. The ground floor level of any parking structure must be protected with anti - graffiti coating. 7. Landscaping A Landscape Master Plan for the Campus must be provided to the City at or before first site plan review submittal to provide for a unified concept for the Campus. Streetscape concepts are provided for the three hierarchies of streets within the project, including the El Segundo Boulevard frontage, Hughes/Nash Street Extension, and Continental (see Exhibits 13-15, Streetscape Concepts). The Master Landscape Concept Plan must be consistent with these concepts and their associated plant palettes. General a. Entries into the project should include a consistent entry feature for the Campus as a whole. Entries should be provided in the following locations: • Hughes Way at El Segundo Boulevard • Hughes Way/Nash Street at the southern Campus boundary b. Consistent tree species must be planted at Project entries, consistent with Exhibit 16, Corner Entry Concept. Page 48 October 2015 Page 363 of 441 EL SEGUNDO BOULEVARD R.O.W. LYING UUYYSCAPWG CRAPE MYRTLE TREE 0 25' O.C. WHEELER'S DWARF TOBIRA R.O w. I � ftu x[s *a* Rml ,emu �, r �,7 •xis .,a-s was onPCH PARKWAY TREE LAGERSTROEMA 10CA CRAPE MYRTLE SHRUBS HITOSPORUM IOBIRA 'WHEELER'S DWARF' WHEELER'S DWARF TOBRA DESCRIPTION EL SEGUNDO BOULEVARD WILL HAVE A NEW CLASS I BIKE TRAIL ALONG THE STREET FRONTAGE. DUE TO THE DSTNG POWER LINES, THE PARKWAY WILL BE PLANTED WITH CRAPE MYRTLES BECAUSE OF IT'S SMALL SCALE AND FLOWEFdNG CHARACHNSTICS. WHEELER'S DWARF 10BIRA WILL HE USED N THE PARKWAY, SO THAT IT CAN BE EASILY MA'NTAPID AWAY FROM THE BIKE PATH CLEAR ZONE. EXHIBIT 13 EL SEGUNDO BOULEVARD STREETSCAPE CONCEPT Page 49 October 2015 Page 364 of 441 R.O.W. SECONDARY ARTERIAL STREET HUGHES WAY NASH STREET EXTENSION 3' TALL TEXAS PRIVET HEDGE RHUS LANCEA TREE ® 30' O.C. STAR JASMINE � �mI" ��-,R,�L-1-N;EE BIKE AE UNf tANE R.O.W. 8' WIDE DECORATIVE MAINTENANCE WALK —STAR JASMINE CANYON PRINCE WILD RYE CANYON PLANE TREE ® 30' O.C. DANfRA4Et-#-WAVEL-i`y.A-'F UKK IHVE BIKE PKO LANE MEDIAN TREE PLATANUS ACERIFOLIA LONDON PLANE TREE PARKWAY TREE RHUS LANCER AFRICAN SUMAC SHRUBS LEYMUS CONDENSATUS 'CANYON PRINCE' CANYON PRINCE WILD RYE LIGUSTRUM JAPONICUM 'TEXANUM' TEXAS PRIVET GROUNDCOVER TRACHELOSPERMUM JASMINOIDES STAR JASMINE DESCRIPTION THE SECONDARY ARTERIAL STREET (NASH/HUGHES) WILL BE PLANTED WITH LONDON PLANE TREES IN THE MEDIANS TO MATCH THE EXISTING LONDON PLANE TREES FOUND ON SOUTH HUGHES WAY. THIS WILL CREATE A CONTINUOUS AND CONSISTENT LANDSCAPE CHARACTER FOR THE STREET CORRIDOR. THE PARKWAYS WILL BE PLANTED WITH RHUS LANCEA TREES TO PROVIDE SHADE FOR THE STREETSCAPE. A HEDGE OF TEXAS PRIVET SHRUBS WILL BE USED IN THE PARKWAYS TO PROVIDE SCREENING OF THE ADJACENT USE AND CANYON PRINCE WILD RYE WILL BE USED IN THE MEDIANS UNDER THE LONDON PLANE TREES. ;��JI o M ` EXHIBIT 14 HUGHES/NASH EXTENSION STREETSCAPE CONCEPT Page 50 October 2015 Page 365 of 441 COLLECTOR STREET CONTINENTAL BOULEVARD i-A R.O.W. R.O.W. 3' JAPANESE BOXWOOD HEDGE 18" WIDE DECORATIVE MAINTENANCE WALK ® 30 D.C.TWILLOW TREE ® 30 ALLI CN WILLOW TREE �UTTLE JOHN BOTTLEBRUSH TT�� SEM0 N�BOTTLEBRUSH A la' PKVYf swLANE LANE uEnu PARKWAY AND MEDIAN TREES GEUERA PARVIFLORA AUSTRALIAN WILLOW SHRUBS BUXUS MICROPHYLLA JAPONICA JAPANESE BOXWOOD CALLISTEMON 'LITTLE JOHN' LITTLE JOHN BOTTLEBRUSH WESTRINGIA FRUTICOSA 'MORNING LIGHT' COAST ROSEMARY 1110 ►41211IR THE COLLECTOR STREET WILL BE PLANTED WITH AUSTRALIAN WILLOW TREES IN BOTH THE PARKWAYS AND MEDIANS TO PROVIDE SHADE AND INTERESTING TEXTURE TO THE STREETSCAPE. A HEDGE OF JAPANESE BOXWOOD SHRUBS WILL BE USED IN THE PARKWAYS TO PROVIDE SCREENING OF THE ADJACENT USES. LITTLE JOHN BOTTLEBRUSH WILL BE USED IN THE PARKWAYS AND MEDIANS TO PROVIDE FLOWERING COLOR TO THE STREETSCAPE AND COAST ROSEMARY WILL BE USED IN THE MEDIANS TO PROVIDE SHRUBS OF VARYING HEIGHTS. ..—#-1FA,L—T—S — {- LANE LANE PKA JAPANESE BOXWOOD AUSTRALIAN WILLOW LITTLE JOHN BOTTLEBRUSH CONTINENTAL STREETSCAPE CONCEPT Page 51 October 2015 Page 366 of 441 Tfu POW filt4'Im SHRUBS U(, iRw JAPO►A1UIY 'tEa(ANI,1r GROl1NDCOVER fPN'wt07p1AA01A5A Ols DESCRIPTION CORNER ENTRY TREATMENT NM so LIAR 1+lSA6NE i--iV1a PAIM rY TALL DAS PRi4E1 HEDGE I DUE PALM am fR6E STAR ,elW K USER ENM 40 NIL BE DEWD E11 A W RADRIS AS KASIIRED fROYI RREASEC110N OF EXTENDING 1HE U.N. LIE 1HE CORNERS ML RAlUilE [At[ PRA 10 MAR A BOLD AND VM LY 19RESTMIC ENTRY SiUTUYENI A IMS PRW HEDGE W Pau AN E4E MEN DODROP AND STAR A WIE N! PAM FE KK T THE EltTR'► LWA y CORNER ENTRY CONCEPT Page 52 October 2015 Page 367 of 441 C. All areas not covered by buildings, walkways, driveways, parking spaces, and service areas must be landscaped (with drought tolerant plantings and sustainable hardscapes in accordance with the City's water conservation requirements). d. Landscaping should enhance the quality of the Project by framing and softening the appearance of buildings, defining site functions, screening undesirable views and buffering incompatible uses. e. Landscaping at the perimeter of buildings is encouraged to soften the transition between building and parking lot. Parking lot landscaping must be distributed evenly to provide for consistent design and shading. f. Landscaped areas should generally incorporate a combination of planting materials utilizing a three tiered system consisting of. 1) trees, 2) shrubs or vines, 3) groundcover/ornamental grasses. Landscaping should be in scale with the adjacent buildings and be of appropriate size at maturity. g. Placement of landscaping should not interfere with the lighting of the Project area or restrict access to utilities. h. Landscaping should be utilized to define edges, buffer adjacent properties, screen parking areas and storage areas. i. Street trees should be spaced appropriately (in adequately sized and landscaped parkway strips or in tree -wells within wider sidewalks or plazas) to emphasize and reinforce the spatial definition between the building, pedestrian environment and the street. In order to reduce the heat-island effect, space parking lot trees to achieve shading at ratios required by the development regulations of this Specific Plan. Trees must adequately shade parking lots and provide sufficient area for water quality requirements. k. Textured paving materials should be used in pedestrian areas such as pedestrian courtyards and plaza areas for safety and to provide visual interest. Page 53 October 2015 Page 368 of 441 1. Paving materials should include pervious hardscape materials to facilitate water treatment and reduce runoff. M. Bio-retention areas can be used to detain/percolate run-off in planted swales, raised open -bottomed planters, etc. n. Site furnishings including, but not limi On -site storm water capture system ted to, fixed and moveable seating, trash and recycling receptacles, bike r ticks, and pedestrian scaled lighting should be of durable and sustainable materials. 0. Design and selection of site furniture should include considerations for the security, safety, comfort and convenience of the user. P. A unified site furniture "look" is encouraged. The color and appearance of site furniture products should be selected to complement other design elements. 8. Walls and Fences a. Wall and fence design should complement the Project's architecture. Landscaping may be used to soften the appearance of the wall surface. b. Wall and fencing materials must be made of a durable material. Wall and fencing materials may consist of wrought iron, tubular steel, stone, stucco, or brick. Solid walls should incorporate pilasters with decorative caps and offsets, consistent with the overall architecture. C. Landscaping should be used to soften the appearance of the wall surfaces and deter graffiti. d. Security fencing must be of high quality design. Razor wire is not permitted. Chain link fencing is not permitted in any areas that are visible from any public or private rights -of -way. e. Walls and fences must be protected with anti -graffiti coating. Page 54 October 2015 Page 369 of 441 9. Lighting Design a. The type and location of parking area and building lighting must prevent direct glare on to adjacent properties. Pedestrian scale lighting should be present at all entries, plazas, courtyards, parking lots, pedestrian ways, and other areas where nighttime pedestrian activity is expected. C. Lighting design of fixtures and their structural support should be architecturally compatible with the architecture of the Project. d. When appropriate, wall -mounted lighting may be incorporated. Wall - mounted lights should be compatible with the building's architectural style. 10. Signage a. A Master Sign Program must be prepared for the South Campus Specific Plan at or before the first site plan review submittal. Unless specifically modified by this Specific Plan, all signage must comply with ESMC requirements. Billboards, pole signs, and signs incorporating flashing or blinking lights are not permitted within this Specific Plan area. C. The character of the signage, including the location, size, height, design and lighting must be in keeping with the architectural character and monument style of the overall Project. d. Signs should make a positive contribution to the desired character of the Project and overall streetscape and provide for clear identification and wayfinding. e. Vehicle, bicycle and pedestrian circulation throughout the Project site, to parking and various destinations should be enhanced through a comprehensive system of directional signage and related wayfinding elements. Page 55 October 2015 Page 370 of 441 This page intentionally left blank. Page 56 October 2015 Page 371 of 441 VI. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS The following standards are intended to supplement the existing General Plan and ESMC. Where this Specific Plan is inconsistent with the ESMC, the Specific Plan prevails. Where this Specific Plan does not specifically regulate, development must comply with the standards and requirements set forth in the ESMC. A. PERMITTED USES Uses within the Specific Plan area are governed by the following Table, by district: Wireless facilities are permitted subject to the requirements of ESMC Chapter 15-19. Table IV-1 Allowable Uses Use Alternative fuel stations CMU P • P • -- Cafes P P Data Centers C P -- Financial institutions P P -- General Offices, including medical and dental P P -- General storage and warehousing -- P -- General storage and warehousing (Raytheon Company only) P P Health Clubs P P -- High and medium bay labs -- P -- High and medium bay labs (Raytheon Company only) P P Light Industrial uses -- P -- Light Industrial uses (Raytheon Company only) P P Movie and Entertainment Facilities P P -- Multimedia Related Offices P P -- Postproduction Facilities P P -- Public facilities, including, but not limited to, fire and police facilities, post offices, and libraries. P P -- Public Utilities P P P Recreation Facilities (public and private) P P P Research and Development, including scientific research and experimental development laboratories P P Restaurants, full service P P -- Restaurants, fast food P P -- Retail uses (excluding off site sale alcohol sales) I P I P -- Page 57 October 2015 Page 372 of 441 Table IV-1 [continued] Allowable Uses Use CMU • • Special Effects Studios P P -- Studio/sound stage(s) and other support facilities P P -- Trade and vocational schools for adults P P Any use customarily incidental to a permitted use, including the storage of A A A hazardous materials associated with any allowable use. Drive -through or walk-up services related to financial operations. A A The on -site sale and consumption of alcohol at restaurants and cafes. AUP AUP The off -site sale of alcohol at retail establishments. AUP AUP -- Drive-through restaurants C C C Helicopter landing facilities subject to the provisions of El Segundo Municipal C C C Code § 15-2-13. Hotels (provided that the existing deed restriction is removed) C C C Outdoor dining, exempting outdoor dining at restaurants where outdoor dining comprises 20% or less of the total dining area of the restaurant, C C C but not exceeding two hundred (200) square feet of floor area. Laser/optical targets AAUP AAUP -- Parking structures and surface parking lots A, AAUP P/A P/A Radar towers AAUP AAUP Video arcades, defined as any business with three or more video or arcade C C C machines. All uses that are not permitted, conditionally permitted, or determined to be similar uses as specified above. _ All uses that are involved with the storage of waste materials as the primary business _ Freight Forwarding -- -- -- Gasoline and Diesel Service Stations -- -- -- Mini-storage -- -- -- Residential Uses -- -- -- AUP Administrative Use Permit A Permitted Accessory Use C Conditional Use P Permitted Use Not Permitted Note: Pursuant to the ESMC, uses of a similar nature which are unlisted in Table IV-1 may be considered by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, subject to appeal to the Planning Commission. 1 Surface Parking Lots is a permitted (P) use within Phase 1 CMU District subject to ESSCSP Section VI. Development Standards: D. Parking and Loading Page 58 October 2015 Page 373 of 441 B. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS 1. Lot Area a. The minimum building lot area is 10,000 gross square feet. 2. Height a. Buildings and structures within the Campus cannot exceed 200 feet in height, measured from finished grade. Exceptions to building height are permitted in accordance with ESMC § 15-2-3. Structures cannot interfere with the operation of the MTA Green Line. 3. Setbacks a. Buildings and structures within the Campus must be setback a minimum of twenty-five feet (25') from the adjoining public rights -of -way of El Segundo Boulevard, the future extension of Nash Street, and the future extension of Continental Boulevard, except for lots with frontage on the portion of El Segundo Boulevard located east of the future extension of Continental Boulevard and west of the future extension of Nash Street. For lots with frontage on the portion of El Segundo Boulevard located east of the future extension of Continental Boulevard and west of the future extension of Nash Street, buildings and structures must be setback a minimum of fifteen feet (15') from the adjoining public right-of-way of El Segundo Boulevard. Building and structure setbacks within the interior of the Specific Plan must be a minimum of fifteen feet (15') from each lot line. For lots with frontage on the portion of El Segundo Boulevard located east of the future extension of Continental Boulevard and west of the future extension of Nash Street, buildings and structures must be setback a minimum of five feet (5'). Actual required setbacks may vary depending on Building Code requirements that relate to type and height of the structure. C. Permitted intrusions into setbacks are identified in ESMC § 15-2-7. The Class 1 bicycle path located adjacent to El Segundo Boulevard may also be located within required setback areas as long as a minimum distance of 5 feet is maintained from any building. 4. Lot Frontage a. A minimum of 100 feet of frontage must be provided for all lots whether on a dedicated public street or a private street. Parcels exclusively devoted to right-of-way purposes are excluded from minimum lot frontage requirements. 5. Floor Area Page 59 October 2015 Page 374 of 441 a. The South Campus Specific Plan is currently developed with 1,802,513 net square feet of development. Development in the Campus is limited to an additional 1,916,376 net square feet of floor area, as specified herein, for a total pre -dedication of public right-of-way net FAR of 0.60 distributed over the entire Campus area and not required as a maximum FAR on any individual lot as permitted in Section B.6 below. The maximum amount of developed floor area within the Specific Plan must not exceed 3,718,889 net square feet as permitted by this Specific Plan. For purposes of this Specific Plan, application of a floor area ratio results in net building square footage. Gross floor area is the sum of the net floor area plus an additional twelve percent (12%) of net floor area for all proposed new construction. C. Net floor area consists of the area of all floors or levels included within the exterior surrounding walls of a building or structure. The total space devoted to high or medium bay labs may be multiplied by a factor of 0.5 to determine the net floor area. Space devoted to the following is not included when determining the total net floor area within a building or structure: l . Elevator shafts; 2. Stairwells; 3. Courts or atriums uncovered and open to the sky; 4. Rooms exclusively holding building operating equipment; 5. Parking spaces at or above grade and access thereto; 6. Structures devoted exclusively for parking; 7. Restrooms in common areas of nonresidential buildings. d. Gross floor area consists of the area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building or portion thereof, exclusive of garages, vent shafts, and courts. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior walls is the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. For new construction, after the date of adoption of this plan, gross floor area is defined as specified in section VI.B.5.b. above. Page 60 October 2015 Page 375 of 441 6. Floor Area Ratio and Transfer of Development Rights a. FAR may be transferred from any parcel within the boundaries of the Campus (the "Donor Site") to any other parcel within the boundaries of the Campus, whether contiguous or non-contiguous, within the Specific Plan area (the "Receiver Site") upon the written consent of the owners of both the Donor Site and Receiver Site. Any FAR transferred from a Donor Site is deducted from that parcel's base FAR. The overall FAR for the entire Campus cannot exceed a net 0.60 as computed in accordance with the above, based on pre -dedication of public right-of-way, but any individual parcel may exceed such FAR. Transfer of FAR may be accomplished by submitting a letter from the applicant to the Director of Planning and Building Safety before the City issues building permits for the Receiver Site which would utilize the transferred FAR. The Director will maintain records of such transfers and the current density allocations, if any, of all of the properties within the Specific Plan area. In addition, the owner of Donor Site must record a covenant acceptable to the Director and the City Attorney memorializing such transfer of FAR. No approval from the City is required for such transfer. Regardless of any transfer of FAR, no building can exceed the applicable development standards set forth in this Specific Plan. 7. Walls and Fences a. All walls and fences must comply with ESMC § 15-2-4 Accessory Structures a. Radar towers, dishes, laser/optical targets, and other similar structures are permitted as accessory structures only subject to approval of an Administrative Use Permit. Page 61 October 2015 Page 376 of 441 C. CIRCULATION Transportation Demand Management (TDM) Plan, that identifies trip reduction methods in accordance with the guidelines set forth in ESMC Chapter 15-16 and Chapter 15-17, must be prepared for development within the Campus. A TDM Plan must be submitted for City review concurrent with the first site plan application within the campus. 2. The maximum number of total daily trips, as well as A.M. and P.M. peak hour vehicle trips for new development within the Specific Plan area, as determined in accordance with the Trip Generation tables set forth in Appendix A, cannot exceed the table below, unless a subsequent traffic report is prepared and approved by the Director of Planning and Building Safety that identifies potential impacts and proposes feasible measures to mitigate previously unidentified new impacts. To ensure that peak traffic does not exceed these thresholds, a trip inventory analysis must be prepared, acceptable to the Director of Planning and Building Safety, to maintain a cumulative accounting of total square footage by land use as well as the cumulative number of A.M. and P.M. peak hour trips. The trip inventory must be updated and submitted upon the filing of each building permit request. PM Peak I rips 1W Total Daily Trips 1P 1. Public and private streets must be designed and constructed in accordance with the General Plan and in the overall right-of-way size identified in the General Plan. a. The connection of Hughes Way with Nash Street must be constructed to the standards of a secondary arterial street identified in the Circulation Element of the General Plan. The extension of Continental Boulevard to Hughes Way must be constructed to the standards of a commercial collector street identified in the Circulation Element of the General Plan. Page 62 October 2015 Page 377 of 441 C. The private street connecting Continental Boulevard and Nash Street must be constructed to the standards of a local commercial street identified in the Circulation Element of the General Plan. Page 63 October 2015 Page 378 of 441 D. PARKING AND LOADING 1. Parking and loading spaces must be provided in accordance with ESMC Chapter 15-15, except as provided below. 2. Within the O/I MU District or for office/industrial uses within the CMU District, parking lots or structures may serve multiple lots and buildings. Up to 100% of the required parking for an individual lot in the O/I MU District or for office/industrial uses within the CMU District, may be provided off -site subject to the following standards: a. Parking must be located within 300 feet of the lot it serves. b. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or structures with the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is across a project roadway, a crosswalk must be provided. C. Reciprocal parking and access easements or covenants must be recorded before the City issues a building permit and must be shown or noted on the applicable site plans. d. Parking lots and driveways may straddle lot lines subject to provisions in a reciprocal parking and access easement or covenant. Such documents must provide provisions for shared maintenance. 3. For retail and restaurant uses within the CMU District excluding the Phase 1 area, up to 20% of the required parking for an individual lot in may be provided off -site with approval by the Director of Planning and Building Safety, subject to the following performance standards: a. Parking must be located within 150 feet of the lot it serves. b. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or structures with the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is across a project roadway, a crosswalk must be provided. C. Other conditions may be applied by the Director as part of site plan approval. d. Requests for over 20% off -site parking require Planning Commission review and approval and may include such conditions as the Planning Commission may lawfully impose. 4. For retail and restaurant uses in Phase 1 within the CMU District, up to 100% of the required parking for an individual lot may be provided off -site, with approval by the Director of Community Development, subject to the following performance standards: Page 64 October 2015 Page 379 of 441 a. Off -site parking must be contained within the CMU District Phase 1 lots. b. Parking must be located within 150 feet of the lot it serves. C. Pedestrian pathways must be provided connecting parking lots or structures with the buildings they serve. Where off -site parking is across a project roadway, a crosswalk must be provided. d. Other conditions may be applied by the Director as part of site plan approval. For retail and restaurant uses within the CMU District including Phase 1, parking lots may service multiple lots or buildings subject to the following standards: a. Reciprocal parking and access easements or covenants must be recorded before issuance of a building permit and or in conjunction with a final map as required by the Community Development Director and must be shown or noted on the applicable site plans. Parking lots and driveways may straddle lot lines subject to provisions in a reciprocal parking and access easement or covenant. Private access roads that connect parking lots with a right-of-way may encroach into a required landscape setbacks on interior property lines. Such documents must provide provisions for shared maintenance and landscaping. 6. The number of required parking spaces may be modified subject to the approval of a Transportation Systems Management Plan, as specified in the ESMC Chapter 15- 16 "Developer Transportation Demand Management." The Director of Planning and Building Safety may modify the required number of parking spaces up to a maximum of 10% based on the submittal and approval of a parking demand study or shared parking analysis. Additionally, for any use for which the number of parking spaces is not listed in ESMC Chapter 15-15, the Director of Planning and Building Safety shall specify the required number of spaces based on a parking demand study. 8. The Planning Commission may modify the required number of parking spaces up to a maximum of 20% based on the submittal of a parking demand/shared parking study. Notwithstanding items 7 and 8 above, the Director of Planning and Building Safety may also grant uses with significantly different peak hours of operation up to a 20% parking reduction, without approval of the Planning Commission. Any request for such shared parking must meet the following requirements: a. A parking study must be submitted by the applicant demonstrating that there will not be substantial conflict in the peak hours or parking demand for the uses for which the joint use is proposed. The number of parking stalls which may be credited against the requirements of the structures or uses involved cannot exceed the number of stalls reasonably anticipated to be available during differing hours of operation. Page 65 October 2015 Page 380 of 441 C. A written agreement must be executed by all parties concerned, to the satisfaction of the Director of Planning and Building Safety and the City Attorney assuring the continued availability of the number of stalls designed for joint use. 10. Preferential parking must be provided for carpools and vanpools. 11. Bicycle parking must comply with ESMC Chapters 15-15 and 15-16 and the South Bay Bicycle Plan. 12. The Raytheon Company recreation facility within the Specific Plan area is not required to provide parking beyond that already provided for daytime, weekday users. Page 66 October 2015 Page 381 of 441 E. LANDSCAPING Landscaping is a critical criterion when evaluating development proposals in the Campus. This section will ensure that adequate landscaping area and permanent maintenance is provided for all new development. This mandate is also in accordance with the City's requirements to landscape commercial and industrial areas. Landscaped areas must be provided and permanent irrigation systems installed in the landscaped areas at: 1) the Campus entry areas, 2) around the perimeter of the buildings in the setbacks, 3) within the required setbacks along the property perimeter and, 4) in the Vehicular Use Areas (VUAs) as defined in ESMC §15-1-6. A Landscape Master Plan must implementing the intent of the Landscape Master Plan must be submittal within the Campus. ALL LANDSCAPING be prepared for the Campus to ensure a unified appearance Design Guidelines and objectives of this Specific Plan. The submitted to the City at or before the first site plan review Landscaping must conform to the City's Water Conservation in Landscaping requirements as set forth in ESMC Chapter 10-2. CAMPUS ENTRIES Campus entries must be provided at the following locations: • Nash Street at El Segundo Boulevard • Hughes Way/Nash Street at the southern campus boundary Entry landscaping must be in substantial conformance with the entry concepts outlined in the Design Guidelines of this Specific Plan. BUILDING PERIMETER LANDSCAPING Except as otherwise allowed by this Plan, a minimum horizontal depth of five feet of landscape materials, excluding curbs, must be provided around each building. In instances where two buildings are separated by ten feet, the landscape requirement may be reduced to allow for pedestrian walkways/access. PROPERTY PERIMETER LANDSCAPING 1. One shade tree must be provided for every 25 feet of street frontage. 2. The following encroachments are permitted into the landscaped setback areas: a. Parking may encroach into the landscaped setback up to a maximum of fifty percent of the required setback area, provided a minimum landscaped setback of five feet is maintained except as permitted in Specific Plan § VI.D.2. Page 67 October 2015 Page 382 of 441 "Architectural landscape features" including fountains, free-standing arbors/pergolas, and public art, may encroach into the landscaped setback area subject to site plan review, provided a minimum landscaped setback of five feet is maintained. The features may cover a maximum of twenty five percent of the total area of the setback, and be a maximum of twenty feet in height. VEHICULAR USE AREAS Vehicular Use Areas (VUA) include parking lots and loading areas. Landscaping in the WAS must cover a minimum of five percent of the VUA and be distributed uniformly throughout the VUA. Such landscaping is in addition to the required property perimeter and building perimeter landscaping. The figure to the right represents a typical parking area within the Campus. a. A minimum of 5 foot landscape buffers must be provided at all parking lot edges to screen parking lots and provide shading. Planting areas containing trees must have a minimum width of 5 feet. PARKING LOT LANDSCAPE amp C. Each parking space must be located within 30 feet of a tree. Trees are required to provide shade and parking lot/loading area screening. F. PUBLIC SAFETY In an effort to ensure the safety of employees and visitors to the Campus, the following strategies must be incorporated into site development: 1. Lighting must be adequate throughout the Campus and shielded to minimize off - site illumination. Submittal of photometric studies is required as part of any site plan review submittal which includes parking lots, and parking structures in the Specific Plan area. 2. The site design and operation must comply with fire and police safety regulations with regard to site layout, building configurations, landscape design, and infrastructure requirements. Street lighting must be provided in accordance with ESMC requirements. Page 68 October 2015 Page 383 of 441 G. SIGNAGE 1. Signage within the Campus must conform to the signage regulations of the ESMC except as established and approved in a Master Sign Program for the Campus. 2. The following signs are not permitted within the Campus: • Billboards, as defined in the ESMC; and • Pole signs; and • Signs incorporating flashing or blinking lights. 3. A Master Sign Program for the entire Campus must be developed and submitted for review and approval by the Planning Commission before or concurrent with the first site plan review for a project within the Specific Plan. The Master Sign Program must include the following elements: • Campus Master signage (entryways, common sign design throughout Campus); • Sign standards developed for each of the three uses allowed: industrial, commercial and office; Provisions for way finding and decorative elements such as banners; • General features that all signs in the Campus are required to comply with; and Regulations for temporary signs (including construction signs). H. SUSTAINABILITY 1. All new development must have buildings designed to be energy efficient, at least 15% above Title 24 requirements. 2. The Project areas must include Stormwater management practices that treat Stormwater runoff from 90% of the average rainfall on the site using structural and non-structural management measures. 3. Preferential parking must be provided for carpools and vanpools at the rate of not less than 10 percent of total employee parking. Page 69 October 2015 Page 384 of 441 4. Bicycle parking must comply with the ESMC. 5. Shower facilities must be provided for buildings of 25,000 square feet or greater. 6. Exterior lighting must be energy efficient and designed to minimize light pollution. Low -emitting building materials must be utilized. Roof structures must be designed to support future solar panels. Reclaimed water must be utilized for all landscaped areas. 10. A Pedestrian Walkway for direct access to the Green Line Station from the project site that meets ADA minimum width requirements. I. ENCLOSED USES All uses must be conducted wholly within an enclosed building except for the following: Electrical distribution stations, adequately screened from public rights -of -way and public view, as determined by the Director of Planning and Building Safety. 2. Outdoor restaurants and cafes incidental to the permitted use, provided they comply with the provisions of ESMC §15-2-16. Recreational facilities customarily conducted in the open. 4. Radar towers, antennas, dishes, and laser/optical targets, provided they comply with the screening requirements of ESMC § 15-2-8. Page 70 October 2015 Page 385 of 441 VII. ADMINISTRATION A. INTRODUCTION Unless regulated by this Specific Plan, development will be administered and enforced by the City in accordance with the ESMC. This Specific Plan supersedes any conflicts with ESMC zoning regulations. 1. The Director of Planning and Building Safety may grant administrative use permits in accordance with ESMC Chapter 15-22. 2. The Director of Planning and Building Safety may make other administrative determinations using the same procedures set forth in ESMC Chapter 15-22. The Director of Planning and Building Safety may grant adjustments and administrative adjustments in accordance with ESMC Chapter 15-24. 4. The Planning Commission may grant conditional use permits in accordance with ESMC Chapter 15-23. B. MUNICIPAL CODE REFERENCES All section references in the Specific Plan refer to the El Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) as adopted at the time of building permit application submittal. C. MODIFICATIONS 1. Major Modifications The following modifications constitute a Major Modification and require an amendment to this Specific Plan: a. Any decrease in the required building setbacks as set forth in Section VI.B.3 above; b. Any increase in the total developable square footage of the entire Specific Plan in excess of the maximum allowable development intensity allowed under the Specific Plan; C. Any increase in height of buildings or structures on the Property above 200 feet; d. Any increase in the maximum number of A.M. and P.M. peak hour vehicle trips for the Specific Plan as specified in Section VI.C.2 above, unless a Page 71 October 2015 Page 386 of 441 subsequent traffic report has been prepared to the reasonable satisfaction of the Director that identifies potential impacts and proposes feasible mitigation measures to mitigate such impacts and otherwise complies with CEQA; e. Any change in use to a use which is not permitted under the Specific Plan, except as approved by the Director in accordance with Chapter 15-22 of the ESMC; f. Any change in the land use plan categories identified in Exhibit 5 of this plan. g. Any decrease in the minimum required lot area; h. Any decrease in the minimum required lot frontage; Any material modification that requires modification to the EIR other than an Addendum; and Any modification deemed by the Director of Planning and Building Safety as major and requiring amendment to this Specific Plan. 2. Minor Modifications Any modification to this Specific Plan not listed above as a "major modification," including a use approved subject to an Administrative Use Permit, is a Minor Modification. The Developer may make Minor Modifications without amending this Specific Plan upon the administrative approval of the Director of Planning and Building Safety or designee, provided that such modifications are consistent with the Development and Design Standards, Applicable Rules, and Project Approvals. Such Minor Modifications may include: • Modifications to the streetscape palette with the concurrence of the City's urban forester. • Modifications to infrastructure sizing based upon final engineering plans approved by the City. • Relocation of the Raytheon Recreation Facility to a parcel or parcels of the same size (7.54 acres) or larger and having similar access. Should this occur, a revised land use plan shall be provided updating the land use plan of this document (Exhibit 5). • Modifications to the conceptual plan (Exhibit 6), Vesting Tentative Map (Exhibit 7) and Conceptual Utility Plans (Exhibits 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12) that do not exceed the new development vehicle trip cap, do not increase the Page 72 October 2015 Page 387 of 441 number of parcels and do not require subsequent CEQA environmental review may be deemed minor by the Director of Planning and Building Safety. Adjustments, Administrative Adjustments, Administrative Determinations subject to the requirements in Section VII.A, above. D. SITE PLAN REVIEW 1. Overview In order to develop a Project that is in conformance with the uses, density, approved FAR, Design Guidelines and trip generation of this Specific Plan, a Site Plan Review ("SPR") application shall be filed with the Department of Planning and Building Safety. 2. Application for Site Plan Review - Contents The Site Plan Review Application must conform to the following. The number of copies required for submittal will be determined by City policy at time of submittal: a. A "Development Status Tracking Table" must be submitted to the Director of Planning and Building Safety for review by the Planning and Building Safety Department as part of any site plan submittal within the Specific Plan area. This table must specify the development request for the site plan including the following information: Specific Plan parcel area(s) and the allocation of intensity by land use as defined in Section III herein; A revised Land Use table for the Specific Plan area by phase, showing updated land use distribution and intensity as modified by the site plan submittal; and Submittal of a traffic report analyzing the trip generation for the land use(s) and demonstrating that the maximum number of vehicle trips (trip ceiling) is not exceeded. c. Plans and landscape plans for projects must be prepared by a registered architect and a licensed landscape architect respectively. C. Site Plan. A fully dimensioned site plan, drawn to scale and showing: Location of existing and proposed structures, including signs, showing dimensions from property line; Page 73 October 2015 Page 388 of 441 2. Location, size and species of existing trees or natural attributes; 3. Location of off-street parking. The number of parking spaces (specifying handicapped, compact and regular spaces), type of paving, direction of traffic flow, parking stall dimensions, and areas for turning and maneuvering vehicles; 4. Location and dimension of driveway approaches, off-street loading areas, street and highway dedications; 5. Refuse disposal and recycling; 6. Location, height, and material of existing and/or proposed fences and walls; 7. Means of screening all vents, pipes, antennas and machinery placed on roofs; 8. Location, height and specifications of all existing and/or proposed exterior lighting; 9. Location of all utility pipes, valves, vaults and similar appurtenances; and 10. Location of structures on abutting lots showing dimensions to property line. d. Photometric Analysis for parking lots and parking structures. e. Elevation Drawings. Elevation drawings dimensioned and fully illustrating all sides of the proposed structures. These drawings must include: 1. Location of signs and size, height, color, material and type of illumination of all signs. A Master Sign Plan must be submitted when the development includes two or more tenants; 2. Location, size and style of architectural features, such as awnings, doors, windows and other wall openings; and 3. All exterior materials and their colors. f. Landscape Plan. A preliminary landscape plan showing the location and design of the following listed items: 1. Existing trees (by species and size) proposed to be retained, removed or relocated on the site; Page 74 October 2015 Page 389 of 441 2. Landscaped areas and the numbers, varieties and sizes of plant materials to be planted therein and all other landscape features; Softscape, hardscape (walkways, paving, textured concrete) and lighting; and 4. All submittal material required by ESMC Chapter 10-2. g. Colors and Materials. A materials and colors board showing all colors and materials, with color chips and textures keyed to the principal plan elements where those components are found. h. Floor Plans. Photo Board. Showing subject site, and all surrounding properties. Rendering/Illustration. One set of color elevation drawings or a color rendering. The Director of Planning and Building Safety may require, at his/her discretion, a computer model where such is necessary to evaluate scale, massing and architectural treatment. 3. Site Plan Review - Procedure a. The Director of Planning and Building Safety must review the application to ensure there is consistency with the Specific Plan within 30 days after the Director deems the application complete. CEQA Review, if required, must be conducted in accordance with applicable law. C. The Site Plan Review must be timely scheduled for public hearing before the Planning Commission, which date should not exceed 45 days after the completion of the public review period of the environmental documentation, or within 30 days from the date the application is deemed complete if no further environmental review is required. The Planning Commission must render its decision in writing, either approving, approving with conditions, or denying the Site Plan Review application, stating the reasons for such action. The decision of the Planning Commission is final unless appealed to the City Council. d. Any aggrieved person may appeal the Planning Commission's decision to the City Council. Such appeal must be filed in writing with the Department of Planning and Building Safety within ten (10) days after the date of the written decision by the Planning Commission. Upon receipt of such an appeal and the payment of the appropriate filing fee, the matter must be Page 75 October 2015 Page 390 of 441 scheduled for consideration by the City Council no more than 45 days after the date of receipt of the appeal. e. The Site Plan is valid for two years from the date of approval. If construction does not commence within such time, but the applicant has diligently pursued the Project plan review process, the Director of Planning and Building Safety may extend the Site Plan approval for up to two additional years. f. After the Site Plan is approved, the Director of Planning and Building Safety may approve minor changes in the Site Plan or its conditions if the Director finds that there are practical reasons for such changes, that such changes do not substantially vary from the previously approved site plan and applicable law and that such changes do not involved deviations from the design's intent. 4. Site Plan Review Criteria The purpose of the Site Plan Review procedure is to ensure that the development provides a cohesive visual identity and coordinated design character for the Specific Plan area of high quality. The overall coordinated design character must be expressed in the site planning, architecture, landscaping, lighting, and signage. The architectural design is to be compatible in character, massing and materials consistent with the conceptual plan depicted in this Plan. In approving the Site Plan Review the Planning Commission, or City Council on appeal, must consider the following factors: a. The dimensions, shape and orientation of the parcel; b. The placement of buildings and structures on the parcel; C. The height, setbacks, bulk and building materials; d. The building materials and design; e. The distance between buildings or structures; f. The location, number and layout of off-street parking and loading spaces; The internal vehicular patterns and pedestrian safety features; The location, distribution, amount and type of landscaping materials and the sustainability of the landscaping material with the El Segundo climate in compliance with the applicable climate zone; Page 76 October 2015 Page 391 of 441 i. The placement, photometrics, height and direction of illumination of light standards; The location, number, size and height of signs; k. The location, height and materials of walls, fences or hedges; 1. The location and method of screening refuse and storage areas, roof equipment, pipes, vents, utility equipment and all equipment not contained in the main buildings of the development; In. Compliance with all applicable development standards including, but not limited to, height, setbacks, FAR, trip generation, and off-street parking requirements; and, n. Consistency with the Design Guidelines of this Specific Plan. 5. Approval Criteria The Planning Commission, or City Council on appeal, may approve the Site Plan Review if it finds that the site plan, architecture and landscape design, with conditions if necessary are consistent with this Specific Plan. 6. Exempt Activities The following is a list of activities which are exempt from the site plan review process. This list is not all-inclusive; the Director of Planning and Building Safety may exempt other activities not listed: a. All interior changes and alterations b. Demolition of Buildings E-20, E-21, E-23, or E-24 C. Exterior mechanical equipment (heating, air conditioning, water heater) designed with mechanical equipment screening compatible with the architecture of the building to which it is adjacent or affixed. d. Minor exterior repairs costing less than $50,000 in 2015 dollars, indexed for inflation to the Consumer Price Index (CPI). e. Reglazing, new mullions f Re -landscaping consistent with the landscape palette g. Repainting h. Reroofing with similar style roofing materials Page 77 October 2015 Page 392 of 441 E. AMENDMENT In accordance with the Government Code §§ 65450-65457, Specific Plans must be prepared, adopted and amended in the same manner as General Plans except that Specific Plans may be adopted by resolution or by ordinance. This Specific Plan may be amended as necessary by ordinance. Said amendment or amendments do not require a concurrent General Plan amendment unless the Director of Planning and Building Safety determines that the proposed amendment would substantially affect General Plan goals, policies, objectives or programs. F. CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT COMPLIANCE The El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan and related entitlements were approved in accordance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), the State CEQA Guidelines (Guidelines), and City policies adopted to implement the CEQA and the Guidelines. An Environmental Impact Report was prepared and certified by the City Council which establishes the development thresholds shown in Table VII-1 below. Table VII-1 California Environmental Quality Act Compliance The CEQA clearance indicated above analyzes the effects of 1,930,000 net square feet of incremental development by the Project , 13,624 of which is anticipated to be replacement of existing facilities with allowed uses. Any portion of the Project that is developed consistent with the Conceptual Site Plan evaluated for this Specific Plan is exempt from further CEQA analysis unless an event specified in Public Resources Code § 21166 occurs as to the Specific Plan. Page 78 October 2015 Page 393 of 441 APPENDIX A E1 Segundo South Campus Specific Plan Trip Generation Rates, Credits, and Caps The following two tables are to provide data for maintaining a trip inventory analysis for the build - out of the Specific Plan. A table maintaining a cumulative accounting of total square footage by land use as well as the cumulative number of A.M. and P.M. peak hour trips generated by new development within the Specific Plan area must be generated by the project applicant and verified by the City. The trip inventory must be updated and submitted upon the filing of site plan review application and verified before a building permit is issued. The traffic -generating characteristics of most of the components of the Project are identified in the Institute of Transportation Engineers' (ITE) Trip Generation, 91 Edition. With mixed -use projects there are many opportunities for interaction amongst the various uses. The interaction is likely to reduce the number of trips entering and leaving the site ("internal capture"). Additionally, many of the individual uses will attract vehicles already on the surrounding street network ("diverted/pass-by"). These are trips that are already on the roadway network and are diverted to the Project. Furthermore, since the Specific Plan is adjacent to the El Segundo Metro Green Line station, the following table takes into consideration credits for transit usage, as well as for "internal capture" and "diverted/pass-by." Appendix A — Table 1 Project Trip Ceiling for trips associated with new development within the ESSCSP area. AM Peak Hour Trips 2634 408 3042 quin PM Peak Hour Trips 631 2489 3120 Total Daily Trips 26, 585 Page 79 October 2015 Page 394 of 441 Appendix A - Table 2 Summary of Trip Generation Rates and Trip Credits RAYTHEON SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN DRAFT TRAFFIC IMPACT ANALYSIS SUMMARY OF TRIP GENERATION RATES AND TRIP CREDITS AM PEAK -HOUR PM PEAK -HOUR AVERAGE DAILY FORMULA (per FORMULA (per TRIPS FORMULA Use 1,000 gross square 1,000 gross square (per 1,000 gross feet) feet) square feet) Retail T = 0.96 (A) T = 3.71 (A) T = 42.70 (A) Internal Capture - Less 1% Less 2% Diverted/Pass-By - Less 34% - General Light Industrial T = 0.92 (A) T = 0.97 (A) T = 6.97 (A) Internal Capture - Less 1% Less 1% Warehouse T = 0.30 (A) T = 0.32 (A) T = 3.56 (A) Internal Capture - Less 1% Less 1% Office T = 1.56 (A) T = 1.49 (A) T = 11.03 (A) Internal Capture - Less 1% Less 1% Transit Credit* Less 5% Less 5% Less 5% Other Possible Uses Health/Fitness Club T = 1.41 (A) T = 3.53 (A) T = 32.93 (A) Hotel T = 0.53 (R) T = 0.60 (R) T = 8.17 (R) Medical/Dental Office T = 2.39 (A) T = 3.57 (A) T = 36.13 (A) Supermarket T = 3.40 (A) T = 9.48 (A) T=102.24 (A) Quality Restaurant T = 0.81 (A) T = 7.49 (A) T = 89.95 (A) High -Turnover (Sit -Down) Restaurant T = 10.81 (A) T = 9.85 (A) T= 127.15 (A) Fast -Food Restaurant without Drive -Through Window T = 43.87 (A) T = 26.15 (A) T = 716.00 (A) Coffee/Donut Shop without Drive -Through Window T = 108.38 (A) T= 40.75 (A) T = 818.58 (A) Notes * Trip generation adjustment discount associated with proximity to transit service for similar sites based on recommendations published by Los Angeles County Metropolitan Transportation Authority (LAMTA) and ITE. T: Trip ends A: Building area in 1,00 sq. ft. R: Rooms Page 80 OctoUe� 2015 Page 395 of 441 APPENDIX B EL SEGUNDO SOUTH CAMPUS SPECIFIC PLAN LEGAL DESCRIPTION THAT PORTION OF SECTION 18, TOWNSHIP 3 SOUTH, RANGE 14 WEST, IN THE RANCHO SAUSAL REDONDO, IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN ON THE MAP FILED IN CASE NO. 11629, SUPERIOR COURT OF SAID COUNTY ON JUNE 21, 1890, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY CLERK OF SAID COUNTY, A COPY OF SAID MAP APPEARING IN THE FILES OF THE COUNTY SURVEYOR OF SAID COUNTY AS CLERK'S FILED MAP NO. 218, BOUNDED AS FOLLOWS: BOUNDED ON THE NORTH BY THE NORTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 18; BOUNDED ON THE EAST BY THE WESTERLY LINE AND THE NORTHERLY PROLONGATION THEREOF OF TRACT NO. 26556, AS SHOWN ON MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 675 PAGES 93 TO 94 OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY; BOUNDED ON THE SOUTHEAST BY THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF THE 80 FOOT STRIP OF LAND DESCRIBED IN THE DEED TO PACIFIC ELECTRIC RAILWAY CO., RECORDED MAY 27, 1913 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 210 IN BOOK 5750 PAGE 43 OF DEEDS, RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY AND BOUNDED ON THE SOUTHWEST BY THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF THE LAND DESCRIBED AS PARCEL 2 IN THE DEED TO SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON COMPANY, RECORDED MARCH 6, 1930 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 535 IN BOOK 9840 PAGE 33, OFFICIAL RECORDS OF SAID COUNTY. EXCEPT THEREFROM, ALL OIL, GAS AND OTHER HYDROCARBONS, GEOTHERMAL RESOURCES AS DEFINED IN SECTION 6903 OF THE CALIFORNIA PUBLIC RESOURCES CODE AND ALL OTHER MINERALS, WHETHER SIMILAR TO THOSE HEREIN SPECIFIED OR NOT, WITHIN OR THAT MAY BE PRODUCED FROM THE PROPERTY BELOW A DEPTH OF FIVE HUNDRED (500) FEET, AS RESERVED BY DEED EXECUTED BY CHEVRON U.S.A. INC., A CORPORATION, RECORDED ON NOVEMBER 28, 1978 AS INSTRUMENT NO. 78-1317577, WHICH ALSO RECITES, "PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ALL RIGHTS AND INTEREST IN THE SURFACE OF THE PROPERTY AND THE LAND MASS OF THE PROPERTY TO A DEPTH OF FIVE HUNDRED (500) FEET ARE HEREBY CONVEYED TO GRANTEE, NO RIGHT OR INTEREST OF ANY KIND THEREIN, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BEING EXCEPTED OR RESERVED TO GRANTOR EXCEPT AS HEREINAFTER EXPRESSLY SET FORTH." ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NOs. 4138-014-047 AND 4138-014-013 Page 81 October 2015 Page 396 of 441 South Campus Development Tracking Table - Square Feet and FAR As of April 2023 Land Us Building Area Building Area (Net Square Feet) (Gross Square Feet) South Campus Specific Plan Entitled Square Feet Office 1,565,000 1,752,800 Warehouse/Storage 82,000 91,840 Light Industrial 150,000 168,000 Commercial 133,000 148,960 Subtotal Entitled Additional Development 1,930,000 2,161,600 Existing Campus Uses- 1,788,889 2,069,947 Total Campus Entitled Square Feet 3,718,889 4,231,547 Phase I - New Development Office 40,450 42,119 Warehouse/Storage - - Light Industrial - Commercial 19,259 19,918 Total Phase I Square Feet 59,709 62,037 Phase II - New Development Office 122,080 143,250 Warehouse/Storage 4,368 4,800 Light Industrial - - Commercial - - Total Phase II Square Feet 126,448 148,050 Phase III - New Development Office - - Warehouse/Storage Light Industrial Commercial Total Phase III Square Feet - - Phase IV - New Development Office - - Warehouse/Storage 5,237 5,865 Light Industrial - Commercial - Total Phase IV Square Feet 5,237 1 5,865 Remaining South Campus Specific Plan Entitled Square Feet Office 1,402,470 1,567,431 Warehouse/Storage 72,395 81,175 Light Industrial 150,000 168,000 Commercial 113,741 129,042 Subtotal Remaining Specific Plan Entitled Square Feet 1,738,606 1,945,648 Existing Campus Uses- 1 1,788,889 1 2,069,947 Total Campus Entitled Square Feet 1 3,718,889 1 4,231,547 Page 397 of 441 South Campus Development Tracking Table - Square Feet and FAR As of April 2023 [continued] South Campus Specific Plan FAR Total Entitled FAR 0.60 Total FAR of Existing Development 0.29 Total FAR of New Development 0.03 Total FAR of Existing & New Development 0.32 Page 398 of 441 MINUTES OF THE EL SEGUNDO PLANNING COMMISSION Regularly Scheduled Meeting March 14, 2024 A. Call to Order Chair Keldorf called the meeting to order at 5:31 p.m. B. Pledge of Allegiance Chair Keldorf led the pledge. C. Roll Call Present: Chair Keldorf Present: Vice Chair Hoeschler Present: Commissioner Newman Present: Commissioner Maggay Present: Commissioner Inga Also present: Michael Allen, AICP, Community Development Director Also present: Eduardo Schonborn, AICP, Planning Manager Also present: Joaquin Vazquez, City Attorney Also present: Paul Samaras, AICP, Principal Planner Also present: Jazmin Farias, Planning Technician D. Public Communications None. E. Written Communications (other than what is included in Agenda packets) None. F. Consent Calendar 1. Approval of Planning Commission Meeting Minutes: • February 22, 2024 MOTION: Approve the minutes. Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga. Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote: 1 Page 399 of 441 Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga. G. Continued Business —Public Hearing 2. El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan ("ESSCSP") Amendment and Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 (Environmental Assessment No. EA- 1348, Specific Plan Amendment No. SPA 23-01, and Subdivision No. SUB 23-02 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236). (JF) Planning Technician Jazmin Farias presented the staff report regarding the proposed Project to amends the ESSCSP by modifying the development standards regarding permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking requirements within Phase 1 (Raytheon Campus) area. The Project also includes subdividing two existing contiguous lots to allow a 7-lot tract map subdivision. She specified that the site is currently developed with a commercial retail center (a.k.a. Chargers Commons) and no new development is proposed as part of this Project/request. Applicant was present to answer any questions. • Vice Chair Hoeschler inquired if "100% off -site parking" means that the lots have no physical parking on -site, but they will use the adjacent surface parking lots that are being provided via lots 2 and 3. Jazmin advised that this is correct and through the recordation of CC&R's it will be ensured that the surface parking lots (lot 2 and 3) will continue to serve the existing commercial center. • Commissioner Maggay inquired why the lot which host the medical office was excluded from the project and wants to ensure there is enough parking on -site for all uses. Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn advised that the medical office building still functions as part of "Phase 1"; however, since it is currently a separate parcel and no changes are being proposed, it is not included in the tentative tract map. He added that the adjacent parking lots (lot 2 and 3) will continue to serve the existing commercial center which includes the medical office. Phase 1 has enough parking on -site for the existing commercial center as this was approved prior to its development; this application will not tamper with required parking count on -site. • Chair Keldorf inquired if the proposed application interfered with existing Development Agreements for the site. Staff advised that the proposed amendments do not affect any existing Development Agreements on file. Chair Keldorf opened public communications. • Commissioner Maggay inquired why the subdivision was proposed. Applicant Lionel Uhry advised that it is a financial benefit to have the option to sell each lot. 2 Page 400 of 441 Chair Keldorf closed public communications. MOTION: Adopt Resolution No. 2948, approving a subdivision to create seven land parcels for an existing commercial retail center (Chargers Commons Commercial Center) and adopt Resolution No. 2947, recommending City Council approve an amendment to the ESSCSP modifying permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking requirements. Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga. Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote: Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga. H. New Public Hearings 3. An Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in the El Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) Title 15. (Environmental Assessment No. EA-1358 and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 24-01) (PS) Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn provided a brief introduction of the proposed project. Specifically, he stated that the ZTA request is a result of the "Beach Cities" project that was considered by the Commission in September 2023. The project included an adjustment that was denied by the Commission, but included direction that the applicant work with staff to submit a ZTA; and before them is the ZTA proposal. Principal Planner Paul Samaras presented the staff report regarding the proposed amendments to ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) (Driveway and Curb Cuts) to reduce the required minimum distance between driveway curb cuts on the same property from 24 feet to 10 feet, but only for driveways that are signalized and located along a major or secondary arterial street (as identified in the City's General Plan Circulation Element), subject to approval by the Community Development Director and City Engineer. Applicant was present to answer any questions. Vice Chair Hoeschler inquired if the site has a traffic signal in place. Paul stated that traffic signal is part of the development of the property, and it will not interfere with existing traffic signals nearby. Commissioner Newman inquired why a minimum 10-foot distance between driveway curb cuts is being proposed. Paul advised that a minimum 10-foot distance is being proposed to better serve pedestrian safety/access. Chair Keldorf opened public communications. • Applicant Alex Rose, advised that the ZTA proposal is a replication of signalized intersection for an existing site at the other end of Rosecrans Avenue. The existing site which has this similar curb cut Page 401 of 441 distance was constructed in 1988 prior to the minimum 24-foot code provision which came into effect after that development. He added that, a minimum 10-foot distance between curb cuts is being proposed to facilitate landscape design and to provide pedestrian refuge. Chair Keldorf closed public communications. MOTION: Adopt Resolution No. 2949, recommending City Council approve an amendment to the ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) driveway and curb cut standards. Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga. Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote: Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga. I. New Business None. J. Report from Community Development Director or designee Community Development Director stated that the welcome sign project was approved and awarded a contract; no timing has been provided for the start time. Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn reminded the Commissioners of forthcoming Planning Commission meetings to ensure we have quorum as they will touch on important topics. K. Report from City Attorney's Office None. L. Planning Commissioners' Comments Commissioner Inga shared that he attended training for Planning Commissioners, and he really enjoyed it and learned a lot. M. Adjournment —the meeting adjourned at 6:11 p.m. The next meeting is scheduled for March 28, 2024 at 5:30 pm. //I (Vt Michael Allen, Community Development Director Michellel,Keldorf, Planning Commission Chair M Page 402 of 441 M M City Council Agenda Statement E L S E G U N D O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Public Hearings Item Number: C.18 TITLE: Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15-15 RECOMMENDATION: 1. Open the public hearing and solicit public testimony. 2. Waive first reading and introduce an Ordinance amending the minimum required distance between driveway curb cuts on the same property in El Segundo Municipal Code Section 15-15-5(N) and find that the proposed amendments are exempt under the California Environmental Quality Act pursuant to CEQA Guidelines §15061(b)(3) because they do not approve any particular development project, they consist only of minor revisions to existing zoning regulations and related procedures, and they do not have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. 3. Schedule the Ordinance's second reading for the May 7, 2024 regular City Council meeting or as soon thereafter feasible. 4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: The proposed amendment is not anticipated to have any fiscal impact. BACKGROUND: Request Description The applicant, RSP4, LLC (Continental Development Corporation), is requesting Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 24-01 to amend the minimum required distance between driveway curb cuts on the same property pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") § 15-15-5(N). This section currently requires a minimum distance of 24 feet Page 403 of 441 Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15-15 April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 6 between curb cuts on the same property in nonresidential zones. The requested amendment proposes a reduction in that distance from 24 feet to 10 feet when it is for a signalized driveway along a major or secondary arterial street (as identified in the City's General Plan Circulation Element), subject to approval of the Community Development Director and City Engineer. Beach Cities Media Campus Project The proposed amendment is a result of the Beach Cities Media Campus development project that was considered by the Planning Commission September 14, 2023. The project involves construction of a seven -story office building and a five -level parking structure at 2021-2031 Rosecrans Avenue. The project includes a traffic signal along Rosecrans Avenue at the intersection with the site's main access driveway. The proposed access driveway design was divided into two separate driveways, one for providing ingress and the second one providing egress. The proposed driveways were separated by an 11-foot landscaped planter serving as a refuge for pedestrians crossing the driveways along Rosecrans Avenue. The Planning Commission approved the overall project, but was unable to make the mandatory findings required to allow the requested Adjustment to deviate from the required 24 feet and allow a reduced separation of 11 feet between the two driveways. Instead of providing the minimum 24 feet required by the Municipal Code, the applicant subsequently submitted the subject application for a zone text amendment to reduce the required 24 foot minimum distance between curb cuts. Subsequent Planning Commission Action On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission held a public hearing to consider the proposed zone text amendment. During the discussion, the Planning Commissioners agreed on the adequacy of a 10-foot separation between driveway curb cuts to protect pedestrians (See Attachment No. 2). At the conclusion of the public hearing, the Planning Commission adopted Resolution No. 2949 (5-0) recommending City Council approve the proposed amendment (Environmental Assessment No. EA 1358 and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 24-01). DISCUSSION: Zoning Code Intent and Proposed Amendment The intent of the required 24-foot separation in ESMC §15-15-5(N) and the reasoning for the proposed amendment is discussed below: Preserve on -street parking spaces. The current separation requirement of 24 feet provides the minimum space required for an on -street parallel parking space. On - street parking is important especially on streets designated either local or Page 404 of 441 Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15-15 April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 6 collector, which are typically located in the western part of the City. Rosecrans Avenue, however, where the Beach Cities Media Campus is proposed, is a major arterial street that does not allow street parking. This is also the case along most major and secondary arterial streets in the east part of the City. Therefore, a reduction in the separation requirement on arterial streets will not substantially impact on -street parking in the City. 2. Improve traffic safety. The minimum separation requirement also provides space to reduce conflicts between vehicles entering and exiting adjacent driveways, especially when turning in opposite directions. The extra distance between driveways gives drivers additional time to react to other vehicles entering or exiting the street. The proposed zone text amendment would allow for driveways that are signalized to be separated by only 10 feet. The driveway signalization will control and separate vehicle traffic to prevent conflicts between vehicles entering or exiting the public street in opposite directions. As a result, a 24-foot separation will not be necessary to improve traffic safety and, thus, the reduced driveway separation will not impair on -street traffic safety. 3. Improve on -site vehicle circulation. For the same reasons above, a separation between driveways helps reduce conflicts between vehicles traveling on -site, although the separation distance is not as critical. As mentioned above, the proposed zone text amendment would allow for driveways that are signalized to be separated by 10 feet, which will control and separate vehicles maneuvering on -site, near the street frontage. In addition, while a larger distance of 24 feet between driveways can separate and reduce conflicts between those vehicles, it is not necessary to preserve on -street parking. Thus, the proposed 10-foot distance is adequate to reduce on -site circulation conflicts in combination with the driveway signalization. In conclusion, a 24-foot distance between driveway approaches is not necessary on properties located along arterial streets and the intersection with the street is controlled by a traffic signal. In addition, the proposed 10-foot separation will provide a sufficient safety refuge between driveways for pedestrians crossing the intersection. Zone Text Amendment Findings Pursuant to ESMC § 15-17-3, the City Council must make certain findings to approve a zone text amendment. Staff believes that the findings can be made as follows: A. The amendment is consistent with the General Plan. The amendment is consistent with Circulation Element Goal C1 to provide a safe convenient and cost-effective circulation system. The proposed amendment reduces Page 405 of 441 Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15-15 April 16, 2024 Page 4 of 6 the distance requirement between driveways at signalized intersections with arterial streets. Signalization reduces vehicular circulation conflicts on- and off-street, and provides a safe crossing passage for pedestrians. In addition, the amendment is consistent with Economic Development Goal ED1 to create in El Segundo a strong, healthy economic community in which all diverse stakeholders may benefit. The proposed amendment allows more flexibility in the design of driveways in non-residential zones. A strong, healthy economic community exists, and diverse stakeholders benefit when regulations are reviewed and updated to allow business flexibility to pursue, design, construct and implement improved, safer, more efficient options in the course of their endeavors. Furthermore, the amendment is consistent with Economic Development Goal ED2 to provide a supportive and economically profitable environment as the foundation of a strong local business community. The proposed amendment provides opportunities for improvements that accommodate existing and future circulation needs in a manner that preserves the City's goals to improve traffic and pedestrian safety and access to onsite vehicle circulation and parking. The amendment represents a reasonable modification to the existing regulation to allow for flexibility. Its approval is a consistent and supportive action to promote, maintain, and further an economically profitable environment and a strong local business community. B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. The proposed amendment serves the public health, safety, and general welfare, because it removes an unnecessary restriction on the design of driveways. ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) requires a minimum separation of 24 feet between driveways, in part to "preserve on -street parking spaces." However, this intent is not applicable or necessary on major and secondary arterial streets in the City, because on -street parking is prohibited on major and secondary arterial streets, with few exceptions. The high traffic volumes and speeds along arterial streets necessitate more through vehicle lanes, rather than on -street parking lanes, to facilitate better traffic flow. In addition, on -street parking near access driveways on high-speed streets can create visibility and traffic safety problems. Therefore, the proposed amendment to allow a separation of 10 feet between driveways along arterial streets does not conflict with the goal of preserving on -street parking, which is more applicable to lower -volume streets, such as collector and local streets. The proposed amendment serves the public health, safety, and general welfare by furthering the goals of the Driveway and Curb Cuts standards of ESMC Section 15- 15-5(N) to "improve traffic safety" and "improve on -site vehicle circulation." The ESMC currently limits the maximum driveway width in non-residential zones to 30 feet and requires a minimum of 24 feet between driveways on the same property. Page 406 of 441 Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15-15 April 16, 2024 Page 5 of 6 The amendment allows flexibility, when certain criteria are met, for driveway designs that better meet the listed ESMC goals of improving traffic safety and on -site vehicle circulation. Decreasing the minimum distance required between curb cuts allows designs that provide adequate, safe crossings for pedestrians and safe access for vehicles entering and exiting a site. Access driveways on an arterial street with a minimum 10- foot median for separation, in combination with a traffic signal, control and separate conflicting vehicle movements, and thus improve traffic safety and on -site circulation. In addition, the shorter separation provides more safety for pedestrians crossing such driveways than the current 24-foot separation, because it reduces the overall distance pedestrians must cross. Further, the signalization also improves pedestrian safety, because it separates pedestrian movements from vehicular movements, and thus reduces conflicts. The proposed amendment's safety benefits are also evident because signalized driveways already exist on arterial streets and function safely without negative impacts on traffic safety and on -site vehicle circulation. Finally, the proposed amendment creates an approval pathway for improved, high - quality driveway designs appropriate to the environment in which they will be located. Such a pathway would not interfere with or be detrimental to the public health, safety, and orderly development of the City. ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW The zone text amendment is exempt from further review under the California Environmental Quality Act ("CEQA") pursuant to the so-caled "common sense" exemption set forth in CEQA Guidelines § 15061(b)(3)) because it consists only of minor revisions to existing zoning regulations and related procedures and does not have the potential for causing a significant effect on the environment. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and the community. PREPARED BY: Paul Samaras, AICP, Principal Planner REVIEWED BY: Michael Allen, Community Development Director APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager Page 407 of 441 Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in El Segundo Municipal Code Chapter 15-15 April 16, 2024 Page 6 of 6 ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 1. Draft Ordinance 2. Planning Commission Meeting Minutes Dated March 14, 2024 Page 408 of 441 ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE AMENDING SECTION 15-15-5(N) OF THE EL SEGUNDO MUNICIPAL CODE TITLE 15 REGARDING DRIVEWAY AND CURB CUT STANDARDS AND FINDING SUCH AMENDMENT EXEMPT FROM THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT PURSUANT TO CEQA GUIDELINES § 15061(b)(3)). The City Council of the city of El Segundo does ordain as follows: SECTION 1: The City Council finds and declares as follows: A. On January 12, 2024, RSP4, LLC initiated the process to amend the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") Title 15 ("Zoning Code") to reduce the required distance between curb cuts on the same property from 24 to 10 feet on streets designated as arterial streets; B. The proposed amendment was reviewed by the City's Community Development Department for, in part, consistency with the General Plan and conformity with the ESMC; C. The City reviewed the project's environmental impacts under the California Environmental Quality Act (California Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA") and the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 California Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines"); D. On March 14, 2024, the Planning Commission held a public hearing to receive public testimony and other evidence regarding the Ordinance and adopted Resolution No. 2949 recommending that the City Council introduce and adopt an Ordinance amending the ESMC curb cut standards. E. On April 16, 2024, the City Council held a duly noticed public hearing and considered the information provided by City staff and public testimony regarding the Ordinance; and F. This Ordinance and its findings are made based upon the entire administrative record including, without limitation, testimony and evidence presented to the City Council at its April 16, 2024 hearing and the staff report submitted by the Community Development Department. SECTION 2: Factual Findings and Conclusions. The City Council finds, without limitation, that: A. Introducing and adopting the Ordinance will amend ESMC Section 15-15- 5(N) (Driveway and Curb Cuts) to reduce the minimum distance between driveway curb cuts on nonresidential properties from 24 to 10 feet for properties: Page 1 Page 409 of 441 1. located along major or secondary arterial streets identified in the El Segundo General Plan Circulation Element, 2. where the subject driveways' intersection with the arterial street is signalized, and 3. where the driveways provide a safe crossing passage for pedestrians, subject to approval of the Community Development Director and City Engineer; B. Most streets designated as major or secondary arterial streets in the General Plan Circulation Element do not currently permit on -street parking; C. Signalized intersections between commercial property driveways and arterial streets effectively separate and eliminate conflicts between traffic moving in opposite direction; D. A 10-foot separation between driveway curb cuts on commercial properties in combination with a traffic signal adequately control and reduce on -site vehicle circulation conflicts; and E. A 10-foot separation between driveway curb cuts on commercial properties can provide a safe crossing passage for pedestrians. SECTION 3: Zone Text Amendment Findings. In accordance with ESMC § 15-27-3, the City Council finds that: A. The amendment is consistent with the General Plan. The amendment is consistent with Circulation Element Goal C1 to provide a safe, convenient and cost-effective circulation system. The proposed amendment reduces the distance requirement at signalized intersections between driveways and arterial streets. Signalization reduces vehicular circulation conflicts on and off street and provides a safe crossing passage for pedestrians. In addition, the amendment is consistent with Economic Development Goal ED1 to create in El Segundo a strong, healthy economic community in which all diverse stakeholders may benefit. The proposed amendment allows more flexibility in the design of driveways in non-residential zones. A strong, healthy economic community exists, and diverse stakeholders benefit when regulations are reviewed and updated to allow business flexibility to pursue, design, construct, and implement improved, safer, more efficient options in the course of their endeavors. Page 2 Page 410 of 441 Furthermore, the amendment is consistent with Economic Development Goal ED2 to provide a supportive and economically profitable environment as the foundation of a strong local business community. The proposed amendment provides opportunities for improvements that accommodate existing and future circulation needs in a manner that preserves the City's goals to improve traffic and pedestrian safety and access to onsite vehicle circulation and parking. The amendment represents a reasonable modification to the existing regulation to allow for flexibility. Its approval is a consistent and supportive action to promote, maintain, and further an economically profitable environment and a strong local business community. B. The amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare. The proposed amendment is necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare, because it removes an unnecessary restriction on the design of driveways. ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) requires a minimum separation of 24 feet between driveways, in part to "preserve on street parking spaces." However, this intent is not applicable or necessary on major and secondary arterial streets in the City, because on -street parking is prohibited on major and secondary arterial streets, with few exceptions. The high traffic volumes and speeds along arterial streets necessitate more through vehicle lanes, rather than on -street parking lanes, to facilitate better traffic flow. In addition, on -street parking near access driveways on high- speed streets can create visibility and traffic safety problems. Therefore, the proposed amendment to allow a separation of 10 feet between driveways along arterial streets does not conflict with the goal of preserving on -street parking, which is more applicable to lower -volume streets, such as collector and local streets. The proposed amendment is also necessary to serve the public health, safety, and general welfare by furthering the goals of the Driveway and Curb Cuts standards of ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) to "improve traffic safety" and "improve on site vehicle circulation." The ESMC currently limits the maximum driveway width in non-residential zones to 30 feet and requires a minimum of 24 feet between driveways on the same property. The amendment allows flexibility, when certain criteria are met, for driveway designs that better meet the listed ESMC goals of improving traffic safety and on -site vehicle circulation. Decreasing the minimum distance required between curb cuts allows designs that provide adequate, safe crossings for pedestrians and safe access for vehicles entering and exiting a site. Access driveways on an arterial street with a minimum 10-foot median for separation, in combination Page 3 Page 411 of 441 with a traffic signal, control and separate conflicting vehicle movements, and thus improve traffic safety and on -site circulation. In addition, the shorter separation provides more safety for pedestrians crossing such driveways than the current 24-foot separation, because it reduces the overall distance pedestrians must cross. Further, the signalization also improves pedestrian safety, because it separates pedestrian movements from vehicular movements, and thus reduces conflicts. The safety benefits of the proposed amendment are also supported by the fact that signalized driveways already exist on arterial streets and function safely without negative impacts on traffic safety and on -site vehicle circulation. Finally, the proposed amendment creates an approval pathway for improved, high -quality driveway designs appropriate to the environment in which they will be located, which would also be necessary to serve the public health, safety. Such a pathway would not interfere with or be detrimental to the public health, safety, and orderly development of the City. SECTION 4: Environmental Assessment. Based on the facts set forth in Section 2, the City Council finds that the Ordinance is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act ("CEQA") (Pub. Resources Code, § 21000 et seq.) pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15061(b)(3)), because it consists only of minor revisions to existing zoning regulations and related procedures, and, therefore, it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that the Ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment. Furthermore, the Ordinance does not approve any specific project, and City staff will conduct discrete environmental review for any project proposed under this Ordinance's provisions. SECTION 5: Subsection (N) of ESMC Section 15-15-5 regarding Driveway and Curb Cuts is amended in its entirety to read as follows: "N. Driveway and Curb Cuts: All curb cuts and driveways must lead directly to required parking. Curb cuts not leading to parking, must be removed whenever new buildings are constructed or additions are made to existing buildings. The location and design of all driveway entrances and exits must comply with the standards listed below. The goal of these standards is to: 1) preserve on street parking spaces, where applicable, 2) improve traffic safety, and 3) improve on site vehicle circulation. Page 4 Page 412 of 441 1. Driveway and Curb Cut Width: Curb Cut Width (in Driveway Width (in feet)4� feet Zone Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum R-1 and R-2 - lots less 10 20 10 20 than 50 feet wide R-1 and R-2 - lots at 10 25 10 28 least 50 feet wide R-3 - serving 12 or fewer 12 30 12 30 parking spaces or one- way R-3 - serving 13 or more 18 30 18 30 parking spaces or two- way Nonresidential - one-way 12 130 112 30 Nonresidential - two-way 18 130 118 30 Note: 4*Curb cut width excludes the width of aprons. 2. Curb Cut Locations: Minimum Distance Minimum Minimum Between Curb Cuts Distance From Distance From Zone On The Same Curb Cuts To Curb Cuts To Property Street Corners Property Lines Residential 24 feet 20 feet 5 feet Nonresidential 24 feet* 50 feet 5 feet *For a signalized driveway on a major or secondary arterial street as defined in the General Plan Circulation Element that provides safe passage for pedestrians crossing the driveway, a minimum distance of 10 feet between curb cuts on the same property is permitted, subject to approval of the Communitv Development Director and Citv Enaineer." SECTION 6: Electronic Signatures. This Ordinance may be executed with electronic signatures in accordance with Government Code § 16.5. Such electronic signatures will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. SECTION 7: Construction. This Ordinance must be broadly construed to achieve the purposes stated in this Ordinance. It is the City Council's intent that the provisions of this Ordinance be interpreted or implemented by the City and others in a manner that facilitates the purposes set forth in this Ordinance. SECTION 8: Severability. If any part of this Ordinance or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions of this Ordinance are severable. Page 5 Page 413 of 441 SECTION 9: Recordation. The City Clerk, or designee, is directed to certify the passage and adoption of this Ordinance; cause it to be entered into the City of El Segundo's book of original ordinances; make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this meeting; and, within 15 days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it to be published or posted in accordance with California law. SECTION 10: Effective Date. This Ordinance will become effective 30 days following its passage and adoption. PASSED AND ADOPTED this day of , 2024. Drew Boyles, Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney /_TAaIam I STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ) I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing Ordinance No. was duly introduced by said City Council at a regular meeting held on the day of 2024, and was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the day of 2024, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT- ABSTAIN - Tracy Weaver, City Clerk Page 414 of 441 MINUTES OF THE EL SEGUNDO PLANNING COMMISSION Regularly Scheduled Meeting March 14, 2024 A. Call to Order Chair Keldorf called the meeting to order at 5:31 p.m. B. Pledge of Allegiance Chair Keldorf led the pledge. C. Roll Call Present: Chair Keldorf Present: Vice Chair Hoeschler Present: Commissioner Newman Present: Commissioner Maggay Present: Commissioner Inga Also present: Michael Allen, AICP, Community Development Director Also present: Eduardo Schonborn, AICP, Planning Manager Also present: Joaquin Vazquez, City Attorney Also present: Paul Samaras, AICP, Principal Planner Also present: Jazmin Farias, Planning Technician D. Public Communications None. E. Written Communications (other than what is included in Agenda packets) None. F. Consent Calendar 1. Approval of Planning Commission Meeting Minutes: • February 22, 2024 MOTION: Approve the minutes. Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga. Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote: 1 Page 415 of 441 Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga. G. Continued Business —Public Hearing 2. El Segundo South Campus Specific Plan ("ESSCSP") Amendment and Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236 (Environmental Assessment No. EA- 1348, Specific Plan Amendment No. SPA 23-01, and Subdivision No. SUB 23-02 for Vesting Tentative Tract Map No. 83236). (JF) Planning Technician Jazmin Farias presented the staff report regarding the proposed Project to amends the ESSCSP by modifying the development standards regarding permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking requirements within Phase 1 (Raytheon Campus) area. The Project also includes subdividing two existing contiguous lots to allow a 7-lot tract map subdivision. She specified that the site is currently developed with a commercial retail center (a.k.a. Chargers Commons) and no new development is proposed as part of this Project/request. Applicant was present to answer any questions. • Vice Chair Hoeschler inquired if "100% off -site parking" means that the lots have no physical parking on -site, but they will use the adjacent surface parking lots that are being provided via lots 2 and 3. Jazmin advised that this is correct and through the recordation of CC&R's it will be ensured that the surface parking lots (lot 2 and 3) will continue to serve the existing commercial center. • Commissioner Maggay inquired why the lot which host the medical office was excluded from the project and wants to ensure there is enough parking on -site for all uses. Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn advised that the medical office building still functions as part of "Phase 1"; however, since it is currently a separate parcel and no changes are being proposed, it is not included in the tentative tract map. He added that the adjacent parking lots (lot 2 and 3) will continue to serve the existing commercial center which includes the medical office. Phase 1 has enough parking on -site for the existing commercial center as this was approved prior to its development; this application will not tamper with required parking count on -site. • Chair Keldorf inquired if the proposed application interfered with existing Development Agreements for the site. Staff advised that the proposed amendments do not affect any existing Development Agreements on file. Chair Keldorf opened public communications. • Commissioner Maggay inquired why the subdivision was proposed. Applicant Lionel Uhry advised that it is a financial benefit to have the option to sell each lot. 2 Page 416 of 441 Chair Keldorf closed public communications. MOTION: Adopt Resolution No. 2948, approving a subdivision to create seven land parcels for an existing commercial retail center (Chargers Commons Commercial Center) and adopt Resolution No. 2947, recommending City Council approve an amendment to the ESSCSP modifying permitted uses, setback requirements, and parking requirements. Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga. Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote: Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga. H. New Public Hearings 3. An Ordinance Amending the Driveway and Curb Cut Standards in the El Segundo Municipal Code (ESMC) Title 15. (Environmental Assessment No. EA-1358 and Zone Text Amendment No. ZTA 24-01) (PS) Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn provided a brief introduction of the proposed project. Specifically, he stated that the ZTA request is a result of the "Beach Cities" project that was considered by the Commission in September 2023. The project included an adjustment that was denied by the Commission, but included direction that the applicant work with staff to submit a ZTA; and before them is the ZTA proposal. Principal Planner Paul Samaras presented the staff report regarding the proposed amendments to ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) (Driveway and Curb Cuts) to reduce the required minimum distance between driveway curb cuts on the same property from 24 feet to 10 feet, but only for driveways that are signalized and located along a major or secondary arterial street (as identified in the City's General Plan Circulation Element), subject to approval by the Community Development Director and City Engineer. Applicant was present to answer any questions. Vice Chair Hoeschler inquired if the site has a traffic signal in place. Paul stated that traffic signal is part of the development of the property, and it will not interfere with existing traffic signals nearby. Commissioner Newman inquired why a minimum 10-foot distance between driveway curb cuts is being proposed. Paul advised that a minimum 10-foot distance is being proposed to better serve pedestrian safety/access. Chair Keldorf opened public communications. • Applicant Alex Rose, advised that the ZTA proposal is a replication of signalized intersection for an existing site at the other end of Rosecrans Avenue. The existing site which has this similar curb cut Page 417 of 441 distance was constructed in 1988 prior to the minimum 24-foot code provision which came into effect after that development. He added that, a minimum 10-foot distance between curb cuts is being proposed to facilitate landscape design and to provide pedestrian refuge. Chair Keldorf closed public communications. MOTION: Adopt Resolution No. 2949, recommending City Council approve an amendment to the ESMC Section 15-15-5(N) driveway and curb cut standards. Moved by Commissioner Newman, second by Commissioner Inga. Motion carried, 5-0, by the following vote: Ayes: Keldorf, Hoeschler, Newman, Maggay, and Inga. I. New Business None. J. Report from Community Development Director or designee Community Development Director stated that the welcome sign project was approved and awarded a contract; no timing has been provided for the start time. Planning Manager Eduardo Schonborn reminded the Commissioners of forthcoming Planning Commission meetings to ensure we have quorum as they will touch on important topics. K. Report from City Attorney's Office None. L. Planning Commissioners' Comments Commissioner Inga shared that he attended training for Planning Commissioners, and he really enjoyed it and learned a lot. M. Adjournment —the meeting adjourned at 6:11 p.m. The next meeting is scheduled for March 28, 2024 at 5:30 pm. //I (Vt Michael Allen, Community Development Director Michellel,Keldorf, Planning Commission Chair M Page 418 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement F 1 F �' t 1) �� Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Staff Presentations Item Number: D.19 TITLE: Results of 2024 Resident and Business Survey Regarding Satisfaction with City Services RECOMMENDATION: 1. Receive and file the results of the 2024 resident and business survey. 2. Alternatively, discuss other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: Included in the adopted FY24 Budget. The City utilizes a cloud -based software service "Qualtrics" to conduct the surveys and data analysis, as well as other City surveys throughout the year, for an annual fee of $20,789. Amount Budgeted: $22,000 Additional Appropriation: None. Account Number: 001-400-2102-6206 BACKGROUND: In accordance with the first goal of the City's Strategic Plan, "Enhance Customer Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communications," City Council directed staff to conduct resident and business satisfaction surveys using the Net Promoter Score (NPS) methodology. This is the seventh NPS survey. The goal of this annual survey is to measure the City's customer service performance, identify areas of success and areas that need improvement, and take the necessary actions to improve. Net Promoter Question To calculate the City's NPS, survey respondents are asked the following NPS question. In addition, several questions were asked regarding various attributes of City services. Page 419 of 441 2024 Net Promoter Survey Results April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 6 Resident Survey NPS Question On a scale of 0 to 10, where 10 is very likely, 5 is neutral and 0 is very unlikely, based on your personal experiences, how likely would you recommend the City of El Segundo to a friend or family member considering moving to the area? Business Survey NPS Question On a scale of 0 to 10, where 10 is very likely, 5 is neutral and 0 is very unlikely, based on your company's experience, how likely would you recommend the City of El Segundo to a business associate or colleague? Respondents are grouped as follows: Promoters (score 9-10) are loyal enthusiasts who will keep engaging and refer to others, fueling possible growth. • Passives (score 7-8) are satisfied but unenthusiastic customers who are vulnerable to alternative offerings. • Detractors (score 0- 6) are unhappy customers who can damage the City's reputation and impede growth through negative word-of-mouth. Subtracting the percentage of detractors from the percentage of promoters yields the "Net Promoter Score", which can range from a low of -100 (if every customer is a detractor) to a high of 100 (if every customer is a promoter). Attributes Rankings In addition to the Net Promoter question, respondents were asked to rate how satisfied they were with various attributes of City services. These questions were asked to solicit resident perceptions on particular areas of City operations, including: police, fire, recreation & parks, public library services, City infrastructure, utility billing, and City Council. Respondents were asked to rank, on a five -point scale, their level of satisfaction as follows: Very Dissatisfied (1), Dissatisfied (2), Neutral (3), Satisfied (4) or Very Satisfied (5). Business respondents were asked to rate their satisfaction with the City on the following attributes: • Responsiveness, knowledge and competency of working with the Community Development Department for plan checks, permits, or inspection services • City zoning policies • Business development and attraction policies Page 420 of 441 2024 Net Promoter Survey Results April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 6 • Availability and responsiveness of Police Department services • Responsiveness, knowledge and competency of Fire Department & Field Inspection services • Business license renewal process Residents were asked to rate their satisfaction with the City on the following attributes: • Maintenance and upkeep of recreation and park facilities • Quality of recreation and parks programs offered • Resources and services provided by the Public Library • Responsiveness, knowledge and competency of fire & paramedic services • Availability and responsiveness of Police Department services • Condition of City infrastructure: streets, sidewalks and public facilities • Water and sewer billing department customer service • Responsiveness and overall vision of City Council The Likert scale methodology was utilized to analyze the results: • A mean score of 4.2 or greater = "very satisfied" • A mean score of 3.41-4.2 = "satisfied" • A mean score of 2.61-3.4 = "neutral" • A mean score of 1.81-2.6 = "dissatisfied" • A mean score under 1.8 = "very dissatisfied" Overall City Improvement Ranking Lastly, respondents were asked to rate, on a five -point scale, how the City has improved over the last year. The Likert scale methodology was also utilized to analyze the results. DISCUSSION: A total of 7,792 surveys were sent to residents and businesses. The total response rate for both surveys was 17.9% (1,402), a 3.9% increase in responses from the 2023 survey. Online surveys were sent via email to 4,330 business contacts and 2,380 residents. In addition to online surveys, traditional paper surveys were sent via the U.S. postal service to 985 residents for whom email addresses were not available. Also, for the first time, 97 paper surveys were delivered to the residents at Park Vista Apartments, which is owned by the City of El Segundo. Page 421 of 441 2024 Net Promoter Survey Results April 16, 2024 Page 4 of 6 Resident Survey Results and Key Findings 3,462 surveys were sent to residents and 861 responses were received for a response rate of 24.8%, which is a 4.3% increase from the 20.5% response rate (611 responses) in 2023. 86% of all respondents are either "Promoters" (60%) or "Passives" (26%), while 14% are "Detractors." When comparing the results of the 2023 survey with this year's results, the NPS decreased by three points from 49 to 46. The primary concerns among detractors were: • Issues related to odor/air quality (predominantly Hyperion, some mention of Chevron and LAX) • Police presence (more e-bike and traffic enforcement, crime prevention, reducing homelessness) • Issues related to the loss of the city's "small town" environment (rapid growth) • Housing and cost of living increases • Parking issues Attribute Ranking Results The attribute rankings described above were analyzed based on the mean score for each response. The following areas are viewed as strengths falling in the range of "very satisfied": (4.2 to 5): Responsiveness, knowledge, and competency of fire & paramedic services (4.46) Availability & responsiveness of the Police Department (4.25) The following were identified as areas of modest concern due to mean scores in the "satisfied range" (3.41 to 4.2): • Maintenance and upkeep of recreation and parks facilities (4.16) • Resources and services provided by the Public Library (4.15) • Quality of recreation and parks programs offered (4.08) • Condition of City Infrastructure: streets, sidewalks and public facilities (3.86) • Water and sewer billing department customer service (3.85) • Responsiveness and overall vision of City Council (3.47) Overall City Improvement The final question asked respondents to rank overall City improvement over the last year. The results showed that on average, residents are neutral on this topic, giving a Page 422 of 441 2024 Net Promoter Survey Results April 16, 2024 Page 5 of 6 mean score of 3.20 on the five -point Likert scale, which is a "neutral" ranking. A neutral ranking is viewed as an area of improvement because these residents are at risk of moving to the dissatisfied range if perceptions are not improved. Business Survey Results and Key Findings 4,330 surveys were sent to businesses and 541 responses were received for a response rate of 12%, which is a 3% increase from the 9% response rate (365 responses) in 2023. A total of 86% of all respondents are either "Promoters" (65%) or "Passives" (21 %), while 13% are "Detractors". When comparing the results of the 2023 survey with this year's results, the NPS decreased by three points from 55 to 52. The primary concerns among detractors were: • Business License Fee increases and loss of business tax credit • Police presence (concerns about crime and homelessness in the area) • Parking and speeding issues • Issues related to supporting small businesses • Issues with the permitting process The attribute rankings described above were analyzed based on the mean score for each response. The following areas are viewed as strengths falling in the range of "very satisfied":(4.2 to 5): • Business license renewal process (4.33) The following were identified as areas of modest concern due to mean scores in the "satisfied range" (3.41 to 4.2): • Responsiveness, knowledge, and competency of Fire Department & Field Inspection services (4.15) • Availability and responsiveness of Police Department services (4.14) • Responsiveness, knowledge, and competency of working with the Community Development Department for plan checks, permits, or inspection services (3.98) • Business development and attraction policies (3.87) • City zoning policies (3.79) Overall City Improvement The final question asked business respondents to rank overall City improvement over the last year. The results showed that, on average, business respondents feel that the City has made some improvement over the last year, giving a mean score of 3.56 on Page 423 of 441 2024 Net Promoter Survey Results April 16, 2024 Page 6 of 6 the five -point Likert scale. Next Steps Staff will reach out to respondents who provided feedback on areas of concern to better understand and, if possible, resolve the issue. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 1: Enhance Customer Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communication Objective 1A: El Segundo provides unparalleled service to all customers. Objective 1 B: El Segundo's engagement with the community ensures excellence. Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and the community. PREPARED BY: Diane Chaaban, Communications Manager REVIEWED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: None Page 424 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement F I, F, G t I) O Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 Agenda Heading: Staff Presentations Item Number: D.20 TITLE: Ordinance Adopting the 2022 Edition of California Fire Code with Certain Appendices and Amendments and Resolution Making Supporting Findings RECOMMENDATION: 1. Read by title only, waive further reading, and introduce the proposed Ordinance. 2. Set a public hearing and second reading of the Ordinance for May 7, 2024 or as soon thereafter feasible. 3. Adopt a resolution making certain findings to support local amendments to the 2022 Edition of California Fire Code. 4. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: The proposed actions would have no significant fiscal impact. BACKGROUND: Government Code § 50022.9 authorizes the City to adopt, by reference, codes from another governmental entity as the City's own. The California Building Standards Codes (the "California Building Codes"), set forth in California Code of Regulations Title 24, constitute statewide codes and regulations for building construction and fire safety and are published every three years by order of the California Legislature. The 2022 California Building Codes are based upon the International Code Council's 2021 International Building Code, were published on July 1, 2022, and became effective on January 1, 2023. California Health & Safety Code §§ 17958.5 and 18941.5 authorize cities and counties to modify the California Building Code by adopting more restrictive standards and Page 425 of 441 Ordinance Adopting the 2022 Edition of California Fire Code April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 3 modifications if such standards and modifications are accompanied by express findings that they are reasonably necessary because of local climatic, geological or topographical conditions. DISCUSSION: On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1641 to adopt the 2022 edition of the California Building Code, including Part 9 of Title 24 of the California Building Codes (the "Fire Code"), with certain appendices and amendments, as justified via Resolution No. 5373. The City Council seeks to enforce additional appendices of the Fire Code to maximize its regulatory capacity and ensure public health, safety, and welfare. A local agency's adopting ordinance must identify specific California Building Codes appendices to adopt and enforce them. Accordingly, the proposed Ordinance would authorize the City to enforce Fire Code Appendices B, C, O, BB, and CC and Sections 503, 510.3, 808.5 and 1103.2, which concern issues such as fire -flow for buildings, fire access roads, and emergency responder communications in existing buildings. Government Code § 50022.3 requires the City Council to conduct a public hearing before a second reading of ordinances that adopt the codes by reference. Staff recommends that the City Council set a public hearing for the second reading of the Ordinance for its May 4, 2024 regular meeting or as soon thereafter feasible. Staff also recommends that the City Council adopt the proposed Resolution to establish findings that support the adoption of the Fire Code and its appendices and sections by reference. The proposed actions are exempt from further review under the California Environmental Quality Act (California Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA") and the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 California Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines") because they consist only of minor revisions and clarifications to an existing code of construction -related regulations and specification of related procedures. These will not have the effect of deleting or substantially changing any regulatory standards or findings. Accordingly, the Ordinance (by itself) does not have the potential to cause significant effects on the environment. This Ordinance is also an action being taken for enhanced protection of the environment and is exempt from further review under CEQA Guidelines § 15308. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 2: Support Community Safety and Preparedness Objective 2A: El Segundo is a safe and prepared community. Page 426 of 441 Ordinance Adopting the 2022 Edition of California Fire Code April 16, 2024 Page 3 of 3 Goal 5: Champion Economic Development and Fiscal Sustainability Objective 5A: El Segundo promotes economic growth and vitality for businesses and the community. Objective 513: El Segundo approaches its work in a financially strategic and responsible way. PREPARED BY: Vanessa Arias, Senior Management Analyst REVIEWED BY: George Avery, Fire Chief APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 1. ES - Ordinance Consolidated Title 24 Fire Code 2024 2. Fire Code Readoption Findings Resolution 2024 Page 427 of 441 ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE 2022 EDITION OF PART 9 OF TITLE 24 OF THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (FIRE CODE) WITH CERTAIN ADDITIONAL APPENDICES AND AMENDMENTS. The City Council of the city of El Segundo does ordain as follows: SECTION 1. Findings. A. Government Code § 50022.9 authorizes the City of El Segundo (the "City") to adopt, by reference, codes from another governmental entity as the City's own. B. The California Building Standards Codes (the "California Building Codes"), set forth in California Code of Regulations Title 24, constitute statewide codes and regulations for building construction and fire safety and are published every three years by order of the California Legislature. C. The 2022 California Building Codes are based upon the International Code Council's 2021 International Building Code; and D. The 2022 California Building Codes were published on July 1, 2022 and became effective on January 1, 2023. E. California Health & Safety Code §§ 17958.5 and 18941.5 authorize cities and counties to modify the California Building Code by adopting more restrictive standards and modifications if such standards and modifications are accompanied by express findings that they are reasonably necessary because of local climatic, geological or topographical conditions. F. On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1641 to adopt the 2022 edition of the California Building Code, including Part 9 of Title 24 of the California Building Codes (the "Fire Code"), with certain appendices and amendments, as justified via Resolution No. 5373. G. The City Council seeks to enforce additional appendices and sections of the Fire Code to maximize its regulatory capacity and ensure public health, safety, and welfare. A local agency's adopting ordinance must identify specific California Building Codes appendices and sections to adopt and enforce them. SECTION 2. Sections 13-9-1 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC") is amended in its entirety to read as follows: "13-9-1: ADOPTION OF CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE, 2022 EDITION. Page 428 of 441 Pursuant to California Government Code sections 50022.1 to 50022.8, the California Fire Code ("CFC"), 2022 Edition, published as Title 24, Part 9, of the California Code of Regulations, including Appendices B, C, O, BB, and CC, and Sections 503, 510.3, 808.5, and 1103.2, is adopted by reference, subject to the amendments, additions and deletions set forth below. One true copy of the CFC is on file in the office of the Building Official and is available for public inspection as required by law." SECTION 3. Section 511.6.1 of Section 13-9-2 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the ESMC is amended as follows: 511.6.1 General. An on -site standby power system conforming to the City of El Segundo Electrical Code must be provided. In the event of failure of the normal power source, the standby power system must provide an alternate source of electrical power to serve at least the designated loads as set forth in Section 2 511.6.2 at full power. The system may consist of an on -site generator or a system of batteries, or both. The installation must be in accordance with this code, nationally recognized standards, and any policies of the fire code official SECTION 4. Section 13-9-2 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the ESMC is amended to add the following section 503 which will be appropriately numerically ordered therein and read as follows: Section 503 Fire Apparatus Access Roads 503.1 Where required. Fire apparatus access roads shall be provided and maintained in accordance with Sections 503.1.1 through 503.1.3. 503.1.1. Buildings and facilities. Approved fire apparatus access roads shall be provided for every facility, building or portion of a building hereafter constructed or moved into or within the jurisdiction. The fire apparatus access road shall comply with the requirements of this section and shall extend to within 150 feet (45270 mm) of all portions of the facility and all portions of the exterior walls of the first story of a building as measured by an approved route around the exterior of the building or facility. Exceptions: 1. The fire code official is authorized to increase the dimension of 150 feet (45720 mm) where any of the following conditions occur: 1.1. The building is equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Section 903.1.1, 903.3 or 903.1.3. 1.2. Fire apparatus access roads cannot be installed because of location on property, topography, waterways, nonnegotiable grades or other similar conditions, and an approved alternative means of fire N Page 429 of 441 protection is provided. 1.3. There are not more than two Group R-3 or Group U occupancies. 2. Where approved by the fire code official, fire apparatus access roads shall be permitted to be exempted or modified for solar photovoltaic power generation facilities. 503.1.2. Additional access. The fire code official is authorized to require more than one fire apparatus access road based on the potential for impairment of a single road by vehicle congestion, condition of terrain, climatic conditions or other factors that could limit access. 503.1.3. High -piled storage. Fire department vehicle access to buildings used for high -piled combustible storage shall comply with the applicable provisions of Chapter 32. 503.2 Specifications. Fire apparatus access roads shall be installed and arranged in accordance with Sections 503.2.1 through 503.2.8. Per California Code of Regulations, Title 19, Division 1, §3.05(a) Fire Department Access and Egress, required access roads form every building to a public street shall be all-weather hard -surfaced (suitable for use by fire apparatus) right-of-way not less than 20 feet in width. Such right-of-way shall be unobstructed and maintained only as access to the public street. Exception: The enforcing agency may waive or modify this requirement if in his opinion such all-weather hard -surfaced condition is not necessary in the interest of public safety and welfare. 503.2.1. Dimensions. Fire apparatus roads shall have an unobstructed width of not less than 20 feet (6096 mm), exclusive of shoulders, except for approved security gates in accordance with Section 503.6, and an unobstructed vertical clearance of not less than 13 feet 6 inches (4115 mm). 503.2.2 Authority. The fire code official shall have the authority to require or permit modifications to the required access widths where they are inadequate for fire or rescue operations or where necessary to meet the public safety objectives of the jurisdiction. 503.2.3 Surface. Fire apparatus roads shall be designed and maintained to support the imposed loads of fire apparatus and shall be surfaced so as to provide all-weather driving capabilities. 503.2.4 Turning radius. The required turning radius of a fire apparatus access road shall be determined by the fire code official. 503.2.5 Dead ends. Dead-end fire apparatus access roads in excess of 150 feet (45720 mm) in length shall be provided with an approved area for turning around fire apparatus. 3 Page 430 of 441 503.2.6 Bridges and elevated surfaces. Where a bridge or an elevated surface is part of a fire apparatus access road, the bridge shall be constructed and maintained in accordance with AASHTO HB-17. Bridges and elevated surfaces shall be designed for a live load sufficient to carry the imposed loads of fire apparatus. Vehicle load limits shall be posted at both entrances to bridges where required by the fire code official. Where elevated surfaces designed for emergency vehicle use are adjacent to surfaces that are not designed or such use, approved barriers, approved signs or both shall be installed and maintained where required by the fire code official. 503.2.7 Grade. The grade of the fire apparatus access road shall be within the limits established by the fire code official based on the fire department's apparatus. 503.2.8 Angles of approach and departure. The angles of approach and departure for fire apparatus access roads shall be within the limits established by the fire code official based on the fire department's apparatus. 503.3 Marking. Where required by the fire code official, approved signs or other approved notices or markings that include the words "NO PARKING —FIRE LANE" shall be provided for fire apparatus access roads to identify such roads or prohibit the obstruction thereof. The means by which fire lanes are designated shall be maintained in a clean and legible condition at all times and be replaced or repaired when necessary to provide adequate visibility. 503.4 Obstruction of fire apparatus access roads. Fire apparatus access roads shall not be obstructed in any manner, including eh parking of vehicles. The minimum widths and clearances established in Sections 503.2.1 and 503.2.2 shall be maintained at all times. 503.4.1 Traffic calming devices. Traffic calming devices shall be prohibited unless approved by the fire code official. 503.5 Required gates or barricades. The fire code official is authorized to require the installation and maintenance of gates or other approved barricades across fire apparatus access roads, trails or other accessways, not including public streets, alleys or highways. Electric gate operators, where provided, shall be listed in accordance with UL 325. Gates intended for automatic operation shall be designed, constructed and installed to comply with the requirements of ASTM F2200. 503.5.1 Secured gates and barricades. Where required, gates and barricades shall be secured in an approved manner. Roads, trails and other accessways that have been closed and obstructed in the manner prescribed in Section 503.5 shall not be trespassed on or used unless authorized by the E Page 431 of 441 owner and the fire code official. Exception: The restriction on use shall not apply to public officers acting within the scope of duty. 503.5.2 Fence and gates. School grounds may be fenced and gates therein may be equipped with locks, provided that safe dispersal areas based on 3 square feet (0.28 m2) per occupant are located between the school and the fence. Such required safe dispersal areas shall not be located less than 50 feet (15240 mm) from school buildings. Every public and private school shall conform with Section 32020 of the Education Code. 503.6 Security gates. The installation of security gates across a fire apparatus access road shall be approved by the fire code official. Where security gates are installed, they shall have an approved means of emergency operation. The security gates and the emergency operation shall be maintained operational at all times. Electric gate operators, where provided, shall be listed in accordance with ULA 325. Gates intended for automatic operation shall be designed, constructed and installed to comply with the requirements of ASTM F2200. SECTION 5. Section 13-9-2 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the ESMC is amended to add the following section 503 which will be appropriately numerically ordered therein and read as follows: Section 510.3 Permit Required. A construction permit for the installation of or modification to in -building, two-way emergency responder communication coverage systems and related equipment is required as specified in Section 105.6.4. Maintenance performed in accordance with this code is not considered a modification and does not require a permit. SECTION 6. Section 13-9-2 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the ESMC is amended to add the following section 808.5 which will be appropriately numerically ordered therein and read as follows: Section 808.5. Play Structures Added to Existing Buildings. Where play structures that exceed 10 feet (3048 mm) in height or 150 square feet (14 m2) in area are added inside an existing building, they shall comply with Section 424 of the California Building Code. SECTION 7. Section 13-9-2 of Chapter 9 of Title 13 of the ESMC is amended to add the following section 1103.2 which will be appropriately numerically ordered therein and read as follows: Section 1103.2. Emergency Responder Communication Coverage in Existing Buildings. Existing buildings other than Group R-3, that do not have approved in - building, two-way emergency response communication coverage for emergency responders in the building based on existing coverage levels of public safety 5 Page 432 of 441 communication systems, shall be equipped with such coverage according to one of the following: Where an existing wired communication system cannot be repaired or is being replaced, or where not approved in accordance with Section 510.1, Exception 1. 2. Within a time frame established by the adopting authority. Exception: Where it is determined by the fire code official that the in -building, two- way emergency responder communication coverage system is not needed. SECTION 8. Consistency. Prior City ordinances in conflict with this Ordinance, in whole or in part, are superseded and expressly repealed. SECTION 9. Environmental Assessment. The City Council determines that this Ordinance is exempt from review under the California Environmental Quality Act (California Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq., "CEQA") and the regulations promulgated thereunder (14 California Code of Regulations §§ 15000, et seq., the "CEQA Guidelines") because it consists only of minor revisions and clarifications to an existing code of construction -related regulations and specification of procedures related thereto and will not have the effect of deleting or substantially changing any regulatory standards or findings required therefor, and therefore does not have the potential to cause significant effects on the environment. In addition, this Ordinance is an action being taken for enhanced protection of the environment and is exempt from further review under CEQA Guidelines § 15308. Also, there is no possibility that the Ordinance may have a significant effect on the environment (14 Cal. Code Regs. § 15061(b)(3), and it will not result in a direct or reasonably foreseeable indirect physical change in the environment (14 Cal. Code Regs. § 15060(c)(2)). SECTION 10. Construction. This Ordinance must be broadly construed in order to achieve the purposes stated in this Ordinance. It is the City Council's intent that the provisions of this Ordinance be interpreted or implemented by the City and others in a manner that facilitates the purposes set forth in this Ordinance. SECTION 11. Savings Clause. Repeal of any provision of the ESMC or any other city ordinance herein will not affect any penalty, forfeiture, or liability incurred before, or preclude prosecution and imposition of penalties for any violation occurring before, this Ordinance's effective date. Any such repealed part will remain in full force and effect for sustaining action or prosecuting violations occurring before the effective date of this Ordinance. SECTION 12. Severability. If any part of this Ordinance or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the city council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions of this Ordinance are severable. 6 Page 433 of 441 SECTION 13. Publication. The City Clerk is directed to certify the passage and adoption of this Ordinance; cause it to be entered into the City of El Segundo's book of original ordinances; make a note of the passage and adoption in the records of this meeting; and, within fifteen 15 days after the passage and adoption of this Ordinance, cause it to be published or posted in accordance with California law. SECTION 14. Effective Date. This Ordinance will become effective 30 days after adoption. SECTION 15. Filing with Building Standards Commission. The City Clerk must file a certified copy of this Ordinance with the California Building Standards Commission. PASSED AND ADOPTED this day of )2024. Drew Boyles, Mayor /_11aIan9 STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ) I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing Ordinance No. was duly introduced by said City Council at a regular meeting held on the day of , 2024, and was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor, and attested to by the City Clerk, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the day of 2024, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: Tracy Weaver, City Clerk I M61V x0 _ owome7 kAn 7 Page 434 of 441 Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney Page 435 of 441 RESOLUTION NO. A RESOLUTION MAKING EXPRESS FINDINGS AND DETERMINATIONS SUPPORTING CITY MODIFICATIONS TO THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING STANDARDS CODE BECAUSE OF LOCAL CLIMATIC, GEOLOGICAL OR TOPOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS. The City Council of the city of El Segundo does resolve as follows SECTION 1. Findings. The City Council finds and declares as follows: A. Certain building standards and other related model codes are adopted by the State of California in the California Building Standards Code and become applicable unless amended by the City pursuant to Health and Safety Code § 17958. B. The City of El Segundo ("City") may adopt model codes by reference pursuant to Government Code § 50022.2 et seq. C. Health and Safety Code § 17958.5 authorizes the City Council to make reasonably necessary changes or modifications to the state -adopted building codes, including the California Building Standards Code, based on certain local conditions. D. Pursuant to Health and Safety Code § 17958.7, it was in the public interest to adopt the California Building Standards Code with the proposed changes E. Health and Safety Code Section 17958.7 requires the City Council to make express findings of the necessity for modifications to the building standards contained in the California Building Standards Code, 2022 Edition. F. On November 15, 2022, the City Council adopted Ordinance No. 1641 to adopt the 2022 edition of the California Building Code, including Part 9 of Title 24 of the California Building Codes (the "Fire Code"), with certain appendices and amendments, as justified via Resolution No. 5373. G. The City Council seeks to enforce additional appendices and sections of the Fire Code to maximize its regulatory capacity and ensure public health, safety, and welfare. A local agency's adopting ordinance must identify specific California Building Codes appendices to adopt and enforce them. H. The City Council seeks to adopt this Resolution, pursuant to Health and Safety Code § 17958.7, to make the requisite findings in support of the accompanying Ordinance. SECTION 2. Legislative Findings. The City further finds and declares as follows: A. Pursuant to the requirements of Health and Safety Code § 17958.7, the City Council expressly finds that the amendments and modifications to building standards Page 436 of 441 contained in the Fire Code are reasonably necessary due to the following local climatic, geological or topographical conditions: 1. Climatic Conditions: The City is located in an area climatically classified as "semi- arid" and prone to hot and dry Santa Ana winds of high velocity. Moreover, due to the arid nature of the area, the weather during the windy period tends to be very warm and dry. Furthermore, the City is a densely populated area having buildings and structures constructed within a climate system capable of producing major winds, fire and rain related disasters, including but not limited to those caused by the Santa Ana winds and El Nino (or La Nina) subtropical -like weather. Because of the described climatic conditions, the City and the surrounding cities have historically suffered from occasional structural fires. These have often been difficult to control due to the dry winds carrying sparks and cinders to surrounding structures. These winds constitute a contributing factor, which causes small fires originating in high -density development presently being constructed in the City, which spread quickly and create the need for an increased level of fire protection. This added protection, including, but not limited to on -site protection, will supplement normal Fire Department response available in new development, and provide immediate fire protection for life and safety of multiple -occupancy occupants during fire occurrence. 2. Topographical Conditions: The City is a densely populated area having buildings and structures constructed within relatively flat and hilly topography causing structures close to develop heat island conditions due to urban development and therefore needs to be incorporated into the code to assure that new buildings and structures and additions or alterations to existing building or structures are designed and constructed in accordance with the scope and objectives of the California Codes. Traffic and circulation congested in urban areas often place Fire Department response time to emergencies at risk. This condition makes the need for enhanced on -site protection for property occupants necessary. The dry weather conditions, combined with the relatively hilly topography of the City is very hazardous to the surrounding highly populated areas regarding flame spread is concerned. Because of the above -described topographic conditions, the City and the surrounding cities have historically suffered from occasional structural fires. These have often been difficult to control due to the dry winds carrying sparks and cinders to surrounding structures. 3. Geological Conditions: The City is a densely populated area located in the greater Los Angeles/Long Beach region having buildings constructed over and near a vast array of fault systems capable of producing major earthquakes, including but not limited to the 1994 Northridge Earthquake. During a major earthquake, emergency resources would be extremely taxed, and the ability to respond to such emergencies would be complicated. Local standards in excess of statewide minimums will assist in reducing risks associated with earthquakes and the consequent disruption of traffic flow. Due to the large number of tall buildings in this region as well as the increased fire -life safety associated with such a seismic failure, the proposed modification to have a higher minimum base Page 437 of 441 seismic shear consistent with previous editions of the building codes need to be incorporated into the code to assure that new buildings and additions or alterations to existing buildings are designed and constructed in accordance with the scope and objectives of the International Codes. B. The City Council finds that the following table sets forth the 2022 California Building Standards Code provisions constituting building standards that have been modified pursuant to the accompanying adopting Ordinance, and the associated local climatic, topographical, and/or geological conditions described in Section 2(A) above: 2022 California Fire Code Section added or amended: Appendices B, C, O, BB, and CC 503 Added 510.3 Added 808.5 Added Specific Finding — climatic, topographical and/or geological conditions (Section 2(A)): Administrative, Climatic, Topographical, and Geological Climatic, Topographical Climatic, Topographical Climatic, Topographical Climatic, Topographical SECTION 3. Severability. If any part of this Resolution or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions of this Resolution are severable. SECTION 4. Signature Authority. The Mayor, or presiding officer, is hereby authorized to affix his signature to this Resolution signifying its adoption by the City Council of the City of El Segundo, and the City Clerk, or her duly appointed deputy, is directed to attest thereto. SECTION 5. Effective Date. This Resolution will take effect upon adoption and remain effective unless repealed or superseded. SECTION 6. City Clerk Direction, Transmittal to State. The City Clerk will certify to the passage and adoption of this Resolution, enter it in the City's book of original Resolutions, and make a record of this action in the meeting's minutes. The City Clerk is directed to transmit a certified copy of this Resolution to the California Building Standards Commission. 2024. PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED this day of , Page 438 of 441 Drew Boyles, Mayor ATTEST: STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ) I, Tracy Weaver, City Clerk of the City of El Segundo, California, do hereby certify that the whole number of members of the City Council of said City is five; that the foregoing Resolution No. was duly passed and adopted by said City Council, approved and signed by the Mayor of said City, and attested to by the City Clerk of said City, all at a regular meeting of said Council held on the day of 2024, and the same was so passed and adopted by the following vote: AYES: NOES: ABSENT: ABSTAIN: Tracy Weaver, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: Mark D. Hensley, City Attorney Page 439 of 441 City Council Agenda Statement Meeting Date: April 16, 2024 F 1, F �' t 1) 0Agenda Heading: Committees, Commissions and Boards Presentations Item Number: E.21 TITLE: Aquatics Subcommittee Update RECOMMENDATION: 1. Receive and file the Aquatics Subcommittee update. 2. Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item. FISCAL IMPACT: None. :Y_Tlg 201:16111011:3 The City Council has set a policy to review the activities of all Committees, Commissions and Boards. The Aquatics Subcommittee has existed for many years but did not meet consistently until 2023. The committee currently meets monthly to discuss issues related to City aquatics programs and facilities. DISCUSSION: Aquatics Subcommittee member, Jeanette Gant, will make a presentation to the City Council and will review accomplishments and current action items of the committee. CITY STRATEGIC PLAN COMPLIANCE: Goal 1: Enhance Customer Service, Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Communication Objective 1A: El Segundo provides unparalleled service to all customers. Objective 1 B: El Segundo's engagement with the community ensures excellence. Page 440 of 441 Aquatics Subcommittee Update April 16, 2024 Page 2 of 2 PREPARED BY: Aly Mancini, Recreation, Parks and Library Director REVIEWED BY: Aly Mancini, Recreation, Parks and Library Director APPROVED BY: Barbara Voss, Deputy City Manager ATTACHED SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: None Page 441 of 441